en aa
t ee

is

hweryay pan
big ev tNwh ie yen
ae Ws A oe eae ts
ta

; fag

ny
WAN
Pry

Y Dar Pa
are hy AS
Vote y,
ws
-s

t
Ne

Stans
NY
asa ‘ yes),
peeee Ets SS

Aik We,
‘s At es Fy see

Ce oe

TRS! a

Sh
pa)

an)
as

ras
3.3 a,

™

Lite
r Cry

Nhe %
LoVe Naa eh
AA

we AWN

‘om

4 ARB 8 ata
ei ;

weed
ites

as)

ta he
says

RO i

terran te Cae |
Coe re es bos

SAA

\

a

bt indt eee pee

— = = f= Ws = a SN
Z 5 = JY Mp S We & = jo} Wn
Ee 2 SG4 2 WW 38 2 NR
oS = = G7 Y E NS Zz =
— = = Soe tials . 2 5
st a Lf Tp)
aia “SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, NOILNLILSNI %
& ui ; .o cs a
2 a
2 “LI 2 < <
= = ——-_ ——4s «Aw “2y ef s— ww 4 -ef4 ~ -* o,. of —a(> sf-—-0- =~ «es -4-—-4-> =2: p are’ m
= FMNAAADABA ANE ERA EMA AMAA SE ee
TION NOILS Sy | =A: ~~ . >
oO yh, ow
- Ze
be é oh
“” m
z 7
1 LIBR ISHLINS SAUUN
< ee = hv:
ge 2 |
oO
” n Yh
Bie oA.
s >
of ct i iSONIAN INSTIT
Be BOIL Division of Mollusks aa =
= Sectional Library ger Silieg Vit y
= Hy ) Whe GIA Leo sc
E: 1 > | d{eaded a
= | Oo
3 a ,
NYgiq LIBR | . JSHLINS S3IY
2 5 sii __ || ar
S OE VOU MUNN NUMAN, Cl Sara
oR =
> ae : ae 3 Ps b i om
z ey > Su 5 uy 2 VO §
NOLLALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS $3 1uVYGIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTI
wo” oa Ss
. = oo = a Ss = < S
: ae Zz a ‘Zz NS = = Sy
SS a Ye? a n Ny, th Hee B Ws
. 2 St Oo ? <= KK fe) = \
hee : ve 5
ugiq_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS |
= Ww es
a uu <= fT Zz Xs Ww
M 4 ow f ¢ fp an = a XE =
pr = DP iif + x + % WS ae
& ac ig = a S as oc
oe : She
JTION NOLLLILSNITNVINOSHLINS (S31¥VU GIT LIBRARIES _ SMITHSONIAN,
fe) a e) ~ oO a
ee ao ; = o —
fe 0) Wa = Be) = 2
at > \Oic5 > = a
= a NS - 2 = e
: Hn : Z ;

ugil _ LIBRAR! ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI __ NVINOSHLIWS Situ

S

= = = =

z = z 4

1@) alg. OQ. : zs

Ww w (77 ~”

po oO eles oO

Ee Zz = =

= > = >

YW) rms WY A a. ia
INSTITUTION NVINOSHLINS S3INVYgIT.

<

y) z

ro)

2)

¢ 7

=

=

”

n” ad n = ee Zp)

wW tu Ne N uJ

= “S 7 2S =

3 a a Z RW <

ox c cc c € YQ oe

rs 3 = 5 Ene

i a — z eh ied

S3!14YVYUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

a z= a z i
: 3 : a a ,
me] 5 a = bil, 7
z SS 3 as e Ge fpf >
a x “s as Pe) — Y 7 ee oD !
— NS = ee ae (
7 WW 2 ; 3 rn |
22) ~ w iad 22) ;
My : RARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI _NVINOSHLIWS, |S3 huVvVUudiy
= ms ae = wp,
a ot \. 5 = a |

Ba re) WSS ee i O oH -

2 E Nv 2 E = Ps:
> = >" = >
= ” sa8 Zz Byatt s) 4 |
NVINOSHLINS S3tYVYSIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION
= i 2 ” z .
“ a 7) set wo

= ed = a ict

a ‘S. 4 =i < St

4 =

— foe] — a. cn
ro) = re) aa fe)
z _ z af z
LIBRARI a ren ner OTN NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31iu¥Vvua a
o ne 6 S oS |

—_— — ow —

= : = 2 :

; =a 5

22 = = i

E a E 2 =

2 2 Alas 9 z

NOILNLILSNI S3IYVYSIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _

= ow” za me ” =

= = v c= NS = <

z 4 es ye = WY, = z

5 i OY oa \ a 3

= re) Uy =o \N re} r

= 2 Gy = SS 2 =

= oa = \ > =

7 = 7 Ma piece n

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS saluvugiy

uJ tJ Na tu :
=. of Je ce a AS ce :
<i ip = < = ¥ Was = |
YY tos % = GS R
=o GQ 3 : ew
halt ae =n 8 ye |
oJ :
NOILALILSNI _NVINOSHLIWS 4 1uvyg HT tl BRARI ES_ SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION
= = = 5 |
> = > rad >
= i :
= Fe a - z |
u”) a no* m

o ni D = wn

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IMvYsiT

ae
‘

; ‘yy aN ime bans a ?

ze fe a i is . i
ay ti a a i i: op)

ek, iL Aw:

a ts aise
| ae

ob ee
Hi i
of a A
A Vet
et

er Thy:
yey! ‘
vies “ ae

bin WR Bia

5 | Division of Molluees
oS) nun (— Sieetionot Library

}

JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

ESTABLISHED IN 1890 AS © THE CONCHOLOGIST,; A JOURNAL OF
MALACOLOGY.”

EDITED BY
WALTER. . COLLINGE, MSc.

LECTURER ON ZOOLOGY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY IN THE UNIVERSITY
or BIRMINGHAM; PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL
SoctlETY ; AND PRESIDENT OF THE BIOLOGICAL SECTION
OF THE BIRMINGHAM NATURAL HISTORY AND
PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF

DR. JOSEF F. BABOR,
The University, Prague.

H. HOWARD BLOOMER,
Birmingham.

THE REV. Ac. COOKE, M.A., E.Z:S-,
Fellow of King’s College, Cambridge.

GA LeIGUDE. EZS:.
London.

CHAREBS HE DEE “EeIlSs,
Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.

HENRY SUTER,
The Museum, Auckland, N.Z.

Ee Re Saleh on bale Shes Se BS.
London.

B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.L.S.,
British Museum (South Kensington), London.

VOLUME X.

1903.
Authors alone ave responsible tor the statements in their respective papers.

LONDON :
DULAU AND CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W.

1903.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME: X.

Malacological Notes. By E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S. (Illustra-
tion.)

Supposed new species of Helicina and Bulimulus from Costa Rica.
By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. (Illustrations.)

A Classified List of the Helicoid Land Shells of Asia. Part v.
By GG. K.-Gupe, F:Z:s.

On some new species of Slugs collected by Mr. H. Fruhstorfer.
By WALTER E. COLLINGE, B.Sc. (Plate 1.)

‘Notes on Slugs and Slug-like Molluscs. By Watrter E.
COLLINGE, B.Sc.

The Molluscan Fauna of Warwickshire. By H. OVERTON.

A Revision of the Columbellidae of the Persian Gulf and North
Arabian Sea, with Description of C. calliope, n. sp. By
James Cosmo ME vir, M.A., F.L.S. (Illustration.) .

The Anatomy of Certain species of Ceratisolen and Solecurtus. By
H. H. BLroomer. (Plate il.) .

Classification of the British species of the genus Solen, Linné. By
H. H. BLoomer.

On the Origin and Function of the Fourth Aperture in some Pele-
cypoda. By H. H. BLoomer.

A Classified List of the Helicoid Land Shells of Asia. Part vi. By
G. K. GubE, F.Z.S. (Plate 111.)

On a new Genus and Species of the Family Phenacohelicidae.
By Henry Suter. (Plate iv.)

Descriptions of new Land Shells from the Austro-Malayan
Regions by Bk. S¥KES, b.A., FES.

PAGE.

27

Bye

4I

AS

CORRIGENDA.
(See also page 129.)

p- 37, line 34, for it apparently altogether disappears read
they apparently altogether disappear.
p- 40, line 35, right hand column, for stomach read siphon.
p. 42, line 35, insert comma after E. siliqua, and delete the word and
before, and the comma after, Cultellus pellucidus.
p. 82, line 26, for protuding vead protruding.
p- 102, line 17, for more conspicuous read less conspicuous.

THE

JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

No: 1. MARCH 3ist, 1903. Vor. XX.

MALACOLOGICAL NOTES.*
BY E. R. SYKES, B.A., F.LS.

13.—The Value of the name Rhodina, de Morgan.

Recently, ° I described and figured a shell from Kelantan, under the
name Rhodina (?) mirabilis. I felt some doubt as to whether the form
really belonged to de Morgan’s genus, as the single species he referred to
it * was, and is, unknown to me. Dr. Moellendorff ® expressed the
view that the form did really belong to de Morgan’s genus. Whether
this be so or not the name Rhodina cannot be used in Molluscs, having
been employed by Guenée “in 1854 foran Australian butterfly. Under
these circumstances I propose the new genus

Plicaxis.
and take as the type my Rhodina (2) mirabilis. I feel but little doubt
that de Morgan’s R. perakensis also belongs here.

Dr. Moellendorff suggests that the group should be reduced to a sub-
genus of Prosopeas, but it appears to me to be distinct from the typical
Nicobar forms ; it may be remarked, with regard to this last name, that
Prosopea and Prosopeus had previously been used in Zoology.

See Vol. viii, p. 109.

Ante, vol. ix, pp. 22, 61.

Bull. Soe. Zool. France, 1885, vol. x, p. 390.

Nachrbl. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1902, p. 140 nat
Hist. Nat. Insectes, Spec. Gen. Lepidoptéres, 1854, vol. viii, p. 19.

_» 8 te te

JOURN, OF MALAC., 1903, vol. x, No. 1,

2 SYKES : MALACOLOGICAL NOTES.

14.—Description of Leptachatina henshawi, n.sp.

Shell ovately-pyramidal, rimate, somewhat thin, brownish-horny in
colour, longitudinally well marked with filiform strie, which become
weaker towards the base, apex blunt. Whorls 54, plano-convex, the
protoconch being large and smooth, the others sculptured as mentioned
above, the last whorl measuring 4/7 of the entire length of the shell.
Suture well marked. Mouth subquadrate, the straight columellar
margin being slightly reflected. Plica small and ascending.

Alt. 7; diam. max. 3.6 millim.

Hab.—Bucholtz, Kona, 1,800 feet, Hawaii (comm. H. Henshaw).

This pretty little shell recalls somewhat in appearance Thaanumia om-
phalodes, Ancey, but lacks the sculpture of the protoconch and the
distinct umbilical area. The sculpture is similar in nature to that of L.
tenebrosa, Pease, of Kauai, &e. I know no very close ally in the Hawaiian
fauna.It is with much pleasure that I affix to the species the name of Prof.
H. Henshaw, to whom I owe both it and many other interesting
Hawaiian shells.

15.—On the name Cataulus.

In 1847, Gray ? mentioned, in the synonymy of Brachypus, the name
Tortulosa, giving Turbo tortuosus as a type or example. Three years
after the species appears under Megalomastoma, the name Tortu-
losa not being mentioned.

In 1851 Pfeiffer © proposed and diagnosed Cataulus for three
species, fortuosus, templemani, and layardi, no type being named, and
the following year he extended “ the group by the addition of three
more species, a course which he also adopted in the well-known
* Monographia Pneumonoporum ” (p. 136).

1. Proce. Zool. Soe:, 1847, p. 177.

*. Nomencel. Moll. Brit. Mus. Part I, p. 30.
Zeitschr. f. malak., vol. viii, p. 149.

+. Cat. Phan. Brit, Mus., p. 95.

SYKES : MALACOLOGICAL NOTES. a

The brothers Adams ® m March, 1856, used the generic name
Tortulosa in place of Cataulus, giving for the first time a diagnosis of
Tortulosa.

In 1858 Pfeiffer under his genus Cataulus, states “ Species typicae
omnes ex insula Ceylon allatae sunt, unica ex insuljs Nicobaricis, cha-
racteribus aberrantibus praedita, ab illis separari potest,” and divides
Cataulus in the following way :—

A. Abnormes (Tortulosa, sect. Brachypodis, Gray
in Proce. Zool. Soc., 1847, p.177). — .. SANE
B. Normales. .. ef, a x te 2. Ҥ 2Nr 2713.

and in his second supplement (p. 87) he states: Sections A. Tortulosa,
Gray ; B. Cataulus, Pfr., a course which he equally follows in his third
supplement (p. 140).

In 1897, Dr. Kobelt and Herr von Moellendorff “ used “ Cataulus,
Blanford ” for the whole group, and in the following year I carelessly
stated that Turbo tortuosus might stand as the type.

Last year Dr. Kobelt “ suppressed Cataulus altogether on the
ground that it was a synonym of Tortulosa, and proposed a new sub-
genus of Tortulosa, which he called Eucataulus, with Cataulus temple-
mani as the type.

From the foregoing facts and especially considering that no type of
Cataulus was originally named, and the sub-division of the group by
Pfeiffer in the Supplements to the “Mon. Pneum.,” I think that the new
name is unnecessary, and that even if Cataulus and Tortulosa be not dis-
tinct as genera, still the former may well be used as a section of the
latter.

>. Gen. Rec. Moll., vol. ii, p. 285.

®. Mon. Pneum. Suppl. I, p. 87.

7, Nachrbl. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., p. 141.
8, Das Thierreich, Cyclophoridae, p. 281.

SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES OF HELICINA AND
BULIMULUS FROM COSTA RICA.

BY H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S.

Helicina gemma, n.sp.

Shell conical, elevated, bright yellow, apical whorls crimson, last whorl
tinged with orange-secarlet for some distance from
the mouth, the outer lip being also of a vivid orange-
scarlet colour. Whorls 5, convex, very finely
striated with lines of growth. Peristome expanded
and slightly reflexed. Aperture rather high and
narrow. Operculum reddish-brown, normal.
Diam. maj. 6, alt. 7 millim. Aperture (inside

measurement) diam. 2.5, alt. 3 millim.

Hab.—Costa Rica.
A very beautiful and striking shell, whose nearest ally appears to be
H. oweniana, Ptr., from Mexico ; from this, however, it differs in being
more globular, in the greater convexity of the whorls and in having one
less, in the narrower aperture, and in the colouration of the outer lip
(otherwise similar in both species) extending ‘further up the body whorl
than it does in H/. oweniana.

=
>

Bulimulus (Drymaeus) nubilus, n.sp.

Shell elevated, conic, perforate, pale flesh-colour with a narrow dark
purple band extending all round, and at about one millimetre
behind, the outer edge of the peristome, also with a few
similar, though less marked bands (corresponding to the
periodic mouths) upon the spire. Whorls 6-7, irregularly
malleated, and striated with lines of growth. Apex blunt.
Suture impressed. Umbilicus narrow and partly concealed
by the reflexed columella. Peristome slightly reflexed at
base. Aperture oval.

Diam. maj. 10.5., alt. 23 millim. Aperture (inside
measurement) diam. 5, alt. 9 millim.

Hab.—Azarhar de Cartago, Costa Rica.

A CLASSIFIED LIST OF THE HELICOID LAND
SHELLS OF ASIA.

(PART V*)
BY G. K. GUDBE, F.Z.8.
xii. FURTHER INDIA (nor rncLupiInc Burma).

This region is very rich in molluscan life, and although many tracts
remain to be explored, our knowledge of its fauna is sufficiently advanced
to warrant some generalisations. The most salient feature, perhaps,
is the appearance of Amphidromus, whose headquarters are in the Malay
Archipelago, and many of whose species are characterised by great
beauty of colour and marking. Other links with the Malaysian fauna
are Chloritis and Xesta. Neoceyolis, represented by three species, is
peculiar to Tonkin. Ganesella, which extends to India, Burma, China, and
Japan on the one hand, and to the Malay and Philippine Archipelagoes
on the other, here produces a number of keeled forms. Plectopylis is
well represented in Tonkin, producing no less than twenty species, four
of which belong to the section Sinicola, hitherto believed to be exclu-
sively Chinese. With the exception of Plectopylis laomontana, Pir.,
found in Laos, the genus is absent in the other divisions of this region.
Hemiplecta has here gigantic representatives in H. distincta, H.neptunus,
and the beautiful and rare H. cambojiensis.

Turning to the history of our knowledge of the region we find that
the “ Bonite,” in 1837, touched at Touran, in Annam, whence Eydoux
and Souleyet described a number of species in the Zoological portion of
the results of the voyage in 1852. The American missionary, E. House,
was the first to procure land shells of undoubted Siamese origin, and
these were described by Redfield and Haines.” The French traveller
Mouhot, who explored Laos and Cambodia, between 1858 and 1860,
collected there a number of land shells, which were sent to London, and
described by Pfeiffer ; some of these were figured in Mouhot’s posthu-
mous work published in 1864. Several Siamese shells sent to the
British Museum by Sir J. Bowring and Sir R. Schomburgk, were des-
eribed by Professor von Martens, ® who himself, in 1861, visited Siam
with the Prussian Expedition to Eastern Asia, and described his finds in
the publication of the expedition.

* See ante. vol. ix, p, 112.
1. Ann, Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, 1853-55,
2. Proce. Zool. Soc., 1860,

6 GUDE : LIST OF TMIELICOID LAND SHEILS.

Great impetus to exploration was given by the successive French
occupation of Cochin-China, Cambodia, Annam and Tonkin, a number
of scientific expeditions traversing the newly-acquired territories. Le
Mesle visited Cambodia and Cochin-China, and published his results in
conjunction with Mr. Jules Mabille®. Mr. A. Morelet utilised the
materials collected by Vesco, Massin-and Silvestre for his Fauna “
The shells obtained by Mr. Germain in Cochin-China were described by
Mr. T. de Rochebrune.© Mr. L. Morlet dealt with the collections made
by Mr. Pavie in Cambodia®, in Cambodia and Siam”, and by Mr.
Jourdy in Tonkin®. Mr. de Morlaincourt’s collections in Tonkin
were published by Mr. Dautzenberg and Baron d’Hamonville®, and
Capt. Dorr’s in Annam by Mr. G. Wattebled®. Mr. Ancey described
the new species acquired in Tonkin by Mr. Villedary’?”, and those
collected by Mr. H. Counillon in Laos™, while Mr. Jules Mabille com-
piled a treatise on the materials gathered by Mr. Balansa in Tonkin”,

More recently, Lieut.-Col. Messager and Dr. R. Bavay have collected
numbers of undescribed shells in Tonkin, and these form the substance
of four articles by Messrs. A. Bavay and Dautzenberg.2” The present
writer has dealt with the Plectopylis collected by Lieut.-Col. Messager.”

Finally Dr. von Méllendorff has made numerous additions to the
fauna of this region from material obtained by Mr. Roebelen in
Annam™, and by Mr. Fruhstorfer in Annam and Siam.'?”

A. SIAM.

Family Zonitidae. splendens, Hutt.
Sub-family Ariophantinae. Sub-family Macroehlaminae.
Genus EUPLECTA, Semp. Genus MacrocuLAMys, Bens.
rosamunda, Bens. Menam Pinh, dugasti, Morlet. Menam Pinh,
E. Laos. Laos.
danae, Pfr. Laos. hainesi, Pfr.
dichromatica, Morlet. Between resplendens, Phil. Pechaburi,
Srakeo and Ong-son. Bang-Pra. .
Genus XESTINA, Semp. v. subeornea, Pfr. Menam
granulosa, Mdff. ?Bangkok. Pinh. ;
Genus Xgsta, Alb. v. obesior, Mts. Pechaburi,
siamensis, Pfr. Pechaburi. Bang-Pra:
= birmana, Pfr. pedina, Bens. Between Bangkok
v. mouhoti, Pfr. and Chentabun ; between
vallicola, Pfr. Pasé and Chentabun.
*. Journ. de Conchyl., 1866. 11. Le Naturaliste, 1888.
*. Series Conchyl. Livr. IV, 1875. 12. Bull. Mus. Marseille, 1898, T. I.
>. Bull. Soe. Philom. Paris, 1881. 15. Bull. Soc. Malac. France, 1887, T. IV.
©. Journ. de Conchyl., 1883, 1884, 1886. 14, Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, 1900.
*. Op. cit., 1889. 15. Op, cit., 1901.
8 (Opvcit 1886: 16. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak., Gesell., 1898.
*. Journ. de Conchyl., 1887. 17, Op, cit., 1900, 1901, 1902,

OOD aCt: el SBe:

GUDE: LIST OF MELICOID LAND SHELLS.

?malaceana, Pfr.

mitiuscula, Mts.

sinulabris, Mts. Between
Bangkok and Pechaburi.

benoiti, Crosse and Fisch. Be-
tween Bangkok and Chen-
tabun ; Xieng-Moi; Lu-
ang Prabang, Laos.

eallojuncta, Anc. Luang Pra-
bang.

ochtogyra, Mdff. Bangkok.
heptagyra, Mdff. Kanburi.

brunnea, Mdff. Bangkok ;
Muoklek ; Hinlap.
Genus Evererria, G.-A.
pumicata, Morelet. Ayuthia.
bocourti, Morelet. Battam-
bang.
dohrniana, Pfr. Mt. Sysophon.
Genus Bensonta, Pir.
laotica, Mdff. Laos.
Genus Microcystina, Morch.
bourguignatiana, Mab. and Lem.
Banone.
Genus Hemipuecra, Alb.
weinkauffiana, Cr. and F. Va-
tana ; Mt. Sysophon ; be-
tween Battambang and
Komping-son.
crossei, Pfr. Vatana ; Mt. Syso-
phon.
dura, Pir. Laos.
euterpe, Ptr.
zimmayensis, G.-A. Zimmeée,
distincta, Pfr. Bangkok ; Siam
generally ; Xieng - Moi,
Laos. ‘
= pernobilis, Fer.
v. neptunus, Pfr.
v. pluto, Pfr. Laos.
cambojiensis, Rve.
Genus Dyakia, G.-A.
hugonis, Pfr. Vatana ; between
Bangkok and Chentabun.

~I

Sub-family Heliearioninae.

Genus HeLicarion, Fér.
slamensis, Haines. Bangkok.

= paviel, Morlet.

rhaphiellus, Mts.
cochinchinensis, Morelet.

Genus. DURGELLA, G.-A.
siamensis, Mdff. Muoklek.

Genus KALIELLA, W. 'T. Blanf.
mitis, Pfr. Laos.

Genus Sesara, Alb.

diplodon, Bens. Laos.

megalodon, W. T. Blanf. Pit-
sunaloke.
penoti, Anc. Luang Prabang,

Laos.

Sub-family Zonitinae.

Genus Virrina, Beck.
cochinchinensis, Morelet.

Kambo.

Genus TrocHomorpPHa, Alb.
benigna, Pfr. Laos.
paviei, Morl. Luang Prabang,

Laos.

Family Helicidae.

Genus PLECTOPYLIS, Bens.

Section CHERSAECIA, Gude.
laomontana, Pfr. Luang Pra-

bang, Laos.

Group Epiphallogona, Pils.

Genus CAMAENA, Alb.
illustris, Pir. Laos.
dugasti, Morlet, Laos.

Genus PLANISPIRA, Beck.

Sub-genus TRACHIA, Alb.
gabata, Gld. Menam-Pinh.

Sub-genus ANGASELLA, A. Ad.

Section TRACHIOPSIS, Pils.
siamensis, Mdff. Muoklek ;

Kanburi.
(Chloritis siamensis, Mdff.)
norodomiana, Morlet. Xieng-
Moi, Laos.
Genus Cutoritis, Beck.

Mt.

8 GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

Sub genus TRICHOCHLORITIS, Pils.
breviseta, Pfr.
tenella, Pfr.

and Chentabun.
san-Krean.
remoratrix, Morlet. Between
Bassac and Siempang,
Laos.
deliciosa, Pfr. Laos.
tanquereyi, Cr. and F. Banone.
fouresi, Morlet. Between Bang-
kok and Chentabun ;
Srakeo.

Genus CHALEPOTAXIS, Ane.
infantilis, Gredl. Luang Pra-

bang, Laos.

Genus GANESELLA, W. T. Blant.
capitium, Bens. Pnom-san-

Krean ; Bangkok.
hariola v. carinella, Mdff. Muok-
lek ; Kanburi.
perakensis, Cr. Between Bang-
kok and Chentabun.

Between Bangkok
Pnom-

slamensis, Redf.
(Bulimus siamensis, Redf.)
rostrella, Pfr. Luang Prabang,
Laos. ;
hyperteleia, Morlet. Laos.
ptychostyla, Mts. Between
Bangkok and Chentabun
Pnom-san-Krean ; Ayu-
thia ; Nieng-Moi, Laos.
= goniochila, Pfr.
styloptycta, Pfr.
= ptychostyla, Pfr. non Mts.
diplogramme, Mdff. Bangkok ;
Hinlap ; Muoklek.
(Plectotropis — diplogramme,
Mdff.).
vy. albicans, Mdff. Kanburi.
Genus AMpHIpRoMts, Alb.
aureus, Martyn v. leucoxantha,
Mts. Between Chenta-
bun and Srakeo.

atricallosus, Gld. 2

inversus, Mull. v. curta, Morlet.
Battambang.

comes, Pfr. Battambang.

kobelti, Mdff. Hinlap.

glaucolarynx, Dohrn. Pecha-
buri.
v. fasciata, Mts. Pechaburi.

v. albicans, Md ff.
schomburgki, Pir.
Elephant Mountains.
v. legitima, Mts.
yv. crossei, Pir.
vy. mouhoti, Mts.
v. fasciata, Mts.
laosianus, Bayay.
v. albocaerulescens,
KKhone.
mouhoti, Ptr.
roseolabiatus, ult.

Srakeo ;

Bavay.

sinensis, Bens.
y. indistincta, Pils. Laos Moun-
tains.
roemeri, Pfr. Laos Mountains.
hemicyclus, Rochebr. Bangkok.
semitessellatus, Morlet. Srakeo.
xiengensis, Morlet. Xieng-Moi
Plateau; Banks of Me-
nam-Pinh ; Luang Pra-
bang ; Prang.
flavus, Pfr. Luang Prabang.
areolatus, Pfr.
zebrinus, Pfr.
Group Belogona, y. [her.
BELOGONA EUADENLA, Pils.
Genus Evnota, Harti.
similaris, Fér. Bang-Pra, ete.
tourannensis, Hyd. and Soul.
= globula, Lea.
bolus, Bens.
= clusilis, Val.
Genus CaTuaica, Mdfi.
Sub-genus Evcatnaica, Andr.

I]

GUDE : LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 9

brevispira, H. Ad. Between

Chentabun and Srakeo.
Genus PLEecToTROPIs, Mts.

trichotropis, Pfr. Vatana.

winteriana, Pfr. Island Kokram,
Gulf of Siam.

hupensis, Hde. Menam-Pinh.

= orthocheilis, Hde.

emma, Pfr. Laos.
caseus, Pfr. Laos.
repanda, Pfr. Laos.

BELOGONA SIPHONADENIA, Pils.
Genus HELICoponTA, Fer.
Sub genus MOELLENDORFFIA, Anc.
horrida, Pfr. Luang Prabang,
Laos.

DOUBTFUL AND SPURIOUS RECORDS.

Helix dicaela, Morelet, = Planorbis dicaelus, Morelet.

Helix trochiscus, Pfir.—Originally recorded for Siam, but habitat subse-
quently corrected to Aru Islands.

Nanina basiodon, Morelet.—Mr. Sykes found this to be the same as
Medyla insculpta, Ptr., a Nortolk Island shell. The Siam habitat is
probably based on a change of labels. It is, however, a curious coinci-
dence that Professor von Martens mentions (Ost-Asien, p. 74) that he
found in Mousson’s collection a shell which the latter received from

Bernardi with the habitat Siam.

This shell Professor von Martens

identifies as ! T’rochomor pha inscul pta, Ptr.

B. COCHIN CHINA.

Family Zonitidae.
Sub-family Ariophantinae.
Genus HUPLECTA, Semp.
cochinehinensis, Ptr.
Genus NESTA, Alb.
cidaris, Preck - Scholl
Spiglumi-Breithon.
Sub-famliy Maerochlaminae.
Genus MAcrocuLAMys, Bens.
benoiti, Cr. and F.
Genus Hremiptectra, Alb.

Lam.

weinkauffiana, Cr. and F.
Saigon.
distineta, Pfr. Saigon.

v. pluto, Pfr.
cambojiensis, Reeve.
= mouhoti, Reeve.
Sub-family Heliearioninea.
Genus HELicarion, Fér.
russeolus, Morelet.
unguiculus, Morelet.
cochinchinensis, Morelet.
Genus KALIELLA, W. T. Blanf.
billeheusti, Cr. and F. Vinh-

Brelum.

long ; Fuyen-Moth

dorri, Wattebl.

hueensis, Wattebl.
Sub-family Zonitinae.
Genus TROCHOMONPHA, Alb,

saigonensis, Cr.

tonkinorum, Mab.

sapeca, Hde. Tay-ninh.
Family Helieidae.
Group Epiphallogona, Pils.
Genus CHLoRITIS, Beck.
Sub-genus TriIcHocHLoritis, Pils.

rhinocerotica, Hde.

deliciosa, Pfr.

Saigon.

Tay-ninh.

tenella, Pfr. Spiglumi-Brei-
thon.

tanquereyl, Cr. and I’. Fuyen-
Moth.

Genus AMPHIDROMUs, Alb.
atricallosus, Gld.
( = Bulimus eques, Pfr.)
comes, Pfr. v. polymorpha, Tapp.
Saigon ; Prov. Bate.
cochinchinensis, Pfr.

10 GUDE : LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

cambojiensis, Rve.
mouhoti, Pfr.
fultoni, Ane.
Havus;: Pir.
Ving-Long.
v. proxima, Fult.

Genus GANESELLA, W. T. Blanf.
galera, Hde. Tay ninh.
ptychostyla, Mts.
slamensis, Redf. v. nobilis, Anc.

Long Xuyen.
v. obesula, Anc. Saigon.
Group Belogona, v. Lher.

Brelum.
Breluin.

Thu-Dan-Moth ;

BreLoGona EUADENTA, Pils.
Genus EuLota, Hartm.
similaris, Fer.
tourannensis, Eyd: and Soul.
Fuyen-Moth ; Vinh-Long.
Genus PLecroTRoPIs, Mts.
Pfr. Spiglumi—-Brei-
thon.
paviel, Morlet.
DousrruL Recorps.
Amphidromus perversus, L.
Ee sultanus, Lam.
s chloris, Rve.

emma,

C. CAMBODIA.

Family Zonitidae.
Sub-family Ariophantinae-
Genus EuPLECTA, Semp.
hyphasma, Pfr. Kam-Chay.
Genus XESTINA, Semp.
cardiostoma, Mdff.
Sub-family Maerochlaminae.
Genus MacrocuLamys, Bens.
benoiti, Cr. and F.
resplendens, Phil. Kebal-Roumias,
Genus Microcystina, Morch.
ramburiana, Mab. and Lem.
Houdoung ; ~Domnac-
Tenong.
bourguignatiana, Mab. and Lem.
Phnum-Kretch.
Genus Hemipcectra, Alb.
crossel, Pir. Pnom-Kebal ;
Moth - Kasa ; Phnum-
Kretch.
weinkauffiana, Cr. and F. Moth-
Kasa ; Phnum-Kretch.
distincta, Pfr.
v. neptunus.
v. pluto, Pfr.
Sub-family Heliearioninae.
Genus HELICARION, Fér.
russeola, Mor. Chandoc Moun-
tains.

Mor.
Kasa ; Dien ba.
siamensis, Haines.
= paviei, Morlet.
rhaphiellus, Mts.
Sub-family Zonitinae.
Genus TrocnomorpHa, Alb.
saigonensis, Crosse.

Moth

cochinchinensis,

Vorvong-
lovea.
paviel, Morlet. Between Kam-
pot and Pnom Penh.
Family Helieidae.
Group Epiphallogona, Pils.
Genus CAMAENA, Alb.
illustris, Pfr. Chandoe Moun-
tains.
Genus PLANISPIRA, Beck.
Sub-genus ANGASELLA, A. Ad..
Section TRACHIOPSIS, Pils.
norodomiana, Morlet. Kamchay.
Genus CuLoriris, Beck.
Sub-genus TRICHOCHLORITIS, Pils.

seriatiseta, Rochebr. Chandoe
Mountains.
deliciosa, Pfr. Chandoc Moun-

tains.
quinaria, Pfr.
= guinaria, Pfr.
fouresi, Morlet. Strang-Trong.

GUDE : LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. Val

Genus AMPHIDROMUS, Alb.
nigrofilosus, Rochebr.
inversus, Mull. v. alboglobosa,
Morlet. Between Kam-
pot and Pnom-Penh.
v. annamitica, Cr. and F.
Saigon ; Fuyen-Moth.
Pfr. Kampot ; Com-
pentra.
cambojiensis, Rve.

comes,

elaucolarynx, Dohrn. v._per-
rieri, Rochebr. Prek-
Scholl.

eruentatus, Mor.

begini, Morlet. Stung-Trang
Plateau.

semitessellatus, Morlet. Stung-
Trang ; Kampot ; Ele-
phant Mountains.
xiengiensis, Morlet v. multifas-
ciata (Fult.), Pils.
= contrarius vy. multifasciata,
Fult.
v. clausa, Pils.
yv. tryoni, Pils.
Genus GANESELLA, W. T. Blant.
styloptycta, Pfr. | Vorvong-

lovea ; Moth-Kasa ;
Phnum-Kretch.
= ptychostyla, Mts.
Group Belogona, v. lher.

BeLocona Ewvapbenta, Pils.
Genus EuLota, Hartm.

cestus, Bens. Moth-Kasa; Pnom-

Penh.
frilleyi, Cr. and Deb.
Khmoch.
tourannensis,
Kasa.
pilidion, Bens.
Genus PLecrotropis, Mts.
repanda, Pfr.

caseus, Pfr.

BELOGONA SIPHONADENIA, Pils.
Genus HELICODONTA, Fer.
Sub-genus MOELLENDORFFIA, Ane.

horrida, Pfr.

DovptruL RECORDS.

Kebal-

Soul. Moth-

Amphidromus _ furcillatus,
Mouss.
i laevus, Mull.
x adamsii, Rve.
- contrarius,
Mull.

D. PULO CONDORE.

Family Zonitidae.
Sub-family Maerochlaminae.
Genus MicrocystIna, Morch.
annamitica, Cr. and F.
Genus Hremipiecta, Alb.
weinkaufhiana, Cr. and F.
crossel, Pfr.
striata, Gray.
= naninoides, Bens.
distincta, Ptr.
= pernobilis, Fér.
Sub-family Helicarioninae.
Genus KaALieLLa, W. T. Blanf.
bouyeri, Cr. and F.

Sub-family Zonitinae.

Genus TrocHomorPHa, Alb.
saigonensis, Crosse.

Family Helieidae.

Group Epiphallogona, Pils.

Genus CHLORITIS, Beck.

Sub-genus TrICcHOcHLorRITIS, Pils.
condoriana, Cr. and F.

Genus AMPHIDROMUS, Alb.
dohrni, Pfr.

Genus GANESELLA, W. T. Blanf.
siamensis, Redf.
(Bulimus siamensis, Redf.).

Group Belogona, v. lher.

1 GUDE : LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

BELOGONA EUADENIA, Pils.
Genus PLecrotropis, Pfr.
repanda, Pfr.

DouptFruL RECoRDs.
Amphidromus sultanus, Lam.
Amphidromus chloris, Rve.

HK. ANNAM.

Family Zonitidae.
Sub-family Ariophantinae.
Genus CoNEUPLECTA, Mdff.
annamitica, Mdff. Touran ;
Non-njuk.
globulosa, Mdff. Touran.
Genus XESTINA, Semp.
promiscua, Smith.
Dinh.
denserugata, Mdff.
Hong-gong.
tenera, Mdff. Ballach.
pharangensis, Mdff. Pharang.
Sub-family Maerochlaminae.
Genus MAcRocHLAMYs, Bens.
tecta, Soul. Touran ; Boloven.
promiscua, Smith. Binh-Dinh.
Genus BENSONIA,
prionotropis, Mdff. Boloven.
Genus Microcystina, Morch.
annamitica, Mdff. Boloven.
vy. subrubella, Mdff. Nha-
Trang, Is. Baimin.
Genus Hemtpetecta, Alb.
crossel, Pfr. Boloven.
danae, Pfr. Boloven.
Genus Ruysora, Alb.
platytaenia, Mdff. Touran.
pergrandis, Smith. Binh-Dinh.
Sub-family Heliearioninae.
Genus Ka ieLita, W. T. Blanf.
dorri, Wattebl. Hué.
difficilis, Mdffi. Touran.
Family Helieidae-
Group Epiphallogona, Pils.
Genus CAMAENA, Alb.
pachychilus, Smith. Binh-Dinh.
suprafusca, Mdff. Boloven.
Genus CAMAENELLA, Pils.

Prov. Binh-

Mt. Dran ;

Mdff.
Non-njuk.
nigricans, Mdff. Phue-son.
Genus CHLorITIS, Beck.
microtricha, Mdff. Boloven.
diplochone, Mdff. Boloven.
Sub-genus TRICHOCHLORITIS, Pils.
tenella, Pfr. Boloven.
Genus GANESELLA, W. T. Blanf.
siamensis, Redf. Pharang ;
Ballach.
(Bulimus siamensis, Redf.)
v. zonifera, Ane.
Vv. maxima, Anc.

fruhstorferi, Touran ;

chondroderma, Mdff. Phuc-
son.

(Plectotropis — chondroderma,
Mdff.)

Genus AMPHIDROMUS, Alb.
inversus, Mill. v. annamitica,
Cr. and F. Boloven Pla-
teau.
metabletus, Mdff. Mother and
Child Mountain ; Baimin

Island.

v. pachychila, Mdff. Nha-

trang.

(and forms flava, alba, tritaen-
lata, trizona, interr-
upta, confluens, fusca,
Mdff.)

v. insularis, Mdff. Baimin

Island.

ingens, Mdff.

costifer, Smith.
Dinh.

placostylus, Mdff. Phue-son.

haematostoma, Mdff. Boloven
Plateau.

Binh-

Prov.

smithi, Fult.

v. ventrosula,
son.
zebrinus, Pfr. v.

Binh-Dinh.
rhodostylus, Mdff.
v. simplex, Mdff.

Mdfi. Phue-
eudeli, Ane.

Pharang.

GUDE : LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 13
Genus Microcystina, Morch.
mirmido, Dautz. Haiphong:
tonkinensis, Mdff. Than-moi.
leucocystis, Mdff. © Than-moi.
v. angigyra, Mdff. Than-
mol.
mansonensis, Mdff. Manson
Mountains.

(and forms roseolineata, nigro-
lineata, ignea, rhabdota,
bipartita, | subconfluens,
Mdff.)

Group Belogona, v. lher.
BELOGONA EvADeENIA, Pils.
Genus Euntora, Hartm.
tourannensis, Hyd. and Soul.
Touran; Pha-rang.
v. robusta, Mdff. Phue-son.
Genus PuPISOMA, Stol.
hueense, Wattebl. Hué.
F. TONKIN.
Family Zonitidae.
Sub-family Ariophantinae.-
Genus Conrup.ecta, Mdff.
econfinis, Mdff. Than-moi.
subangulata, Mdff. Than-moi.
ochthogyra, Mdff. Island Bah
Mun.
globulosa. Mdff. Island Ke-Bao.
sculptilis, Mdff. Island Ke-Bao.
Genus XESTINA, Semp.
tongkinensis, Mdff. Tuyen-
Kwan.
Sub-family Maeroehlaminae.
Genus MacrocuiLAmys, Bens.
tenuigranosa, Dautz. Between
Bien-Dong and An-Chau.
alluaudi, Bav. and Dautz. Bae-
Kan; That-Khé.
stenogyra, Mdff. Manson Moun-

tains.
glyptoraphe, Mdff. Manson
Mountains.

euspira, Mdff. Island Bah-Mun.
declivis, Mdff. Than-moi.

? opaca, Mdff. Island Ke-Bao.
Genus Hemipiecta, Alb.

weinkauffiana, Cr. Elephant
Mountains.
distincta, Pfr.
v. funerea, Smith. Vanbu.

yv. pallidior, Smith. Vanbu.
despecta, Mab.
Sub-family Heliearioninae:
Genus CryptosoMa, G.-A.
imperator yv. brunnea,
Island Bah-Mun.
maleficus, Mab.
fragile, Mdfi. Manson Moun-

Mdft.

tains.
Genus HELICARION, Fér.
roudouyi, Fisch. Yen-Bai ;

Quang-Uyen.
tongkinensis, Mdff.
siamensis, Haines.

= paviei, Morlet.

Genus Siraua, H. Ad.
striolata, Mdff. Lang-son.

Genus KaALieLLa, W. T. Blanf.
regularis, Mdff. Lang-son.
dolichoconus, Mdff. Than-moi.
tongkinensis, Mdff. Than-moi.
gradata, Mdff. Than-moi.

Sub-family Zonitinae.

Genus TRocHomoRPHA, Alb.
bicolor, Mts. Halong Bay.
subtricolor, Mab.
tonkinorum, Mab.
montana, Mdfi. Long-ma :

Mauson Mountains.

Or UNCERTAIN AFFINITY.

Than-mol.
Vanbu.

14 GUDE : LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

Ariophanta vernacula, Mab.
Near Aurea Mountains
ss excepta, Mab.
5 infima, Mab.
- zero, Mab.
Family Helicidae.
Genus PLECTOPYLIS, Bens.
Section CHERSAECIA, Gude.
laomontana, Pfr. Cho-bo.
Section ENDOPLON, Gude.
anceyi, Gude. Bac-Kan ; Nac-
Ri; between Cho-moi and
That-Khé.
giardi, H. Fisch. Cao-Bang.
bavayi, Gude. That-Khé ; Nac-
Ri.
persimilis, Gude. That-Khé.
lepida, Gude. Tinh-Tue.
congesta, Gude. Bac-Kan ; Nac-
Ri; That-Khé.
francoisi, H. Fisch.
Phuc.
dautzenbergi, Gude. That-Khé ;
between Cho-moi;_ be-
tween Bac-Kan and Nac-
Ri.
pilsbryana, Gude.
Halong Bay.
= villedaryi, Pils. and Gude
non Ancey.

Deo-ma-

Islets in

schlumbergeri, Morlet. Nuy-
Dong-Nay Halong
Bay ; Elephant Moun-

tains.
villedaryi, Anc. Lang-son ; Bach-
Ninh ; Than-moi.
= choanomphala, Mdff.
jovia, Mab. Halong.
moellendorffi, Gude. Than-moi.
phlyaria, Mab.

hirsuta, Mdff. Island Bah-Mun.
Section SINICOLA, Gude.
tenuis, Gude. Cho-Ra ; Bac-

Kan ; Cho-moi.

fruhstorferi, Mdff.
fischeri, Gude. Bac-Kan.
emigrans, Mdff. Manson Moun-
tains; Bac-Kan; WNac-
Ra ; Halong Bay.
(Group Epiphallogona, Pils.
Genus CAMAENA, Alb.
cicatricosa, Miill. Lang-son.
v. inflata, Mdff. Between
Lang-son and Than-moi.
v. obtecta, Fisch. Lue-Khu ;
Cao-Bang.
longsonensis, Morlet. Long-son.
jaculata, Mab.
hahni, Mab. Nuy-Dong-Nay.
= broti, Dautz. and D’Ham.
subgibbera, Mdfi. Between
Lang-son and Than-moi.
gabriellae, Dautz and D’Ham,
Between Bac-ninh and
Lang-son.
= bathmophora, Mab.
= bathymorpha, Pils.
y. subhainanensis, Pils.
hainanensis, H. Ad.
Bay ; Elephant
tains.

Halong
Moun-

xanthoderma, Mdff.
y.ingens, Mdff.
Mountains.
illustris, Pfr.

y. tonkinensis, Smith.
vanbuensis, Smith.
billeti, H. Fisch. Coa-Bang.
javezzaril, Bav. and Dautz.

Bac-Kan ; That-Khe.
vorvonga, Bay. and Dautz. Phi-

Manson

mi; Bac-Kan ;_ That-
Khé.
fauveli, Bay. and Dautz. Pih-

mi; Bac-Kan.
Genus NEOCEPOLIS, Pils.

GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 1159)

merarcha, Mab.

mercatorina, Mab. Between
Lang-son and Than-moi.

= morleti, Dautz. and D’-
Hamon.

langsonensis, Bav. and Dautz.
Between Lang-son and
That-Kheé.
Genus PLANISPIRA, Beck.
Sub-genus ANGASELLA, A. Ad.
Section TRacutopsis, Pils.
lambineti, Bav. and Dautz.
Bae-Kan ; That-Khé.
Genus CHLoRITIS, Beck.
marimberti, Bav. and Dautz.

Cho-Ra.

durandi, Bav. and Dautz. Bac-
Kan.

gereti, Bav. and Dautz. Bac-
Kan ; Phi-mi.

athrix, Mdff. Manson Moun-
tains.

insularis, Mdff. Isle des Mer-
veilles.

Sub-genus TRICHOCHLORITIS, Pils.
miara, Mab.
lemeslei, Morlet. Song-ma.
balansai, Morlet. Nuy-Dong-
Nay; Song-ma; Lang-
son; Halong Bay; EHle-
phant Mountains.
Genus AMPHIDROMUs, Alb.
dautzenbergi, Fult.
Genus CHALEPOTAXIS, Anc.
infantilis, Gredl. Haiphong ;
Deo-ma-phue.
= Xesta unilineata, Dautz.
= Kaliella haiphongensis,
Dautz.
Genus GANESELLA, W. T. Blant.
perakensis, Crosse. Halong
Bay; Elephant Moun-
tains.
v. subperakensis, Pils.

phonica, Mab.
‘procera, Gude.
eximia, Mdff.
tains.
concavospira, Mdff.
onestera, Mab.
rostrella, var. Vanbu.
straminea, Mdff. 'Than-moi.
oxytropis, Mdff. Island Ke-
Bao.
platyconus, Mdff.
pulchella, Md ff.
tains.
vatheleti, Bav. and Dautz.
long Bay.
saurivonga, Bav. and Dautz.
Bae-Kan ; That-Khe.
v. concolor, B. and D.
coudeini, Bav. and Dautz. Bac-
Ian.
Group Belogona, v. lher.
BELOGONA EvADENIA, Pils.
Genus KuLora, Hartm.

Than-moi.
Manson Moun-

Than-mol.

Manson Moun-

Ha-

jourdyi, Morlet. Than-moi ;
Lang-son ; Dang-son ;
Chu.

= vorticellina, Hde.
vy. monticola, Mdff.
Mountains.
mabillei, Crosse. Chu.
vignali, Bav. and Dautz.
Khe.

Genus EUHADRA, Pils.
massiei, Morlet. Song-ma.
pseudopapuina, Mdfl. Manson

Mountains.

Genus PLecrorropis, Mts.
bonnieri, H. Fisch.

phuc.

Genus Agcista, Alb.
mensalis, Hde. Song-ma.
BrELOGONA SIPHONADENIA, Pils.

Genus MorLLENDORFFIA, Anc.
loxotata, Mab.

Manson

That-

Deo-ma-

16 COLLINGE: SLUGS COLLECTED BY MR, H, FRUHSTORFER,

spurea, Bav. and Dautz. Bac- Species oF UNCERTAIN AFFINITY.
Kan. Helix chytrophora, Mab.
vy. deflexa, Mdff. Manson ,, struposa, Mab.
Mountains. ., tenellula, Mab.
messageri, Bav. and Dautz. ,, amphicora, Mab.

Between Lang-son and

clopica, Mab.

That-Khe. ,, Mmelanotrica, Mab.
callitricha, Bav. and Dautz. ,, dectica, Mab.
That-Khe. ,», baphica, Mab.

ON SOME SPECIES OF SLUGS COLLECTED BY

MR. H. FRUHSTORFER.
By WALTER E. COLLINGE, B.Sc.
(Plate 1.)

In the latter part of 1901, I described a series of slugs collected by Mr.
H. Fruhstorfer, of Berlin. One genus belonging to this collection has
already been dealt with in detail”, viz., Myotesta,and there yet remain
two species of Philomycus, one of Microparmarion and two of Veroni-
cella.

Just as the work upon the above mentioned species had been com-
pleted, I received from Dr. Simroth, a copy of the note, published in the
Zoologischen Anzeiger®, and from it I gather that Mr. Fruhstorfer
after inviting me to describe the collection and sending me all (?) the
examples, has made a similar request to Dr. Simroth, a proceeding, to
say the least, unfair and most reprehensible.

As Dr. Simroth has in preparation a work upon the genus Philomy-
cus which includes the two species above mentioned, I have thought it
only fair to at present withhold my description of the anatomy, but as
the figures of the externals were already drawn, I publish those only. I
have written Dr. Simroth to this effect.

Microparmarion bruneopallescens, Clige.
Pl. 4, figs, 2:

Microparmarion bruneopallescens, Clige.: Journ. of Malac., 1901,

vol. viii, p. 120.

Hab.—Annam (H. Fruhstorfer).

Philomyeus fruhstorferi, Cllge.
Pl. i, figs. 3, 4.
‘Philomycus fruhstorferi, Clige.: Journ. of Malac., 1901, vol. vii,
Dp. UL:

1. Journ. Malac., 1901, vol. viii, p. 118-121.
2, Op, cit., 1902, vol. ix, p. 11-16, pl. 1.
8, Zool. Anz., 1902, Bd. xxv, p. 355-357.

COLLINGE : SLUGS COLLECTED BY MR. H. FRUHSTORFER. 17

Hab.—Nagasaki, Japan (H. Fruhstorfer).
A figure of the animal is now given, also one of the anterior portion of the
foot-sole.
Philomyeus dendriticus, Clige.
Pl. i, figs. 5, 6.
Philomycus dendriticus, Clige.: Journ. of Malac., 1901, vol. viii,
p. LL9:
Hab.—Mt. Mausson, 2-3000 ft., Tonkin (H. Fruhstorfer).
Veronicella fruhstorferi. Clige.
Pi, fies: 1,8:
Veronicella fruhstorferi, Clige.: Journ. of Malac., 1901, vol. viii,
p-. 120.
Hab.—Mt. Mausson, 2-3000 ft., Tonkin (H. Fruhstorfer).
Veronicella himerta, Cllge.
Pisa, figs: 9, 10.
Veronicella himerta, Clige. : Journ. of Malac., 1901, vol. vill, p. 120.
Hab.—Mt. Mausson, 2-3000 ft., Tonkin (H. Fruhstorfer).
EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

2

Vig. 1. Microparmarion brunneopallescens, Clige. Right lateral view. x 2.

Fig. 2. xX i ms Dorsal view. xX 2.

Fig. 3. Philomycus fruhstorferi, Clige. Right lateral view. x 1.

Fig. 4. 45 ss oH Portion of anterior region of
foot-sole.

Vig. 5. Philomycus dendriticus, Clige. Right lateral view. x 1.

Vig. 6. - Fe ss Dorsal view. x 1.

Vig. 7. Veronicella fruhstorferi, Clige. Dorsal view. xX 1.

Fig. 8. 5 i % Ventral view.

Vig. 9. Veronicella himerta, Clige. Dorsal view. xX 1.

Fig. 10. - a 3 Ventral view. x I.

NOTES ON SLUGS AND SLUGLIKE MOLLUSCS.
By WALTER E. COLLINGE, B.Sc.

1.—On the Limax umbrosus of Philippi.
Through the kindness of Dr. Ad. S. Jenson, I have recently had an
opportunity of examining a specimen of a slug in the Zoological Museum
of the University of Copenhagen, described by Philippi in 1844 under
the name of Limax umbrosus.

Considerable doubt has existed in the minds of malacologists as to
the generic and specific identity of this mollusc. Lessona and Pollonera, in
their well-known work on the Italian slugs”, classed it as a synonym
of Limax flavus, L., whilst others have regarded it as a variety of
that species.

1, Enum. Moll. Siciliae, 1844, ii, p. 102.
*, Monog. dei Limacidi Ital., 1882, p. 43.

18 COLLINGE : NOTES ON SLUGS AND SLUG-LUKE MOLLUSCS.

The specimen I have examined has a label attached bearing the
following particulars : “ Limax (Milax) umbrosus, Phil. Sicilien.—H. F.”

It was at once evident on first examination that this specimen was
very distinct from L. flavus, and on dissecting it I had no hesitation in
referring it to the genus Amalia, Moq., as evidently was the opinion of
“H. F.,” the writer of the label. I would further point out the very
peculiar foot-sole which this species has, viz., two narrow lateral planes
marked with fine transverse lines, and two median planes, separated by
a zig-zag line thus VVVV, and differing from that of any other species
of Amalia with which I am acquainted.

2.—On a species of Arion from New Zealand.

‘Towards the end of 1899, Mr. Henry Suter forwarded to me a small
collection of slugs from New Zealand, consisting chiefly of specimens of
the common species of Limax, Agriolimax, and Amalia, and a single
example of a species of Arion from Auckland. So far as I am aware
Arion fuscus, O. F. Mull., is the only member of this genus which has
been found in New Zealand, and in spite of careful inquiry, I have as yet
been unable to refer the Auckland specimen to any known species.
From the external features I should say that it belongs to the subfuscus
group, although the mantle is small. The specimen (in alcohol) measures
13.5 millim. in length, and is of a uniform light chocolate-brown colour ;
foot-sole slightly lighter in colour and smooth.

38.—On the dispersal of Mieroparmarion, sp.
I have recently received from Mr. Arthur E. Shipley, three examples of a
new species of Microparmarion, which were sent to him from Kew,
having been received there in some plants forwarded by Mr. R. Shelford,
of Sarawak, N.W. Borneo.

In addition to affording a good example of the artificial distribution of
such animals, these particular slugs offer a further point of interest. On
teasing out the contents of the stomach of a specimen which had been
cut open, I found numerous bits of vegetable tissue, hyphae and_ spores of
fungi, bits of chitin and many chitinous hairs, and finally, an almost
perfect specimen of an ant. The latter, I sent to Mr. W. F. Kirby, of the
British Museum, who very kindly asked Col. C. T. Bingham to identify
it for me, and he writes that it is a specimen of Cremastogaster muri,
Forel, and that it is common in Borneo.

The numerous hairs and bits of chitin in the stomach would lead
one to suppose,that these insects form a considerable item in the food of
this particular species. Whether they are eaten dead or alive, I cannot
say.

I had previously received examples of this slug from Mr. Shelford,
which I hope to describe in detail later.

COLLINGE : NOTES ON SLUGS AND SLUG-LIKE MOLLUSCS. 19

4.—Variations in the Foot-fringe of Arion empiricorum.

For some years I have made careful notes upon the variations in the
colour of the foot-fringe of our common Arion. The observations have
extended over nearly five years, during which time many hundreds of
specimens have been examined, with the result that 228 specimens out of
just over 1,000 have been noted to possess variously coloured foot-fringes.
The percentages of these is rather interesting.

Of the white there were 12, grey 14, fawn 10, light brown 15,
chocolate-brown 16, steel-blue 10, greyish-violet 5, pale yellow 29, deep
yellow 56, brick-red 7, salmon-pink 6, orange-red 42, sepia 8. In fourteen
of these specimens, there were no lineoles.

Excepting fourteen, all the 228 specimens differed from the type,
i.e., were colour variations, and ten were albinos.

A few attempts were made to keep some of the most brilliantly
coloured varieties under observation, and it was noticed that those
specimens with yellow, light brown, or fawn-coloured foot-fringes, soon
underwent a change, whilst all the red coloured ones seemed much more
permanent.

NOTES.

The Molluscan Fauna of Warwiekshire.—The council of the
Midland Malacological Society have in preparation a Fauna of the Mollusca
of Warwickshire in which it is proposed to give all possible information on
the species occurring in the County, viz. :—Loealities, Food Habits, General
Distribution, Geological Formation of District, and other interesting details.
They will be pleased to receive the co-operation of all interested, so that the
work may not only be a list, but complete, and a valuable one of reference.

In submitting Molluses, Shells, ete., or information respecting them,
workers are requested to give as full details as possible as to :—

1. Locality. 2. Date when collected or observed. 8. Name of the
plant on which feeding or where resting. 4. Whether the animal gives off
any particular odour. 5. Position, aspect, and general features of locality,
viz. :—marsh, wood, ditch, etc., etc. 6. Geological formation of ground.
7. General distribution. 8. Whether plentiful. 9. Other particulars,
such as size, colour, texture, preponderance of any special form, or other
points of interest. Due recognition will be accorded to all such observation.

It is proposed to issue from time to time a summary as to how the work
is progressing, which will be duly forwarded to all who have contributed.—
H. Overvron, Clifton Road, Sutton Coldfield.

CURRENT LITERATURE.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, ser. ii, vol. xv. (pt. 58),
pp. 49-128, pls. 16-34. Philadelphia : Academy of Natural Sciences.

Continuing the genus Coelocentrum, a further new species, C. ealex, is
described and figured. The genus Holospira, Marts., is next dealt with.
Dr. Pilsbry remarks that these snails are capable of enduring great heat.
Living examples of H. strebeliana and H. nelsoni survived immersion in
actually boiling water for some minutes, and, unlike other snails, they did
not retract in the water. Some account of the anatomy of the genus is given
and illustrated. The kidney is long and narrow, being slightly longer than
the pericardium. Apparently there is no secondary ureter. The genera-
tive organs are characterised by the short penis. long vas deferens, the
great length of the oviduct and (in H. nelsoni) the receptacular duct also
and the absence of accessory organs. The free retractor muscles are exces-
sively long, attached proximally to the axis at about the Junction of the cone
with the cylindrical portion of the shell. The following species are new :
H. tetrelasmus (Mexico); H. nelsoni (Sierra Guadalupe, Mexico), a species
resembling H. teres, Mke. ; H. dalli, from the same locality, is an extra-
ordinary species, in which the internal column is wider than in any other
known form of the genus, and //. strebeliana, a species chiefly remark-
able for its long, cylindrical, many-whorled shell, very blunt at the ends.

Passing next to the Urocoptinae, a short summary of the leading anato-
mical features of the genus Urocoptis, Beck, is given, while the following
species, etc., are new: U. lata, C.B.Ad., var. antonionis, var. manchionea-
lensis, subsp. ichnostele; U. ovata, Deshayes, var. sanctaeannae, and
U. hendersoni.

A word of praise must be given to the illustrations, which are certainly
above the average.

Ortmann, A. E.—Reports of the Princeton University Expeditions
to Patagonia, 1896-1899 ;_ vol. iv, Paleeontology—Part II. Tertiary
Invertebrates. 1902, pp. 45-332, pls. xi-xxxiv.

To most readers the associations of the name of J. Pierpont’ Morgan lie

“in the steamship in the railway, in the thoughts that shake mankind,”
rather “ than in the march of mind.” We remark with pleasure and grati-
tude the notification on the title-page of the bulky volume before us that
this millionaire defrayed all charges.

Dr. Ortmann’s report is framed on broad lines. Instead of the usual
list of species collected and diagnoses of novelties, we have received a complete
monograph of the subject. The history of the Tertiary mollusca of South
America commenced with Darwin’s visit in the “ Beagle,” and concludes
with Hatcher’s investigations. From the Patagonian beds are enumerated
132 molluscs and brachiopods. All the species, new and old, are described

CURRENT LITERATURE. 2

and illustrated, giving the memoir especial value as a work of reference.
The fauna as a whole is discussed with the same thoroughness and the species
in detail. Ananalysis of the data collected leads Dr. Ortmann and Mr.
Hatcher to dispute many of the conclusions arrived by Ameghino and von
Thering.

The fauna dealt with is regarded as homogeneous, from shallow water,
of Miocene date and Antarctic origin. A comparison of such with similar
beds in another hemisphere may be expected to be fruitful of results. The
conclusion here adopted is that in late Mesozoic or early Tertiary times,
Antarctica enjoyed a milder climate than at present, and extended north to
America, New Zealand, Australia, and perhaps Africa. Through the warm
and shallow seas that washed the Antarctic Continent, or Archipelago, a
fauna ranged from Tasmania to Patagonia.

The Antarctic molluscan fauna entombed at Muddy Creek is the richest,
according to the late Professor Tate, known to Paleontology. In compari-
son with it, the Patagonian fauna is a scanty one. We anticipate that the
South American deposits are not yet exhausted. Mr. Hatcher’s collection
mainly consists of large conspicuous shells, and in all probability, the
usual complement of small species, measured by millimetres rather than by
inches, yet remain to be discovered.—C. HEpLry.

Jameson, H. Lyster.—On the Origin of Pearls. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1902,
pp. 140-166, pls. xiv-xvil.

Dr. Jameson has investigated the origin of Pearls in Mytilus edulis.
After a very brief reference to the work of other investigators, he describes
the structure of the mantle and shell, and defines the meaning of the terms
* pearls,” “ blisters,” and “ concretions.” As the three terms have been very
loosely used in the past, it is important to note that they have each a totally
different mode of origin, and should not be confused or regarded as
synonyms. A pearl is formed in a closed epithelial sac embedded in the
tissues, and formed around a parasite (in Mytilus a larval Trematode), which
probably causes a specific stimulation. It consists of one or more layers of
shell-substance, enclosing a central nucleus. Thus there are nacreous pearls,
prismatic pearls, periostracum pearls, and hinge pearls. The parasite does
not necessarily become the nucleus of the pearl, it may escape before calci-
fication, leaving behind a granular substance, which serves as “nucleus”
for a pearl.

Blisters are caused by the intrusion of foreign bodies between the mantle
and the shell, or by the secretion of a nacreous cicatrix to close perforations of
boring molluscs, worms, &e.

Concretions are small free calcosphaeritic bodies which occur at times
in the connective tissues. In some molluscs they are due to the calcifica-
tion of degenerated Sporocysts or of dead Cercariae, and to other causes.

The author then describes the minute structure, the origin and develop-
ment of the pearl and the life-history of the parasite. From Dr. Jameson’s
work it seems that it is possible to infect Mytilus with the parasite, and he
discusses the bearing of the facts in his paper upon the problem of artificially
producing pearls. It seems clear from this valuable research, that in many
molluses yielding valuable pearls, Trematodes are one, if not the exclusive,
cause of pearl formation.

22 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Simroth, H.—Die Nacktschneckenfauna des Russischen NReiches. 4to.
pp. 321, 27 Tafn., 10 Karten u. 17 textfign. St. Petersburg:
1901 [1902]. Der K. Akad. d. Wissensch.

Of the many magnificent works which have emanated from the pen of
the illustrious Leipzig professor, none have exceeded in interest, or sur-
passed in the wealth and beauty of illustration, the invaluable memoir before
us. No review, limited in space, as here, can do justice to such a work, and
we are perforce compelled only to give a very brief resume of the contents.

Commencing with an introduction, Dr. Simroth defines the limits of
the region treated of, and the various divisions of the same ; discusses the
supposed centres of origin and the lines of distribution, and concludes with a
definition of the term “slug.”

Passing to the special part of the work, it opens with a detailed account
of the anatomy of Anadenus giganteus and a consideration of its relationship
with other genera. Scattered throughout the accounts of the new genera
and species, the author discusses, and adds many original observations and
facts to, such subjects as the division of general and species in part by means
of colour, the relations of Heynemannia and Lehmannia, the origin of the
genus Lima., the colour bands of slugs, distribution of Paralimaz, classifica-
tion of Agriolimax, the genus Parmacella, the Agnathous slugs, conditions
of life of the Agnathous slugs, self-fertilisation, and a host of points concern-
ing the generative organs, free-muscles, digestion, affinities, distribution,
&e. The work is a mine of information, rich and exhaustive in detail and
invaluable to every student of malacology.

The new genera, species, ete., described are as follows :—Ardon subfus-
cus, Drp. v. fennicus, A. sibiricus, Limaxz ananowi?, Simr. v. imereticus, L.
ordubadensis (= colchicus, Simr.), Metalimax elegans, Monochroma brun
neum, Paralimax brandti, v. Mts. forms coriaceus, nubilus, notatus, lilacinus
P. marmoratus, P. niger, and form nigerrimus, P. albomaculatus, P. sala-
mandroides, P. gyratus, P. gracilis, P. ochraceus, P. albocarinatus, P.
raddei, and forms striatus pictus, elegans, variegatus, obscurus ; P. minutus,
Agriolimax laevis, Mill. v. perversus, A. agrestis, L. v. turkestanus, A.
tauricus, A. transcaucasicus and vars. simplex and coeciger, A. caspius, A.
subagrestis, Simr. v. minutus, A. ilius, A. ananowi, A. osseticus. Tropid
olytopelte is a new subgenus of Lytopelte with L. maculata, Koch and Heyn.,
as the type ; also Liolytopelte containing two new species, L. caucasica and
L.grusina. A new subgenus of Gigantomilax, termed T'urcomilaz, is des-
cribed, with G. nanus, Simr., as the type, and of Gigantomilaz, s.s. a new
species G. robustus. The remaining new species are : Parmacella korschinskii
and v. rubra, P. levandri, P. persica, Trigonochlamys minor, Pseudomilax
reibischt and P. ananowt.

The genus Phricolestes named in 1900 is now described with P.
adscharicus and P. ponticus (= Pseudomilax lederi, Retowski, non
Bottger) ; and the genus Hyrcanolestes with H. valentini.

In nearly all cases the new genera are accompanied by a wealth of
anatomical descriptions and figures, and, as has already been pointed out,
many interesting observations upon their habits, habitat, distribution,
affinities, etc.

bo
1S)

CURRENT LITERATURE.

Simroth, H.—Uber einige kiirzlich beschriebene neue Nacktschnecken,
ein Wort zur Aufklarung systematischer Verwirrung. Zool. Anz.,
19025 Bd) xxv, pp. 355-357.

Dr. Simroth is of opinion that the genus Ostracolethe, described by
him in 1901, is the same as Myotesta, Cllge., described in the same year.
There are, however, quite a number of differences in the two accounts.
Dr. Simroth states that the mantle is perforated, and that though the cleft
there projects the fine point of a conch-like shell, while Mr. Collinge
very emphatically states that the shell is flat and plate-like, and entirely
covered and enclosed by the mantle. The radula is also a further point
upon which the two authors are at variance.

Simroth, H.—Ueber die wahrscheinliche Herleitung der Gattungen
Monochromo und Paralimax. Ann. du Mus. Zool. |’Acad. Imp.
Se. St. Petersb., 1902, T. vii., pp. 283-286.

Simroth, H.—Ueber die Verbreitung der russischen Nacktschnecken.
Ibid., pp. 287,288.

Simroth, H.—Uber das naturliche System der Erde. Verhandl.
d. Deutschen Zool. Gesell., 1902, pp. 19-42, fign. 1-9.

Simroth, H.—Ueber die Ernahrung der Tiere und der Weichtiere im
besonderen. Verhandl. d. V. Int. Zool. Con. Berlin, 1901, 1902,
pp. 1-9, fig.

Dautzenberg, Ph.—Description de mollusques nouveaux provenant
de L’Ile Obi (Moluques). Le Nat., 1902, pp. 247-248, figs. 1-7.

The author describes and figures the following species, all of which are
new: T'rochomorpha subternatana, Helix (Albersia) omissa, H. (Papuina)
groulti, H. (P.) obiensis and a var. minor, Leptopoma fulgurans and L.
altius.

Dautzenberg, Ph.—Observations sur quelques mollusques rapportes
par M. Ch. Allaud, du sud de Madagascar. Bull. Soc. Zool. France,
1902, T. xxvii, pp. 196-199.

Dautzenberg, Ph.—Revision des Cypraeidae de la Nouvelle-Caledonie.
Journ. de Conchyl., 1902, vol. 1, pp. 291-884, pl. vil.

The Cypraeidae of New Caledonia have previously been catalogued by
Crosse in 1869, who enumerated 45 species, also by Rossiter in 1882, whose
list contained 6O species. The present Revision treats of 70 species, and 52
varieties, 12 of which are new, in addition to which 7 monstrosities are
described and figured.

Not wishing here to enter into a discussion of the value of the different
divisions of the family, the author adopts four principal genera: Cypraea
(s.s.) Luponia, Epona and Trivia.

Dall, W. H.—Synopsis of the Family Veneridae and of the North
American recent species. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1902, vol. Xxvl, pp.
335-412, pls. xil-xvVi.

So far as may be represented by any one family, the Veneridae repre-
sents the culmination of Peleecypod evolution. Although no true Venerid,

24 CURRENT LITERATURE.

in the strict sense, appears before the Tertiary, their recognisable ancestry
appears in the Upper Cretaceous or Lower Eocene. In the present synopsis
Dr. Dall deals with this family in a similar manner to that in which
he has already treated other Peleeypod families. Numerous corrections and
changes have been made in the nomenclature, and nineteen new species are
deseribed and figured.

Ridewood, W. G.—On the structure of the Gills of the Lamellibranchia.
Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., 1903 (ser. B), vol. 195, pp. 147-284, 61 figs.
in text.

We have already given a brief outline of this valuable work (see ante,
1902, p. 143); the complete paper is now before us, and we are able to deal
with it in greater detail.

The author states that in this investigation, 215 species of these Molluses,
belonging to 118 genera, are taken into account, and their gills were studied
both by means of serial sections and dissected preparations. In almost all cases
staining was done by means of borax-carmine, followed by picro-nigrosin.
After a brief resume of previous work, and some remarks upon the termi-
nology, he passes on to consider the Evolution of the Synaptorhabdie Gill.
After reviewing the opinions of previous writers,and comparing them with
his own observations, Dr. Ridewood is led to conclude that in the presence
of the many conflicting descriptions in closely allied forms, the phenomena
of gill ontogeny are extremely difficult to elucidate ; and that, pending some
further special research, we may “ conclude that the perforation or slitting
into filaments of a continuous gill-membrane is an infraction of the rule
that ontogeny is a repetition of phylogeny.” It is of interest to note, that
the remarkable diversity of structure exhibited by the ctenidia is not shared
by the labial palps. The plication of the lamellae, to which Hancock, and
later Duvernoy, attached considerable importance, is now regarded as of less
value than the differentiation of principal filaments, which latter are con-
fined to the Pseudolamellibranchia and the Eulamellibranchia. They are
not, however, met with in all the Pseudolamellibranchs, as Pel-
seneer imagined, for in some of the latter the gills are homorhabdie ; in non-
plicate gills, principal filaments are also wanting. The author considers
that the plication of the lamellae and the differentiation of principal filaments
are not to be looked upon as of more than specific, or at the most, sub-
generic value. The apical filaments, cilia, chitinous skeleton, endothelium,
calcified rods, intrafilamentar septa, interlamellar junctions, and interla-
mellar extensions of the septa, are each dealt with in detail. The calcified
rods, on account of the confusion that has arisen with regard to them, are
deserving of more than passing notice. He mentions that these structures
are peculiar to the Unionidae and M ulleria, and some authors have failed
to discriminate between the thickened bands of chitin, such as occur in the
gills of most Eulamellibranchia, and these caleareousrods, which are embedded
in the chitin. They are not continuous rods of uniform width extending
the full height of the demibranch, but consist of a succession of short rods,
which gradually shade off and terminate in the middle of each interfilamen-
tar junction. Dr. Ridewood further states that these rods were discovered
by Rengarten in 1853, while the best description of them is that given by
Janssens, who, in 1893, showed that they are composed of calcium phos-
phate, with a little calcium carbonate, and a chitin or conchylin base.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 25

As a result of the investigation, the author confirms the view that
ctenidial filaments, held together by ciliated discs, are of essentially simpler
structure than those connected by subfilamentar tissue, and the ciliated
dise is a more archaic mode of junction than the cellular connection.

It is proposed to abolish the group Pseudolamellibranchia, to remove
Pinna from the Aviculidae and place it in a separate family, the Pinnidae,
and to include it, and the Ostreidae and Limidae, in the Eulamellibranchia.
The remaining Aviculidae, together with the Pectinidae, Spondylidae, and
Dimyidae, are to be joined to the Filibranchia,and to constitute a new group
the Eleutherorhabda. With regard to the Septibranchia, Dr. Ridewood does
not consider there is sufficient evidence to warrant their removal from the
Eulamellibranchia, as a separate order, and consequently he places them
as a sub-order (Poromyacea), and unites them with the remaining Lamelli-
branchia into one order, which he proposes to term Synaptorhabda.

The following is an outline of Dr. Ridewood’s classification :—

(1) Order Protobranchia.—This is Pelseneer’s order adopted with-
out alteration.

(2) Order Eleutherorhabda.—Arranged in series on the two sides
of the gill axis are elongated filaments. Adjacent filaments
are held in position by stiff cilia disposed in isolated patches
(ciliated discs).

It comprises the sub-orders Dimyacea, Mytilacea, and Pectinacea.

(3) Order Synaptorhabda.—There are no ciliated discs. The
interlamellar edges of adjacent filaments are connected by
cellular tissue. These organic interfilamentar junctions are
situated at uniform intervals up the filaments, and convert
the linear interfilamentar spaces into series of fenestrae.

This order comprises the sub-orders Ostracea, Submytilacea,
Tellinacea, Veneracea, Cardiacea, Myacea, Pholadacea,
Anatinacea, and Poromyacea.

Dr. Ridewood recognises that the amount of family disruption this
scheme involves will doubtless prove startling to the systematist,and he does
not claim that it represents in any way the genetic affinities of the forms
included. What he aims at, is the “ formation of classificatory tables, admit-
tedly artificial and based each on a single character, so that the taxonomist of
the future may, by a process of correlation of these tables and a careful
weighing of the respective values of the facts therein laid before him in a
compact and readily assimilable form, arrive at the truth concerning the
phylogenetic history of the Lamellibranchia.” The present work is intended
as a contribution towards this ultimate object.

The remainder of the paper, and comprising the bulk of it, consists of a
minute survey of gill-structure throughout the Lamellibr anchia and is
accompanied by numerous figures ; appended to it, is a very full biblio-
graphy which seems to contain references to all the liter ature bearing upon
the morpholog ) of Lamellibranch gills.

The paper is indeed one of the most important contr eaeions the subject
has yet received, and is one which will serve as a basis for research‘in years
to come.—A. D. Is.

26 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Dall, W. H.—Review of the Classification of the Cyrenacea. Proc.
Biol. Soc. Washington, 1903, pp. 5-8.

A brief but important paper, setting forth some surprising changes in
nomenclature. Calyculina, Clessin, isa synonym of Musculium, Link, 1807.
Our familiar Pisidium is to be called Corneocyclas, Ferussac, 1818, with sec-
tions and subgenera as follows :—

Subg. Corneocylas.

Seet. Corneocyclas, s.str., type Corneocyclas pusilla=Pisidium pusillum
(Gmel.)

Sect. Phymesoda, Raf., type Corneocyclas virginica=Pisidium virgini-
cum (Gmel.)

Sect. Pisidium, C. Pfr., type Corneocyclas amnica=Pisidium annicum
(Mull.)

Sect. Cyclocalyx, Dall, type Corneocyclas scholtzii=Pisidium — scholtzii,
Cless.

Subg. Cymatocyclas, Dall, type Corneocyclas compressa=Pisidium
compressum, Prime.

Subg. Tropidocyclas, Dall, type Corneocyclas henslowiana=Pisidium
henslowianum, Shepp.

At the end of the paper it is indicated that Cyclas islandica is the proper
name for our Cyprina islandica (1..).—T. D. A. COCKERELL.

EDITOR’S NOTES.

It may not be out of place to direct attention to several changes which
appear in this, the first part of volume x.

Firstly, we offer a hearty welcome to Mr. H. Howard Bloomer, Mr.
G. K. Gude, and Mr. Henry Suter, whose names have been added to the list
of editorial colleagues. All are well-known malacologists, and for many years
have been active and generous supporters of the Journal.

As to the Journal itself, we have slightly increased the amount of
printed matter on each page containing original articles, and the notices
of Current Literature, Notes, ete., are printed in a larger type than
hitherto.

We have recently received new editions of the well-known and useful
catalogues of works and pamphlets treating of the Mollusea, issued by
Messrs. RK. Friedlinder und Sohn (with upwards of 3,000 titles) and that of
Mr. W. Junk (1,703 titles), both of Berlin.

THE

JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

No 2: JUNE 30tu, 1903. Vote Xe

A REVISION OF THE COLUMBELLIDAE OF THE
PERSIAN GULF AND NORTH ARABIAN SEA, WITH
DESCRIPTION OF C. CALLIOPE, N.SP.

By JAMES COSMO MELVILL, M.A., F.LS.

In the enumeration by Mr. Standen and myself ® of the Gastropoda
collected, mostly by Mr. Frederick W. Townsend, of the Indo-European
Telegraph Service, in the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and northern
portion of the Arabian Sea, twenty-six species of Columbellidae are men-
tioned, of which all excepting one (Aesopus uwrania, M. and 8.) belong to
the typical genus Columbella. To this paper we would refer in explanation
of the following notes.

A few months ago some additional material was submitted by us, from
the same source, to Mr. Stephen Pace, then engaged on his exhaustive and
laborious Catalogue of the Columbellidae. We are very much indebted
to him for so kindly examining so large a quantity of specimens, and for
his pronouncements upon them. He pointed out at the same time one or
two errors which had crept into the enumeration ; as well as one important
omission, that of C.flavida, Lam.

The following therefore must be taken as a revised list.

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1901, vol. ii, pp. 327-460, Pls. xxi-xxiv.

JOURN, OF Matac., 1903, vol. x. No. 2,

28 MELVILL: A REVISION OF THE COLUMBELLIDAE.

1.—Columbella pardalina, Lam.
Columbella propinquans, I.A.Sm.

Probably synonymic. Recorded from both Persian Gulf, Mekran Coast,
and North Indian shores.

2—Columbella rustiea, Lam.

Mr. Pace so determines two or three examples collected by Mr. Townsend
at Bombay, and which were referred at first to C. fuscata, Sowb. This
last is a native of Panama, St. Elena, and Monte Christo, W. Central
America. It is the first record of the Mediterranean C. rustica being found
beyond the Gulf of Suez. The examples are not quite typical, and we hope
a further supply may come to hand, in order that the important question
of its geographical distribution be more definitely studied.

3.—Columbella versicolor, Sowb.
Hab.—Mekran Coast, near Charbar.

4.—Columbella (Mitrella) agnesiana, Melv. and St.

Hab.—Persian Gulf : Bushire ;Gulf of Oman; Maskat, 10 fathoms ;
Mekran Coast : Charbar, sandy mud, 15 fathoms.

5.—Columbella (Mitretla) alizonae, Melv. and St.

Hab.—Persian Gulf: Shaikh Shuaib Island, and at Bushire. Also
in lat. 27° N., long. 52° E., on the telegraph cable. Received in 1902 from
Maskat, at 47 fathoms, very varied in pattern and in fine condition. India:
lat. 18° 58” N., long. 71° 45” E., 40 fathoms.

6.—Columbella (Mitrella) astolensis, Mely. and St.

Hab.—Mekran Coast: Astola Island, 3 fathoms, sand. Also off
Charbar at 7 fathoms.

7.—Columbella (Mitrella) blanda, Sowb.

Hab.—Persian Gulf : Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55” N., long. 57° 59” E.,
50 fathoms, sand and mud.

A beautiful pale form, with clearly traced longitudinal markings, and
hardly a vestige of dorsal clouding, has been very recently dredged by Mr.
Townsend in the Gulf of Oman, at 205 fathoms, also occurring in the same
form off Bahrein in the Persian Gulf.

Var. eandidans, Melv. and St.
Hab.—Karachi.

An interesting, pure white, unmarbled form.

MELVILL: A REVISION OF THE COLUMBELLIDAR. 29

8.—Columbella (Mitrella) ealliope, n.sp.

C. testa ovata, versus apicem attenuata, laevigata, solidula, anfractibus
octo, quorum duo apicales laeves, vitrei, quatuor his proximi longitudinal-
iter laevicostati, costis numerosis sed inconspicuis, anfractu ultimo et
penultimo laevibus, spiraliter arctissime brunneolineatis, apertura ovato-
oblonga, labro intus multidenticulato, crassiusculo, columella versus basim
recta.

Long. 12, lat. 5 millim.

Hab.—Bombay (Alexander Abercrombie, Esq.).

This was formerly esteemed by us as a form of C. marquesa, Gaskoin, of
the variety b. figured in Reeve, Conch. Icon., f. 217, and so
catalogued both in the Bombay list®, and the enumeration of the
Mollusea of the Persian Gulf and Arabian Sea.”

Last year it was examined by Mr. Stephen Pace, who considers it quite
distinct, and worthy of a specific name. We have only seen two or three
examples, which, however, show no tendency to variation, and are identical
both in form, marking, and colour.

9.—Columbella (Mitrella) cartwrighti (Pace MS.), Melv.
Hab.—Persian Gulf : Bahrein Is. (Captain Cartwright).
Usually found at about 7 fathoms ; muddy sand bottom.
10.—Columbella (Mitrella) dorice, Issel.
Hab.—Persian Gulf : Bushire (M. F. Houssay).

Perhaps a variety of C. mindoroensis, Rve. The specimen in the
Townsend collection is very doubtfully referred here.

11.—Columbella (Mitrella) euterpe, Melv.
Hab.—India : Karachi (F. W. Townsend), Bombay (A. Abercrombie).

Common.in both these localities, but not yet reported elsewhere.
SESS Gs 7 2 BeBe os, at) SO ee ee

2 Mem. Manch. Soc., 1893 (s, 4), vol. vii, pp. 17-51.
3 Op. cit.

30 MELVILL: A REVISION OF THE COLUMBELLIDAE.

12.—Columbella (Mitrella) flavilinea, Melv.

Hab.—India : Bombay (A. Abercrombie). Not common ; and as yet
not noticed in the Townsend collections.

13.—Columbella (Mitrella) nomadieca, Mely. and St.

Hab.—India : Karachi.
A handsome form, figured in the Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1901, vol. ii,
pl. xxi, f. 7. Received by Mr. 8. Pace : not yet collected by Mr. Townsend.

14.—Columbella (Mitrella) zebra, Gray.

Hab.—Persian Gulf: Linjah, 3 fathoms; Mekran Coast: general.

C. miser, Sowb., and C. elata, Rve., are apparently but forms of the
adove.

15.—Columbella (Mitrella) terpsichore, Leathes.

Hab.—India : Bombay (A. Abercrombie).

Sometimes confused with C. miser, Sowb.

N.B.—C. (Mitrella) rugulosa, Sowb., had best be erased from the
former list. It was reported on insufficient authority, from Karachi, but
being a well-marked species, only known from the Galapagos Islands, there
but little doubt that it does not occur in Indian Seas.

16.—Columbella (Atilia) albonodulosa, Gaskoin.
Hab.—Mekran Coast : Local.

17.—Columbella (Atilia) conspersa, Gaskoin.
Hab.—Persian Gulf ; India : Karachi.
This is synonymous with C. puella, Sowb., from the Andaman Isles.
Amongst the specimens in the Townsend collection from Karachi are
some labelled by a lapsus calami, C. compressa, Gask., a misprint for
cons persa.

18.—Columbella (Seminella) melitoma, Melv. and St.
Hab.—India : Karachi.

19.—Columbella (Seminella) phaula, Melv. and St.
Hab. --India : Karachi.

20.—Columbella (Seminella) selasphora, Melv. and St.
Hab.—India : Karachi.

N.B.—C. atomella, Duclos, reported from Bombay, seems an agglomera-
tion, mostly worn, of the three recently separated species just mentioned.

21.—Columbella (Seminella) townsendi, Mely. and St,
Hab.—India_ Karachi.

BLOOMER : ANATOMY OF CERATISOLEN AND SOLECURTUS. at

22.—Columbella (Conidea) flava, Brug.
Hab.—Mekran Coast ; India: Karachi (Townsend), Bombay (Aber-
crombie).
This is the C. flavida of Lamarck.

23.—Aesopus urapia, Melv. and St.

Hab.—Mekran Coast : Local. The white variety (albens) occurring with
the type. For a full description of this interesting mollusc, see the paper
above quoted, p. 407.

THE ANATOMY OF CERTAIN SPECIES OF
CERATISOLEN AND SOLECURTUS.

By H. H. BLOOMER.
(Plate i.)

Ceratisolen legumen, L.

Owing to the many points of resemblance of Ceratisolen legumen to the
species of Solen, already described by me”, | purpose contrasting it with
Solen ensis in the same manner as | have dealt with S. sdliqua, S. vagina,
and S. pellucidus.

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS.

C. legumen is comparatively shorter and deeper than S. ensis. It
not only curves slightly along its dorsal surface, but also along the ventral
one, particularly at the anterior end. The bands of pallial muscles pass
round the anterior part of the mantle lobes, and proceed posteriorly to
where the dorsal integument is connected with the teeth of the shell (Fig,
1, H.), the latter being situated some distance away from the anterior end.

The foot (Fig. 1, F.) gradually increases in depth towards its distal end,
and is there of considerable size.

The pedal aperture, situated at the anterior end, extends a short dis-
tance along the ventral surface, and the mantle lobes at the posterior part
of it carry on their inner surfaces a tentacular fringe, which evidently
represents the fourth aperture (Fig. 1, #’. A.).

Along the dorsal surface from the anterior end to near the teeth of the
shell (Fig. 1, H.) there is no concrescence of the mantle lobes, thus forming
an aperture to a chamber superior to the anterior adductor muscle. An
teriorly this chamber communicates with the pallial chamber, the aperture
of which is continuous with the pedal aperture. The edges of the mantle
lobes bordering the whole of this dorsal chamber bear a tentacular fringe,
but the fringe does not pass round the anterior end of the lobes.

4. Journ. Malac, 1901, pp. 36 & 97; 1902, pp. 18 & 132,

(Sw)
bo

BLOOMER : ANATOMY OF CERATISOLEN AND SOLECURTUS.

The free portions of the siphon (Fig. 1, In. S’.& Ex. S’.) are long and
narrow, and their distal ends turn dorsually.

The inner parts of the bases of the gills are joined together as in S.
marginatus.

MUSCULATURE.

i. The Pallial Muscles.—The muscular bands along the pallial edge pass
round the anterior end, and proceed posteriorly as far as the Junction of the
mantle lobes with the dorsal integument, and close to the part of the latter
penetrated by the teeth of the shell (Fig. 1, H.). At the posterior end,
where the mantle lobes form the proximal portion of the siphon, the walls
of the two chambers are more muscular, and the divisional wall of greater
length.

The anterior adductor muscle (Fig. 1, A. A.) is a broad plate of muscles
attaining its maximum depth in the posterior part. Anteriorly it curves
slightly towards the dorsal surface.

The posterior adductor muscle (Fig. 1, P. A.) is situated more pos-
teriorly, and the muscular dorsal integument between it and the siphon
is consequently shortened.
ui. The Pedal Muscles.—Vhe muscles of the distal end of the foot are very
strongly developed. The retractor pedis anterior muscles are thick, and
do not extend far anteriorly ; while the bifureated parts (Fig. 1, P. &. A.,
P. R. A’.) are also short. When the muscles reach the foot, the fibres pass
in a posterior direction under, instead of over, the longitudinal pedal
muscles, as in S. marginatus.

The bifurcated parts of the retractor pedis posterior muscles (Fig. 1,
P. h. P.) are longer than in S. ensis.

ALIMENTARY CANAL.

The oesophagus (Figs. 2 and 3, Ue) is short, proceeds a little distance
dorsally ; and curving, passes into the stomach. The stomach is propor-
tionately larger than in S. ensis. There are no divisional walls between
the oesophagael and cardiac portions (Fig. 2, C. St.), while the pyloric
portion (lig. 2, P. S¢.) is large, and assumes a more ventral position, having
the appearance of being somewhat drawn towards the pedal cavity. The
central cavity (Fig. 2, Cav.) is large, and its divisional walls are more
marked, particularly on the dorsal and posterior sides. The sac of the
crystalline style (Fig. 1, C. C.) leaves the pyloric portion on its ventral
side more anteriorly. It goes some distance along the pedal cavity, as
in S. marginatus. The intestine (Fig. 1, Jn.) leaves the stomach, and
passes directly along the surface of the sac of the crystalline style (Fig.
1, C. C.), adhering to it nearly the whole of its length, going along the
dorsal surface and returning along the ventral one. It then curves round
the pyloric portion, and on its dorsal side continues as the rectum (Fig. 1,
f.), the latter runs posteriorly to the cloacal chamber, and terminates

BLOOMER : ANATOMY OF CERATISOLEN AND SOLECURTUS. OB

m a bilobed anus (Fig. 1, A.). As previously mentioned, the anus is situ-
ated more posteriorly than in S. ensis.

The liver (Fig. 1, L.) is situated as in S. ensis over the fore-part of
the stomach, and passes for a short distance over the anterior adductor
muscle, and posteriorly under the stomach as far as where the intestine
leaves it.

NERVOUS SYSTEM.

The nervous system, like that of S. pellucidus, differs from S. ensis in
the number of the pallial nerves. Each anterior pallial nerve gives rise
to one branch only, which leaves the main nerve just after it reaches the
anterior adductor muscle, and crosses the mantle lobe, then divides, the
two parts joing the circumpallia! nerve.

The posterior pallial nerve does not give rise to any branch which
crosses the mantle lobe as in S. ensis.

There is only one circumpatlial nerve.

CIRCULATORY SYSTEM.
This is the same as in VS. ensis, excepting in a few minor details.

Soleeurtus strigillatus, L.
EXTERNAL CHARACTERS.

The mantle lobes are comparatively short and wide. They project
separately some little distance anteriorly from the dorsal surface of the
anterior adductor muscle, and in a semi-circular curve form the pedal
aperture ; while posteriorly they are broader, and from a position
above the posterior adductor muscle run with a slighter curve
laterally. In the anterior part of the mantle lobe the muscles
of the pallial edge are wide and thick, but they gradually diminish in width
towards the posterior end. The pedal aperture, lying ventrally, extends
in a dorso-posterior direction, and on each mantle lobe is bordered by a
muscular flap. The mantle lobes are connected ventrally with each other
by a wide piece of muscular tissue, which posteriorly is continuous with
the proximal portion of the inhalent siphonal chamber. Dorsally the
proximal portion of the siphon is for some distance from the median line
connected with the mantle lobes and the dorsal integument ; while the
muscles, chiefly from the lateral portion of it, pass under the mantle lobes
and afterwards through them in large and powerful siphonal retractor
muscles, and are attached to the valves of the shell.

The external surface of the muscular tissue connecting the ventral
portions of the mantle lobes, the free edges of the mantle lobes, and the
proximal portions of the siphonal chambers are coloured a mottled brown,
but the brown colour of the free portions of the siphon is of a more con-
sistent nature. This colouring, however, appears to be subject to variation,
and some specimens are nearly white.

34 BLOOMER : ANATOMY OF CERATISOLEN AND SOLECURTUS.

In an extended condition the proximal portion of the siphon is of
considerable length, and nearly of a uniform size, but in a contracted state
it is larger at the centre and compressed at the ends. The free portions,
when fully extended, are likewise of considerable length. One specimen
measured 6 ¢.m. along the median line from the posterior adductor muscle
to the anterior adductor muscle, and the proximal portion of the siphon,
though not fully extended, was of the same length. Part of the free por-
tions were missing, this being usually the case, as presumably being due
to the action of the preservative medium on the arrangement of the
circular muscles forming the lateral ribbings, and making them of a some-
what brittle nature. In another instance the proximal portion of the
siphon was in a very contracted condition, and only measured 2 ¢.m. ;
while the free portion of the exhalent chamber measured 5.5 ¢.m., and the
inhalent one 6.1 ¢.m.

There is no fourth aperture.

The foot is very large, being deep and muscular. The periostracum
passes from the mantle lobes to the edges of the valves.

The dorsal integument posterior to the teeth of the shell is thin, and
it is to be observed that the teeth deeply penetrate into the viscera.

The gills are long, and extend in a more or less folded condition to the
posterior end of the proximal portion of the inhalent siphonal chamber, to
which they are attached.

The inner parts of the bases of the gills are joined together, forming
the division between the two siphonal chambers.

MUSCULATURE.

i. The Pallial Muscles.—The muscles along the edges of the mantle lobes
form anteriorly deep bands, which diminish in width as they pass pos-
teriorly. From the ventral border of the anterior and posterior margins
of each lobe proceed two muscular bands, which cross the piece of muscular
tissue connecting the ventral edges of the mantle lobes, and converging
towards each other, meet and unite at the centre of the tissue. They
evidently act as retractor muscles for the purpose of drawing together
the ventral parts of the mantle lobes. The walls of the proximal portion
of the siphonal chambers (Fig. 4, Hx. S’. & In.S’.) are thick and muscular,
and continuous with the dorsal integument and the mantle lobes. Chiefly
laterally they give rise to two large muscles which pass through the mantle
lobes, and from a large surface adhere to the valves of the shell. These
undoubtedly act as siphonal retractor muscles.

On tbe inside of each lateral part of the proximal portion of the siphon
and between the two chambers, is a large muscular ridge (Fig. 4, S. £.), to
which adhere the outer sides of the bases of the gills. At the posterior end
of the proximal portion of the siphon it decreases in size, and continues

BLOOMER : ANATOMY OF CERATISOLEN AND SOLECURTUS. 35

as the free portions (Fig. 4, Hx. S’. & In. S’.). The interior muscles of the
siphon are chiefly longitudinal and the outer ones circular, the latter thus
forming internal and external coverings.

Externally, the free portions of the siphon are ribbed laterally. Inter-
nally, they are also ribbed laterally, but not so deeply ; whilst longitudinally
there are a number of rounded ribbings, with finer ones between. The
chambers gradually taper towards their distal ends.

The anterior adductor muscle (Fig. 4, A. A.) is a comparatively narrow
plate of muscles. It spreads out on either side from the median line, and
obtains its maximum width where it is connected with the valves of the
shell. Dorsally, it is jomed with the dorsal integument and the mantle
lobes. Posteriorly, it is connected with the ventral integument.

The posterior adductor muscle (Fig. 4, P. A.) is also a narrow plate

of muscles joined anteriorly by connective tissue with the retractor pedis
posterior muscle, and posteriorly with the dorsal integument, the siphon
and the mantle lobes.
ii. The Pedal Muscles.—The foot (Fig. 4, F’.) is very large, deep and mus-
cular. The muscles are of three kinds, viz., longitudinal, transverse, and
circular. In the proximal portion, where the greater part of the viscera
is situated, the walls are thin and the muscles lie close together. Inside
the muscular integument are two layers of longitudinal muscles, between
which is a circular layer which passes around the foot at a right angle to
its axis. There are numerous bundles of transverse muscles which cross
the foot between the other muscles to the pedal integument. They are
also plentiful in the proximal part, where they pass either between or
through the viscera. Towards the distal half the muscles begin to fray
out more, intermingle with each other, and gradually increasing in number
soon become a network of powerful muscles, thus making the distal portion
an exceedingly muscular mass.

The anterior retractor pedis muscles (Fig. 4, P. &. A.) are short and
thick, passing at the side of the liver to the valves. When they reach the
foot the muscle fibres spread out, passing both ventrally and anteriorly
over the inner longitudinal muscles, and bury themselves in the pedal
integument. There are no bifurcations of the free portions of the muscles.

The posterior retractor pedis muscle (Fig. 4, P. . P.) is comparatively
short, and bifurcates at its posterior end, the bifurcated parts being attached
by their dorsal surfaces to the valves of the shell. They are joimed by
connective tissue with the posterior adductor muscle. On reaching the
pedal cavity the muscle spreads out ; and the fibres, passing in an anterior
direction as a portion of the longitudinal muscles of the foot, eventually
merge themselves in the pedal integument.

The elevator pedis muscles (Fig. 4, H. P.) are situated at the posterio
dorsal point of the foot, and are connected with the valves at their most
dorsal parts.

BLOOMER : ANATOMY OF CERATISOLEN AND SOLECURTUS.

Go
or)

Attached to the shell between each of the elevator pedis and siphonal
retractor muscles is a long and narrow muscle, which is connected with
the muscular tissue running along the base of the gills, and evidently
acting a8 a branchial retractor muscle for the purpose of folding the gills
into a close mass when the proximal portion of the siphon is contracted.

ALIMENTARY GANAL.

The mouth (Figs. 5 & 6, M.), a transverse opening of the ventral
integument, is situated under the posterior portion of the anterior ad-
ductor muscle, and between it and the foot. The lips (Figs. 5 and 6,
A. L. and P. L.), formed by the junction of the labial palps, project for-
wardly.

The oesophagus (Figs. 5 & 6, Oe.) is narrow, of medium length, and
proceeds posteriorly to the stomach.

The stomach (Figs. 4, 5 and 6, S#.) is an irregularly-shaped sae, con-
taining a number of divisions. This applies particularly to the left side,
which is divided into four parts by muscular ridges. For convenience, I will
call the divisions Anterior, Posterior, Central, and Dorso-central. Towards
the centre of the left half is an oval muscular ridge (Fig. 5, C. D. R.) com-
pletely bordering a deep cavity—the central division (Fig. 5, C. D.). The
lumen soon spreads out, and extends a considerable distance anteriorly and
posteriorly. On the dorsal side, and continuous with this ridge, is a
slighter one (Figs. 4 and 5, A. D. R.) passing along the dorsal surface of
the stomach down the right side, and returning along the ventral surface
in a more pronounced degree, and joining the ventral side of the ridge of the
central division, thus separating the anterior division from the posterior
portion of the stomach. The posterio-dorsal part of the ridge of the central
division is developed into a muscular papilla (Fig. 5, WM. P.). From the
posterior side of the base of the papilla runs another muscular ridge (Fig.
d, P. St. R.), which first separates the dorso-central from the posterior
division, and then passes along the dorsal surface in a posterior direction
towards the median line, and disappears., The Dorso-central division
(Fig. 5, D. D.) is smaller, but of considerable depth. and lies above the
museular papilla. The Posterior division (Fig. 5, P. St.) is very large.
The ventral portion, after narrowing, forms the opening of the caecum of
the crystalline style (Fig. 5, C.C.) and intestine (Fig. 5, Zn.). The caecum
of the crystalline style isa large and long sac, passing first in a ventral]
direction, then gradually curving, terminates near the dorsal surface of
the pedal cavity. When the caecum and the intestine leave the stomach,
the intestine (Fig. 4, Jn.) on the right anterior side of the caecum, they
are only partly divided from each other, the intestine being small and
appearing as a narrow, deep, and irregular groove on the side of the
caecum. At the distal end of the caecum the intestine becomes quite
separate, and the typhlosole commences, formed by the invagination of a

BLOOMER : ANATOMY OF CERATISOLEN AND SOLECURTUS. BH

portion of the intestinal wall. It then returns along, and connected with
the right dorsal side of the caecum for about two-thirds the length of the
latter, when, becoming free, it makes a few folds and the typhlosole dis-
appears. The intestine then makes a large number of irregular folds, and
continuing as the rectum passes through the ventricle, shortly reaches the
posterior adductor muscle, passes closely round it, and returning a
short distance along the ventral surface,terminates in a large bilobed anus
having a circular appearance (Fig. 4, A.).

The crystalline style (Figs. 6 & 7, U.S.) fills the greater part of the
caecum, and extends to the anterior portion of the stomach.

The tricuspid body occupies the centre of the stomach, and has branches
radiating into the different divisions.

A transverse section across the caecum of the crystalline style and
the intestine of Solecurtus candidus (Fig. 7), shows the former to be lined
with a columnar epithelium (/p. Col.), carrying a dense fringe of long
cilia, the nuclei are situated with regularity near the centre of the cells a
little closer to the base than the free end ; while the latter—the intestine—
is lined with an epithelium (/7p. C.), consisting of short ciliated cells, broad,
and chiefly connected with each other at the free end, narrowing towards the
base, and having undeveloped cells and spaces between. The division of
the caecum from the intestine is marked by a constriction of the enveloping
muscular layer. On the one side the columnar epithelium passes inside
this constricted part and a short distance along the side of the intestine,
gradually merging into the intestinal epithelium. On the opposite side,
however, occurs a curious growth (Zp. W.), where the epithelium consists
of very long cells of uniform width, and passing from the base to the free
end in a slight wave-like course, the nuclei being abundant and situated
in the basal portion of the cells. It, however, ends abruptly at the point
where the wall projects farthest into the lumen, marking on this side the
division between the caecum and the intestine. and the smaller intestinal
cells then follow ; on the other side of it the cells gradually decrease in length,
until they merge into the ordinary columnar epithelium of the caecum,
The cilia on this curious growth of epithelium are scanty and short, and_
near the intestinal cells it apparently altogether disappears. In this latter
part there is a break in'the epithelium (Hp. B.), which continues through
a number ef sections, and then the epithelium resumes its normal condition.
It is probably a duct communicating with the gland underneath the
epithelium. It may be remarked this curious piece of epithelium closely
resembles that described by Johnstone in Vardium.”

The liver or digestive gland (Fig. 4, L.) is a large organ surrounding
the stomach, with the exception of a small portion of the dorsal and pos-
terior parts. The large bile duct enters the stomach on the ventral surface,

2 Cardium, Liverpool Marine biological Committee Memoirs.

38 BLOOMER : ANATOMY OF CERATISOLEN AND SOLECURTUS.

just anterior to where the intestine leaves it. The small bile duct opens
into the central division.

The whole of the viscera in the proximal part of the foot is bound
together also with the pedal muscles, by a large quantity of connective
tissue. ~

CIRCULATORY SYSTEM.

Menegaux “ states that the general circulatory system agrees with
that of Solen.

The venous blood is collected into‘the various sinuses, and from the
sinus of the viscero-parietal ganglion it is conveyed by the afferent branchial
vessels to the gills, and from them by the efferent branchial vessels to the
auricles.

Over the posterior portion of the foot lies the large ventricle, with
large triangular auricles. The anterior aorta proceeds a short distance
along the rectum, until it reaches the muscular portion of the foot ; then
continues under the dorsal integument, and gives off a number of branches
which vascularise the viscera, anterior adductor muscle, the mantle lobes,
and the foot. The posterior aorta shortly after leaving the ventricle, forms
the dilation known as the bulbus arteriosus ; and then, dividing, continues
along the mantle lobes, and sends branches to the posterior adductor
muscle and the siphon.

The gills extend horizontally from a position between the labial palps,
and level with the retractor pedis anterior muscles, right to the posterior
end of the proximal portion of the siphon. ‘The inner parts of the bases
of the gills are connected together, while the outer parts are joined with
the walls of the siphonal chamber, thus separating the exhalent from the
inhalent chamber. When the siphon is contracted, the gills are folded
on themselves in a close mass, while in an extezided condition these folds
disappear.

The gills belong to the type which Dr. Ridewood™® has termed
synaptorhabdic, and he states: “The lamellae are highly plicate, the
plicae being flattened anterio-posteriorly, so as to resemble the leaves of
a book. The number of filaments in a plica are about 30 in the outer,

and 40 in the inner demibranch. . . . . The principal filaments are
large, and have a broad, shallow, frontal groove, from the middle of
which there sometimes arises . . . . aridge of tall epithelial cells.

There is a fair amount of muscle fibre, running some vertically and
some horizontally in relation with the principal filaments.”

The kidneys are situated posterior to the liver and elevator pedis
muscles, but do not extend far posteriorly ; while laterally they go a con-
siderable distance, passing along the mantle lobes to the siphonal retractor
muscles. Menegaux “’ states the viscero-renal orifices exist as in Solen.

3 Recherches sur la circulation des Lamellibranches Marins, 1890.
+ Phil. Trans, 1903 (ser. B.), vol. 195, pp. 147-284.
5 Op. cit,

BLOOMER : ANATOMY OF CERATISOLEN AND SOLECURTUS. 39

Nervous SysTEeM.

The cerebro-pleural ganglia are situated between the posterior
portion of the anterior adductor muscle and the ventral integument, just
anterio-laterally to the retractor pedis anterior muscles. They he some
distance apart, and are joined by a commissure. Anteriorly, each ganglion
gives rise to a nerve, which passes underneath the anterior adductor
muscle, innervating it, and then continues as the pallial nerve.

Posteriorly, a connective joins each cerebro-pleural with the viscero-
parietal ganglion. The connective passing between the retractor pedis
anterior muscle and the body wall, buries itself in the latter, shortly after-
wards it emerges and clings close to the wall. Then, becoming free, it
continues between same and the viscera until it reaches the bifurcated
parts of the retractor pedis posterior muscles, and passing through the
inside wall, joins the viscero-parietal ganglion.

Each cerebro-pleural ganglion is also joined by a connective with the
pedal ganglion. The connective immediately becomes buried in the
muscular body wall; and passing between the longitudinal and trans-
verse muscles of the foot, joins the pedal ganglia.

The viscero-parietal ganglia are large, and situated between the bitur-
cated portions of the retractor pedis posterior muscle. Posteriorly the
ganglia give rise to two branchial nerves, which pass directly to the gills 5
also to two nerves, which give off a number of branches, innervating
the posterior adductor muscle, the posterior portion of the dorsal integu-
ment, and the siphon. On each side one large branch—the pallial nerve—
crosses the siphonal retractor muscle, and continues round the mantle
lobe as the circumpallial nerve.

The pedal ganglia are situated in the proximal portion of the foot above
about the centre of the caecum of the crystalline style, among the transverse
muscles, and are surrounded by muscular connective tissue. They give
off a number of nerves, which, passing between the longitudinal and
transverse muscles, innervate the foot.

Solecurtus candidus.
EXTERNAL CHARACTERS.

The anterior portions of the mantle lobes curve slightly more than
in S. strigillatus. Posteriorly the lobes from a more anterior position
over the posterior adductor muscle take a greater curve, and
consequently project more posteriorly. The edges of the lobes are more
erenulated, particularly the parts bordering the pedal cavity, and they
carry a tentacular fringe. The edges of the mantle lobes are of an orange
colour, while the remaining part of the animal is nearly white, with the
exception of the distal portion of the foot, which has a dirty orange tinge.
The internal structure is similar to S. strigillatus. It is impossible to say
whether the slight differences noticeable are constant or not, owing to the
limited number of specimens examined.

40

Tic.
Fic.
Ita.

Fic.
Fra.

Fia.

Fic.

6.

5
i.

BLOOMER :

REFERENCE LETTERS.

Anus.
Anterior adductor muscle.
Ridge separating the an-
terior from the other
portion of the stomach.
Anterior or upper lip.
Caecum of crystalline style.
Cavity receiving the small
bile duct.
Central division
stomach.
Ridge bordering the central
division of the stomach.
Crystalline style.
Cardiae portion of stomach.
Connective tissue.
Dorso-central division of the

of the

stomach.
Break in the curious
growth of epithelium,

probably a duct.
Ciliated epithelium.
Columnar epithelium.
levator pedis muscle.
Curious growth of epithe-

lium.

Proximal portion of the
exhalent siphonal cham-
ber.

Free portion of the exhalent
siphonal chamber.

Foot.

Tentacular fringe repre-
senting the fourth aper-
ture.

Volded portion of the intes-
tine.

Point where the dorsal
integument is connected
with the teeth of the
shell.

In.
In. R.
17S:

In.

L.

M.

J fe dee
Oc.
Pear

Jeb Jb
PRA, PRA’:
Pitas

| Re 5

LER litt

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Ceratisolen lequmen, I.
Ceratisolen legumen, I.

Ceratisolen legumen, I.

Solecurtus strigillatus, V..

id.

See

2

ary canal.

St.

xX -H.

ANATOMY OF CERATISOLEN AND SOLECURTUS.

Intestine.

Returning intestine.

Proximal portion
of the inhalent
siphonal chamber.

Free portion of the
inhalent siphonal
chamber.

Liver.

Mouth.

Muscular papilla.

Oesophagus.

Posterior
muscle.

Posterior or lower lip.

Retractor pedis an-
terior muscle.

Retractor pedis pos-
terior muscle.

Posterior division of
the stomach.

Ridge running along
part of dorsal sur-
face of the pos-

adductor

terior division of
the stomach.
Rectum.
Ridge dividing the

inhalent from the
exhalent chamber
of the proximal
portion of ' the
7 Q
Stomach.
Transverse
muscles.
Typhlosole.
Ventricle.

pedal

View from the right side, showing alimentary
eanal, &e.
Longitudinal section of the stomach, showing
internal structure of the left side. x 13.
Longitudinal section of the stomach, showing
internal structure on the right side.

View from the right side, showing aliment-

Solecurtus strigillatus, L. Longitudinal section of the stomach, show-
ing internal structure of the left side.

x2

Solecurtus strigillatus, L. Longitudinal section of the stomach, showing
internal structure of the right side.

—Solecurtus candidus.

Das

Transverse section through the caecum of

the crystalline style and intestine of
Solecurtus candidus, showing the rela-

tion of one to the other,

x 16,

aes

CLASSIFICATION OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF THE
GENUS SOLEN, LINNE.:

By H. H. BLOOMER.

Having recently described some of the chief features in the anatomy of the
species of Solen, | now purpose considering how they bear on the question
of the present classification. For this purpose it will be sufficient if I only
call attention to the chief points by which the other species differ from
S. ensis without going into the anatomy of the latter.

The chief differences in S. siliqua are :—It is larger, and quite straight
along the dorsal surface. The oesophagus is straighter, and the divisions
of the stomach are more pronounced. The cardiac portion does not project
so far anteriorly, nor does the posterior end of the pyloric portion rise so
much dorsally, and the muscular papilla is more central.

In S. marginatus the following are the chief points of difference :—
It is straight along the dorsal surface. There is no fourth aperture, and
there are no labial grooves. The inner parts of the bases of the gills are
joined together. The free portion of the siphon is longer. The pallial]
and pedal muscles are more developed. The free portion of the retractor
pedis anterior muscle is shorter, the bifurcations lie close together, and the
fibres of it cross the foot in a posterior direction, passing underneath instead
of over the longitudinal muscles. The lips project anteriorly, the oesoph-
agus is longer and proceeds posteriorly to the stomach, the latter lying in
amore posterior position over the distal end of the foot. The muscular wall
dividing the oesophagael from the cardiac portion is more developed, and
projects a considerable distance into the stomach, thus separating the
anterior part of these divisions from each other. The caecum of the
erystalline style is of considerable length, leaves the pyloric portion on its
ventral surface, curves, and passes in an anterior direction. The intestine
passes along the caecum, round the distal end, and returns along the other
side, and is connected with it for the greater portion of the distance. The
liver does not project anteriorly over the anterior adductor muscle. An-
teriorly each cerebro-pleural ganglion gives rise to only one nerve—the
anterior pallial nerve — which has one branch. There is only one
circumpallial nerve.

Solen pellucidus possesses some features of resemblance to S. ensis,
some to S. marginatus, and others not common to either’ of these species.

1 Read at a meeting of the Midland Malacological Society.

,
42 BLOOMER : CLASSIFICATION OF THE GENUS SOLEN, LINNE.

It will, therefore, be assumed that the points not hereafter mentioned
are the same as in S. ensis. It resembles S. marginatus in the follow-
ing points:—In the strong development of the pedal muscles. The inner parts
of the bases of the gills are joined together. The fibres of the retractor pedis
anterior muscles cross the foot under, instead of over, the longitudinal ones.
The long oesophagus and position of the stomach. The shape of the
anteror part of the stomach. The length and direction of the caecum of
the crystalline style. In possessing bly one circumpallial nerve.

The features by which it differs both from S. ensis and S. marginatus
are :—The hinge of the shell is situated some distance from the anterior
end, and the anterior part of the anterior adductor muscle, together with
the dorsal integument, terminate there. What represents the fourth
aperture is present at the posterio-ventral part of the pedal aperture. The
presence of a supra-pedal chamber at the anterio-dorsal end. The large
pyloric portion of the stomach, and of the proximal part of the caecum
of the crystalline style, and the absence of folds in the intestine shortly after
leaving the stomach. The numbers of branches of the anterior pallial
nerve, which are more than in S. marginatus, but fewer than in S. ensis.

It is admitted that the type of the genus Solen is S. vagina, Linné™,
and it is evident that the anatomical differences between S. vagina and
S. ensis and siliqua prevent the two latter being placed in the same genus.
In the recent classification” these two species have been placed in the
genus Hnsis, Schumacher, and | do not see any reason why this should
be altered. That there are distinctive, and what I have found to be con-
stant, characters, I think I have shown, thus justifying them being treated
as separate species, and not varieties. There now remains S. pellucidus.
This animal I have endeavoured to demonstrate possesses some characters
common to S. ensis, some common to S. vagina, and others possessed
by neither of them. It, therefore, follows that S. pellucidus cannot be
placed in the genus Solen or Ensis. In the before-mentioned classifica-
tion it has been placed in the genus Cultellus, Schum., and as I have
not been able to see the type animal of Schumacher’s genus (C. magnus),
I cannot at present say if anatomically this is correct or not.

I look upon Solen vagina as a more primitive form, and upon Ensis
ensis and EF. siliqua,as more specialised forms—perhaps FE. ensis slightly
more so than the £. siliqua;emed Cultellus pellucidusy coming somewhere
between S. vagina and EF. siliqua. I do not, however, suggest that any
one species has directly originated from the other. Perhaps the following
tree will better illustrate what I wish to convey :—

British Conchology, Jeffreys.
A History of British Mollusca and their shells. Forbes and Hanley.
Synopsis of the Solenidae of North America and the Antilles. Dall.

List of British Marine Mollusca prepared by a Committee of the Conchological Society of
Great Britain and Ireland,

eRe

2

BLOOMER ; THE ORIGIN AND FUNCTION OF THE FOURTH APERTURE. 43

EL. ensis
E. siliqua.

C. pellucidus

S. vagina.
\

\
\

\

A

Primitive form.

Since the publication of Dr. Ridewood’s valuable work on the structure
of the gills of the Lamellibranchia no review of their classification would
be complete without a reference to it; but as I propose referring to the
work in more detail at a later date when dealing with the classification of
other genera of the Solenidae, I will only now say that I do not see anything
ir. it disagreeing with the above conclusions.

ON THE ORIGIN AND FUNCTION OF THE FOURTH
APERTURE IN SOME PELECYPODA.

By H. H. BLOOMER.

It has been suggested that the origin of the fourth aperture corresponds
with a rudimentary fissure for the byssus. While this may explain the
cause of the orifice in certain of the Pelecypoda, I have from observations
come to the conclusion that in others the origin is totally dissimilar ; and,
further, in those to which this theory may apply it has in certain cases
since been utilised for an altogether different function. It is noticeable

44 BLOOMER: THE ORIGIN AND FUNCTION OF THE FOURTH APERTURE.

that in the animals possessing the fourth aperture the concresced ventral
portion is comparatively of considerable length. Pelseneer ” calls atten-
tion to this feature. It must, however, be observed that there are genera
belonging to these families having proportionately the same extent of
ventral concrescence, in which the orifice does not occur.

I have recently attempted to show that Solen vagina is a more primi-
tive form than Ensis ensis or FE. siliqua, that Cultellus pellucidus lies
between S. vagina and FE. siliqua ; and, further, that the position of
Ceratisolen lequmen is between S. vagina and C. pellucidus. S. vagina
has no fourth aperture, neither has C. legumen, but in the latter the dorsal
and ventral surfaces of the pedal aperture carry a tentacular fringe, and
extend further posteriorly. In C. pellucidus what represents the fourth
aperture is also present, but whether it is separated from the pedal aperture
I have not been able to determine, as this portion is so easily ruptured.
However, in the examination of a large number of specimens, I have not
found any concrescence of the mantle lobes between these parts. In
E. ensis and F£. siliqua the fourth aperture is situated more posteriorly,
being about the centre of the ventral surface. There may be other genera
with the orifice between these two positions, but up to the present none
have come under my notice. From a morphological point of view, it is
reasonable to infer that a portion of the pedal aperture first became special-
ised by developing a tentacular fringe ; then this fringe extended pos-
teriorly, and the pallial walls coalesced, separating the fourth from the
pedal aperture, and finally the fourth aperture gradually proceeded further
posteriorly, until it attained a position favourable for the function it
originated for.

If either S. ensis or E. siliqua is examined, it will be seen that the
fourth aperture is an elliptical opening bordered on both sides by a row of
tentacles, those on the one side alternating with those on the other, that
from it on the inside of each mantle lobe is a groove, and in these grooves
lie the distal portions of the labial palps, the ends of them being near to the
opening. The labial palps, and particularly the parts which form the lps,
are of considerable length.

From experiments on £2. siliqua, I observed that when particles of
carmine were placed near the aperture they were gradually drawn in, the
ereater portion of them being passed between each pair of labial palps, and
accumulated near the bases, just in the track where the food travels from
the gills to the mouth. Now, as in all probability the labial palps assist
the gills in rejecting objectionable matter, as well as being the medium
by which the food is conveyed to the mouth, it appeared possible that the
greater portion of the carmine would be detected and ejected by the ex-
halent aperture, and that is what happened. Nevertheless, I found a certain
portion of the pigment had been passed anteriorly to this position, and

1 Introduction 4 l’etude des mollusques.

GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 45

Some even near to the mouth itself. I am thus led to believe the fourth
aperture is in some degree employed as an accessory food-providing organ.
I also observed that the orifice was constantly used for the purpose of eject-
ing water and foreign matter from the pallial cavity, especially if through
irritation the valves were suddenly closed, consequently I further think
that in #. siliqua and F. ensis the fourth aperture acts in the dual capacity
of an accessory food-providing organ, and an exhalent orifice for ejecting
water or foreign matter, though the latter function is probably a secondary
one. In Lutraria elliptica and Thracia papyracea, the fourth aper-
ture is situated at the anterio-ventral part of the mantle lobes. It is a
small orifice, has no tentacular fringe, is surrounded by the very strongly
developed muscles of the pallial edge, and is apparently under the control
of the animal. The labial palps do not come near it, being situated in the
anterior part, and the portion of the gills lying dorsally are a considerable
distanee away, so that the aperture is not in close communication with
any other organ, «us in LZ. siliqua. Lutraria elliptica used the aperture
frequently in suddenly ejecting water or any objectionable matter from the
pedal cavity. When particles of carmine were placed close to it, they were
not drawn in, as in LH. siliqua, the orifice only being used for ejecting water,
&e., and evidently not as an accessory food-providing organ. The origin
of the aperture is apparently of a different and more remote period than that
of Ff. silaqua.

A CLASSIFIED LIST OF THE HELICOID LAND
SHELLS OF ASIA.
(PART VI’.)
BY G. K. GUDE, F-.Z.8.
(Plate iii.)
xii. MALAY ARCHIPELAGO.

The region now under consideration possesses one of the richest and
most varied land mollusean faunas of the globe. The physical conditions
are eminently favourable to mollusean life, while the splitting up of the
region into innumerable islands has contributed to the formation of local
races. The first naturalist to collect land she!ls here was Rumphius, who
resided in Amboina, where he died in 1706; it was not, however, until
the beginning of the nineteenth century that the mollusca began to be
collected in a systematic manner. The first expedition was that of Baudin
to Timor in 1800-1804, and subsequent voyages were made by Freycinet,
Duperrey, Beechey, Dumond d’Urville, Vaillant, and Belcher, the results
being published in the various works dealing with the respective expe-
ditions.

“See ante, p. 165,

46 GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

The next two important contributions are by Dr. A. R. Wallace and
Professor E. von Martens, who visited many of the islands, whence they
brought home a great number of novelties. The former naturalist pub-
lished a check-list, the new species being described by Henry Adams ;
while the latter gave his results in the publication of the Prussian Expe-
dition to Eastern Asia. This work constitutes a veritable landmark in
the malacology of the region, and forms the basis of all subsequent work
in this branch of zoology. Beccari, Doria, and d’Albertis followed, while
more recently Bock, Forbes, Weyers, Everett, Doherty, O. Strubell,
Kukenthal, Weber, Semon, Ten Kate, Fruhstorfer, and Roebelen have
further enriched our knowledge by the addition of new material. Men-
tion must also be made of the sumptuous work on the Mollusca of
Celebes by the Brothers Sarasin, who have contributed much to that por-
tion of the fauna.

While ooking over the collection of Malaysian land shells in the British
Museum, Mr. Smith pointed out to me a few shells collected by Doherty,
and others which had been purchased, which had not been worked out,
and he kindly placed them at my disposal. Four appear to be undescribed,
and I now append diagnoses and figures of them. Two others were at
first believed to be new, and under this impression they were figured.
I discovered subsequently that they were already described.

On glancing at the list of the Helicoids of the Eastern Archipelago,
one is struck by the fact that as one goes eastwards the Zonitidae, which
as far as number of species is concerned, at first preponderate, decrease
and give way to the /Helicidae, which thereupon, in their turn, out-
number the Zonitidae. The dividing line, roughly — speaking,
appears to be one separating Borneo from Celebes and the Moluccas. This,
however, scarcely applies to the Lesser Sunda Islands east of Sumbawa.
Of the Zonitidae, the genus Dyakia is confined to the Malay Peninsula,
Sumatra, Java, and Borneo; while Vesta is absent from Sumatra and
Java; for although I have doubtfully referred one Javan species (dwi-
paensis) to Nesta, it will probably prove to pertain to Lamprocystis, or
some allied genus. Macrochlamys is fairly general in distribution, but
appears to be replaced in Borneo by Everettia, which reaches Buru through
Celebes. Hemiplecta and Trochomorpha are distributed over the whole
group. Macrocycloides has hitherto only been recorded from Borneo,
Buru, Amboina, Haruku, and Saparua, being represented in each of these
islands by one species. Of Hndodontidae only one species is known in
Java, and one in Celebes. Coming to the Helicidae, Pseudobba has two
species each in Celebes and Sangir. Planispira, s.s., does not appear
to occur west of Lombok and Celebes; it has its centre of distribution
in the Moluccas, and is replaced in the Aru Islands by the section Cris-
tigibba, which forms a connecting link with the New Guinea fauna. T'rachia
occurs only (otherwise than on the Continent of Asia) in the Malay

GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. AT

Peninsula and Celebes, connecting the fauna with that of India and
Burma. — Chloritis is generally distributed, providing another connecting
link with the mollusca of Further India on the one hand, and through the
section Sulcobasis in the Aru Islands, with the fauna of New Guinea on the
other. Albersia and Papuina range from the Moluccas through the
Aru Islands into New Guinea. Rhagada is known only in Sumba, Dana,
Flores, and Solor, its extra limital representatives being as far off as North
Australia. Amphidromus (an arboreal genus of bright, conspicuous
colouring), here finds its head-quarters, and occurs in most of the islands ;
a few off-shoots occur in Further India. Pseudopartula is known only from
Java, Sumatra, and Borneo. Pyrochilus, a small group, possessing four
species, is confined to Halmaheira and Batchian. Granesella is represented
by a few species in Sumatra, Java, Borneo, and Celebes, forming another
link with the fauna of the Continent of Asia. The presence of Phoenico-
bius and Orthostylus in Palawan and neighbouring islands connects the
Bornean with the Philippine fauna, a connection still further evidenced
by the occurrence of Calocochlea in Sangir and the Tukan Bessi group.
Crystallopsis occurs in Buru, Goram, and the Aru Islands, thence ranging
to the Solomon Islands. Lastly, Pupisoma is found in Penang, the Samui
group, Borneo, Lombok, and Amboina, its remaiming members occurring
in India, Ceylon, Philippine Islands, and Japan.

In the following pages the faunas of the various islands are treated
separately ; and for convenience of reference | have added an index to the
slands ; also a Bibliography.

In concluding this series of papers on the Helicoid Land Shells of Asia,
I take the opportunity of expressing my deep obligations to Mr. W. FE.
Collinge, Mr. H. Wallis Kew, Mr. John Ponsonby, and Mr. E. A. Smith
for valuable assistance and suggestions.

A few new records of habitat based on specimens (from reliable sources)
in my own collection are indicated by an asterisk.

Dyakia smithiania, n.sp.
PE an, fies: la, Ub:

Shell sinistral, rimate, pyramidal, finely striated, the strize cut into gran-
ules by spirals, opaque, lustreless, pale straw-yellow ; spire elevated, apex
acute, suture shallow. Whorls 6, flattened above, tumid below, increas-
ing slowly at first, last whorl twice as wide as penultimate, subangulate
at the periphery, not descending in front, slightly dilated towards the
mouth. Two narrow dark brown bands revolve just below. the suture,
gradually disappearing upwards; at the periphery occurs also a dark
brown band, with a narrow, faint one immediately below it ; these two
latter are only visible on the body whorl. Aperture oblique, subovate,
margins subparallel ; peristome thin, straight, columellar margin slightly
reflected over the narrow perforation of the umbilicus.

48 GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

.

Diam. maj. 32, min. 29 ; alt. 25 millim.

Hab.—Sumatra. Type in the British Museum. (Purchased).

This handsome species is quite distinct from any known Dyakia, and
I have much pleasure in associating with it the name of the courteous
Assistant Keeper of Zoology of the British Museum, Mr. Edgar A. Smith.

Planispira quadrifasciata, Le G. var. halmaheriea, n.var.
Pl. ii, figs. 2a, 26, 2c.

Shell discoid, moderately umbilicated, dull yellowish, finely striated. Spire
depressed, apex flattened, suture shallow. Whorls 44, rather convex above,
rounded at the periphery, subangular round the umbilicus ; last whorl
shortly descending in front, dilated towards the mouth, crested and gibbous
behind the peristome. Aperture oblique, subrotundate ; margins ap-
proaching : peristome white, scarcely thickened, shortly reflected, bearing
a slight tubercle on the columellar margin which is slightly dilated above,
overhanging the deep funnel-shaped umbilicus. Three narrow dark
brown bands revolve round the body whorl—one above and one below the
per‘phery, the third round the umbilical angulation.
Diam. maj. 16.5, min. 13 ; alt. 7.5 millim.

Hab.—Dodinga, Halmaheira (Doherty).

Chloritis unguiculina, Mart.
Pl. i, figs. 4a, 4b, 4e.

Two specimens, measuring respectively 14x12*8.5 and 13x11 7.5
millim., labelled “ Alor.” (Doherty). Mr. Smith informs me, however,
that he is not sure of the habitat. The species has hitherto only been
recorded from Buru.

Chloritis (Trichochloritis) albodentata, Smith.
PE a; tig: oh.
Planispira albodentata, Smith ; Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1899. (7),
iii, p. 411.
Hab.—South Flores, alt. 3,600 ft. :
The species is now figured for the first time. The drawing has been
made from the type in the British Museum.

Chloritis (Trichochloritis) tabularis, n.sp.
PL in, Hes.%a, Gb; Be.

Shell depressed conoid, light fulvous, finely striated, closely covered with
hair-scars arranged in quincunx. Whorls 5, a little convex above, tumid
below, rounded at the periphery, angular round the deep narrow umbilicus,
increasing slowly, the last twice as wide as penultimate, not descending in
front, scarcely dilated towards the mouth. Aperture nearly horizontal,

GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS, 49

widely ear-shaped ; margins distant, connected by a thin callus, sinuous
in outline ; peristome scarcely thickened, shortly reflected, columellar
margin dilated above and reflected over the umbilicus.

Diam. maj. 20, min. 17 ; alt. 12 millim.

Hab.—Sumatra. (Purchased).

Thersites (Rhagada) supracostulata, Schepm.
Pl. iu, figs. 6a, 6b, Ge.

The bands in this species vary considerably. In a suite of several specimens
in the British Museum, one has a broad peripheral band ; in the others all
the bands are lear. One specimen is pure white, bandless.

Hab.—Sumba (Kverett).

Helicostyla (Calocochleas) talautana, n.sp.
Pim, fie. 3:

Shell imperforate conoid, finely striated, decussated with microscopic spiral
lines, the earlier whorls violaceous, the body-whorl straw yellow, or fuscous
chestnut colour. Spire depressed, apex obtuse, suture rather shallow,
margined. Whorls 44, convex: last whorl not descending in front.
Aperture a little oblique, subrotundate ; peristome fulvous rose
edged with white, a little thickened, flattened and reflexed ; margins
convergent, connected by a thin callus, columellar margin widened and
flattened. One specimen has a narrow brown peripheral band on the
straw yellow body-whorl, a second is bandless ; a third specimen shows a
trace of a band on the fuscous chestnut body-whorl.

Diam. maj. 37, min. 30; alt. 31-34 millim.

Hab.—Talaut (Doherty),

This new species somewhat resembles Helicostyla tukanensis, Pir., in
outline, but it is considerably larger, and the aperture is less dilated ; while
the columellar margin is more vertical.

A. MALAY PENINSULA.

a. MALACCA. chevalieri, Soul.
Genus 'TROCHONANINA, Mecuss. Genus DyakiA, G.-A.
lychnia, Bens. lindstedti, Ptr.
Genus Xesta, Alb. amphidroma, Mart.
malaccana, Pfr. 2 = balestieriana, Lea.
Genus Hemipiecra, Alb. albersi, Mart.
humphreysiana, Lea. = janus, Pfr. non Chemn.
v. turbinata, Mart. Genus eae Gray.
arguta, Pfr. heliciformis, Pfr.
monozonalis, Lam. (1) = ophiria, Pfr.
Genus Ruysora, Alb. Genus PyrAMIDULA, Fitz.

cymatium, Bens. Section PYRAMIDULA, 8.8.

50 GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

umbonalis, Bens.
tutulus, Bens.

Genus CHLorRITIS, Beck.

Section ‘TRICHOCHLORITIS,
platytropis, Mdff.

Genus AMPHIDROMUS, Alb.
aureus v. leucoxantha, Mart.
inversus, Mull.
interruptus, Mull.

Genus KuLora, Hartm.
similaris, Fer.

Pils.

b. SINGAPORE.

Genus TROCHONANINA, Mouss.
lychnia, Bens.
Genus Hemiputecra, Alb.
striata, Gray.
= naninoides, Bens.
= isabella, H. & J.
humphreysiana — v.
Mart.
Genus Dyak1A, G.-A.
amphidroma, Mart.
Genus AMPHIDROMUS, Alb.
aureus v. melanomma, Pfr.
comes v. polymorpha, Can.
mundus. Pfr.

bifasciata,

* c. Riouw (or Rauto).

Genus AMPHIDROMUs, Alb.
aureus v. melanomma, Pfr.

d. JOHORE.

Genus Hermipuecra, Alb.
humphreysiana v.
Mart.

e. SALANG OR JUNK CEYLON.

Genus MACROCHLAMYs, Bens.
resplendens, Phil.

Genus Dyakta, G.-A.
salangana, Mart.

Genus Hemipuecra, Alb.

complanata.

striata, Gray.

Genus HELICARION, Fer.
praecellens, Mart.

~ nucleatus, Stol.

Genus TrocHomorPHA, Alb.
sculpticarina, Mart.

— castra, Bens.

Genus AMpHIDROMUS, Alb.
atricallosus, Gould.

= eques, Pfr.

tT. PERAK.

Genus EupLecra, Semp.
bijuga, Stol.

Genus XestA, Alb.
malaouyi, de Morg.

Genus DyakiA, G.-A.
retrorsa, Gould.
kintana, de Morg.

= lahatensis, de Morg. (juv.)

Genus MACROCHLAMYs, Bens.
diadema, Dall.
resplendens, Phil.
stephoides, Stol.
hatchongi, de Morg.
jousoufi, de Morg.
bartoni, de Morg.

Genus Microcystina, Morch.
townsendiana, Nev.

Genus Hemiececta, Alb.
striata v. leechi, de Morg.
sakayana, de Morg.
floweri, Smith.

Genus APOPARMARION, Cllge.
partridgei, Cllge.

Genus PARAPARMARION, Cllge.
elongatus, Cllge.

Genus HELICARION, Fer.
nucleatus, Stol.
lineolatus, Mart.
lowi, de Morg.
permollis, Stol.

Genus Lamprocystis, Pfr.
malayana, Mdffs

GUDE : LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 51

conulina, Mdff.

Genus Sirata, H. Ad.
carinifera, Stol.
pataniensis, de Morg.

Genus KALIELLA, W. T. Blanf.
perakensis, Nev.

Genus VITRINOPSIS, Semper.
douvillei, de Morg.

(Gaeotis douvillei, de Morg.)

Genus TrocHomMorPHa, Alb.
grubaueri, Mdff.
timorensis, Mart.

? = thieroti, de Morg.
swettenhami, de Morg.

Genus PLANISPIRA, Beck.

Sub-genus TrAcuia, Alb.
penangensis, Stol.
wrayi, de Morg.
hardouini, de Morg.

Genus CHLoritis, Beck.

Section TRICHOCHLORITIS, Pils.
malayana, Mdft.
breviseta, Pfr.

Genus AMPHIDROMUS, Alb.
aureus v. melanomma, Pfr.
atricallosus, Gould.
perakensis, Fult.
sinensis, Bens. v.
xlengensis, Mor.

Genus GANESELLA, W. T. Blanf.
perakensis, Crosse.

v. subperakensis, Pils.
bouryi, de Morg.

Genus Evutora, Hartm.
similaris, Fér.

g. PENANG.

Genus EupLecra, Semp.
bijuga, Stol.

Genus MacrocuLaMys, Bens.
stephoides, Stol.
resplendens, Phil.

Genus Ruysora, Alb.
cymatium, Bens.

Genus Hemiptectra, Alb.
striata, Gray.

Genus, HELICARION, Fér.
nucleatus, Stol.
permollis, Stol.

Genus SITALA, H. Ad.
carinifera, Stol.

= Trochomorpha kusana, Aldr.

Genus KALIELLA, W. T. Blanf. ,
palmicola, Stol.

Genus TrocuomorpHa, Alb.
castra, Bens.
cantoriana, Bens.
timorensis, Mart.

Genus PLANISPIRA, Beck.

Sub-genus Tracuia, Alb.
penangensis, Stol.

Genus AmpHipRoMus, Alb.
atricallosus, Gould.
aureus v. melanomima, Ph.

Genus EuLora, Hartm.
similaris, Fér.

Genus PupisomMa, Stol.
orcella, Stol.

h. QUEDA oR KeDAH

Genus Xesta, Alb.
malaccana, Pfr.

i. PULO LANKAWA.

Genus Ruysora, Alb.
cymatium, Bens.

j. KELANTAN (OR KALANTAN).

Genus HUPLECTA, Semp.
bijuga v. convexospira, Mdff.
Genus MAcrocuLaMys, Bens.
stephoides, Stol.
hardwickel — v.
Mdtt.
Genus Hemrpuecta, Alb.
humphreysiana, Lea.
Genus SrraLa, H. Ad.

kelantanensis,

or
bo

carinifera, Stol.
subscalaris, Md ff.
sublineolata, Mdff.

Genus TROCHOMORPHA, Alb.
grubaueri, Mdfi.
kelantanensis, Mdfi.
castra, Bens.

Genus CHLoritis, Beck.
malayana, Mdfi.

GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

k. Licex (or Licor ?)

Genus GIRASIA, Gray.

peguensis, Theob.

]. NAwNG CHIK.

Genus CRYPTOSEMELUS, Cllge.

gracilis, Clige.

m. JALOR.

Genus AMPHIDROMUS, Alb.

perversus, L.

B. SAMUI GROUP.

Genus XgrsTA, Alb.
siamensis, Pfr.

Genus MaAcrocHLAMys, Bens.
limbata, Mdff.

Genus Hermiptiecra, Alb.
weinkaufhana v. inflata, Mdff.

Genus SiraLa, H. Ad.
insularis, Mdfi.

Genus KALIELLA, W. T. Blanfs

subsculpta, Md ff.

Genus CuHbLoritis, Mdff.
Section TRICHOCHLORITIS, Pils.

platytropis v. samuiana, Mdff.

Genus AmpHipromus, Alb.

moniliferus, Gould.

Genus PUPISOMA, Stol.

orcella, Stol.

C. SUMATRA.

Family Zonitidae.

Subfamily Maerochlaminae.
Genus MacrocuLamys, Bens.
malaceana, Pfr.
convoluta, Desh.

= convallata y.
Mart.
aurea, Mart.
Genus Microcystina, Morch.
infans, Pir.
Genus Huemrpetecra, Alb.
densa, A. & R.
schumacheriana, Pfr.
bumphreysiana v. gemina, v.d.B,
hoodjongensis, Smith.
umbilicaris, Le G. v.
trana, Mart.
= desgrazii, Hombr.
arguta, Pfr.
obliquata, Reeve.

rufotusea,

suma-

monozonalis, Lam. (!)
castanea, Mill.
marangensis, Ald.
Genus DyakIA, G.-A.
amphidroma, Mart.

v. martini, Pfr.

v. mackensiana, Soul.
granaria, Bock.
maarseveeni, Bock.
smnithiana, Gude.
weyersi, Smith.
rumphi, v.d. B.
sumatrensis, Mouss.
foveata, Pfr.

Sub-family Heliearioninae,
Genus Hexicarion, Fer.
bocki, Smith.
lineolatus, Mart.
sumatrensis, Schepm.
Genus Siraua, H. Ad.

GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 9

carinifera v. marangensis, Ald.

Sub-family Zonitinae.

Genus ViTRINA, Gray.
heliciformis, Pfr.
hyalea, Bock.

Genus TrocHoMORPHA; Alb.
planorbis, Less.
bicolor, Mart.
costulata, Mart.
dohertyi, Ald.

Family Helieidae.

Group EPIPHALLOGONA, Pils.

Genus PLANISPIRA, Beck.!

Sub-genus CRISTIGIBBA, Can.
quadrivolvis, Mart.

Sub-genus Tracuia, Alb.
smithi, Bock.

Genus CHLoRITIS, Beck.

Section TRICHOCHLORITIS, Pils.
crassula, Phil.

= storiana, Mouss.
tomentosa, Pfr.
tabularis, Gude.

Genus AMPHIDROMUs, Alb.
inversus, Mull.
porcellanus, Mouss.
sumatranus, Mart.
semifrenatus, Mart.

Sub-genus PseuDOPARTULA, Pir.
dohertyi, Aldr.

Genus GANESELLA, W. T. Blanf.
gysseriana, Pfr.

= conulus, Mart.
rufofilosa, Bock.

Group BELOGONA EUADENIA.

Genus PLecrorropis, Mart.
winteriana, Pfr.

Family Zonitidae.
Sub-tamily Ariophantinae.
Genus TROCHONANINA, Mouss.
conus, Phil.
multicarinata, Boettg.

(sy)

Suinatrana, Mart.
DousrruL Recorpbs.

Trochonanina conus, Phil.

Patula cavernula, Smit.

a. BANCA.

Genus Everertia, G.-A.
consul, Pfr.
Genus Hemrptecra, Alb.
umbilicaris, Le G. v. bankana,
Mart.
Genus DyaktA, G.-A.
amphidroma, Mart, v. macken-
slana, Soul.

b. Brurron.

Genus AMPHIDROMUs, Alb.
aureus v. melanomma, Pfr.

ec. Batu ARCHIPELAGO.

Genus Hemipiecra, Alb.
humphreysiana, Lea.

Genus DyakIA, G.-A.
weyersi, Smith. Bodjo.

d. ENGANO.

Genus MAcROCHLAMYs, Bens.
dohertyi, Hends

Genus HELICARION, Fer.
albellus, Mart. var.

Genus TrocHomoreuA, Alb.
hartmanni, Pfr.

Genus PLANISPIRA, Becks
aldrichi, Hend.

Genus AmpuHipRoMus, Alb.
enganoensis, ult.

JAVA.
Sub-family Maeroechlaminae.

? Genus MACROCHLAMYS.
dwipaensis, Gude.
= jenynsi, Mart. non Ptr.
Genus Microcystina, Morch.

54 GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

infans, Pfr.
Genus Hemiptecra, Alb.
densa, A. & R.

v. herklotsiana, Dohrn.

Vv. moussoniana, Mart.
v. corrosa, Mouss.
humphreysiana, Lea.
v. turbinata, Mart.
v. complanata, Mart.
v. gemina, v.d. B.
= bifasciata, Mart.
patens, Mart.
moussoni, Pfr.
rareguttata, Mouss.
inquinata, v.d. B.

umbilicaris, Le G. v. sundana,

Mart.
vy. virescens, Mart.
centralis, Mouss.
arguta, Pfr.
bataviana, v.d. B.
= induta, Pfr. (juv)
duplocincta, Mdff.
acutecarinata, Mdff.
marginata, Mdff.
acelidota, Md ff.
v. robusta, Md ff.
javana, Feér.
= javacensis, Fér.
= javanica, Lam.
Genus DyakiA, G.-A.
regalis, Bens.
= vittata, A. & R.
rumphii, v.d.B.
clypeus, Mouss.

= v. zollingeriana, Mart.

v. Jagoriana, Mart.
ryssolemma, Alb.
Sub-tamily Heliearioninae.
Genus Hentcarion, Fér.
lineolatus, Mart.
albellus, Mart.

= wonosariensis, Mouss.

agilis, Mart.

adolfi, Boettg.
perfragilis, Mdff.
fruhstorferi, Mdff.

Genus PARMARION, P. Fisch.

reticulatus, Hasselt.
taeniatus, Hasselt.
pupillaris, Humb.
v. punctata, Mart.
v. marmorata, Mart.
v. vittata, Mart.
luteus, Mouss.
planus, Mouss.
weberi, Simr.

Genus MICROPARMARION, Suimr.

austeni, Simr.
fruhstorferi, Simr.
boettgeri, Simr.
javanica, Cllge.

Genus COLLINGEA, Simr.

strubelli, Simr.

Genus LAMPROCYSTIS, Pfr.

gedeana, Mdff.
fruhstorferi, Mdff.
circumlineata, Md ff.
subglobosa, Mdff.
exigua, Mdff.

nana, Mdff.
radiatula, Mdff.
vitreiformis, Mdff.

Genus SITALa, H. Ad.

micula, Mouss.
bandongensis, Boettg.
javana, Mdff.

Genus KALIELLA, W. T. Blanf.

indiflerens, Boettg.
javana, Boettg.
acutiuscula, Mdff.
sitaliformis, Md ff.
platyconus, Md ff.
angigyra, Mdff.
convexoconica, Mdfi.
amblia, Md ff.
densetorta, Md ff.
viridula, -Mdff.

GUDE : LIST OF IHELICOID LAND SHELLS,

macrostoma, Mdff.
pisum, Mdff.
Sub-family Zonitinae.

Genus TrocHomorpHa, Alb.
planorbis, Less.
v. javanica, Mouss.
bicolor, Mart.
hartmanni, Pfr. (2)
tricolor, Mart.
zollingeri, Pfr.
concolor, Boettg.
strubelli, Boettg.
Family Eadodontidae.
Group HapLocona, Pils.
Genus PyRAMIDULA, Fitz.
javana, Mdff.
Family Helieidae.
Group EPIPHALLOGONA, Pils.
Genus CHLoritis, Beck.
Section TRICHOCHLORITIS, Pils.
erassula, Phil.

helicinoides, Mouss. non Hombr.

= eryptopila, Mouss. in Coll.
tetragyra, Md ff.
fruhstorteri, Md ff.

Genus AMpPHIDROMUS, Alb.
palaceus, Mouss. .

v. subaurantia, Fult.

v. appressa, Mart.

v. pura, Mouss.

v. tener, Mart.
winteri, Pfr.

v. inauris, Fult.
heerianus, Pfr.

v. robusta, Fult.
javanicus, Sowb.
alticola, Fult.
perversus, Linn.
interruptus, Mill.

v. emaciata, Mart.

v. sultana, Lam.

v. inflata, Fult.

v. elongata, Fult.
porcellanus, Mouss,

filozonatus, Mouss.
furcellatus, Mouss.
= v. flammulata, Mart.
v. virescens, Mart.
elegans, Mouss.
Sub-genus PsrupopartuLa, Pfr.
galericulum, Mouss.
v. gedeana, Pils.
v. fasciata, Aue.
v. impunctata, Ane.
Genus GANESELLA, W. T. Blantf.
bantamensis, Smith.
BELOGONA EUADENIA, Pils.
Genus EKuLora, Hartm.
similaris, Fér.
v. subdepressa, Mart.
yv. solidula, Mouss.
v. subsimilaris, Mouss.
transversalis, Mouss.
Genus PLecrorropts, Mart.
rotatoria, v.d.B.
winteriana, Pfr.

sumatrana v. moussoniana, Mart.

intumescens, Mart.
huttoni, Pfr.
= orbicula, Hutt. non Orb.
smiruensis, Mouss.
leucomphala, Mdff.
epiplatia, Mdff.
trichotrochium, Mdff.
ciliocineta, Mdff.
schepmani, Mdfi.
Genus HELICOSTYLA, Fér.
Section CRYSTALLOPSIS, Anc.
coelaxis, Pils.
BELOGONA SIPHONADENIA, Pils.
Genus ACANTHINULA, Beck.

perpusilla, Mdff.
tiluana, Mdff.

DOUBTFUL OR SPURIOUS RECORDS.

Chloritis ungulina, Fer.

53 unguicula, Fér.
Crystallopis najas, Pfr.
Helicostyla rustica, Mouss.

cr

|

56 GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

a. MADURA. umbilicaris, Le G. v. sumatrana,
Genus HeEMIpPLectTA, Alb. Mart
javana, Fér. arguta, Pfr.
Genus AMPHIDROMUs, Alb. Genus Cutoritis, Beck.
filozonatus, Mouss. Section TRICHOCHLORITIS, Pils.

Genus Eutora, Hartm. helicinoides, Mouss.
transversalis, Mouss. Genus AMPHIDROMUS, Alb.

Genus PLecrorropis, Mart. inversus, Miill.
squamulosa, Mouss. f. Puro Suncmn (EMAND
b. BAWEAN. Dwars IN DE WEG.)
Genus Hemrptecra, Alb. Genus Hevaptecra, Alb.

bataviana, v.d.B. virens, Mart.

1 y 7
Genus AmprHipromus, Alb. hates ARIA, GAL
interruptus, Mill. amphidroma, v. martini, Pfr.

Genus TROCHOMORP !
see : s PHA, Alb.

hbieolor, Mart
\ 1 | . ¢ ’ 9
Genus Piuctorropis, Mart. Genus AMPHIDROMUS, Alb.
rotatoria, v.d.B.

inversus, Mull.
d. Princr’s ISLAND.

Genus AMPHIDROMUs, Alb.
aureus, Martyn.

e. KRAKATAO OR RAKATA.

Genus Hemipiecta, Alb.

E.

Family Zonitidae.

Sub-family Apiophantinae.

Genus TROCHONANINA, Mouss.
conicoides, Mete.

y. parva, Smith.

v. crenulata, Md ff.
labuanensis, Pir.
tropidophora, A. and R.
whiteheadi, Smith.
heraclea, Smith.

Genus XestTa, Alb.
glutinosa, Mete.
brotii, Bonnet.
moluensis, Smith.
padasensis, Smith.
thisbe, Smith.
baramensis, Kob.

Genus EupLecta, Semp.
bijuga, Stol.

g@. CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

Genus LAMPROCYSTIS, Pfr.

normani, Smith.
mabelae, Smith.
mildredae, Smith.

BORNEO.

Genus XESTINA, Semp.

themis, Smith.

Sub-family Maeroehlaminae.
Genus Evererria, G.-A.

consul, Pfr.
subconsul, Smith.
cutteri, H. Ad.

vy. baramensis, Kob.
jucunda, Pfr.

v. nana, G.-A.
hyalina, Mart.
aglaia, Pfr.

y. emarginata, Nev.
cinnamomea, Val.
subimperforata, Smith.
planior, Smith.
baramensis, Smith.
thalia, Smith.
bocki, Issel.

GUDE ; LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 57
Genus Microcystina, Morch. moluensis, G.-A.
infans, Pfr. subdebilis, Smith.
tersa, Issel. densestriata, Schepm.
macdougalli, Issel. Genus Macrocyc.oipes, Mart.
lowi, Issel. obscurata, A. & R.
perlucida, Issel. Sub-family Heliearioninae.

dyakana, G.-A.

st. johni, G.-A.

pudens, G.-A.

seclusa, G.-A.

eavernae, G.-A.
Genus Ritysora, Alb.

Genus HELICARION, Fer.
borneensis, Pfr.
whiteheadi, G.-A.
semicaleareus, Schepm.

Genus PARMARION, P. Fisch.
goedhuisi, Schepm.

brooke, A. and R. everetti, Cllge.

Fess Ptr. ¥ intermedium, Cllge.

Me baramensis, Kob. Genus MicroparMARION, Simr.
horneensis, Ptr. litteratus, Schepm.

Genus Hemipiecta, Alb. fultoni, Clige.
densa, A. and R. constrictus, Clige.

v. atrofusca, Mart. Genus DAMAYANTIA, Issel.
buttikoferi, Schepm. dilecta, Issel.
schumacheriana, Pfr. carinata, Clige.
obliquata, Reeve. Genus WIEGMANNIA, Cllge.
souleyetiana, Ptr. dubia, Wieem.
donovani, Ptr gigas, Cllge.
nobilis, Pfr. ponsonbyi, Clige.
arguta, Ptr. borneensis, Cllge.
praeculta, Smith. Genus COLLINGEA, Simr.
rabongensis, Smith. smithi, Clige. and G.-A. :

yenus DyaktA, G.-A. (Damayantia smithi, C. and G.-A.)
regalis, Bens. pollonerai, Cllge. and G.-A.

v. unieolor, G.-A. simrothi, Cllge. and G.-A.
janus, Chemn. Genus ISSELENTIA, Cllge.
lindstedti, Pfr. plicata, Clige.

vy. castanea, Smith. globosa, Cllge.
amphidroma, Mart. Genus Ipycus, Heyn.

v. intermedia, Mart. becearii, Issel.
mindaiensis, Bock. doriae, Issel.

= sarawakana, Dohrn. Genus DURGELLA, G.-A.

= mendaiensis (Nemp. !), Teni- hosei, G.-A.

son-Woods. Genus Sitaua, H. Ad.
intradentata, G.-A. - everetti, G.-A.
busauensis, G.-A. (em.). singularis, G.-A.
= busanensis, G.-A. raricostulata, Smith.

vy. concolor, Smith. baritensis, Smith.

9)

moluensis, Smith.
carinifera, Stol.

= Trochomorpha kusana, Aldr.

angulata, Issel.
rumbangensis, Smith.
demissa, Smith.

cara, Smith.

duleis, Smith.
accepta, Smith.
amussitata, Smith.
inaequisculpta, Smith.

Genus KaLieLta, W. T. Blanf.

doliolum, Pfr.
= Sitala orchis, G.-A.
Sub-family Zonitinae.
Genus TrocHomorpHa, Alb.
planorbis, Less.
Vv. appropinquata, Mart.
v. lessoni, Mart.
v. nummus, Issel.
bicolor, Mart.
metealfei, Pfr.
kinabaluensis, Smith.
v. pallida, Smith.
Family Helicidae.
Group EPIPHALLOGONA, Pils.
Genus CAMAENA, Alb.

Section PHorNnicosius, Mérch.

trailli, Pfr.
Genus PLANISPIRA, Beck.
dulcissima, Smith.
Sub-genus CRISTIGIBBA, Can.
quadrivolvis, Mart.
Genus CuHLoritis, Beck.
Section CHLORITIS, s.s.
flexuosa, Pfr.
latecostata, Kob.

Section TRICHOCHLORITIS, Pils.

everetti, H. Ad.
tomentosa, Pfr.
kinabaluensis, Smith.
meander, G.-A.
Genus Papuina, Mart.
antiqua, A. and R,

58 GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

Genus AMPHIDROMUS, Alb.

perversus, Linn.
v. similis, Pils.
= atricallosa, Schepm.
interruptus, Mill.
martensi, Boettg.
inversus, Mill.
hosei, Smith.
adamsi, Reeve.
v. rufocineta, Fult.
v. inornata, Fult.
y. aureocincta, Fult.
v. rubiginosa, Fult.
v. placida, Fult.
v. angulata, Fult.
pictus, Fult.
vy. concinna, Fult.
v. connectens (Fult.)
= everetti v. connectens, Fult.
Sub-genus PSEuDOPARTULA, Pfr.
nasuta, Mete.
Genus GANESELLA, W. T. Blanf.
niahensis, G.-A.
subflava, G.-A.
rufofilosa, Bock.
BELOGONA EUADENTIA, Pils.
Genus Eutora, Hartm.
incauta, Smith.
Genus PLecrorropis, Mart.
winteriana, Pfr.
grumulus, G.-A.
Genus PUPISOMA, Stol.
pulvisculum, Issel.
Genus HeELIcostyLA, Fér.
Section OrtuostyLus, Beck.
satyrus v. minima, Pils.
DousBTFUL OR SpuRIOUS RECORDS.
Chloritis unguiculastra, Mart.
Euhadra orientalis, Reeve.

a. PALAWAN (OR PARAGUA).
Family Zonitidae,
Sub-family Ariophantinae.
Genus TROCHONANINA, Mouss.

GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 59

paraguensis, Smith.
v. eurystoma, Mdff.
v. denselirata, Md ff.
conicoides, Mete.
v. subconvexa, Mdff.
Sub-family Maeroehlaminae.
Genus MacrocHLamys, Bens.
pseustes, Smith.

Genus Microcystina, Morch.
st. johni, G.-A.

Genus Hemiptecra, Alb.
densa, A. and R.

v. everetti, Smith.
schumacheriana, Pfr,
egeria, Smith.

Sub-family Heliearioninae.

Genus LAMpRocCYsTIS, Pfr.
goniogyra, Mdff.
succinea, Pfr.
myops, D. and S.
chlororaphe, Smith.

Genus Srrata, H. Ad.
baritensis, Smith.

Genus KaLieLia, W. T. Blanf.
accepta (Smith), Mdff.

(Sitala accepta, Smith).
infantilis (Smith), Mdff.

(Sitala infantilis, Smith).
Genus Hemrrricuta, Md ff.

plateni, Dohrn.
Sub-family Zonitinae.
Genus Trocnomorpua, Alb.
loocensis, Hid.
boholensis, Semp.
metealfei, Pfr.
repanda, Mdff.
splendens, Semp.
pseudosericina, Boettg.
Family Helicidae.
Group EPIPHALLOGONA, Pils.
Genus CAMAENA, Alb.
stolidota, Q. and M.

Section PHorntcopius. Mérch.

trailli, Pfr,

v. turrita, Mdff.
monochroa, Sowb.
palawanica, Pfr,

= doriae, Dohrn.
sauliae, Rve.

v. albolabiata, Md ft.

v. fulva, Mdff.

v. fuscolabiata, Md ff.

v. confusa, Mdff.

v. fusea, Mdff.
sauliae, Pfr. (Murigi Island.)

= palumba, Souv.
lagunae, Hid.

v. gigas, Mdff.

egregia, Desh.

avus, Pfr.

Genus Opps, Beck.
Sub-genus Oreopsa, Pils.
camelus, Pfr. (Bakuit Island).
Genus CHLorRItTIS, Beck.
Section TRICHOCHLORITIS, Pils,
inquieta, Dohrn.
Genus AMPHIDROMUs, Alb.
entobaptus, Dohrn.
v. gracilis, Fult.
v. contracta, Mdfi.
quadrasi vy. solida, Fult.
v. everetti, Fult.
3ELOGONA EUADENIA, Pils.
Genus EvuLota, Hartm.
fodiens, Pfr.
Genus Heicosty.a, Fér.
Section OrtTHOSTYLUS, Beck.
satyrus, Brod.
*. palawanensis, Pfr.
v. cyanocephala, Pils.
v. clmerosa, Pfr.
,. librosa, Pfr.

<a

a

a

). BALABAC.

Genus TROCHONANINA, Mouss.
labuanensis, Pfr.
paraguensis, Smith.

Genus LAMpROCYSTIS, Pfr,

60 GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

myops, Dohrn.
goniogyra, Mdff.
suecinea, Mdff.
discoidea, Q. and M.
= balabacensis, Smith.
Genus CAMAENA, Alb.
Section PHorntcopius, Mérch.
monochroa, Sowb.
lagunae, Hid.
Genus AMPHIDROMUS, Alb.
quadrasi v. versicolor, Fult.
v. dubia, Fult.
Genus HenicostyLa, Feér.
Section Corasta, Alb.
samboanga, H. and J.

c. MANGSI. (BALABAC STRAITS.)

Genus AMPHIDROMUS, Alb.
adamsi v. mangsiana, Pils.
Genus HeticostyLa, Fér.
Section Corasta, Alb.
samboanga y. intaminata, Gld.
Section OrtHostyLus, Beck.
satyrus v. graellsi, Hid.

d. PANALINGOAN.
PALAWAN.)

(S.W. OF

Genus CuHtoritis, Beck.
Section TRICHOCHLORITIS, Pils.
euphrosyne, Smith.

e. Busuanaa. (N. OF PALAWAN).

Genus CAMAENA, Alb.

Section PHOENICOBpIUS, Morch.
monochroa, Sowb.

Genus He icostyLa, Fér.

Section ORTHOSTYLUS, Beck.
satyrus, Brod.

f. BANGUEY.

Genus TROCHONANINA, Mouss.
alexis, Smith.
Genus Everettia, G.-A.

subconsul, Smith.
(also Mengalun Island).
bangueyensis, Smith.
Genus Hemiptecta, Alb.
obliquata, Reeve.
Genus Dyakta, G.-A.
lindstedti, Pfr.
Genus LAmMprRocysTIs, Pfr.
myops, Dohrn.
Genus CHLorITIS, Beck.
Section TRICHOCHLORITIS, Pils.
tomentosa v. major, Smith.
Genus AMPHIDROMUS, Alb.
adamsi, Reeve.
y. subunicolor, Fult.
v. articulata, Fult.
v. simplex, Fult.
y. ornata, Fult.
v. luteofasciata, Fult.
y. superba, Fult.
quadrasi, Hid.
Genus Heicostyna, Fér.
Section ORTHOSTYLUS, Beck.
satyrus, Brod.

g. SULU GROUP.
1. SIBUTU.

yenus TROCHONANINA, Mouss.
sylvana, 8. and D.
bongaoensis, Smith.

= conicoides v. crenulata,

Mdft.
Genus MacrocuLAMys, Bens.

angulata, Mdff.
Genus LAmMprRocysTIS, Pfr.
myops, Dohrn.
Genus KaALieLia, W. T. Blanf.
doliolum, Pfr.
= Sitala orchis, G.-A.
Genus TrocHomorpPHa, Alb.
metcalfei, Pfr.
Genus Oppa, Beck.
marginata, Miill.
y. nana, Mdff.

GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

Genus CHLOoRITIS, Beck.

Section TRICHOCHLORITIS, Pils.
sibutuensis, Smith.

Genus PLECTOTROPIS, Mart.
squamulifera, Mdff.

Genus HELIcostyLa, Fér.

Section Corasia, Alb.
samboanga, H. and J.

= aegrota v. zonata, Smith.

2. BILATAN.

Genus LAMpROcYSTIS, Pfr.
myops, Dohrn.

Genus TrocHomorpPHA, Alb.
metealfei, Pfr.

Genus AMPHIDROMUS, Alb.
roeseleri, Mdff.

= maculiferus, v. Smith.

Genus HeELicostyLa, Fer.

Section HypsELostyLaA, Mart.
camelopardalis, v. boholensis,

Brod.

3. TAWI-TAWI.

Genus MacrocuLamys, Bens.
angulata, Mdff.

Genus TrocHomorpPHa, Alb.
metcalfei, Pfr.

4, BONGAO.

yenus TROCHONANINA, Mouss.
conicoides, Mete.
sylvana D. and S$.
bongaoensis, Smith.

Genus MacrocuiaMys, Beus.
angulata, Mdff.

Genus Microcystina, Mérch.
pseudosuccinea, Mdff.
gemmula, Mdfi.

Genus TrocHomorpHa, Alb.
metcalfei, Pfr.

Genus PLEcToTRoPIs, Mart.
squamulifera, Mdff.

5. Suu ISLAnp.

Genus MAcROCHLAMYs, Bens.
angulata v. dimidiata, Mdff.
Genus TrocHomorena, Alb.
sylvana, S. and D.
Genus Opa, Beck.
marginata, Mill..
v. nana, Mdff.
Genus Cutoritis, Beck.
Section TRICHOCHLORITIS, Pils.
suluana, Mdff.
Genus AMPHIDROMUS, Alb.
roeseleri, Md ff.

h. DLABUAN.

Genus TROCHONANINA, Mouss.
labuanensis, Pfr.
conicoides, Mete.

Genus Xesta, Alb.
decrespignyi, Higg.

v. pallide-fasciata, G.-A.

Genus EverettiA, G.-A.
jucunda, Pfr.
consul, Pfr.

Genus Hemrececta, Alb.
densa, v. ignobilis, Mart.

v. lowiana, Mart.

Genus DyakiA, G.-A.
hugonis, Pfr.

Genus KALIELLA, W. T. Blanf.
doliolum, Pir.

= Sitala orchis, G.-A.

Genus TrRocHOMORPHA, Alb.
planorbis y. lessoni, Mart.
ceroconus, Pir.

Genus Catoritis, Beck.

Section TRICHOCHLORITIS, Pils.
tomentosa, Pfr.
plena, G.-A.

Genus AMPHIDROMUs, Alb.
adamsi v. hamata, Fult.

Genus PLECTOTROPIS, Mart.
pudica, G.-A,

61

62 SUTER : NEW GENUS AND SPECIES’ OF PHENACOHELICIDAE.

in LIGA. cinnamomea, Val.

Genus Microcystina, Morch.
bunguranensis, Smith.

Genus Hemipiecta, Alb.
humphreysiana, Lea.

Genus DyaktA, G.-A.
hugonis, Pir.

Genus Siraua, H. Ad.

j. Karemon (or KARAMON). carinifera, Stol.
baritensis, Smith.

(Genus TrocHomorPHA, Alb.
natunensis, Smith.

(Genus Enpoponta, Alb.

Sub-genus Cuaropa, Alb.
persculpta, Smith.

k. Puto Laut. (Genus AMpHIDROMUS., Alb.

aureus v. natunensis Fult.

Genus Everettia, G.-A.
juecunda, G.-A.

Genus Lamprocystis, Pfr.
chlororaphe, Smith.

Genus GANESELLA, W. T. Blanf.
tigaensis, G.-A.

Genus EveretTiA, G.-A.
consul v. rufa, G.-A.

Genus CuLoritis, Beck.

Section Tricnocuioritis, Pils.
tomentosa, Pfr. banded var. G.-A.

Genus Dyaktia, G.-A.

amphidroma yv. mackensiana, aoe
2. SIRHASSEN.

Mart.
mindaiensis, Bock. Genus TROCHONANINA, Mouss.
Genus Parmarion, H. P. Fisch. affnis. Smith.
= 1 -
dohertyi, G.-A. Genus Everetria, G.-A.

cinnamomea, Val.
Genus Henipcecta, Alb.
humphreysiana, Lea.

]. NaATUNA GROUP.

1. Great Natuna (or Bunguran).

Genus TROCHONANINA, Mouss. Genus SitaLta. H. Ad.
affinis, Smith. sirhassenensis, Smith.
buneuranensis, Smith. Genus TrocnomorpHa, Alb.

Genus Everett, G.-A. natunensis, Smith.

To be concluded.

ON A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF THE FAMILY
PHENACOHELICIDAE.
By HENRY SUTER.
(Plate iv.)
Ranfurlya constanceae, gen. et sp. nov.
Pl. iv, figs. 1—5.
Spirit Specimen : Animal (Figs. 1-2) limaciform, minute, black all over,
with a subcentral visceral hump, the greater part of the viscera protected
by a shell, which in turn is partly covered by the mantle. Most likely
in the living animal the mantle covers the whole of the shell. All the
tentacles are retracted. Neck, sides, and tail rugose, three longitudinal
grooves on the neck; mantle smooth, minutely punctured. Sole un-

SUTER: NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF PHENACOHELICIDAR, 63

divided, with slight transverse rugae, separated from the foot by a double
pedal line. Genital orifice behind the right tentacles ; pulmonary orifice
on the right anterior side of the mantle, ending in a short distal slit ; anal
orifice on the right side just below the middle of the visceral hump. Tail
rounded, with a caudal pore.

Total length 6, height 3, height of neck 1.75 millim.

Visceral hump: length 4.5, height 2, breadth 2.5 millim.

Breadth of sole 1.5 millim.

Shell (Fig. 5) auriform, yellowish-horny, flexible, membranaceous,
transparent, with a notch on the right posterior side ; one whorl only,
with microscopical distant lines of growth.

Length 2.75, breadth 1.6 millim.

Jaw (Fig. 4) arcuate, delicate, composed of 15 very thin vertical
laminae, all of which are separated from one another.

Radula (Fig. 5) elongated tongue-shaped, consisting of about 150
straight transverse rows of teeth, the formula being 13—7-1-7-13. The
last marginal tooth is a minute plate with a rudimentary denticle ; in the
two following teeth the denticles still coalesce, but show beginning division.
The base of attachment in most of the marginals is much broader than
high. On the 17th tooth the division into distinct teeth begins ; the
ectocone is always smallest, sometimes bidentate, the mesocone is the
stoutest, and the entocone is more slender, and slightly directed towards
the centre of the radula. A few quadrate transition teeth occur between
the marginal and lateral teeth, on which the ectocone is minute, the
mesocone large, reaching to the posterior margin of the base, and the
entocone about twice the size of the ectocone. The laterals have a square
base, higher than broad, and are tricuspid. The mesodont reaches a little
beyond the posterior margin of the base, the side-cusps are short and with
minute cutting points. The central tooth is exactly like the mesial
laterals.

On dissecting the minute animal, | found it to be in a rather bad
condition for the purpose, but | fully satisfied myself that it was immature.
I hope that further search for this slug will provide adult specimens, when
the anatomy can be properly worked out.

Hab.—Auckland Islands, where it was found by Lady Constance
Knox, who handed it over to the Hon. H. C. Butler, and by whom it was
given to Capt. F. W. Hutton. The latter, with his usual kindness and
liberality, kindly sent me the unique specimen for description, for which
my best thanks are due to him.

The genus is named, by kind permission, in honour of his Excellency
the Earl of Ranfurly, K.C.M.G., ete., Governor of New Zealand, and the
species in honour of his Excellency’s daughter, Lady Constance Knox,

According to the facts brought forward, there can be no doubt about
the systematic position of this slug; the presence of a caudal pore, the

64 SYKES : DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW LAND SHELLS.

jaw composed of numerous laminae, and the characters of the teeth of the
radula clearly prove that it must be included in the family Phenacohelicidae.

Ranfurlya stands in the same relation to lammulina, as Schizoglossa
does to Paryphanta.

Type in my collection.

New Zealand, Auckland, May, 1903.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Figs. 1, 2. Ranfurlya constanceae. Animal, magnified 10 times.

Fig. Be » » Shell ” » »
Vig. 4. x . Jaw, greatly magnified.
Fig’ 5. 5 Teeth of radula, magnified 720 times.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW LAND SHELLS FROM THE
| AUSTRO-MALAYAN REGION.

By E. B. SYKES, B.A., F.LS.

Illustrations of the species herein described will be given later. All the
“ types,” except that of Helicina varians, which is in my collection, are in
the British Museum.

Xesta sulecatula, n.sp.

Shell depressed-conoid, thin, narrowly perforate ; sculpture microscopic
spirallines above and below, crossing the faint lines of growth. Colour
yellowish-green, slightly paler above, with a chestnut line above the suture.
Whorls 5, plano-convex, regularly increasing. Mouth lunate; lip thin
except for a slight reflexion at its columellar junction, a very thin callus
joining the margins.

Alt. 14; diam. max. 22.5 millim.

Hab.—Obi.
Planispira (Cristigibba) albopicta, n.sp.

Shell openly umbilicated, planorbiform, with the spire a little sunken
in the middle, thin, translucent, light brown above, and generally paler
below, with a dark zone at the periphery, a white zone just below, and
several other white zones (generally interrupted) both above and below ;
the colour pattern does not pass the constriction behind the lip. Whorls
43, regularly increasing, with a well-marked suture, the last whorl descend-
ing, with a well-marked “crest” and corresponding depression behind
the lip. Mouth ovate, somewhat oblique, with the lip white, expanded
and reflexed.

Alt. 8.5; diam. max. 19 millim.

SYKES : DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW LAND SHELLS. 65

Hab.—Halmahera ; a more polished and shining form from Obi.
Noteworthy for its colour pattern, consisting of a dark brown peripheral
band, and the other white zones, which are usually interrupted.

Papuina eallosa, n.sp.

Shell trochiform, yellow-brown, either unicolorous or with a dark chestnut
band at the periphery and below the suture on the last whorl, this colouring
also being exhibited by the somewhat mamillate protoconch ; sculpture
well-marked lines of growth and minute granulations, the protoconch
having faint radiating striae. Whorls 53, flattened, the last whorl descend-
ing a little, being flattened on the base, acutely keeled at the periphery,
and somewhat compressed behind the mouth. Mouth sub-quadrate, the
lip reflected and expanded, especially on the lower and columellar margins;
where it is thickened also internally, and the columellar margin is furnished
(generally) with a broad flattened callosity ; the lower margin is slightly
impressed from below, producing the effect of an obscure denticle in the
middle. The lip is well expanded over the umbilical region, and is purplish-
brown in colour, becoming darker at the edges.
Alt. 16.5; diam. max. 27 millim.

Hab.—Halmahera.
Papuina wallaceana, n.sp. (P. aurora var. b.)

Shell large, thin, depressed-conoid, moderately umbilicate, the umbilicus
being partly concealed by the reflected columellar margin of the lip ;
slightly compressed on the base ; sculpture consisting only of lines of
growth, which give a roughened appearance to the shell ; protoconch
small. Colour yellow-brown, with (in the type) six narrow blackish-
chestnut bands, one at the periphery, two above, and three below ; other
specimens lack the bands of colour. Whorls 54, slightly convex, with
the suture well marked, last whorl a little descending. Mouth sub-ovate,
with a lilac peristome, which is reflexed, expanded, and slightly thickened,
especially below ; columellar margin well reflected over the umbilicus.

Alt. 21 ; diam. max. 36 millim.

Hab.—Waigiou.

Recalling in colour of shell and lip the unlocalised P. pennantrana,
but lacks the acute carination of that species; in shape it resembles a
depressed P. multizona! much larger than P. aurora.

Papuina pyrgus, n.sp.

Shell perforate, the perforation being nearly covered by the reflexed
columellar lip, solid, conical; sculpture, well-marked lines of growth ;
colour olivaceous ; spire moderately elongated ; protoconch large and
smooth. Whorls 7, plano-convex, a trifle concave above the sutures, the
last whorl not descending, acutely keeled, with the base flattened. Aper-

66 SYKES : DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW LAND SHELLS.

ture sub-triangular, with the peristome well expanded and reflexed, white,
the outer margin sinuous, the basal margin slightly arched, and the
columellar margin reflexed over the umbilical region, and furnished with
a small tooth.

Alt. 30 ; diam. max. 35.5 millim.

Hab.—Waigiou.

Nearly related to P. turris, H. Ad., but more depressed, the cone not
being so acute angled.

Leptopoma diplochilus, n.sp.

Shell very similar in shape to a somewhat depressed form of L. vilreum,
and densely, microscopically, spirally striated. Colour pale lilac, with
narrow darker spiral lines (fourteen on the last whorl). Lip double, the
outer portion very largely expanded and flattened, with thin edges, sinuate
on the columellar margin ; the inner portion strongly projected forward,
slightly on the inner, but largely on the outer margin, where it projects
2.5 millim.

Alt. 14; diam. max. 15 millim.

Hab.—Wuigiou.

This remarkable shell is unlike any other species of Leplopoma known
to me, owing to the presence of a double lip, with the * inner tube ” strongly
drawn out, and recalling some forms of Cyclophorus.

Leptopoma (Leucoptychia) lamellatum, n.sp.

Shell moderately umbilicated, thin, pellucid, turbinate, white, either
plain or flecked with red, or white on the last whorl with red upper whorls,
or banded (in one specimen) with dark brown, protoconch moderately
sharp ; sculpture spiral lirae, on the last whorl there is one at the peri-
phery and five above ; microscopic spiral striation is also present ; the last
half of the last whorl is marked by about twelve strong lamellae, stronger
than and cutting the spiral lirae. Whorls 54, moderately convex. Mouth
rounded, with the lip thickened and reflected, white, continuous. Oper-
culum thin, horny, multispiral.

Alt. 16; diam. max. 16 millim.

Hab.—Waigiou.

Closely related to L. scalare, Ad., but much larger and slightly more
depressed. Some specimens are larger than the actual type.

Palaina ponsonbyi, ».sp.
Shell ovate-conic, rimate, white, faintly tinted with yellow ; protoconch
moderately blunt and smooth, the other whorls densely sculptured with
closely-set irregular lirae ; those on the last whorl being far more distant
than the others. Suture well impressed. Whorls 7, convex, the penulti-
mate the broadest, and the last whorl being compressed and slightly flat-

NOTES. 67

tened above the junction with the peristome. Mouth nearly round ;
lip double, the outer portion being modérately expanded, except where
the adnate peristome joins the last whorl.

Alt. 4.8 ; diam. max. 2.2 millim.

Hab.—Waigiou.

Omphalotropis waigiouensis, n.sp.

Shell ovately conic, thin, rimate ; sculpture closely set fine lines of growth ;
protoconch blunt. Colour white or pale yellow. Whorls 53, convex, suture
well impressed, the last whorl measuring nearly } of the altitude of the
shell. Mouth ovate, lip slightly incrassate and reflexed in the umbilical
region, with a light callus joming the margins.

Alt. 4.8; diam. max. 3.3. millim.

Hab.—Waigiou.

Recalling, in form, 0. granum, Ptr.

Helicina varians, u.sp.

Shell thin, depressed conoid ; sculpture none except closely set lines of
growth. Colour in the type specimen yellow, with a reddish-brown band
above the periphery ; other specimens are uniform yellow, without any
banding ; or with radiating red-brown streaks, with or without banding,
and varying ground colour. Whorls 44, flattened but shghtly convex,
periphery acutely keeled. Mouth triangular, lip white, lightly reflexed,
and subdentate near the junction of the lower margin with the body whorl ;
a light callus joins the margins.

Alt. 7; diam. max. 11 millim.

Hab.—Santa Cruz Islands.

Belonging to the group of H. suprafasciata, but lacks the spiral
sculpture on the upper surface.

NOTES.

A New Irish Vertigo.—The occurrence of a living example of Ver-
tigo heldi, Clessin, near Ballintoy, Co. Antrim, is recorded by Mr. B. Tomlin
(Irish Nat., 1903, vol. xii, p. 110). Dr. Boettger, who has seen the specimen,
considers V. heldi as a sub-species of V. alpestris. It differs, however, from
this latter species in the possession of an additional whorl, and general larger
dimensions, it is reddish-brown in colour, has a feeble dentition, and a
differently shaped mouth.

CURRENT LITERATURE.

Pilsbry, Henry A,—Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, ser. ii, vol. xv. (pt. 59),
pp. 129-208, pl. 34a—55. Philadelphia : Academy of Natural Sciences.
Dr. Pilsbry continues the list of species of Urocoptis of Jamaica. Follow-
ing this the undermentioned subgenera and sections are dealt with, viz.,
Sub-genus Autocoptis, Pils., dealing with the Haitian forms. Type U.
monilifera, Pfr. Subgenus Arangia, Pils. & Van. Type U. sowerbyana
Pfr. The variety montetoronis is new. Sub-genus I[diostemma, Pils.
and Van. Type U. uncata, Gundl. Section Maceo, P. and V. Type and
sole species U. interrupta, Gundl. Sub-genus Cochlodinella, P. and V. Type
U. poeyana, Orb. The variety lacteoflua from Cuba, is new. Sub-genus
Gongylostoma, Albers. Type U. elegans, Pfr. A key to the following sections
is then given: Fibricutis, Pils., Sectilumen, P. and V., Esochara, P. and V.,
Pycnoptychia, P. and V., Paracallonia, Pils., Callonia, Cr.and Fisch., Liocal-
lonia, Pils. U. humboldtiana, Pfr. variety peraffinis is a new variety from
Western Cuba. It is similar to U. humboldtiana, but somewhat more solid,
less shining, and the striae are widely spaced, especially on the spire. U.
oligomesus is a new species from Cuba. It is near to U. saxosa, Poey, but
differs from that species chiefly by the much reduced median axial lamella.
Blanford, W. T.—Notes on Mr. W. M. Daly’s collections of Land and Fresh-
water Mollusca from Siam. Proce. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1903, vol. v, pp.
2.74—284, pl. vill.
Dr. Blanford enumerates forty species of which the following are new,
Ampullaria dalyi, Melania binodosa, and Paludomus siamensis.
Kobelt, W. and Mollendorff, O. von.—Catalog der Familie Buliminidae.
Nachr. d. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell., 1903, pp. 36—66.

Dimon, A. C.—Quantitative study of the effect of Environment upon the
forms of Nassa obsoleta and trivittata from Cold Spring Harbour, Long
Island. Biometrika, 1902, vol. ii, pp. 24—43.

The authoress has studied in some detail the variation and correlation of
these two species of Vassa. She discusses the influence of density and stillness
of the water on depauperization.

Hoyle, W. E.—Notes on the Type Specimen of Loligo eblanae, Ball. Mem.
and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Phil. Soc., 1903, vol. 47, No. 9, pp. 10,1 pl.
A a result of an examination of the type of this Cephalopod, described by
Robert Ball in 1841, Mr. Hoyle confirms the opinion, which had been formed
by others as well as himself, that this species is not distinguishable from the
Todaropsis veranyi of Girard. The distinctive characters of the genus are
given, and of the Irish specimen as fully as its state of preservation permits,
accompanied by figures of some of the more critical parts, also a table of the
synonymy, with references to the descriptions and figures.
Pace, S.—On the Anatomy of the Prosobranch genus Pontiothauma, E. A.
Smith. Journ. Linn. Soe. (Zool.), 1903, vol. xxviii, pp. 455—462, pl. 42.
From an examination of the type specimens of this genus, Mr. Pace con-
cludes that the affinities are with the Mangzlinae ; but so little is known as

CURRENT LITERATURE. 69

to the anatomy of other allied forms, that at present it is impossible to assign
the two known species of Pontiothawma to any precise position in the sub-
family. It would, however, appear that their nearest allies are Plewrotomella,
Verrill, and Spergo, Dall. The author is of opinion that the structure of the
soft parts of P. abyssicola, E. A. Sm., justify its removal from the genus, but
before proposing another new name, thinks it advisable to wait until further
details are forthcoming regarding Pleurotomella, ete. It seems a great pity
that a valuable morphological paper, such as this, could not have been better
illustrated.

Marshall, J. T.—Additions to “ British Conchology.” Part VII. Pp. 59.

Torquay : 1908.

This paper is a continuation of the series of papers which, under this title,
have been appearing since October, 18938, in the Journal of Conchology. The
author details numerous interesting facts and observations upon the distri-
bution, size, nomenclature, and variation of the British marine mollusca. The
following varieties are described as new :—Cerithiopsis barleei, Jeffr., var.
interrupta, Clathurella anceps, Kichw., var. soluta, C. linearis, Mont., var.
minor, Pleurotoma brachystoma, Phil., var. alba, Pholas candida, var. cylin-
dracea and Lacuna pallidula var. imperforata.

Glamann, G.—Anatomisch-systematische Beitrage zur Kenntniss der
Tracheopulmonaten. Zool. Jahrb. (Abth. f. Morph.), 1903, Bd. 17,
pp. 679—762, Tafn. 29—34.

Dr. Glamann gives a detailed account of the anatomy of Anevtella virgata,
EK. A. Sm., and compares the genus with other Tracheopulmonata, so far as
their internal structure is known. The kidney of Aneitella is dealt with in
great detail, and compared with that in Aneztea.

Walker, Bryant and Pilsbry, H. A.—The Mollusca of the Mt. Mitchell
Region, North Carolina. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, pp.
413—442, pls. xxiv, xxv.

This is a report based upon material collected in the summer of 1901. The
expedition was undertaken primarily for the purpose of exploring Mt. Mitchell,
the highest peak of the Appalachian range, with an altitude of 6,711 feet, of
whose fauna nothing was known except a few species collected by Hemphill
in a hurried visit nearly twenty years ago. In all 59 species or sub-species
are recorded, of which the following are new: Polygyra tridentata v. tennes-
seensis, P. andrewsae subsp. intermedia, Vitrea approxima, V. vanattai,
Gastrodonta gularis subsp. theloides and decussata (Pils. and Van.). The only
species peculiar to Mt. Mitchell, re-discovered on the present expedition, seems
to be the rare little Vitrea clingmani, Dall.

Pallary, P.—Apport a la faude malacologique de l’Arabie et de |’Egypte.
Bull. del’ Inst. Egyptien,1901, pp. 1—8, pl.

The following new species are described and figured : Leucochroa arabica,
Helix (Eremina) fourtaui, Limnaea sikenbergeri, Valvata innesi, and Pseu-
damnicola sinaica.

Pallary, P.—Mollusques recueillis par le Dr. Innes Bey dans le Haut-Nil.
Ibid., 1902, pp. 1—14, pls. 1, il.

The author records twenty-four species, of which the following are new :
Lanistes innesi, Corbicula artini, Unio fourtaui, Spathella fourtaui, and
Spatha innesi.

70 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—The Land Mollusca from Japan and the Bonin Islands.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, pp. 25—32.

Dr. Pilsbry has in preparation a monographie account of the non-marine
mollusea of the Bonin Islands, in which the undermentioned species will be
figured ; in the meantime it is thought desirable to publish brief notices of Mr.
Nakada’s discoveries (who is still collecting there). Of the genus Helicina,
Lam., the following new species are indicated : H. capsula, H. ogasawarana;
H. hirasei, H. yoshiwarana and vars. arata and microtheca. Descriptions
are given of Alycewus biexcisus from Suimura, Cyclophorus kikaiensis from
Osumi, Diplommatina kiiensis and pudica from Kii, and Kaliella ogasawarana
and Nesopupa dedecora from Hahajima. <A new sub-genus of Hirasea, Pils.,
is deseribed under the name of /ametesta, with H. mirabilis, n. sp., from
Hahajima, as the type. H. operculina, Gld., from Peel Island, is also included
in this sub-genus.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—Revision of Japanese Viviparidae, with Notes on
Melania and Bithynia Ibid., pp. 115—121, pl. ix.

“The Viviparidae of Japan, so far as their appearance .in the field of
literature is concerned, are involved in mind-destroying chaos,” writes the
author of this paper, in whose opinion there are four Japanese species, viz.»
V. malleatus, Rve., of which V. laeta, v. Mts., is perhaps only a form, in which
case, the name has priority ; V. japonicus, v. Mts., and var. nov. cwakawa ;
V. histricus, Gld; and V. sclateri, Ffld. Possibly this last species is only a
variety of V. histricus.

Professor Pilsbry is of opinion that V. oxrytropis, Bens., V. ingallsiana,
Lea non Rve., and V. stelmaphora, Bgt., do not occur in Japan.

The following new varieties are also described: Melania reiniana v.
hidachiensis and M. libertina y. latifusus. Figures are given of the four
Japanese Viviparidae, the new varieties, and of Bithynia striatula v. japonica,
Pils.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—On the Localities of A. Adams’ Japanese Helicédae.
Ibid., pp. 233—240.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauna. Nos
VI, VIL. Ibid., pp. 360—382, pls. xvii, xvili, xix—xxi; pp. 517—5
pls. xxvii, XXVil.

Detailed descriptions are here given of species briefly defined in the author's
Catalogue of the Clausiliidae of the Japanese Empire, and of the following
new species, etc.: Cl. ducalis v. decupitata, C. heteroptyx, C. subulina v.
leucopeas, C. caryostoma vy. jayi, C. graciae, C. pigra, C. agna, C. caloptyx, C.
daemonorum, UC. pachyspira, C. kurozuensis, C. plagioptyx, U. subaculus, C.
neniopsis, and other new varieties. A list of additions and corrections to the
above mentioned Catalogue concludes number vii.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—South-western Land Snails. Ibid., pp. 510—512.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—New Land Mollusca from Idaho. Ibid., p. 593.
Pristiloma idahoense, 0. sp.

26
a

2
DOs

Reiss, O. M.—Das Ligament der Bivalven. Morphologie seines Ansatz-
feldes seine Wirkung, Abstammung zum Schalenwachsthum. Jahr,
Ver. fur Vaterl. Naturk. in Wurt., 1902, Bd. lviii, pp. 179—291, pls.
ll—v.

CURRENT LITERATURE. ral

Matheron, P.—Note sur les Mollusques Fossiles des Gisements Gardoniens
du midi de la France. Ann. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Marseille-—Geologie.
1902, T. vil, pp. 9—22.

Repelin, J.— Description des Faunes et des Gisements du Cénomanien
Saumatre ou d’eau douce du midi de la France. II. Mollusques. Ann.,
Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Marseille.—Geologie, 1902, T. vii, pp. 42—112, pls.
i—vil.

The author enumerates 95 species, of these 16 are not named, and 58 are
described and figured as new. A new genus of Ampullariidae, termed Ampul-
lopsis (A. faujasi, de Serres, type.) is also described.

Andree, A.—Zweiter Beitrag zur Binnenconchylienfauna des Miocans
von Oppeln in Schlesein. Mitth. a. d. Roem.—Mus., 1902, nr. 12, pp.
1—31, Fign. 1—11.

The new species are Oleacina (Salasiella) fossilis, Archaeozonites conicus,
Hyalinia (Polita) miocaenica, H. (Gyralina) roemeri, n. subgen., H. (Vitrea)
procrystallina, Strobilus bottgeri, Pleurodonte (Galactochilus) silesiaca, Azeca
jrechi, Coryna oppoliensis and var. turrita, Leucochilus ferdinandi, Planorbis

(Gyrorbis) gurichi, Adelopoma martens?, and unnamed species of many other
eenera.

Springer, Ada —On some living and fossil snails of the genus Physa,
found at Las Vegas, New Mexico. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902
pp. 513—516, pl. xxvi.

Schepman, M.M.—WNeritina subocellata (Marts.) Schepm. Nachr. d.
Deutsch. Malak. Gesell., 1903, pp. 20—22.

Rolle, H.—Einige neue Binnenmollusken von den Molukken. — Ibid., pp.

23, 24.

Adams, Lionel.—The Census of the British Land and Freshwater

Mollusca. Svo. pp. ii, iii, 20, and map. London: 1902. Dulau & Co.

teprinted from the Journal of Conchology, 1902, vol. 10, pp. 217—237,
with an explanation of the “ Vice-counties.”

Backer, R.—Die Augen einiger Gastropoden. Arb. Zool. Instit. Wien,
1902, pp. 259—290, 2 Tafn.

Schweikart, Alex,—Uber die Bildung der Micropyle und des Chorions
bei den Cephalopoden. Zool. Anz., 1903, Bd. xxvi, pp. 214—221.

Diener, C.—Noch ein Wort uber den Typus der Gattung Pseudomonotis.
Centralblatt fur Miner. Geol. u. Pal., 1903, pp. 17—19.

Chadwick, W. H.—Self-Fecundation in Planorbis vortex. Journ. Conch.,
1903, vol. 10, p. 265.

Ancel, P.—Sur les mouvements de la chromatine et les nucleoles pendant
la periode d’augumentation de volume de Vovocyte d’Helix. Arch. de
Zool. exp. et gen., 1902 (3 ser.), T. x, Suppl. pp. lti—lvu.

Ancel, P.—Sur le déterminisme cyto-sexuel des gametes glandes géenitalcs
d’Helix pomatia sans oyocyte. Ibid., pp. lviii—xiv., figs. 1, 2.

Ancel, P.—Sur Vhermaphrodisme glandulaire accidentel et le détermin-
isme cyto-sexuel des gamétes. _ Tbid., pp. Ixxxiv—xeiv,

ve} EDITOR’S NOTES.

Lacaze-Duthiers, H. de.—Morphologie de Tridacna elongata et de Hippopus.

Arch. de Zool. exp. et gen., 1902 (3 ser.), T. x, pp. 19—212, pls. v—x.

_Boutan, L.—La Detorsion chez les Gastéropodes. Ibid., pp. 241—268,
pl. xi.

EDITOR’S NOTES.

We have to thank many of our subscribers, both at home and abroad, for
their kind congratulations and expressions of goodwill on the appearance of
the first part of another volume.

The collection of Mollusca made by the late Dr. Francis Archer, of Liver-
pool, and his son, the late Surgeon-Colonel Archer, has recently been presented
to the University of Birmingham.

We understand that the wellenown J.T. Marshall Collection of British
shells has passed into the hands of Mr. J. R. Brockton Tomlin, of Chester.

Messrs. Sowerby & Fulton have favoured us with a copy of their latest
(April, 1903) Catalogue of Cephalopoda, Pteropoda, Gastropoda (Marine and
Freshwater), and Scaphopoda, enumerating nearly 4,000 species. As in
their previous catalogues, the names are printed in double columns, with wide
margins each side, so that it may serve as a check-list also. Museum
curators and collectors generally will find it both of use and value.

THE

JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

No. 3. OCTOBER 201TH, 1903. VoL. X.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF NASSA,
PURPURA, LATIRUS, VOLUTA, CONUS, STOMATELLA
AND SPONDYLUS.

By G. B. SOWERBY, F.L.S.
(Plate v.)

Nassa optima, n.sp.
Piove fies. 1).2:

Testa ovato-acuminata, crassa, polita, cinerea, albo unifasciata ; spira
elata, acuta; anfractus 8, primi 1} laeves, sequentes planato convexi,
costis numerosis crassis leviter obliquis superne nodulosis instructi, sulcis
interruptis brevibus paucis spiraliter sculpti, sutura breviter canaliculata
sejuncti ; penultimus magis convexus, costis evanidis ; ultimus 3 longitu-
dinis testae aequans, ventricosus, laevis, superne nodulis inaequalibus
paulo elevatis coronatus, basim versus liratus, canaliculatus, rostro
brevissimo obliquo acutimarginato ; apertura latiuscula, lamina columel
lari callosa, expansa, intus corrugata, supra uniplicata, peristoma ad
marginem acutum, extus late plicato varicosum, intus liratun?; canalis
anticus latiusculus, recurvus, posticus brevis.

Long. 25, diam. 15 millim.

Hab.—N.W. Australia.

A number of specimens of this interesting species were received from
Mr. Bernard H. Woodward, of the West Australian Museum. Compared
with N. coronata, Brug., the body whorl is much shorter, the spire longer
and more acute, the upper whorls being more closely and distinctly plicate;
coronation is only faintly indicated.

JOURN, OF MALAC., 1903, vol. x. No. 3.

74 SOWERBY : NEW SPECIES OF MARINE SHELLS.

Purpura eudeli, n.sp.
Ply, fe. 2:

Testa ovata, depressiuscula, rugosissima, fuscescens ; spira_ brevis ;
anfractus 34 rapide accrescenti, primi 13} minuti laeves, penultimus
convexus, liris 4 spiralibus multituberculatis instructus ; sutura concava
excavata ; anfractus ultimus magnus, longitudinaliter rugose lamellosus
transversim octo-costatus, nodulis numerosis elevatis rugosis oblique
inclinatis ad marginem concavo productis munitus; apertura ampla,
intus coeruleo-cineracea, fusco fasciata, ad marginem nigro-fusco limbata ;
columella concava depressa, glabra, luteola, macula fusca elliptica superne
picta.

Long. 30, diam. 21 millim.

Hab.—Gorée, West Africa (Eudel).

Several specimens of this remarkable Purpura in the collection
of the late Captain Eudel were labelled P. grayi, Kiener, to which it
bears some slight external resemblance, but that is a Monoceros and was
previously described by Dr. Gray under the name of M. grande. P. eudeli
has more affinity with P. patula, Linn., but having compared it with many
specimens of that species in various stages of growth I am convinced that
it is perfectly distinct.

Latirus singularis, n.sp.
Ply, is: ne.

Testa elongato-fusiformis, fusca, solidula; spira_ elato-pyramidata ;
antractus 6, convexi, spiraliter lirati, longitudinaliter striato-laminati,
primi 2 laeves, sequentes 3 longitudinaliter plicato-costati, penultimus
angulatus, supra angulum leviter concavus, infra convexiusculus ; sutura
angustissime canaliculata; anfractus ultimus 2 longitudinis — teste
superans, angulata, supra angulum concavo depressa, infra leviter con-
vexus, infra medium concavo attenuatus, ad basim late rostratus ;
umbilicus fere claudens ; apertura oblonga, intus pallide lutescens, glabra ;
peristoma acutum, postice angulatum; columella leviter arcuata, laevis, infra
medium obtusissime angulata, haud plicata ; canalis latiusculus.

Long. 70, diam. 27 millim,

I am not acquainted with any species of Latirus at all resembling
this. It appears to form a link between Latirus and Hemifusus, and
may possibly find its place in the latter genus, although its form is more
like that prevailing in the former,

Voluta dohrni, n.sp.
Pl oy, {tig 28.

=Voluta dubia, Dohrn : Jahrb. D. Mal. Gesell., 1879, vol. vi, pp.
150-156, :pl. iv, figs. 1-3 ; non Broderip: Zool. Journ., vol,

i, p. 81, pl 3; ie.
The shell is of a rather solid substance, spirally striated throughout,

SOWERBY: NEW SPECIES OF MARINE SHELLS. 15

and has four very oblique plaits on the columella. It is undoubtedly
the species figured and described by Dr. Dohrn as Voluta dubia, Brod., from
which, however, it is perfectly distinct. Broderip’s figure in the Zoological
Journal, copied in the Conchologia Iconica, etc., represents a shell so
different that it is strange that this species should have been mistaken
for it. With the exception of its being spirally striated and somewhat
similarly spotted, it differs in almost every respect, and notably in the
absence of the remarkable bulb-shaped apex characteristic of V. dubia,
and which has its counterpart in Neptuneopsis gilchristi, Sowerby. Another
remarkable error concerns Fusus tessel/atus, Schub. and Wagn., which
has been placed by Kiener, Reeve and others, in the synonomy of Voluta
dubia, and Dr. Dall describes and figures a shell which may well belong
to the former species as representing the latter, but Kiener figures and
describes as Fusus tessellatus, Schub. and Wagn., a much larger shell
of a much more inflated growth and entirely destitute of columella plaits,
which may, however, possibly be a full-grown specimen of that species.
It is of a very thin, light substance, and does not at all resemble V. dubza.
To crown all this confusion Tryon seeks to unite all these forms with
Voluta junonia, with which, in my opinion, they have scarcely any
affinity. ‘
I have come to the conclusion that there are four perfectly distinct
species, namely :—
1. Votuta suNontrA, Chemn.: Conch. Cab., xi, pl. 177, fig. 1,704.
2. Votura pusiA, Brod.: Zool. Journ., vol. i, p. 81, plate in, fig. 1.
=Voluta jamonmtevar. dubia, Tryon: Man. of Conch., vol. vi, p. 90,
pl 27, fie 8
=Voluta (Aurinia) dubia, H. and A. Adams: Gen. Rec. Moll., vol. 1,
p. 166.
3. VoOLUTA TESSELLATA, Schub. and Wagn.
= Fusus tessellatus, Schub. and Wagn. : Conch. Cab., supp. 3,048.
=Aurinia dubia, Dall: Rep. Blake Gastro., Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., 1889, xviii, p. 151; Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxiv, p. 504,
pl. xxix, fig. 11. Non Voluta dubia, Brod.
? = Fusus tessellatus, Kiener: Spec. Gen. et Icon. Cog. Viv., Pusus,
Denoo, leexxax, fies: I.
4. VOLUTA DOHRNI, Sowerby, n.sp.
= Voluta dubia, Dohrn : Jahrb. D. Mal. Gesell., vol. vi, pp. 150-156,
pl. iv, figs, 1-3. Non Brod.
=Voluta junonia var. dubia (pro parte), Tryon: Man. of Conch.,
vol#yvi, pl. 27, fig. 77.
Voluta (Lyria) planicostata, n.sp.
Pele vt. 0

Testa oblongo-fusiformis, solidula, pallide lutescens, linets UAL AEUSHS
transversis, pallide aurantiacis vittata ; spira elato pyramidalis, convexius-

~~!
(oP)

SOWERBY : NEW SPECIES OF MARINE SHELLS.

cula, ad apicem acuta; anfractus 9, primi 2 minuti, laeves, sequentes
convexiusculi, longitudinaliter costati, aliter laeves, costis 12 mediocriter
elevatis rotundatis; sutura anguste canaliculata; anfractus ultimus
? longitudinis testae aequans, convexus, infra attenuatus ; costis latius-
culis paulo elevatis ; prope marginem magis elevatis ; apertura elongata,
mediocriter lata ; peristoma laeve, leviter incrassata ; columella rectius-
cula, intus lirata, inaequaliter triplicata ; lamina columellari latiuscula,
extus conspicue fusco marginata.

Long. 53, diam. 22 millim.

Hab,—?

Compared with V. delessertiana the shell is more fusiform, smoother,
with less numerous and less elevated ribs, and in place of the rich colouring
of that species, it has a pale creamy hue, with numerous faint yellowish
orange transverse lines. The strongest colour in the shell is found on the
margin of the columellar lamina forming a dark brown streak.

The specimen as far as I know is unique, and I have no knowledge
of its habitat. Although of pale colour it is in good preservation, and
appears to be specifically distinct from its congeners.

Conus boubeeae, n.sp.
Pl. -v, fig. 5.

Testa parva conico-subcylindracea, cinerascens, fusco variegata, lineis
numerosis interruptis transversis fuscis albo articulatis picta; spira
elatiuscula, planato conica ; anfractus 7, primi 2-3 convexiusculi, deinde
leviter concavi, ad marginem carinati, sutura canaliculata sejuncti ;
anfractus ultimus subcylindricus, supra sub-acute angulatus, basim versus
‘iratus ; apertura angusta, antice latior, intus violaceo tincta.

Long. 16, diam. 8 millim.

Hab.—*

With the exception of the anterior transverse ridges, which are
rather strong, the shell is smooth; of a grayish colour mottled with
brown, and prettily marked with interrupted lines of brown and white.

Ona recent visit to Paris I found several specimens of this interesting
little species in the possession of Madame Boubée, after whom I have

leasure in naming it.

Stomatella exquisita, n.sp.
Pl. v, fig: “4.

Testa depresse orbicularis, tenuis, pallide luteola, strigis obliquis fuscis
picta, liris numerosis inaequalibus instructa, oblique eximie laminato
striata ; spira depressa, ad apicem breviter elevata ; anfractus 3, primus
globulosus, albus, laevis, secundus lirato carinatus, ultimus superne
depressus, bicarinatus, infra rotunde convexus, inaequaliter multiliratus .
apertura lata, leviter obliqua, intus margaritacea ; columella oblique
arcuata, tenuiter callosa.

~]
~1

SOWERBY : NEW SPECIES OF MARINE SHELLS.

Lat. 12, alt. 7 millim.

Hab,—?

This species is somewhat like S. notata, A. Adams, but the shell is
more angular, with two keels more prominent than the remaining lirae,

Spondylus oecidens, n.sp.
Bie vz tig, 9:

Testa suboblique ovata, crassa ; valva superiori planato-convexa, luteola-
aurantio-rufo sex-radiata, undique densissime :adiatum lirata, liris brevis,
sime et densissime muricatis; valva inferiori ventricosa, luteola, irre-
gulariter squamosa.

Long. 69, lat. 49 millim.

Hab.—Philippines (specimen unique).

A remarkable species very densely imbricated, with minute scales,
and two or three rows of somewhat larger ones. It is conspicuously
co.oured with six orange-red rays.

Spondylus reesianus, n.sp.
Pl. sv, fie. 76.

Testa suborbicularis, depressiuscula, aurantiaca, ferrugineo-fusco prope
umbonem variegata; undique multilirata, liris tenuissimis, densissime
rregulariter aculeatim spinosis, liris principalibus 6, paulo magis elevatis,
squamis erectis elongatis hic illic trifurcatim ramosis munitis; valva
superior! planulata, inferiori convexiuscula.

Long. 55, lat. 53 millim.

Hab.—Moluccas (specimen unique).

This charming shell from the collection of the late Admiral van
Rees, is most profusely imbricated with numerous rows of thin spines of
unequal length, some of the principal ridges bearing long flattened three-
forked scales.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE V.

Figs. 1,2. Nassa optima, n.sp.

Fig. 3. Purpura eudeli, n.sp.
Fig. 4. Stomatella exquisita, n.sp.
Fig. 5. Conus boubéeae, n.sp.

Fig. 6. Spondylus reesianus, n.sp.
Fig, 7. Voluta planicostata, n.sp.
Fig. 8. Voluta dohrni, n.sp.

Fic. 9. Spondylus occidens, n.sp.

Fig. 10. Latirus singularis, n.sp.

NOTES ON WITH ILLUSTRATIONS OF AUSTRO-
MALAYAN LAND SHELLS.

By Be Re SHS. 9B.As, ee nes
(Plate vi.)

Recently (?) I described a few shells from the Austro-Malayan Region ;
illustrations of them are now given.

PAPUINA WALLACEANA.—For P. aurora var. b., at p. 65, read P.
aurora var.? .

PAPUINA CALLOSA.—Compare P. pseudolanceolata, Dautz., which
latter, if it prove to be identical, has a few days priority.

LEPTOPOMA LAMELLATUM.—There appears to be a good deal of con-
fusion in this group. In my view it is probable that L. tissotianum,
Crosse, multilabre, Lamk., and scalare, Adams, are all varying forms of one
widely scattered species. Dr. Kobelt has in ‘Das Tierreich’’ placed
the Lamarckian species as a monstrosity of LZ. massenae, a view which,
taken though it has been by Pfeiffer and others, has been adversely, and
I think correctly, criticised by Tapparone-Canefri.

It may be pointed out that the figures recently given in the ‘‘Con-
chylien-Cabinet,’’ purporting to represent LZ. scalare, Adams, do not
agree with Adams’ figures, and are probably taken from a Halmahera
species and not from the Waigiou shell.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.
Figs. 1-3. Cristigibba albopicta, Sykes.

Vig 4. Papuina callosa, Sykes.

Figs. 5, 6. Helicina varians, Sykes.

Fig. 7. Papuina pyrgus, Sykes.

Figs. 8, 9. Xesta sulcatula, Svkes.

Figs. 10-12. Leptopoma lamellatum, Sykes.

Fig. 13. Palaina ponsonbyt, Sykes.

Tig. 14. Papuina wallaceana, Sykes.

Fig. 15. Omphalotropis waigiouensis, Sykes.

Figs. 16-18. Leptopoma diplochilus, Sykes.

1, Ante, pp, 64-67,

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A KNOWLEDGE OF THE
MOLLUSCA OF BORNEO.

(PART 1°.)

By WALTER E. COLLINGE, M.Sc,
THE UNIVERSITY, BIRMINGHAM,

(Plates vii. and viii.)

In June, 1901, I gave a short account of a small collection of slug-like
molluscs from N.W. Borneo“ for which I was indebted to the kindness of
Mr. R. Shelford, of the Sarawak Museum. Since then he has very kindly
sent me two further collections, some of which form the subject of the
present paper.

Damayantia, Issel.
Damayantia dilecta, Issel.

Damayantia dilecta, Issel: Moll. Born., 1874, p. 390, T. iv, figs. 4-6.

Hab.—Matang, 2,500 feet.

The two longitudinal median furrows mentioned by Issel (Moll.
Born., p. 28), and which were not discernible in the specimens I have
previously examined from Mt. Penrissen, are very clearly marked in these
specimens. They are really a double row of median rugae, with deep
sulci between, so that there are three grooves formed by the deep inter-
vening sulci.

Damayantia simrothi, n.sp.
Piewiy fies. by 2:

Animal a slaty blue, with anterio-lateral portions a bright yellow.
Mantle smooth and completely covering the shell. The keels are yellowish
and well developed on the lateral portions of the visceral mass. Head
and tentacles slaty blue. The dorsum exhibits a sharp vellow keel which
slopes downwards from behind the visceral mass posteriorly. The rugae
are ill-defined excepting posterio-laterally, where they are somewhat
more distinct. Caudal mucous pore small. Peripodial groove indistinct.
Foot-fringe bright yellow in anterior two-thirds, bluish in the posterior
third ; lineoles exceedingly faint. Foot-sole yellow, narrow, and divided
into median and lateral planes.

*My best thanks are here tendered to the Council of the Birmingham Natural History
and Philosophical Society, for their kindness in defraying the cost of the original drawings,
1. Trans.* Roy. Soe. Edinb,, 1901, vol, x1., pp, 295-312, Pls, i-iii.

80 COLLINGE : MOLLUSCA OF BORNEO.

Length (in alcohol) 24.5 millim.

Hab.—Kuching.

As yet I am unable to give any particulars of the internal structure
of this species. Externally it differs from the type of the genus, D. dilecta,
Issel, in its colour, in the comparative shorter length of the dorsum posterior
to the visceral mass, and in the more pronounced keels on the mantle.

I have much pleasure in associating with the name of this new species
that of Professor Heinrich Simroth.

Damayantia rugosa, n.sp.
Pl. vu, figs. 3, 4.

Animal mauve or purplish-red in colour ; the mantle is devoid of
any lateral keels, but is marked by a series of small rugosities. The
dorsum is bluntly keeled. Rugae indefinite. Caudal mucous pore and
peripodial groove small. Foot-fringe deep, of a yellowish-brown colour,
Foot-sole same colour, divided into median and lateral planes.”

Length (in alcohol) 16 millim.

Hab,—Kuching.

Wiegmannia, Clige.
Wiegmannia gigas, Clige.

Wieqmannia gigas, Clige.: Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb., 1901, vol. xl,
p. 300, pl. i, figs. 6-8 ; pl. 1, figs. 27, 28.
Hab.—Kuching. Two immature specimens,

Collingea, Simr.
Collingea eranna, n.sp.
Pl. aii, fies. 5,46; Pl win, ties, 13, 14.

Animal a dirty yellow, speckled with light-brown posterio-laterally ;
mantle same colour with darker brown markings. At each side of the
head is a dark brownish-coloured band passing from beneath the mantle
to the base of the upper tentacles. Dorsum keeled. Caudal mucous pore
small. Rugae and peripodial groove indistinct. Foot-fringe same colour
as body, no lineoles. Foot-sole a dirty white, not divided into median
and lateral planes.

Length (in alcohol) 23.5 millim.

Shell thin, membranaceous, amber coloured, apex indistinct.

Diam. max. 11, min. 6.5 millim,

Hab.—Kuching.

The (Generative Organs (PI. vii, figs. 13, 14).—These differ from
those of the four known species, in the elongated vagina and penis and

1. In my former paper, in the diagnosis of the genus, it was stated, in error, that the footsole
was not divided into median and lateral planes.

COLLINGE : MOLLUSCA OF BORNEO. 81

the shorter dart gland and dart-sac. The penis protrudes from its sheath,
at the distal end, and on the opposite side there is a small conical papilla
distal to which the retractor muscle is inserted. Only a portion of the
dart was present in the dart-sac, and this agrees in form with the proximal
portion of that of C. strubel/i, Simr.

Parmarion, P. Fisch.
Parmarion shelfordi, n.sp.
Pile vu, figs: 7, 85 Pi. vin) figs: 15; 16.

Animal: the whole of the head, mantle and dorsum is blue, with the
medio-lateral portions yellow, the lateral margins of the mantle are also
yellow, and there is a prominent lateral keel on the mantle, encircling
a little more than two-thirds of the visceral mass. The peripodial groove
is distinct and rugae only faintly marked. Foot-fringe blue with deeply
indented blotches of yellow. Foot-sole yellowish-brown, divided into
median and lateral planes.

Length (in alcohol) 32 millim.

Shell thin, membranaceous oval, with thinner, irregular border, apex
indistinct.

Diam. max. 13, min. 8 millim.

Hab.—Kuching.

In my former paper I stated that possibly the genus Parmarion,
sens. str., did not occur in Borneo, but there can be no question, I think,
as to the generic position of the mollusc here described.

The Generative Organs (PI. viii, figs. 15, 16).—These are characterised
by the long free-oviduct, the form of the penis, the short vas deferens,
and the form and shape of the dart. The penis has the beak-like distal
portion, so characteristic of most species of the genus, and immediately
below this is a collar-like sheath, while beyond, the organ becomes more
globose. The vas deferens is very short, also the duct of the recep-
taculum seminis. The dart at its free end is somewhat flattened, with a
sharp cutting edge at each side. Above the aperture leading into the
cavity of the dart is a solid calcareous head. Passing downward the
flattened form gradually disappears until it becomes oval (PI. vii,
fig. 16).

Philomyeus, Raf.
Philomyeus, sp.

From Matang there is a small slug belonging to this genus, which
probably may prove to be only a variety of P. bilineatus, Bens. It 1s
a bright yellow in colour, with irregular dark brown (almost black) spots
and blotches. In alcohol the specimen measures 20 millim. in length.

I am not aware that the genus has hitherto been recorded from

Borneo,

82 COLLINGE : MOLLUSCA OF BORNEO.

Atopos, Simr.
Atopos shelfordi, n.sp.

Pl. vu, figs. 9-12.

Colour of the notum bluish-brown, with a dark, smooth stripe extending
along the mid-dorsal line ; the whole of the dorsum is finely granulated
and spotted with yellow; underside (perinotum ?) brown; foot-sole
same colour. The keel of the notum is prominent. Length of notum
(in alcohol) 64, breadth 11, height 12 millim. Breadth of foot-sole 6
millim. Female generative orifice 12.5 millim. from the male generative
orifice.

Hab.—Mt. Penrissen, 4,800 ft., N.W. Borneo. One specimen.

The genus Atopos has not previously been recorded from Borneo.

As only a single specimen has been found I am unable to give more
than a very brief description of the internal structure. Mr. Shelford
has very kindly given me permission to open the animal, but naturally
I have not cared to injure it more than was absolutely necessary to esta-
blish its specific distinctness. It differs from any known species in a
number of points in the form of the alimentary canal and generativ:
organs, the latter being very distinct. I have not given figures of either
system, as the specimen examined is evidently not fully mature.

REFERENCE LETTERS.

alb.gl. Albumen gland. p. Penis.
d.gl. Dart gland. pr. Prostate.
d.s. Dart-sac. r.d. Receptacular duct.

f. ov. Free-oviduct.
H. Portion of the penis protud-
ing from its sheath.
h.d. Hermaphrodite duct.

r.m. Retractor muscle.
r.s. Receptaculum seminis.
v. Vestibule.

h.gl. Hermaphrodite gland. v.d. Vas deferens.
ov. Oviduct. vg. Vagina.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES VII. anv VIII.
PLATE VII.

Fic. 1. Damayantia simrothi, n.sp. Right lateralview. x 2.

Bro 2, 35 + Dorsal view. x2.

Fic. 3. Damayantia rugosa, n.sp. Right lateral view. x 23.

Inne, ¢! EP *5 Dorsal view. X23.

Fic. 5. Collingea eranna, n.sp. Right lateral view. X14.

Fie. 6. 55 = Dorsal view. X14.

Fic. 7. Farmarion shelfordi, n.sp. Right lateralview. x14.

Rie. 1s 35 3 Dorsal view. x14.

Fic. 9. Atopos shelfordi, n.sp. Right lateral view. x1.

Fie. 10 x5 a5 Dorsal view. Xl.

Ipineh, Wile - 5 Ventral view. x1.

Fic. 12. Pe Pe Portion of the dorsum, highly magnified.
PLATE VIII.

Fic. 13. Collingea °ranna, n.sp. Portion of the generative organs.

Fig. 14. 53 Portion of the dart.

bed
Fic. 15. Parmarion shelfordi, n.sp. The generative organs,
Fig. 16. 55 AS Dart. x17.

A CLASSIFIED LIST OF THE HELICOID LAND
SHELLS OF ASIA.

(PART VII, *)
ByalGa Ker GUIDE BZA

In:

Family Zonitidae.
Sub-family Ariophantinae.

Genus TROCHONANINA, Mouss.

celebesiana, Kob.

Genus Xesva, Alb.

cincta, Lea.

= menadensis, Mouss.

v. mongondica, Sar.

v. limbifera, Mart.
wallacei, Pfr.

v. bicingulata, Mart.
cidaris, Lam.
balantensis, Kob.
trochus, Mill.

= sulphurea, Reeve.

= circumpicta, Mouss.
stuartiae, Sowb.
nemorensis, Mill.
celebensis, Pfr.
vitellus, Shutt.
fulvizona, Mouss.
colorata, Mouss.
succincta, Mdff. (? Celebes).
porcellanica, Sar.
semilactea, Sar.
ardens, Sar.
nitida (Mdff.), Sar.

= fulvizona v. nitida, Mdff.
fennemae, Sar.
dimidiata, Smith.

CELEBES.

Sub-family Maerochlaminae.
Genus EVERETTIA, G.-A.

fulvocarnea, Mart.

mollendorffii, Kob.

Genus Hemipiecra, Alb.

limbifera, Mart.
semisculpta, Mart.

v. matinangensis, Sar.
rugata, Mart.

v. montana, Sar.
ribbei, Dohrn.
sibylla, Can.
weberi, Sar.
wichmanni, Sar.
totojensis, Sar.
braam-morrisi, Sar.
bonthainensis, Smith.

Genus Macrocycioiwes, Mart.

aberrans, Mdff.

Sub-family Heliearioninae.
Genus HELICARION, Feér.

idae, Pfr.

riedelii, Mart.
celebensis, Pfr.
adolfi, Boettg.
minahassae, Kob.
wallacei, Smith.
annularis, Kob.

Sub-genus LEProDONTARION, Sar.

* See ante, p. 45.

o2)
Tee

GUDE :

albacuminatus, Sar.
coriaceus, Sar.

Genus Oresia, H. Ad.
flammulata, Q. and G.
viridis, Q. and G.
lenticula, Sar.
ombrophila, Sar.
alsophila, Sar.
hygrophila, Sar.

Genus Lamprocystis, Pfr.
matinangensis, Sar.
cursor, Sar.
macassarica, Sar.
soputensis, Sar.
muscicola, Sar.
indifferens, Smith.
consors, Smith.
consimilis, Smith.

Genus Siraua, H. Ad.
diplotropis, Mdff.
javana v. celebesiana, Mdff.
celebica, Sar.

Genus KALIELLA, W. T. Blanf.
doliolum, Pfr.
celebesiana, Mdff.
platyconus v. intermedia, Mdff.

Sub-family Zonitinae.

Genus TrRocHoMoRPHA, Alb.
planorbis, Less.

v. ussuwensis, Smith.
gorontalensis, Mart.
minahassae, Sar.
ternatana, Le G.
robusta, Sar.

Genus VirRInoconus, Semp.
celebesianus, Kob.
marosianus, Sar.
applanatus, Sar.
pileolus, Sar.

Family Endodontidae.

Group Haplogona, Pils.

Genus Enpoponta, Alb.
celebica, Sar.

Family Helicidae.

LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

Group Epiphallogona, Pils.
Genus CAMAENA, Alb.
Sub-genus Pseupopnsa, Mdff.

mamilla, Fér.

quoyi, Desh.

= undulata, Q. and G.

Genus Opsa, Beck.

papilla, Miill.

v. heroica, Pfr.

v. pygmaea, Sar.

v. platybasis, Mdff.
papilliformis, Mdff.
listeri, Gray.

7. mongondica, Sar.

v. matinangensis, Sar.

v. buolica, Sar.

v. tominica, Sar.
marginata, Mill.

v. sororcula, Mart.

= devincta, Can.

Genus PLANISPIRA, Beck.
Sub-genus PLANISPIRA, 8.5.
zebra, Ptr.
? = guttata, Le G.
flavidula, Mart.
bulbulus, Mouss.

= bulbus, Mouss.

v. gloriosa, Sar.
tuba, Alb.

v. centrocelebensis, Sar.
howesi (Smith), Sar.
(Chloritis howesi, Smith.)
zodiaca, Fér.

v. unicolor, Sar.

<

v. bonthainensis (Smith), Sar.
bonthainensis,

= howesi_ v.
Smith.
lansbergiana, Dohrn.
Sub-genus Tracuta, Alb.
pilisparsa, Mart.
= gabata, Wallace non Gld.
Genus CHLoritTIs, Beck.
Section CHLORITIS, s.s.
biomphala, Pfr,

GUDE :

minahassae, Sar.
Section TrIcHOCHLORITIS, Pils.
balantensis, Kob.
talabensis, Kob.
plena, G.-A. v. celebensis, Smith.
Genus Paputna, Mart.
euchroes, Pir.
Genus AmMputpromus, Alb.
beceari, Can.
perversus, Linn.
= v. obesa, Mart.
v. nivea, Sar.
v. tener, Mart.
interruptus, Miill.
= vy. infrapicta, Mart.
v. strigosa, Mart.
v. infraviridis, Mart.
v. sultana, Lam.
= makassariensis, H. and J.
maculatus (Fult.), Pils.

= contrarius v. maculata,
Fult.
jucundus (Fult.), Pils.
= filizonatus v. jucunda,

Fult.
sinistralis, Reeve.
v. fasciata, Sar.
v. decolor, Can.
v. rosea, Fult.
v. lutea, Fult.
kruijti, Sar.

Genus GANESELLA, W. T. Blanf.
bembicodes, Mdff.
leucophlaea, Mart.
BELOGONA EUADENIA.

Genus Euntora, Hartm.
suffodiens, Boettg.

= fodiens, Wallace nou Pfr.
textoria, Mart.
similaris, Fér.

v. solidula, Mouss.

Genus PLEcTOTROPIS, Mart.
winteriana, Pfr.

LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 85

Dovustrrut Recorp.
Sulcobasis sulcosa, Pfr. (Reeve). °

a. SANGIR.

Genus TrocHomorpHa, Alb.
staudingeri, Anc.
Genus CAMAENA, Alb.
Sub-genus Pseuposppa, Mdff.
tirmaniana, Anc.
linnaeana, Pfr.
Genus HeLicosryia, Fér.
Section CrysTaLuopsis, Anc.
leucophthalma, Pfr.
v. fusco-strigata, Anc.
Section CALococHLEA, Hartm.
tukanensis, Pfr.

b. Tataur (? TaLautse).

Genus Opsa, Beck.
meyer, Mdff.
marginata, Miill.
Genus Heiicosryia, Feér.
Section Corasta, Alb.
puella v. lais, Pfr.!
Section CRysTALLopsis, Anc.
physalis, Pfr.
Section CaLococHiLea, Hartm.
tukanensis, Pfr.
talautana, Gude.

c. TuLAR (OR TALAUR).
Genus Hexicostyia, Fér.
Section CrysTALuopsis, Anc.

physalis, Pfr.
d. XULLA ISLANDS.
Genus XeEsTA, Alb.
citrina, Linn.
e. BANGAYA.
Genus Xesta, Alb.

vitellus, Shutt.
= bangaiensis, Kob.

86 GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

Genus Hemiexecta, Alb.
limbifera v. bangaiensis, Mart.

Genus PLANISPIRA, Beck.
zodiaca, Fér.

ft. BuTon.

Genus XeEstvA, Alb.
butonensis, Sar.
v. nigrotaeniata, Mdff.
v. fulva, Mdfi.
v. albozonata, Mdff.
Vv

. varia, Mdff.
g. Tukan BEssi GRovP.

Genus Xesra, Alb.
kaledupana, Rolle. Kaledupa.
perfragilis, Mdff. Kaledupa.
tomiana, Rolle. Tomia.
Genus Hemipiecra, Alb.
subsulcata, Rolle. Kaledupa.
Genus AMPHIDROMUs, Alb.
kuehni, Rolle. Tukan Bessi.
Genus Hutora, Hartm.
textoria, Mart. Tomia.
Genus HeLicosty.a, Feér.
Section HELICOSTYLA, s.s.
indusiata, Pfr. Tukan Bessi.
thomsoni, Pfr. Tukan Bessi.
Section CaLococHLeEa, Hartm.
tukanensis, Pfr.
Section Corasta, Alb.
obliquata, Mdff. non Desh.

h. SALEYER (or Salayar).

Genus Xxesvra, Alb.
fulvizona, Mouss.
selayarensis,

Islet.

Genus Macrocuiamys, Bens.
minuta, Mart.

Genus Microcystina, Mérch.
consueta, Smith.

Genus Hemiptectra, Alb.

Smith. Bauluan

rareguttata, Mouss.
= fulvizona v. elatior, Mart.
Genus AmpHiIpRomus, Alb.
interruptus v. sultana, Lam.
annae, Mart.
Genus Euxtora, Hartm.
textoria, Mart.
Genus HELIcOsTYLA, Fér.
Section Corasta, Alb.
subtenuis, Smith.

i. JAMPEA.

Genus Microcystina, Morch.
consueta, Smith.

Genus TrocHomorpHa, Alb.
jampeana, Smith.

Genus PLANISPIRA, Beck.
admirabilis, Smith.

Genus Kutora, Hartm.
textoria, Mart.

j- Katao.

Genus Xesta, Alb.
kalaoensis, Smith.
Genus Microcystina, Morch.
consueta, Smith.
Genus Kauieuua, W. T. Blanf.
indifferens, Boettg.
Genus AMPHIDROMUS, Alb.
kalaoensis, Fult.
Genus GANESELLA, W. T. Blant.
crassiuscula (Smith).
(Plectotropis crassiuscula,
Smith.)
Genus Eutora, Hartm.
textoria, Mart.

k. BONERATU.

Genus Cuuoritis, Beck.
Section AustrocaLoritis, Pils.
argillacea, Fer.
Genus GanEsELLA, W. T. Blanf.
crassiuscula (Smith).
(Plectotropis crassiuscula,

Smith.)

GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 87

G. LESSER SUNDA ISLANDS.

a. Bat. Genus PLanisprra, Beck,
infracta, Mart.
Genus Hemiprucra, Alb. = porcellana, Pfr. non Grat.
rareguttata, Mouss. Genus PLEecTorropis, Mart.
Vv. sparsa, Mouss. smiruensis, Mouss.
baliensis, Mouss. Genus Puprsoma, Stol.
Vv. waandersiana, Mouss. pulvisculum, Issel.
Genus Kaietia, W. T. Blantf.
angigyra, Mdff. c. SUMBAWA.

Genus TRocHomMorPHA, Alb.
micula, Mouss.
Genus AMpHIDROMUs, Alb.
interruptus, Miill.
= v. infrapictus, Mart.
v. emaciata, Mart.
v. sultana, Lam.
v. mitra, Mart.
Genus Kutora, Hartm.
transversalis Mouss.

Genus Hemipiecra, Alb.
rareguttata, Mouss.
halata, Mouss.
nemorensis, Miill.
bimaensis, Mouss.
adolescens, Smith.
sumbawana, Smith.
Genus Durcetia, G.-A.
sumbawaensis, G.-A. (emend.)
= sumbaensis, G.-A.
b. Lompox. Genus TrRocHomorpua, Alb.
discreta, Smith.
Genus PLANnisprra, Beck.
infracta, Mart.
= porcellana, Pfr. non Grat.

dyakana, G.-A. 7
Ree ea Genus AmMpHipRomus, Alb.
Genus TrocHoNantina, Mouss.
poecilochroa, Fult.
oxyconus, Mart.

Genus Everertta, G.-A.
perglabra, Smith.
Genus Microcystina, Mérch.

Genus Hemreiecra, Alb. d. SumBa.
nemorensis, Miill.
coffea, Pfr. Genus Hemipuiecra, Alb.
rufolineata, Smith. baliensis v. soembaensis, Schepm.
internota, Smith. cochlostyloides, Schepm.
fruhstorferi, Mart. Genus Cuuoritis, Beck.
perinsignis, Smith. Section AusTrocuuoritis, Pils.

Genus Hericarton, Fér. argillacea, Fér.
lineolatus, Mart. Section TricHocutorirtis, Pils.

Genus Parmarion, P. Fisch. conjecta, Smith.
intermedium, Cllge. = conjector, Fult.
everetti, Clige. Genus THeErsirgs, Ptr.

Genus Srraua, H. Ad. Sub-genus Ruacapa, Alb.
collinae, Smith. supracostulata, Schepm.

Genus TRocHomorpna, Alb, Genus AmMpHIDRomus, Alb.

bicolor, Mart. latestrigatus, Schepm.

88 GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

sumbaensis, Fult.
consobrinus, Fult.
suspectus, Mart.

e. DANA.

Genus TueErRsITEs, Pfr.
Sub-genus RuaGapa, Alb.
colona, Mart.

f. FLOREs.

Genus Xesta, Alb.
polymorpha, Smith.
subpolita, Smith.
melanoraphe, Smith.
carinocincta, Smith.

Genus Ruysota, Alb.
peramoena, Smith.

Genus Hemrexecta, Alb.
rareguttata, Mouss.

v. crebriguttata, Mouss.

vy. venusta, Beck.
trochus, Miill.

y. pyramidata, Mart.
nemorensis, Miill.

v. endeana, Mart.
everetti, Smith.
floresiana, Mart.
vomer, Mart.

Genus Catoritis, Beck.

Section AusTRocHLoRITIS, Pils.

argillacea, Fér.
albodentata, Smith.

Genus THERSITES, Pfr.

Sub-genus Ruacapa, Alb.
floresiana, Mart.

Genus AMPHIDROMUS, Alb.
floresianus, Fult.
consobrinus, Fult.

Genus Piecrotropis, Mart.
winteriana, Pir.
rotatoria, v.d.B.

g. SOLOR.

Genus Hemretecta, Alb,

rareguttata, Mouss.
v. crebriguttata, Mart.
v. venusta, Beck.
Genus CHLoRITIS, Beck.
Section AusrrocHiLoriris, Pils.
argillacea, Fer.
Genus THERsITES, Pfr.
Sub-genus Ruacapa, Alb.
solorensis, Mart.

h. ADENARA.

Genus Xesta, Alb.
parcipila, Mart.
Genus Hemiputecta, Alb.
rareguttata, Mouss.
v. sparsa, Mouss.
v. crebriguttata, Mart.
v. venusta, Beck.
Genus Cuioritis, Beck.
Section AusTrocHtoritis, Pils.
argillacea, Fer.
Genus PLANispirA, Beck.
adenarana, Fult. (emend.)
Genus PLectotropis, Alb.
winteriana, Pfr.

1. PURA.

Genus Hemrpiecra, Alb.
rareguttata, Mouss.
v. crebriguttata, Mart.
Genus AmpuipRomus, Alb.
oscitans, Mart.
inconstans, Fult.

j. PANTAR.

Genus AmpHipRromus, Alb.
inconstans, Fult.

k. Aton (OR OMBAI).

Genus Hemreiecta, Alb.
rareguttata, Mouss.
v. crebriguttata, Mart.
Genus Cuioritis, Beck.

GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 89

Section AUSTROCHLORITIS, Pils.
argillacea, Fér.
Genus AmpHiIpRoMus, Alb.
oscitans, Mart.
= inconstans var D. Fult.
inconstans, Fult.
v. gracilis, Mart.

], Trvor.

“Genus Xesta, Alb.
tumens, Desh.
eidaris, Lam.
dammaensis, Smith.
Genus Hemipiecta, Alb.
stuartiae, Sowb.
peaseana, Pfr.
inquinata, v.d.B.
Genus Heticarion, Fér.
sericeus, Mart.
Genus TrocHomorpHa, Alb.
tricolor, Mart.
timorensis, Mart.
Genus PLANIsprraA, Beck.
zonaria, Linn.
Genus Cuuoritis, Beck.
Section AustTRocHiLoriTis, Pils.
argillacea, Fér.

mendax, Mart.

Genus AMpHIDROMUs, Alb.
reflexilabris, Schepm.
contrarius, Mill.

v. subconcolor, Mart.

v. crassa, Fult.
suspectus, Mart.

v. albolabiata, Fult.
sinistralis, Reeve.

Genus EKutora, Hartm.
similaris, Fér.

Spurtous Recorp.
Crystallopsis conformis, Feér.
(See Wargiou.)

m. Rorvtt.

tfenus XeEsTA, Alb.
eidaris, Lam.

Genus Amputpromus, Alb.
contrarius, Mill.

n, SAMAUW.

yenus CHLoRITIS, Beck.

Section AusTrocHtoritis, Pils.
argillacea, Fér.
mendax, Mart.

H. MOLUCCAS.

a. GILOLO (oR HALMAHERA).

Family Zonitidae.
Sub-family Ariophantinae.
Genus Xesta, Alb.
eitrina, Linn.
aulica, Pir.
sulfurata, Mart.
halmaherica, Strub.
Sub-family Heliearioninae.
tenus Hericarion, Fér.
kukenthali, Kob.
halmahericus, Kob.
Genus Lamprocystis, Pfr.
subangulata, Boettg.

ambonica, Boettg var.
Sub-family Zonitinae.
Genus TrocnomoreHa, Alb.
ternatana, Le G.
lardea, Mart.
timorensis, Mart.
planorbis, Less.
Family Helieidae.
jroup Epiphallogona, Pils.
Genus CaMAENA, Alb.
Sub-genus PHornicosius, Mdff.
anacardium, Dohrn.
Genus OpsBa, Beck.
calear, Mart.
Genus PLANISPIRA, Beck.

90 GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

Sub-genus PLANISPIRA, 8.8.
halmaherica, Strub.
quadrifasciata, Le G.

v. halmaherica, Gude.
scheepmakeri, Pfr.

v. halmaherica, Kob.
zonaria, Linn,
endoptycha v. compta, H. Ad.
zonalis, Fér.

= leucostoma, A. and R.

= subangulata, Pfr. juv.
atacta, Pir.
loxotropis, Pfr.

v. bernsteini, Mart.

v. laticlavia, Mart.

v. pluricincta, Mart.

v. lorquini, Mart.
tietzeana, Rolle.
surrecta, Boettg.
exceptiuncula, Fér.

v. phryne, Pfr.
thetis, Pfr.

Sub-genus CrisTIGIpBa, Can.
mersispira, Mart.
giloloensis, Smith.
albopicta, Sykes.

Genus Atpersi4, H. Ad.
pubicepa, Mart.
zonulata, Feér.
pseudocorasia, Strub.

Genus Papurna, Mart.
vitrea, Fér.

= albula, Le G.
chondrodes, Strub.
lanceolata, Pfr.
callosa, Sykes.

Genus Pyrocuiuus, Pils.
lampas, Miill.
pyrostoma, Fér.
pseudolampas, Kob.
kukenthali, Kob.
brunonis, Kob.

BEeLocona EUADENIA.

Genus PLectorropis, Mart.
winteriana, Pfr.

b. Mororar (oR Mortt).

Genus Trocnomorpaa, Alb.
hartmanni, Pfr.
Genus DENpDRoTROCHUS, Pils.
labuanensis, Pfr. *
Genus PLANISPIRA, Beck.
loxotropis, Pfr.
v. bernsteini, Mart.
v. pluricincta, Mart.

c. TERNATE GROUP.
1. TERNATE.

Genus Xesvta, Alb.
aulica, Pfr.
sulfurata, Mart.

Genus LAmprocystis, Pfr.
subangulata, Boettg.

Genus TrocnuomorpHa, Alb.
planorbis, Less.

v. lessoni, Mart.
approximata, Le G.
ternatana, Le G.

Genus PLANISPIRA, Beck.
quadrifasciata, Le G.
endoptycha, Mart.
atacta, Pfr.
loxotropis v. laticlavia, Mart.

v. lorquini, Mart.
exceptiuncula v. phryne, Pfr.

Genus Papurna, Mart.
pileus, Mill.

= pileata, Gm.
vitrea, Fer.

= albula, Le G.
lanceolata, Pir.

Genus PLecrorropis, Mart.
winteriana, Pfr.

2 Timor,

Genus Trocnomorpna, Alb.
planorbis, Less.
ternatana, Le G.

GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

Genus Papurna, Mart.
vitrea, Fér.*
lanceolata, Pfr.

3. Maren (on PorreBaAKKERS
EILAND).

Genus T’rocnomorpHa, Alb.
planorbis, Less.
Genus PLANtsprra, Beck.
quadrifasciata, Le G.
v. edentata, Mart.
= instricta, Mart.
endoptycha, Mart.
loxotropis v. lorquini, Mart.

4. Motrr (or Mort).

Genus TRocHomorpna, Alb,
ternatana, Le G.

Genus PLANISPIRA, Beck.

Sub-genus PLANISPIRA, 8.8.
aurita, Mart.

Sub-genus Cristicrppa, Can.
mersispira, Mart.

Genus Paputna, Mart.
vitrea, Fér.
lanceolata, Pfr.

5. MAKKIAN.

Genus Trocnomorpna, Alb.
ternatana, Le G.

6. Kartoa (orn Kasav).

Genus PLANisprra, Beck.
quadrifasciata, Le G.
v. edentata, Mart.
= instricta, Mart.
atacta, Pir.
loxotropis v. lorquini, Mart.

d. Batcuian (oR Batsan).

Genus Xesta, Alb.
ignescens, Pfr,

luctuosa, Beck.
sulfurata, Mart.

Genus Lamprocystts, Pfr.
ambonica, Boettg.

v. exigua, Boettg.

subangulata, Boettg.
Genus Katiecua, W. T. Blanf.
miliacea, Mart.

= milium, Mart.
Genus TrocHomorpna, Alb.

planorbis, Less.
ternatana, Le G.

v. batchianensis, Pfr.
Genus PLANISPIRA, Beck.
Sub-genus PLANISPIRA, 8.8.

scheepmakeri, Pfr,
zonaria v. coluber, Beck.
endoptycha, Mart.

= compta, H. Ad.

zonalis, Fér.
atrofusea, Pfr.
loxotropis, Pfr.

v. angusticlavia, Mart.

kourri, Pir:
buelowi, Rolle.
exceptiuncula, Fér.

v. aspasia, H. Ad.

= y. elatior, Mart.

thetis, Pfr.
Sub-genus CrisTIGIBBA, Can.
corniculum, H. and J.

= kiesneri, Le G.

semirasa, Mouss.

= moluccensis, Pfr.

expansa, Pfr.
anozona, Mart.
lacteocincta, Smith.

Genus Cuioritis, Beck.

Section SuLcoBasts, Can.
rubra, Alb.

Genus AtBersi4, H. Ad.
pubicepa, Mart.
zonulata, Fér.

Genus Parutna, Mart.

91

92 GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

gaberti, Less.
pileolus, Fér.
v. turrita, Mart.
v. pyramidata, Mart.
v. convexa, Mart.
rhynchostoma, Pfr.
nodifera, Pfr.
ohlendorffi, Kob.
Genus Pyrocuiuus, Pils.
sulcocinctus, Mart.
pyrostoma, Feér.
v. extincta, Can.
v. lucernalis, Kob.
v. nigrescens, Kob.
xanthostoma, Herkl.
Genus PLecrorropts, Mart.
winteriana, Pfr.

e. TAWALLY.

Genus TrocnomorpHa, Alb.
planorbis, Less.
ternatana, Le G.

Genus PLANISPIRA, Beck.
biconvexa, Mart.

Genus Papurna, Mart.
pileolus v. depressa, Mart.

120 BI,

Genus Xesta, Alb.
obiana, Mdfi.
sulcatula, Sykes.
Genus Macrocuiamys, Bens.
obiana, Mdff.
Genus Oresta, H. Ad.
taeniolata, Mdff.
Genus TrocHomorpHa, Alb.
ternatana, Le G.
v. subternatana, Dautz.
bicolor, Mart.
Genus Pianisprra, Beck.
quadrifasciata v. rollei, Mdff.
v. kendigiana, Mdff.
liedtkei, Mdfi.
spiriplana, Mdff.

pruinosa, Mdff.
_ kurri v. obiensis, Dautz.
Genus AnBerstia, H. Ad.
pubicepa, Mart.
= waterstraati, Mdff.
obiensis, Mart.
= obiana, Mdff.
= omissa, Dautz.
Genus Papurna, Mart.
obiana (Mdff.), Dautz.
= rhynchostoma v. obiana,
Mdfi.
= groulti, Dautz.
piliscus, Mart.
pseudosatsuma, Mdff.
obiensis, Dautz.
v. minor, Dautz.
unicolor (Mdff.), Dautz.
= lanceolata v. unicolor,Mdff.
= pseudolanceolata, Dautz.

HT

g. CERAM.

Genus XeEsta, Alb.
citrina, Linn.
v. tiara, Beck.
v. opaca, Mart.
v. praetexta, Mart.
v. aurantia, Mart.
v. columellaris, Mart.
luctuosa, Beck.
Genus Hemipuecta, Alb.
bella, Pfr.
Genus Macrocyctorpis, Mart.
quadrispira, Mart.
Genus TrocnomorpHa, Alb.
lardea, Mart.
Genus Opsa, Beck.
kobeltiana, Pfr.
Genus Prianisprra, Beck.
zebra, Pir.
2 = guttata, Le G.
zonaria, Linn.
v. obliquata, Mart.
v. maculata, Mart.

GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

lunulata, Mart.
fasciata, Mart.
fasciolata, Less.
martini, Schepm.

v. coluber, Beck.
latizona, Pfr.
kurri, Pfr.*

Sub-genus CRrIsTIGIBBA, Can.
margaritis, Pir.

v. zonulella, Mouss.
Genus CHuLoritis, Beck.
Section CHLORITIS, s.s.

ungulina, Linn.

v. minor, Feér.
biomphala, Pfr,
martensi, Pir.
circumdata, Feér.
molliseta, Pfr.
ceramensis, Pfr.
unguicula, Fér.

Genus AMPHIDROMUs, Alb.
laevus, Miill.
2 = kobelti, Rolle.

Seas ea

ih, BURD:

ati 7%
Genus Xesvra, Alb.

citrina v. dimidiata, Fav.

Genus Macrocuiamys, Bens.
amboinensis, Mart.
buruana, Mdff.

Genus Everertta, G.-A.
consul, Pir,

Genus Hemrextecta, Alb.
peaseana, Pfr.

Genus Microcystina, Morch.
marginata, Mdff.
irregularis, Mdff.

Genus MacrocycLoipEs, Mart.
lutea, Mart.

Genus Hexicarion, Fér.
idae, Pir.
suturalis, Mart.
rollei, Mdff.

Genus Orgsia, H. Ad.

93

buruana, Mdff.
Genus TRocHomorpnua, Alb.
planorbis, Less.
tricolor, Mart.
lardea, Mart.
discus, Mdff.
Genus PLanisprra, Beck.
Sub-genus PLANISPIRA, 8.8.
zonaria, Linn,
v. fulminata, Mart.
v. coluber, Beck.
Sub-genus CrisTicrBBa, Can.
buruensis, Pons. and Sykes.
Genus Cuioritis, Beck.
Section CHLORITIS, 5.8.
unguiculina, Mart.
unguiculastra v. buruensis, Mart.
gruneri, Pir.
= buruana, Mdfi.
mima, Fult.
selenitoides, Fult.
kuhni, Mdff.
mirabilis, Mdff.
Genus Henicostryia, Fer.
Section CRYSTALLOPSIS, Anc.
najas, Pfr.

i, AMBOYNA.

Genus XESTINA, Semp.
minima, Boettg.

Genus Xxesta, Alb.
citrina, Linn.

v. dimidiata, Fav.

v. coagulata, Pir.
vitellus, Shutt.
spiralis, Le G.
ovivitellus, Reeve.
strubelli, Boettg.

Genus MacrocHLAmMys, Bens.
amboinensis, Mart.

Genus Hemretecra, Alb.
monozonalis, Lam.
humphreysiana v. rapa, Mull.
simplex, Lam.

9 4 GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

Genus Macrocyc.Lorpgs, Mart.
microcyclis, Boettg.

Genus Lamprocystis, Pfr.
ambonica, Boettg.

v. exigua, Boettg.
gemmula v. pallidior, Boettg.
subangulata, Boettg.

Genus Srraua. H. Ad.
bandongensis, Boettg.

Genus Katretia, W. T. Blanf.
miliacea, Mart.

= milium, Mart.
indifferens, Boettg.

Genus TrRocHomorpHa, Alb.
lardea, Mart.

Genus PLANIspIRA, Beck.

Sub-genus PLANISPIRA, 8.3.
zonaria V. lineolata, Mart.

v. nitidiuscula, Boettg.

v. fasciolata, Less.

v. collis, Mouss.

v. coluber, Beck.

Sub-genus CrisTiGIpBA, Can.
tortilabia, Less.

= torticollis, Le G.

gibbosula, H. and J.
Genus CuHioritis, Beck.
Section CHLORITIS, s.s.

unguiculastra v. amboinensis,

Mart.
unguicula, Fer.
= ungulina, Chemn. non L.
Genus ALBErRsIA, H. Ad.
zonulata, Fer.
Genus Papurna, Mart.
pileus, Mill. (? Amboyna.)
steursiana, Shutt.
Genus Pupisoma, Stol.
philippinicum, Mdff.

j. HaRvKu.

Genus Xesta, Alb.
strubelli, Boettg.
v. opaca, Boettg.

Genus MacrocycLorpEs, Mart.
sericina, Boettg.

Genus LAmprocystis, Pfr.
ambonica, Boettg.

Genus Srraua, H. Ad.
bandongensis, Boettg.

Genus Trocnomorena, Alb.
lardea, Mart.

Genus PLAntsprira, Beck.
zonaria Vv. nitidiuscula, Boettg.

k. SAPARUA.

Genus Xesta, Alb.
citrina v. dimidiata, Fav.
strubelli, Boettg.
Genus Macrocuiamys, Bens.
martini, Schepm.
Genus Macrocyc.orpes, Mart.
saparuana, Boettg.
Genus Kauieiua, W. T. Blanf.
miliacea, Mart.
= milium, Mart.
indifferens, Boettg.
Genus TrocHomorpnHa, Alb.
planorbis, Less.
v. lessoni, Mart.
Genus PLANISpIRA, Beck.
zonaria v. nitidiuscula, Boettg.
Genus Cuioritis, Beck.
unguiculastra v. pilosa, Mart.

l. Kerrine IsLanp.

Genus AmPHIDROMUs, Alb,
laevus, Miill.
? = kobelti, Rolle.

m. GORAM.

Genus Xesva, Alb.
citrina v. praetexta, Mart.
v. velum, Can.
luctuosa, Beck.
Genus PLaANnisprrA, Beck.
zebra, Pfr.

GUDE: LIST OF
Genus Papuina, Mart.
triumphalis, Reeve.
Genus HELIcosTyLa, Fér.
Section CrySTALLoPsIsS, Anc.
najas, Pfr.
extensa, Miill.

n. BANDA GROUP.
1. BANDA NEIRA.

Genus Xesta, Alb.
citrina v. dimidiata, Fav.
Genus MacrocuLAmMys, Bens.
amboinensis, Mart.
Genus LAmMprocystis, Pfr.
ambonica, Boettg.
v. exigua, Boettg.
sinica, Mdff.
subangulata, Boettg.
Genus Srraua, H. Ad.

bandongensis, Boettg.

Genus Kauretua, W. T. Blanf.

doliolum, Pfr.
Genus Enpoponta, Alb.
Sub-genus ENDODONTA, 8.8.
Section THAUMATODON, Pils.
philippinensis, Semp.
= philippinica, Boettg.

HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

Genus PLAnisprra, Beck.
zonaria v. fulminata, Mart.

2. Rozacyn or RosENGAIN.

Genus Hemiptecta, Alb.
inquinata, v.d.B.*

o. MoLtuccas (GENERAL; PRECISE

Hapitat Not RECORDED.)

Genus Microcystina, Morch.
misella, Fér.

Genus PLANisprrA, Beck.

Sub-genus PLANISPIRA, S8.s.

zebra v. embrechtiana, Mouss.

iaddae, Pils.
chariessa, Pils.
Sub-genus CRISTIGIBBA, Can.
leptocheila, Can.
Genus Papuina, Mart.
lenta, Pfr.
Genus AmpuipRomus, Alb.
teysmanni, Pfr.
Genus Heticosty.a, Fer.
Section CrysTALLopsis, Anc.
subvitrea, Pfr.

I. ARU ISLANDS.

Genus Xesta, Alb.
citrina, Linn.
luctuosa, Beck.
trochiscus, Pfr.
Genus Microcystina, Morch.
misella, Feér.
Genus TrocHomorpHa, Alb.
planorbis, Less.
Genus Puianisprra, Beck.
Sub-genus CristicrBpa, Can.
tortilabia, Less.
Genus CHLoritis, Beck.
Section CHLORITIS, s.s.
circumdata, Fer.
Section Sutcosasis, Can.

sulcosa, Pfr.
rubra, Alb.

Section AuSTROCHLORITIS, Pils,
occulta, Pfr.

Genus AtBersiaA, H. Ad.
zonulata, Fer.

Genus Papurna, Mart.
pileus, Mull.
blainvillei, Le G.

= girtneriana, Ptr.
arrowensis, Le G.
leucotropis, Pfr.

a. WoxKaN (oR VOKAN).

Genus Microcystina, Morch.

96 GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

aruensis, Can. Section AUSTROCHLORITIS, Pils.
Genus TrocuomorpuHa, Alb. occulta, Fér.

demani, Can.
Genus PLanispira, Beck.
Sub-genus CrisTIGIBBA, Can.

Genus AuBersiA, H. Ad.
zonulata, Fer.

semirasa, Mouss. Genus Parurna, Mart.
tortilabia, Less. pileus, Mill.
Genus Cxuoritis, Beck. blainvillei, Le G.

K. KEI OR KE ISLANDS.

Genus XesTa, Alb. Genus Pianisprra, Beck.
citrina, Linn. Section CrisTiciBBA, Can.
campylonota, Can. Little Kei semirasa, Mouss.

L. MYSOL.

Genus XestTA, Alb. Section CHLORITIS, 8.8.

citrina, Linn. circumdata, Fer.

Genus PLANISPIRA, Beck.

: Section Sutcosasis, Can.
Sub-genus CrIsTIGIBBA, Can.

E rubra, Alb.
semirasa, Mouss.
os moluccensis, Pfr. Genus PAPUINA, Mart.
Genus Cuuoritis, Beck. novoguineensis v. mysolensis, Pfr.

M. WAIGIOU GROUP.

a. WaIGcIou. aurora, Pfr.
. waigiouensis, H. Ad.
Genus Xesta, Alb. wallaceana, Sykes.
aulica, Pfr. pyrgus, Sykes.
v. gibbosa, Mart. Genus Heticosryza, Fér.
Genus Hemipuecra, Alb. Section CrysTALLopsis, Anc.
dura, Pfr. conformis, Fer.
Genus PLANispiraA, Beck.
kurri, Pfr. / b. Rawat.
Genus Cutoritis, Beck. Genus Cutoritis, Beck..
Section CHLORITIS, s.s. Section SuLcospasis, Can.
circumdata, Fér. concisa, Fér.
Section SULCOBASIS, Can. Section AusTrocH.oritis, Pils.
concisa, Fér. argillacea, Fér.
Genus ALBERSIA, Ad: cristula, Fer.

granulata, Q. and G.
zonulata, Fer.

Genus Papurna, Mart. Genus PLanisprra, Beck.
turris, H. Ad. kurri, Pfr.

c. Gaagy oR GAGIE.

GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 97

N. SERWATTY GROUP.

a. DAmMaA.

Genus Xesta, Alb.
dammaensis, Smith.

Genus Macrocutamys, Bens,
pseudosuccinea, Smith.
dammeriana, Mdff.

Genus Oresta, H. Ad.
cirrhotropis, Mdfi.

Genus Lamprocystis, Pir.
consueta, Smith.

Genus TrocHomorpuHa, Alb.

O. TENIMBER

Genus HupLecta, Semp.
orientalis, Mdff.

Genus Xesta, Alb.
micholitzi, Mdff.

Genus Hexicarion, Feér.
tenimbericus, Mdff.

Genus TRocHomorPHA, Alb,
planorbis, Less.

Genus Cuuoritis, Beck.

Section CHLORITIS, s.s.
eurychasma, Boettg.

Section AustTRocHLORITIS, Pils.
goniostoma, Mdff.

timorensis, Mart.

Genus Cutoriris, Beck.
dammaensis, Smith.
subearinata, Mdff.

Genus Eutora, Hartm.
subcornea, Smith.

Genus PLecrorrorts, Mart.
stenomphala, Mdfi.

Genus Hexicostyta, Fer.

Section Corasta, Alb.
tenimberica, Mdfi,

(OR, TIMOR, LAUT).

telitecta, Mdff.
rhodochila, Mdff.
micholitzi, Mdff.
tenuitesta, Mdff.
Genus AMpHIDROMUs, Alb.
columellaris, Md ff.
Genus EKunora, Hartm.
hemisphaerica, Mdff.
tenimberica, Mdff.
bitaeniata, Mdff.
Genus HELIcostTyLa, Fer.
Section CRYSTALLOPSIS, Ane.
tenimberica, Mdff.

SPECIES WHOSE PRECISE HABITATS HAVE HITHERTO
REMAINED UNKNOWN.

Genus Xesta, Alb.
atrorubra, Less.
= ? citrina, var.
Genus Hemipxtecta, Alb.

lennepiana, Pfr.
oblita, Pir.

Genus TrocHomorpHa, Alb.
valenciennesi, Le G.
= guillom, Pfr.

ADDITIONS.

Borneo, p. 56.
Genus TRocHONANINA, Mouss.
kinabaluensis, Smith.

Suu IsLanpD, p. 61.
Genus HELIcostyLa, Fer.

Section Corasta, Alb.
puella, v. lais, Pfr.

98 GUDE:

LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

InpEX TO ISLANDS, ETC.

The references in Brackets indicate Islands not separately listed.

Adenara. G.h.
Alor. G.k.
Amboyna. H.i.
Aru Is*. I.
Bakuit. (E. a.)
Balabae. E.b.
Bali. G.a.
Banea. C.a.
Banda Group. H.n.
Banda Neira. H.n.i.
Bangaya. Fe.
Banguey. Ef.
Batehian. H.d.
Batu. C.c.
Bauluan. (F.h.)
Bawean. D.b.
Bilatan. E.¢.2.
diliton. C.b.
Boneratu. F.k.
Bongao. E.¢.4.
Borneo. E.
Buru. H.h.
Busuanga. E.e.
Buton. F-f.
Celebes. I’.
Ceram. H.g.
Christmas Is.D.g.
Damma. N.a.
Dana. G.e.
_Engano. C.d.
Flores. G.f,
Gagy. M.c.
Gilolo. H.a.
Goram. H.m.
Great Natuna. E.].1.
Halmahera. H.a.
Haruku. H.j.
Jalor. A.m.
Jampea. F.i.
Java. D.
Johore. A.d.
Junk Ceylon. A.e.
Kaioa. H.c.6.

Kajau. H.c.6.
Kalantan. A.j.
Kalao. F.j.
Kaledupa. (I.g.)
Karemon. E.}.
Kedah. A.h.
Kefting. Is. H.1.
Kei. K.

Kelantan. A.).
Krakatao. D.e.
Labuan. Eh.
Lesser Sunda. Is*.G.
Ligeh. A.k.

Ligor. A.k.
Lombok. G.b.
Madura. D.a.
Makkian. H.c.5.
Malacca. A.a.
Malay Peninsula. A.
Mangsi. E.c.
Mareh. H.c.3.
Moluccas. H. & Ho.
Morotai. H.b.
Morti. H.b.

Motir. H.c.4.
Murigi. (F.a.).
Mysol. L.

Natuna Group. E.L
Nawng Chik. A...
Obi: EE.

Ombai. G.k.
Palawan. E.a.
Panalingoan. E.d.
Pantar. G.j.
Paragua. E.a.
Penang. A.g.
Perak Af.

Popoli. D.e.

Pottebakkers Is.H.c.3.

Princes Is.D.d.
Pulo Lankawa. A.i.
Pulo Laut. E.k.
Pulo Sungian. Df.

(To be concluded.)

Pura. G.i.
Queda. A.h.
takata. Doe.
Rawak. M.b.
Riouw. A.e.
Rotti. G.m.
Rozagyn. H.n.2.
Salang. A.e.
Saleyar. F.h.
Samauw. G.n.
Samui. B.
Sangir. F.a.
Saparua. H.k.
Serwatty. N.
Sibutu. E.g.1.
Singapore. A.b.
Sirhassen. E.].2.
Solor. G.g.
Sulu Group. F.g.
Sulu Is. E.g.5.
Sumatra. C.
Sumba. G.d.
Sumbawa. G.c.
Sunda, Lesser. Is*. G.
Talaur. F.c.
Talaut. F.b.
Tawally. H.e.
Tawi-Tawi. E.g.3.
Tenimber. O.
Ternate Group. H.e.
Ternate Is. H.c.i.
lidor: Hes
Tiga, Bat.
Timor. G.l.
Timor Laut. O.
Tomia, (F.g.)
Tukan Bessi. F.g.
Tular. F.c.
Vokan. I.a.
Waigiou Group. M.
Waigiou Is. M.a.
Wokan. I.a.
Xulla. F.d.

FIGURES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF SUPPOSED NEW
SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF ENNEA, MACROCHLAMYS,
COCHLOSTYLA, STROPHOCHEILUS (BORUS), ODONTOS-
TOMUS (MORICANDIA), LEPTOPOMA, CATAULUS,
COPTOCHEILUS AND TROPIDOPHORA.

By HUGH FULTON.
(Plate ix.)

Ennea oleacea, n.sp.
tee tig

Shell oblong-oval, very slightly perforated, rather thin, whitish, shining ;
whorls 62, very convex, slowly and regularly increasing, first two smooth ,
remainder distinctly (under the lens) obliquely striated, suture of lower
whorls narrowly but clearly margined ; aperture oval ; peristome white,
thickened and narrowly expanded, broadened interiorly at point of inser-
tion, margins connected by a thin callus.

Maj. diam. 12; alt. 22 millim.

Hab.—Ukami, German East Africa.

This shell belongs to the group of HZ. ovoidea, Brug., obesa, Gibbons,
minor, Morelet, and liberiana, Lea. Its nearest ally is perhaps E. obesa,
which is more elongate in form and has less convex whorls, the latter
increasing much more rapidly than in oleacea.

Macrochlamys bathycharax, Godw.-Aust.
Pibix, tig. 6:

Macrochlamys bathycharaxz, Godwin-Austen : Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist., 1888, p. 56.

Allied to M. compluvialis, Blanf., and M. convallata, Bens.. it is like
the former in regard to its deeply channeled sutural area, but both are
larger and not nearly so depressed in proportion to size, the umbilicus
being also more open in the latter species.

Dimensions of figured specimen, maj. diam. 11} ; alt. 5 millim.

The specimen figured, collected by Mr. Booley at Port Blair, which
I at first supposed to be a new species, must be, I think, judging from
the description only (my search for the type in Godwin-Austen’s collection
having been unsuccessful) his M. cathycharaz, if not, I would propose
to name it M. subconvallata.

100 FULTON : NEW SPECIES OF LAND SHELLS.

Cochlostyla delicata, u.sp.
Pl, x, fig; 10;

Shell pyramidally ovate, very slightly perforate, shining, first two and
last whorls pure opaque white, middle whorls yellowish with irregular
oblique whitish stripes, inconspicuously obliquely striated, and with
numerous impressed spiral lines; whorls 6, moderately convex, regu-
larly increasing ; suture impressed ; aperture sub-ovate, interior white ;
peristome slightly thickened, behind the peristome is a dark brown band
about 2 millim. wide which shows through inside of aperture as a bluish
colour, and joins the brown margin of peristome, giving it the appear-
ance of being broadly expanded.

Maj. diam. 19; alt. 40 millim.

Hab.— ?

This distinct species (probably from New Ireland or New Britain) is

allied to C. hindei, Cox, and C. heimburgi, Brancsik.

It bears a superficial resemblance to some varieties of C. calobapta,
Jonas.

Strophocheilus (Borus) separabilis, u.sp.
Pl ax odig. M2:

Shell oblong-ovate, imperforate, yellowish-brown below, darker on
embryonic whorls which are margined above with golden-yellow ; whorls
5, rapidly increasing, embryonic portion consisting of 3} whorls, clearly
marked off and obliquely striated except first whorl which is smooth,
the last 14 whorls strongly malleated ; aperture sub-ovate, brown within ;
peristome thickened and slightly expanded at basal and columellar
margins, pinkish fading to whitish at point of insertion, margins connected
by a very thin, well-defined, whitish callus.

Maj. diam. 36; alt. 63 millim.

Hab.— % (probably Peru).

Easily distinguished from other species known to me, by its strongly
malleated surface and thin substance.

Odontostomus (Moricandia) toleratus, n.sp.
Pi. ix; ie.

Shell narrowly but deeply rimate or umbilicate, fusiform, rather thin,
slightly polished, light yellowish brown with indentations darker, upper
part almost smooth, lower whorls distinctly malleated and crossed by
microscopic close-set impressed spiral lines only visible under the lens ;
suture of lower part sub-crenulate ; whorls 82, slightly convex, tapering
at the base, aperture narrowly oblong, interior with a blackish stripe
bordering the peristome, and continued at back of columellar fold,
white in the throat; peristome slightly pressed outwards, white mar-

FULTON: NEW SPECIES OF LAND SHELLS. 101

gined, deflected backwards somewhat at basal termination, columellar
portion gradually widening to point of insertion, margins connected by a
thin transparent callus.

Maj. diam. 9 ; alt. 32 millim.

Hab.—Brazil.

This bears great resemblance to the figure of O. willi, Dohrn, but
according to Dohrn’s description that species is “ delicately and sharply
striate longitudinally,’ a character not present in our species. From
O. nasutus, Mts., it can be distinguished by its strongly malleated surface
and the absence of the rather conspicuous white spiral hair-lines
seen in that species.

Leptopoma placidum, n.sp.
Piero. 7.

Shell almost imperforate, subconical, thin, pellucid, light yellowish
colour, ornamented by numerous somewhat interrupted narrow golden-
coloured spiral bands, lower whorls with microscopic spiral waved striae,
middle whorls with four more conspicuous thread-like keels ; whorls 54,
moderately convex, last rounded; aperture very oblique, subcircular,
opaque white for a short distance within, then transparent ; peristome
expanded except at columellar margin which is much thinner and almost
straight ; operculum normal.

Maj. diam. 10; alt. 11 millim.

Hab.—sS. Flores Island, lowlands under 500 ft. (Everett).

The narrow conical form of this species and the almost closed umbi-
licus distinguishes it at once from any other species known to me from
that region.

Leptopoma albicans, n.sp.

PE ix, fig. 5.

Shell globosely conic, narrowly perforate, white, sometimes with a pale
reddish band at th periphery continued at suture above, apex reddish-
brown, with usual microscopic waved striae, on middle whorls about
seven or eight spiral threads ; whorls 53, moderately convex above, last
whorl subcarinate in front, last half rounded ; aperture somewhat oblique,
subcircular ; peristom2 white, narrowly expanded all round, margins
joined by a very thin callus ; operculum normal.

Maj. diam. 10; alt. 11 millim.

Hab.—Sumba Island (Everett).

This neat little species of the same gross dimensions as the last
described is nevertheless quite distinct, its spire is larger in proportion,
its peristome smaller and less oblique, and it differs also in coloration
and the carination of its last whorl.

102 FULTON: NEW SPECIES OF LAND SHELLS.

Cataulus connectens, n.sp.
Pls sex; cd

Shell fusiformly oblong, solid, narrowly perforate, dark reddish-brown 3
whorls 93, obliquely striated, lower slightly convex, earlier whorls almost
straight, the last carinated at the base, aperture circular, pale reddish-
brown within; peristome continuous, yellow, thickened and reflexed,
an egg-shaped opening to basal canal. Operculum normal.

Maj. diam. (including peristome) 84; alt. 21 millim.

Hab.—Watawala, Ceylon (O. Collett).

Although closely allied to both blanford7, Dohrn, and decorus, Bens.,
it can be readily separated from the former by its yellow peristome and
from the latter by its smaller size, more slender form, and from both
by the peristome being more in line with, or under, the whorls.

Cataulus greeni v. robusta, n.v.
Plojs, dies
Shell more solid than typical green’, somewhat broader in form, the oblique
striae and crenulations at suture mese conspicuous, the notch on
upper right margin of peristome varies from being almost entirely absent,
to specimens having a small but clearly defined V-shaped one.

With reference to the distinct notch supposed to be characteristic of
greeni, I have before me a specimen of the typical form from Punduloya,
which scarcely shows the notch, thus demonstrating the instability of
that character.

Maj. diam. 73; alt. 17 millim.

Hab.—Dimbula, Ceylon, 5,000 ft. (O. Collett).

Coptoeheilus perakensis, n.sp.
PL 1x, He, “3.

Shell narrowly perforate, moderately solid, reddish-brown, spire elong-
ately-conic, obliquely striated, last two whorls margined at the suture,
whorls 73, slightly convex, aperture circular, brown within; peristome
sub-duplicate, expanded, whitish, margins connected by a raised callus,
somewhat angular at upper columellar portion ; operculum normal.

Maj. diam. (including peristome) 11, long. 23 millim,

Hab.—Perak (Grubauer).

C. perakensis differs from sectilabrum, Gld., in having no notch or
sinus on its peristome, which is thinner, and also by its less convex whorls ;
from anostoma, Bens., it is distinguished by its smaller aperture, less
convex whorls, and its more elongated form. The name Coptocheilus
being said to be preoccupied, Kobelt has proposed the name of Schistoloma
for this group.

Tropidophora perfecta, n.sp.
Pl. ix, fig El:

Shell globosely turbinate widely umbilicated, solid, closely spirally and

FULTON : NEW SPECIES OF LAND SHELLS. 103

obliquely striated on lower whorls, spiral striae wider apart and more
conspicuous at umbilical area, yellow at apex, light brown below with
numerous narrow spiral bands of a darker colour; whorls 53, rapidly
increasing, very convex, last rounded ; aperture sub-circular, moderately
oblique, almost black within; suture crenulated ; peristome white ;
moderately expanded and shortly reflected, almost continuous, slightly
interrupted at place of attachment to whorl. Operculum normal.

Maj. diam. 29; alt. 23 millim.

Hab.—Fort Dauphin, Madagascar (Sikora).

In coloration this shell somewhat resembles balteata, Sowb., and
moulinsi, Grat., but the latter is a much more depressed form and the
former not so depressed; it may be readily distinguished from both
by its expanded and reflected peristome and its almost black aperture
contrasting so strongly with its white peristome.

Tropidophora plurilirata, n.sp.
Py ey ties, Sa,..0.

Shell moderately umbilicate, globose-conic, rather thick, apex smooth,
elsewhere covered with close-set spiral lirae crossed by fine oblique striae,
about 40 on last whorl, yellowish brown, with rather indistinct oblique
stripes of darker colour, sometimes with a narrow dark brown subperi-
phereal band ; whorls 5, convex, somewhat channeled at suture of middle
whorls ; aperture sub-oval, interior with brown spiral thread-like lines
on a whitish ground ; peristome shghtly thickened and narrowly expanded,
continuous, angled at upper part at point of attachment to last whorl ;
operculum normal.

Maj. diam. 163; alt. 163 millim.

5: ,, (banded specimen) 152; alt. 16 millim.

Hab.—Near Grahamstown, Cape Colony (Miss Leppan).

The spiral lirae are much closer and more numerous than in any of
the other S. African forms. 7. plurilirata, insularis, Pfr., and transvaal-
ensis, M. and P., are all similar in form and coloration.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. Cataulus greeni v, robusta, n.v.

Fic. 2. Odontostomus (Moricandia) toleratus, n.sp.
Hie: Coptocheilus perakensis, n.sp.

Fig. 4. Cataulus connectens, n.sp.

Fig. 5. Leptopoma albicans, n.sp.

ios 6. Macrochlamys bathycharax, Godw.-Aust.
Fic. 7- Leptopoma placidum, n.sp.

Fig. 8a, b. Tropidophora plurilirata, n.sp.

io. 9; Ennea oleacea, n.sp.

Fig. 10. Cochlostyla delicata, n.sp.

iene, le Tropidophora perfecta, n.sp.

Fig. 12. Strophocheilus (Borus) separabilis, n.sp.

NOTES.

On the name Lima elliptica.—In 1863 Jeffreys described (Brit. Conch.,
vol. ii, p. 81) a shell from the British Seas under this name. Unfortunately the
name had been used in August, 1861, by Whiteaves (Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol.
viii, p. 146) for a fossil from the “Corallian Oolites of Oxford.” Under these
circumstances, as I am unable to trace any other name applicable to the recent
shell, I propose to name it Lima gwynt, nom. nov.—E. R. SyKxs.

Note on a Malformed Specimen of Ceratisolen legumen.—It may be
interesting to state that a short time agoI received a specimen of the above
species exhibiting a curious state of development. Nothing is present in the
growth of the shell to determine the cause of it, though there is a small deflection
of the posterio-ventral end of the left valve but this appears to have arisen
subsequently through the imperfected growth of the mantle lobe.

The foot is abnormally large. The mantle lobes between the pedal aperture
and the proximal parts of the siphon are exceedingly thin, and the pallial
muscular bands along this portion are nearly altogether wanting. The free
portions of both gills are only slightly developed and are very narrow.—H. H.

BLOOMER.

CURRENT LITERATURE.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, ser. ii, vol. xv (pt. 60), ©
pp. 209-323, pls. 56-65. Philadelphia: Academy of Natural Sciences.

Continuing the account of the Urocoptidae, Dr. Pilsbry describes the following
new species and varieties: U. lavelleana v. trinidadensis (Trinidad) ; U. fraterna
(Western Cuba), like U. capillacea in shape and colour, but more coarsely striate,
and the axis bears two spiral lamellae ; U. hidalgoi v. brevicervix ; U. gonzalezi
(Western Cuba), similar to U. hidalgoi, but more tapering, neck short, and_only
one axial lamella ; U. joaquini (Western Cuba) ; U. discors v. lagunillensis (Western
Cuba) ; U. diaphana (Western Cuba) ; U. baculum (Cuba); U. ischna (Western
Cuba); U. rugeli v. euglypta; U. bahamensis v. providentia (Nassau) ; Spiro-
stemma bellevuensis, n.n. for S. propinqua (Vend.), non S. propinqua, Arango ;
and S. ipswichensis, n.sp., both from Jamaica.

In an Appendix the author gives a short account of the anatomy of Anis-
ospira townsendi, hitherto known by the shell only. The generative organs
resemble those of Hucalodium in the long vas deferens, the other characters
being common to both Hucalodiuwm and Coeocentrum. The genus is somewhat
intermediate between these two genera. A. recticosta v. townsendi, Pils.. and

Ckll. is described as new.
The present part completes volume xv. and contains the contents, and

~

CURRENT LITERATURE. 105

References to Plates. A key to the genera and subordinate groups of Urocopti-

dae, with a general discussion of the affinities and distribution of the family

will form the Introduction to volume xvi, the first two parts of which will contain

monographs of the remaining genera, and an Index.

Hedley, C.—Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part vii. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.;
1902, pp. 596-619, pls. xxix—xxxiii.

Mr. Hedley, in the seventh part of these Studies, discusses Chione lagopos,
Lam., which name supersedes the Venus australis, Sby. ; an interesting form of
Mactra is figured and described under M. abbreviata, Lam., as a variety, but it
appears likely that it will ultimately prove to be a new species. The new species
described and figured are: Purpura pseudamygdala, Assiminea pagodella, Caecum
lilianum, and eight species of T'riphora. Notes on the nomenclature and distri-
bution of many other molluscs are given, and figures of Cylindrobulla fischeri,
A. Ad. and Ang., Endodonta melbournensis, Cox, E. subdepressa, Brazier, LH,
otwayensis, Petterd, and H. tamarensis, Petterd.

Kennard, A. S. and Woodward, B. B.—On the Occurrence of Neritina gratelou-
pana, Fér. (hitherto misidentified as N. fluviatilis), in the Pleistocene
Gravels of the Thames at Swanscomb. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1903,
vol. v, pp. 320-321.

In 1901 the authors recorded N. fluviatilis, L., as occurring in countless
numbers in a section of the high terrace gravel of the Thames, at Swanscomb.
Examples of these have since been submitted to Dr. Boettger, who identifies them
as N. grateloupiana, Fér. (=crenulata, Klein). The nearest living form is NV. danu-
bialis, MIf.

The occurrence of this species affords, as the authors point out, an extremely
interesting example of the imperfection of the palaeontological record. On the
Continent it is unknown in any deposit of later age than the Upper Miocene,
in the Thames Valley it appears in the Pleistocene in countless profusion, and is
unknown in any later deposits, while the living English species, N. fluviatilis,
though known from the Miocene of Germany, is unknown in any deposit older
than the Holocene in the British Isles.

Godwin-Austen, H.H.—Further description of the animal of Damayantia carinata
Collinge, showing its similarity to D. smithi, Collinge and G.A., with
remarks on this genus of Issel, Collingea of Simroth, and Isselentia of
Collinge. Proc. Malac.Soc.Lond., 1903, vol. v, pp. 311-316, pl. xi.

The author contends that the Collingea smithi, Cilge. and G.A., and Damay-
antia carinata, Clige., are one and the same thing and that Isselentia, Clige., is
probably a subgenus of Damayantia, Issel.

The differences between these three genera are so evident, both externally
and internally that any confusion of them can only be due to either woeful
ignorance, or a.strange incapability to perceive and rightly appreciate their
characters. But an author who has described the generative organs of the
genus Girasia as “in every way similar to those of Austenia,” and those of Aus-
tenia as “ very similar ” to those of Macrochlamys, and those of the latter genus as
“ like species of Oxytes,”. can scarcely expect his writings to be taken seriously.
Stiasny, Gustav.—Die Niere der Weinbergschnecke. Zool, Anz., 1903, Bd. xxvi;

pp. 334-344, figs. 1-5.

After pointing out that not a few of the leading text-books are wrong in

their account of the kidney of Helix pomatia, the author gives a detailed descrip-

106 CURRENT LITERATURE.

tion of this organ, illustrated by capital figures. It consists of the kidney itself?

the primary ureter, which latter extends from an aperture at the apex of the

kidney to the posterior corner, and the secondary ureter, being the continuanc®

from the posterior corner of the kidney to the external aperture.

Dean, Bashford,—Japanese Oyster-Culture. U. S. Fish Commis. Bull., for 1902,
1903, pp. 17-37, pls. 3-7, and 27 figs. in text.

The author gives an interesting account of the culture and living conditions
of the Western Pacific oysters. There are three species of Japanese oysters, viz., a
small one, probably a dwarfed salt-water variety of Ostrea cucullata, Born., the
shell measures about two inches in length, the actual size of the oyster is, however;
rarely larger than one’s finger nail. The second form, O. cucullata, which seems the
most important one from the culturist’s standpoint, averages the size of a “‘ Blue-
Point,” or of an English “ native.” The third form, O. gigas, Thunb., is of large
size, specimens weighing with the shell 4 or 5 pounds, being not infrequent.

The cultural methods in various districts are described in detail, and the
regulations imposed by the Japanese Government. The question of intro-
ducing and cultivating the Japanese oyster in the United States is next dealt
with, and various practical suggestions are put forward.

Robert, A,—Récherches sur le développement des Troques. Arch. de Zool.
exp. et gen., 1902 (3 ser.), T. x, pp. 269-538, pls. xii-xviii, tables xix—xli.

Professor Robert, already well known for his admirable studies on the
anatomy of the genus 7’rochus, here gives an exhaustive and detailed account
of the cell-lineage and development of 7’. magus.

Anc:1, P.—Histogénése et structure de la glande hermaphrodite d’Helix pomatia
(Linn.). Arch. de Biol., 1902, 'T. xix, pp. 389-652, pls. xii—xviii.

Kennard, A. S. and Woodward, B.B.—The Non-Marine Mollusca of the River
Lea Alluvium at Walthamstow, Essex. Essex Nat., 1903, vol. xiii, pp.
13-21, figs. 1-3.

Sm'th, Herbert H.—An Annotated Catalogue of Shells of the genus Partula in.
the Hartman Collection belonging to the Carnegie Museum. Ann.
Carnegie Mus., 1901, vol. i, pp. 422-485.

It is with feelings of deepest regret that we have to chronicle the decease
of Dr. O. F. von Mollendorff, of Frankfort-on-Main, whose death occurred on
August 17th. His numerous writings on the Land Mollusca of Eastern Asia, and
especially on those of the Philippine Islands, have added much to our knowledge
of many little known Asiatic regions.

We hope to give a further account and portrait of the deceased in the Decem-
ber issue.—W.E.C.

THE

JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

No. 4. DECEMBER 21st, 1903. Vou X

ON THE RESPIRATORY AND LOCOMOTORY HABITS
OF AMPULLARIA GLOBOSA, SWAINSON.

By V. V. RAMANAN, M.A., F.Z.S., rEre.,

TENALI, Kistna De., S. INDIA.

INTRODUCTION.

The following observations on Ampullaria globosa, Swainson, were made
by me by experimenting with the Ampullarian in an aquarium specially
constructed for the purpose, and they ranged over a period of nearly two
years. At the same time I lost no opportunity of supplementing this
method of study, by watching the behaviour of this species in its favourite
natural haunts, in and about the city of Madras.

I may mention at the outset, that many of the observations here
set forth are completely at variance with those of Fischer and Bouvier “,
and Karl Semper ®, made on an allied species A. inswlorum, d’Orb.
Fischer and Bouvier would sometimes appear to contradict Semper and
vice versa, while my own observations often disagree with those of one
or the other, and less frequently with those of both. A number of other
interesting points that I have been able to bring together respecting the
floating and sinking habits of the Ampullarian, are not even alluded to
by them. The discrepancies, in their observations, as compared with mine,
must be ascribed to the diferent nature of the species with which they
were working, viz., A. insulorum, @Orb., but the serious disagreement
between Semper and Fischer and Bouvier, as regards the same species,

1. Ihad no opportunity of consulting at first-hand Fischer and Bouvier’s paper on the habits of
breathing in A. insulorum, d’Orb.,in Comptes Rend., cxi, pp. 200 et seq., alluded to in Lang’s Text-
book of Comparative Anatomy (English Translation), vol. ii, p. 90, so I base my remarks on the
summary given by Cooke, in the volume on Molluscs in the Cambridge Natural History Series
p. 158.

2. Animal Life (International Sci. Ser.), pp. 191, 192, 448 and 449,

JOURN. OF MALAc., 1903, vol, x. No. 4,

108 RAMANAN : ON THE HABITS OF AMPULLARIA.

would seem to indicate that the results, of one of them at least, were not
based on a prolonged and close examination of its life-habits. At the
same time, my observations on the breathing, sinking, and floating habits
of A. gobosa, Swains., disclose facts which seem to be quite novelas regards
the genus, for I have not found any writer making even a remote reference

to them.
DESCRIPTION OF A. GLOBOSA, SWAINS.

T have thought it might be useful to give a description of the external form
of the animal, chiefly because I have not seen a description elsewhere.

Body of a light brownish grey colour above, dotted over with spots of
a brilliant black, edged with glowing yellow, and of a pale bluish or slate
tint below. Muzzle stout and conspicuous, produced into two long
tentacular processes. Tentacles proper, very long and tapering. Eyes
prominently stalked. Two nuchal lobes, the left one forming a long
siphon at the animal’s pleasure. Respiratory cavity divided by a septum,
the right chamber having a large monopectinate branchia, while that
in the left is vestigial. The left chamber functions mainly as a pulmonary
sac, When the animal indulges in aerial respiration. The shape of the
foot is roughly triangular, with the angles bevelled and the apical portion
situated posteriorly. The foot-sole is of a dirty yellowish hue.

RESPIRATORY AND LocomotTory Hasits, Erc.

About every twenty minutes or so, the animal crawls to the surface from
the bottom of the aquarium,“ feeling its way for the air above the water-
level by its long, lashing, tapering tentacles. When within an inch from
the surface, it extends the siphonal tube formed by the curling over of its
left nuchal lobe “, thus bringing the orifice of the tube just above the
water. Gradually and almost imperceptibly the orifice expands, until
at last it comes to have a diameter of 15 millim., and concurrently with
the expansion, the tube itself gradually shortens, and the aperture in the
centre of the dividing wall between the lung and gill-sacs opens. The
nuchal lobe thus diminishes in length, and after attaining the utmost
limit of its expansion in breadth, unfolds in such a manner that it assumes
the shape of a semi-circle, forming only the lower half of the rim of the
siphonal orifice, while the other half of the rim is provided for
by the basal part of the peristome, the body of the tube itself consisting
solely of the pallial lobes. It is curious, that this phenomenon is not
mentioned either by Semper or by Bouvier and Fischer. From what
they state, one would be led to understand that the siphonal tube under-
goes no change at the surface beyond elongation and amplitude. On the

3. My Aquarium was a small glass tank 2} feet square.

4. Indiscussing the breathing habits of A. insulorum, d’Orb., Prof. Semper tells us that the
elongated tube is formed by an incurving of the margin of the mantle. If he means by mantle,
the pallial lobes as distinct from the cervical lobes, the observation is not applicable to our Madras
species. Vide Semper: Animal Life, pp. 418 et seg. Of course the pulmonary chamber which
becomes the main part of the tube at a later stage, is made up of the pallial lobes,

RAMANAN : ON THE HABITS OF AMPULLARIA, 109

contrary, the chief feature in the breathing process of our species lies in the
fact that the siphonal tube, after it has reached the top, increases enor-
mously in calibre at the expense of length. The orifice maintains this
diameter, as a rule, till the completion of the aerial respiration, and slowly
contracts afterwards till the lumen comes to be only 5 millim. in diameter.
Bouvier and Fischer make out that A. insu/orum, d’Orb, the same species
with which Semper experimented, produces in the pulmonary sac move-
ments of ex- and inspiration, by alternately raising and depressing its head
in much the same manner as the Cetacea. Butthis does not occur in the
Madras species. The breathing-in is a process of complete suction, induced
or occasioned by the dilatation of the pallial cavity, which, in the absence
of aerial respiration, is completely shrivelled up. So far from ever moving
its head at all, it lies perfectly quiet, keeping its tentacles loose and motion-
less, curled either round the margin of the foot or within the constriction
between the podial region and the shell... The siphon meanwhile regains
its original length, the animal closes the aperture in the oblique septum
between the pulmonary sac and the branchial cavity, lowers the siphon
and admits water into it for aquatic breathing. Professor Semper,
in respect to the aquatic respiration immediately following the aerial one,
at the surface of the water, says that the A. insulorum, @Orb., “ reverses
the margin of the mantle, opening the tube into which the water streams.”
So far as I have been able to make out, there is no reversion of
the rim of the pallial lobes at all in A. globosa, Swains. What takes place
is briefly this. The extremely broad orifice through which air enters, be-
comes somewhat contracted, the siphon regains its length by the infolding
of the nuchal lobe, and is lowered bodily under the water, and aquatic res-
piration begins. Another change is restricted to the circular aperture
in the roof of the mantle-cavity, communicating with the pulmonary
chamber above. It closes when the aerial respiration is over and the
animal lets down the siphon. To see this aperture in the living state,
one has to suddenly seize an animal crawling on land, and before it has had
time to close its operculum, to force the latter the other way, when a
circular opening in the septum (lower wall of the pulmonary sac) can be
seen, contracting and expanding. As a rule, the animal does not abso-
lutely close the siphonal orifice when lowering it under water, only the
diameter of the orifice is lessened. Butitclosesit at once, if, on account
of seme external disturbance, it is obliged to suddenly sink to the
bottom. The explanation of this is simple : it wants to avoid the ingress of
water, through the unclosed aperture in the septum, into the pulmonary
cavity, and therefore completely shuts the siphon. There is no doubt that
this contraction and expansion of the aperture which takes place when the
animal is on land, or when it is in water respiring air, has a respiratory
significance. And when the siphonal orifice is diminished in size, and
then lowered into the water, it is probably to suit the exigencies of aquatic
breathing. After a time, the animal again extends its siphon above the

110 RAMANAN : ON THE HABITS OF AMPULLARIA.

water, opens the aperture in the roof of the mantle-cavity, repeats all the
processes above-noted, and thus prepares itself for breathing air, only still
later to reduce the diameter of the orifice in a few minutes and lower down
the siphon to respire water. This alternation of aerial and aquatic res-
piration takes place for from 11 to 12 minutes at the surface of the water,
and finally, the animal closes its operculum and sinks to the bottom.

At the surface of the water, alternate respiration is not always the rule.
The animal may indulge in aerial respiration alone, to a complete exclusion
of aquatic breathing. Altogether three modes of respiration can be recog-
nised in the animal’s life-habits. They are (i) complete aquatic respiration
when the animal is under water ; (ii) complete aerial respiration when it
is on land ; (ili) rapid alternation of water breathing and air-breathing when
it is at the surface of the water. And itiscommon to find it also (i) at the
bottom of the water, without any breathing ; (ii) on land, without any
breathing ; (ili) at the surface of the water, either breathing air alone, or
water alone, or doing no respiration. Inthese cases of non-breathing, the
animal feigns death for a few minutes, sometimes a few hours even, and
then resumes respiration.

When the animal is in its usual surroundings, the following may be
taken to be the normal cycle of its movements for purposes of respiration :—

On THE Borrom.®—The animal lazily crawling and indulging in
aquatic respiration, 5 minutes.

In Mipwarter.®—Vigorously crawling to reach the top. Aquatic
respiration, 3 minutes, 3 seconds.
At THE Top.°—Alternation of aerial and aquatic respiration, 11}

minutes. 6 aerial respirations at 14 minutes each. 6 aquatic respira-
tions at 25 seconds each, falling to the bottom after closing its operculum ©
2 seconds.

Of the above observations, some are not in agreement with Semper’s,
while a few others do not fit in with those of Bouvier and Fischer, who, how-
ever, were working with a different species of Ampullaria (A. insulorum,
d’Orb.). that has its home in the Malay Archipelago and elsewhere.

Reing decidedlyAmphibian in its habits,the animal is occasionally found
taking short trips to the land, away from the watery surroundings. It is
sometimes unwilling to return to the water for days together. On its

5. When on the bottom, the animal may occasionally be found at rest with its operculum shut for
hours, and sometimes for days together. Whether respiration is going on in any latent fashion or is
temporarily suspended at that time, it is impossible tosay. The oxygen stored up in the pulmonary
cavity might perhaps be then sufficient for the low metabolism.

But when crawling on the bottom, bubbles of gas sometimes collect round the siphonal edge.
These may either be carbonic acid gas given off by the lung or the branchial sac, or the atmospheric
air retained in the pallial cavity for pneumatic purposes, The siphonal aperture is of moderate size
and uniform in shape.

6. 3 minutes and 3 seconds is the time it takes for getting up my aquarium, which measures
1 foot and 2? inches high.

7. When the animal indulges in complete aerial respiration at the surface of the water, the
siphonal edge can often be seen contracting and expanding rhythmically and sometimes lying in a
uniformly extended state for minutes together. This contraction and expansion may correspond to
the expiratory and inspiratory processes of respiration.

8, Instead of sinking, it may occasionally crawl down,

RAMANAN: ON THE HABITS OF AMPULLARIA. aT

trips to land, it may either be found crawling or at rest with the operculum
closed. If it should be crawling, it keeps the siphon fully expanded,
and breathes air. We can at the same time see the circular aperture in
the lower wall of the pulmonary sac, opening and contracting, as well as
the siphonal orifice in rapid alternation. The contractions and expansions
taken together average 12 a minute. The expansion is twice as rapid
as the contraction. When itis at rest, it is difficult to say if it breathes or
not (see note above). Both in this condition and in that mentioned in foot-
note 5, itis almost certain that metabolism is very low, and that respiration,
if any, is extremely feeble. The operculum is so hermetically closed that
no air can possibly get in.

I have occasionally seen the animal floating on the surface of the water,
with its foot and tentacles spread out. When in this posture, it keeps its
siphonal orifice closely shut without exhibiting either sort of breathing.
There is no doubt that in order to float like this the animal must, in the
first instance, fill its pallial cavity with air. And that this is actually the
case, I have ascertained by giving a severe blow with the finger on the
shell, when the animal was floating at ease. It at once went down on
account of the blow, and as it sank, gave off a series of bubbles which
burst as soon as they reached the surface, thus proving the presence of air
in the mantle-cavity.

If we do not, on the other hand, disturb the animal when it indulges
in this indolent floating, after 10 minutes or more, it either attaches itself
to some plant or other object near at hand, and begins taking in air or
water, or sinks to the bottom with its foot fully extended, its tentacles spread
out, and its elongated siphon closed. I did not find the slightest alteration
of forma in the tentacles, siphon or foot. No bubbles of air are given off
either when it reaches the bottom or afterwards.

The animal, strange to say, is not able to float from the bottom to
the surface, however extended it may keep its body, showing thereby
that it is not able to displace a sufficient volume of water to proportionately
lessen its weight. This fact seems to contradict my first observation that
the animal in a fully expanded state is able to float on the surface of the
water, and I am unable to explain the apparent discrepancy.

Thus, whenever the Ampullarian wants to ascend to the surface, 1t
invariably crawls, but when descending, it may either crawl, fall straight-
way to the bottom after closing its operculum, or, more rarely, may float
down. Whenever the animal falls, by suddenly closing its operculum,
either voluntarily or on account of interlerence, bubbles of air are given off ;
but not when it crawls or slowly sinks down. Ofcourse, the animal, when
roaming undisturbed under water, gives off now and then one or two
bubbles (foot-note 5); and these are to be carefully distinguished from
the series of bubbles given off by the animal, when it 1s foreibly pushed
down. There is little doubt that the Ampullarian keeps within its body
some air for pneumatic needs. If we take, for instance, an animal lying

TZ RAMANAN : ON THE HABITS OF AMPULLARIA.

at the bottom of the aquarium and put it suddenly in hot water, it gives off
a series of bubbles before dying. The same thing also happens in the case
of an animal which has been long out of water. An interesting point in
the animal's ascent is that it is able, despite its bulk, to trust itself safely
to the very delicate stems or leaves of aquatic plants. | These never bend
or move from side to side when it is ascending, and it is probable that its ex-
panded condition contributes to the feat. The plants are so thiu that, but
for the elaborate hydrostatic adjustment of the animal in spreading out
its body, they would otherwise bend or give way under the weight of
such a heavy body. We must at the same time remember that the animal
uses its discretion in making a distinction as to its manner of movement,
whether it shall crawl up hard objects, such as the inner side of the aquar-
ium, stones, etc., or ascend the flexible stems of aquatic plants. In the one
case, it keeps its foot and tentacles normally spread out, while in the other
it produces them to an extraordinary extent, and keeps the body greatly
expanded in order to lessen its weight in the water as far as possible, and
in order to ascend the leaves of the most delicate and fragile plants, without
swaying to one side or the other. In such cases it is easy to observe the
laborious caution the animal takes, lest it should slip down. I have found
in the aquarium Ampullarians ascending clusters of leaves as easily as single
ones. When they ascend collections of leaves, they do so without difficulty.
But when they climb a single leaf or stem, they take the utmost precaution,
expand their bodies to the greatest limit, and progress gradually. But
the most interesting point of all, lies in their careful efforts to extend the
foot into a thin leafy expansion and engulf the long narrow leaf or stem
within it.

And now marshalling, in couclusion, all the facts we have been able
to gather respecting Ampullarian locomotion in water, we get three groups
of phenomena, which may be put as follows :--

I.—FLOATING ON THE SURFACE OF THE WATER.

(A.) Active-—Body thoroughly extended or only extended partially.
Goes down when disturbed.

(B.) Passive.—Body only partially extended. Nothing short of a sharp
prick will make the animal close the operculum and sink. A hard
knock on the shell with a heavy nail, sends it down, but as soon
as the impulse is exhausted, it floats. The animal behaves like a
dried cork immersed in water.

I].—DrscenpDING To THE Botrom BY

(A.) Sinking.—By suddenly withdrawing all the soft parts, closing the
operculum and giving off a series of bubbles. This may either be
(i) Voluntary, or (ii) Involuntary, when necessitated by any
external interference or injury.

RAMANAN : ON THE HABITS OF AMPULLARIA. 1s

(B.) Sinking Slowly.—With all the soft parts well-protruded, or only
slightly retracted. Not a single bubble is given off.

(C.) Crawling.—All the soft parts normally extended, and no air-bubbles
given off.

III.—-Re-AsceENnDING BY MEANS oF CRAWLING.

(A.) Up hard objects—Body normally extended.

(B.) Up fragile stems or leaves.—A sort of acrobatic progression, carried
out with the greatest deliberation. Body extraordinarily spread
out.

Judging from the massive nature of the animal’s body, one or two ex-
planations seem at first sight necessary to interpret its widely-diverging
modes of locomotion : (A) the animal is able to determine its pneumatical
adjustments at particular levels of the water, by secreting the needed amount
of air from its own tissues, or (B) it is able to inflate itself with the required
quantity, deriving it from either (a) the air which is found dissolved in the
water, or (b), the atmospheric air above the water-level. But when closely
examined in the light of facts, both of these suppositions fail. For if (A)
and (B), (a) were true, it is hard to understand why the animal is not able to
float to the surface, but tries to reach it by laboriously crawling up the
inner side of the aquarium, or up the plants that may be living in it.
(B) (b) breaks down, if we keep in mind the fact that when slowly sinking
to the bottom, there is neither the retraction of soft parts, nor the
extrusion of bubbles of air, which this theory requires. Thus, it can be
shown that a hypothesis which accounts for one set of facts, does not hold
good for the other. Another strange fact to crown the confusion with
regard to both (A) and (f3), is that the animal is unable to float on the under-
surface of the water as Bythinia and Lymnaea are capable of doing. We
see, therefore, that the whole phenomenon of Ampullarian locomotion,
from the firm adherence of its foot to smooth surfaces, and its slow but
steady progression at the surface of the water, down to its mysterious want
of power to float to the surface of the pond or aquarium, suggest a series
of problems in zoo-mechanics which need thorough investigation. The
subject is one also, that does not seem to have been taken up by any of those
specialists, who have made the subject of animal mechanics their particular
study.

THE ANATOMY OF PHARELLA ORIENTALIS, DUNKER
AND TAGELUS RUFUS, SPENGLER.

By H. H. BLOOMER.
(Plate x.)

I wish first to acknowledge my indebtedness to the director of the Natural
History Department of the British Museum, Professor EK. Ray Lankester,
F.R.S., and to Mr. Edgar A. Smith, I.8.0., by whose courtesy I have been
enabled to examine a specimen of each of the above species.

Pharella orientalis, Dunker.
EXTERNAL CHARACTERS.

The specimen measures 14.5 ¢.m. long, 4.7 c.m. deep, and along the
dorsal surface is slightly curved upwards. The mantle lobes from a
position over the posterior part of the anterior adductor muscle, take a
deep curve and pass some distance posteriorly before their concrescence,
thus the pedal aperture though lying anteriorly extends over the anterior
adductor muscle, and on the ventral surface still further posteriorly. The
muscles of the pallial edge (Fig. 1, P.M.) form a deep band, and the
exterior margins of the lobes are crenulated all round them. The perio-
stracum passes from the pallial edges to the valves of the shell and is abun-
dant at the posterior end. The flaps on the mantle lobes bordering the
pedal aperture are very narrow. There is no fourth aperture. The
proximal portion of the siphon is strongly developed, while the free
portions are extremely short. The tentacles bordering the siphonal
openings are very long, particularly the outer ones (Fig. 1, S.7'.), some
measuring as much as 8 millim. long. The smaller tentacular fringe
extends a considerable distance anteriorly along the concresced portion
of the mantle lobes, both dorsally and ventrally.

The foot (Fig. 1, F.) is long, of a nearly uniform depth and axe-
shaped at the distal end.

The retractor pedis posterior muscle (Fig. 1, P.R.P.) is long, thereby
shortening the distance between the posterior adductor and the siphon.
At the posterior end the inner parts of the bases of the gills are joined
together for about only one-third of the distance between the siphon and
the foot.

The labial palps are relatively short and wide, the outer ones being
especially wide.

BLOOMER: ANATOMY OF PHARELLA AND TAGELUS. as

MUSCULATURE.

a. The Pallial Muscles (Fig. 1, P.M.).—These form a deep band
round each mantle lobe, and ventrally lie chiefly at right angles to the
pallialedge. They obtain their maximum thickness at the line of adhesion
to the valves of the shell. At the posterior end they form the proximal
siphonal portion and are much more strongly developed (Fig. 1).

The anterior adductor muscle (Fig. 1, A.A.) is a large and nearly
circular muscular plate, joined dorsally and anteriorly with the dorsal
integument and mantle lobes, and posteriorly with the foot by the mus-
cular ventral integument.

The posterior adductor muscle (Fig. 1, P.A.) is a large and deep plate
of muscles, curving anteriorly and posteriorly towards the flattened dorsal
surface. Anteriorly it 1s connected with the retractor pedis posterior
muscle, and posteriorly with the proximal portion of the siphon and the
dorsal integument.

uw. The Pedal Muscles.—The muscular arrangement of the foot is
similar to that of Solen and is strongly developed. The three kinds of
muscles found in this genus are also present, but in Pharella orientalis
there is a large increase in the number of rows of the transverse muscles.
Briefly, on each lateral side are two groups of longitudinal muscles, and
between these there is a semi-circular band passing from the dorsal to the
ventral surface. Between the two inner and much larger layers of longi-
tudinal muscles, are a number of rows of transverse muscles, the fibres
of which pass through the longitudinal muscles to the semi-circular layers,
and they either continue, or other muscular fibres pass from these latter
through the outer longitudinal bundles to the muscular pedal integument.

The pedis retractor anterior muscles (Fig. 1, P.#.A.) are short and
thick, and in the foot proceed mostly in a posterio-ventral direction over
instead of under the longitudinal pedal muscles. There does not appear
to be any bifurcation of the free portions.

The pedis retractor posterior muscle (Fig. 1, P.R.P.) is a comparatively
long muscle, narrow at the sides and increasing in depth towards the
median line. The bifurcated parts are short and connected with the
posterior adductor muscle. Anteriorly the muscle continues as a portion
of the longitudinal muscles of the foot.

ALIMENTARY CANAL.

The lips (Figs. 1, 2 and 3, A.Z. and P.L.) formed by the union of
the labial palps are wide, especially the upper or anterior one, which is
of considerable width. The oesophagus (Figs. 2 and 3, Oe.) first runs a
little dorsally, then turns posteriorly and opens into the stomach.

The stomach (Fig. 1, Sf.) is a long and irregularly shaped sac, con-
sisting of a number of divisions which, for convenience, I have termed
Anterior-oesophagael, Posterior-oesophagael, Cardiac, Central, and Pyloric.

116 BLOOMER : ANATOMY OF PHARELLA AND TAGELUS.

The anterior oesophagael division (Figs. 2 and 3, A.0e. St.) is long and
narrow and divided from the posterior oesophagael one by a muscular
ridge passing round the stomach.

The posterior oesophagael division (Figs. 2 and 3, P. Oe. St.) lies
between the anterior oesophagael and the pyloric divisions. At its posterior
end is the central division (Fig. 2, C.D.) bordered by a muscular ridge
(Fig. 2, C.D.R.).

The dorsal side of this ridge is more developed and represents the
muscular papilla of Solen (Fig. 2, M.P.). It separates the central
from the cardiac division (Figs. 2 and 3, C. St.). Continuous with it is
also a ridge (Fig. 2, Oe. C_R.) which divides the posterior oesophagael from
the cardiac division. In the anterior part this muscular tissue extends
right across, thus completely separating these two divisions,

The pyloric division (Figs. 2 and 3, P. St.) is large and occupies the
whole of the posterior portion of the stomach. On the right side is a
muscular ridge (Fig. 3, P.D.R.) running from the posterior oesophagael
ridge nearly round this pyloric division. The ventral portion of the
pyloric division narrows and continues as the caecum of the crystalline
style (Figs. 1, 2, and 3, C.C.). The caecum is very long and large. It
first passes ventrally, then curving, extends a considerable distance along
the pedal cavity.

The intestine (Figs. 1 and 3, In.) leaves the ventral surface of the left
anterior part of the pyloric division, the typhlosole commences, and the
intestine proceeds first a little anteriorly, curves, and goes ventrally
running just anterior to the caecum of the crystalline style, from which
it is separated by a row of transverse muscles. It then turns anteriorly
and forms a number of large folds, in the last of which the typhlosole
disappears and the intestine proceeds posteriorly, passing over the
right side of the caecum, then going dorsally, passes in a large loop over
the posterior part of the pyloric division, and turning posteriorly continues
as the rectum (Fig. I, R.). It is shortly afterwards encircled by the
ventricle (Fig. I, V.), then passes over the posterior adductor muscle into
the exhalent siphonal chamber, terminating in a bi-lobed anus (Fig. I, A.).

The liver (Fig. I, ZL.) lies laterally, ventrally, and partly dorsally
around the stomach. The large bile duct enters on the ventral surface of
the posterior oesophagael division and the smaller bile duct into the central
division.

CIRCULATORY SYSTEM.

Apparently closely resembles that of Solen.

As regards the gill structure, Dr. Ridewood™ states :—“In the
five species of Solen examined the lamellie are heterorhabdic and plicate,
the plication bemg shallower in Solen orventalis than in the others.
The numbers of filaments in a plica are nearly the same in the two demi-

1. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., 1903 (ser. B), vol. 195, pp. 147-284.

BLOOMER : ANATOMY OF PHARELLA AND TAGELUS. Ie

branchs and run approximately 26 in Solen vagina, 17 in Solen ensis, 12
in Solen fonesi, 22 in Solen (Solena) rudis and 16 in Solen (Pharella)
orientalis. . . . . The two or three filaments at the apex of the plica
are enlarged in Solen fonesi and Solen orientalis. . . . . In Solen
orientalis there is every gradation from a shallow frontal groove to a
shallow frontal ridge, even in filaments cut at the same horizontal level.
In all five cases the frontal groove disappears at the ventral edge of the
demibranch, where the principal filament presents a distinct frontal
ridge.”
Nervous System.

The cerebro-pleural ganglia he lateral to the mouth, under the
retractor pedis anterior muscles, and between them and the ventral
integument. The commissure connecting the two ganglia goes in front
of the mouth. Hach ganglion apparently gives rise to only one anterior
nerve, the anterior pallial nerve, which passes gradually outward to the
posterio-ventral edge of the anterior adductor muscle, but divides shortly
before reaching it, the inner branch going underneath and innervating the
muscle, the outer one passing across the mantle lobe and again dividing,
the anterior part once more proceeds and divides; both branches join
the outer circumpallial nerve, while the posterior part goes posteriorly
as the inner circumpallial nerve.

Posteriorly each cerebro-pleural ganglion communicates with the
viscero-parietal ganglion by a connective. The connective first proceeds
between the retractor pedis anterior muscle, and the pedal wall, then
emerging, runs between the latter and the viscera, and, reaching the
anterior portion of the retractor pedis posterior muscle, passes through
the pedal integument to the lateral surface of the muscle and then under-
neath to the viscero-partetal ganglion.

The cerebro-pedal connective leaves the cerebro-pleural ganglion on
the inner side of the cerebro-visceral connective, and passing partly
through and then along the pedal muscles, gives off a nerve to the viscera
and afterwards joins the pedal ganglion,

The pedal ganglia are situated in the centre of the foot, midway
between the dorsal and ventral surfaces, just over the anterior end of the
anterior folds of the intestine. The ganglia give off on each side a number
of nerves which innervate the foot.

The viscero-parietal ganglia are situated under the posterior adductor
muscle. From each ganglion arises a branchial nerve which first goes
some distance anteriorly and curving outwards passes to the gills. Pos-
teriorly each viscera-parietal ganglion gives off a nerve, the posterior
pallial nerve. It passes latero-posteriorly across and under the posterior
adductor muscles, then there arises from it a nerve which crosses the
mantle lobe and joins the inner circumpallial nerve, and afterwards
the outer circumpallial nerve. The main nerve goes along the proximal

118 BLOOMER : ANATOMY OF PHARELLA AND TAGELUS.

portion of the siphon, innervating it and the dorsal integument, and
apparently joining the outer circumpallial nerve.

Tagelus rufus, Spengler.
EXTERNAL CHARACTERS. |

The specimen measures 5.7 c.m. long and 2 c.m. deep. The mantle
lobes (Fig. 4, M.L.), which take a slight curve forwardly from the anterior
margin of the anterior adductor muscle, are not concresced along their
ventral surface, but are joined together below the extreme siphonal end
by a round transverse muscle (Fig. 4, M.C.), the ends adhering to the
valves of the shell, and thus resembling the adductor muscles, conse-
quently the pedal aperture extends from the anterior adductor muscle to
the siphon. There is no fourth aperture. At the posterior end the mantle
lobes proceed some distance beyond the proximal portion of the siphon,
giving off close to their posterior edges lateral processes (Fig. 4, P.L.P.)
which encircle and are connected, with the siphon, thus completely en-
closing the posterior end of the pallial chamber.

The teeth of the shell are not very prominent, and do not penetrate
into the viscera as in S. strigillatus. The proximal portion of the siphon
is short, while the free portions (Fig. 4, In. I’. and Ez. S'.) are of consider-
able length, the exhalent being longer than the inhalent one, but the
openings by which they communicate with the pallial chamber are small.
Large siphonal retractor muscles (Fig. 4, S.R.M.) are present and from a
large surface adhere to the valves of the shell. The edges of the mantle
lobes and the siphon are not characterised by carrying a tentacular fringe.
The foot (Fig. 4, F.) is large, comparatively short, and very deep. The
inner parts of the bases of the gills are joined together.

MUSCULATURE.

v. Pallial Muscles.—The muscles of the pallial edge commence at
the anterior adductor muscle as a deep band. This band, after taking
a slight curve, anteriorly, passes posteriorly and gradually decreases in
depth until it reaches the proximal siphonal end, where the two mantle
lobes are joined together by a round transverse muscle, the musculus
cruciformis (Fig. 4, M.C.) described by von Ihering”, and stated by him
as being an important character of the super-family Tellinacea, con-
firming the views of Dall. He believes this cruciform muscle is a special
development of the fibres of the mantle edge, and functionally may serve
as a secondary adductor.

The siphonal retractor muscles (Fig. 4., S.R.M.) run a short distance
anteriorly along the mantle lobes, they pass through them, and spreading

2. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1900, pp. 480, 481, 2 figs.

BLOOMER : ANATOMY OF PHARELLA AND TAGELUS. 119

out dorsally and ventrally, extend in a deep semi-circular direction,
forming large surfaces from which they adhere to the valves of the shell.

The anterior adductor muscle (Fig. 4, 4.4.) is a plate of muscles of
greater length than depth, and divided into two unequal parts by the
ventral integument passing between them to the dorsal surface. Anteriorly
the muscle is connected with the mantle lobes, and posteriorly with the
pedal and the dorsal integument.

The posterior adductor (Fig. 4, P.A.) muscle is a deep plate of muscles
flattened anteriorly, and from this side is joined with the bifurcated parts
of the retractor pedis posterior muscle and dorsal integument, and at the
posterior side with the proximal portion of the siphon, the dorsal integument
and the mantle lobes.

The pedis retractor anterior muscles (Fig. 4, P.R.A.) run ventrally,
apparently over the longitudinal pedal muscles. There is no bifurcation
of their free parts.

The pedis retractor posterior muscle (Fig. 4, P.R.P.) is very narrow
and of considerable length, the posterior parts of the bifurcated portions
being connected with the posterior adductor muscle.

From the specimen examined it was not possible to trace the pedis
elevator or branchial retractor muscles, present in S. strigilatus.

ALIMENTARY CANAL.

The lips (Figs. 5 and 6, A.L. and P.L.) formed by the junction of the
labial palps, point anteriorly. The oesophagus (Figs. 5 and 6, Oe.) is very
short, it passes posteriorly and soon opens into the stomach. In shape
the stomach (Fig. 4, St.), though similar to that of S. strigilatus, © is
longer, shallower, and the divisions are not so pronounced. I have,
however, used the same terminology for the respective divisions. In
the left part of the stomach and anterior to the centre lies the central
division (Fig. 5, C.D.), bordered by a muscular ridge (Fig. 5, C.D.R.),
which on its dorsal side is developed into a muscular papilla (Fig. 5, M.P.).
From this central ridge, proceeds another one (Figs. 5 and 6, A.D.R.)
which separates the dorso-central from the anterior division, then passing
around the stomach in an irregular manner, divides the anterior from the
posterior division.

The anterior (Figs. 5 and 6, A.D. St.) is larger than the posterior
division (Figs. 5 and 6, P.D. St.), and its dorsal surface consists of a very
muscular layer. The dorso-central division (Fig. 5, D.D.) is shallower
and not so readily distinguished. The posterior division (Figs. 5 and 6,
P.D. St.) is larger, depressed dorsally, and deeper at the posterior end.

From its ventral surface proceeds the caecum of the crystalline style
(Figs. 5 and 6, C.C.), which goes ventrally, then curving terminates near
the dorsal surface of the pedal cavity. As in S. strigillatus the intestine

3. Journ. Malac., 1903, vol. x, p. 36,

120 BLOOMER: ANATOMY OF PHARELLA AND TAGELUS.

(Fig. 5, In.) is only partly separated from the caecum and appears as an
irregular groove on the side of the latter. Near the distal end of the
caecum the intestinal walls unite, thus completely enclosing it. The
intestine (Fig. 4, Zn.) returns along the dorsal surface, and becoming free
passes to the posterior part of the proximal portion of the foot, and makes
a large number of folds (Fig. 4, F.Jn.) at and over the posterior division,
then turning posteriorly continues as the rectum (Fig. 4. #.). It passes
round the posterior adductor muscle, and on the posterio-ventral surface
ends at the anus (Fig. 4, A.). The liver (Fig. 4, Z.) surrounds the anterior
portion of the stomach with a considerable part lying underneath it.
The large bile duct enters on the ventral surface of the anterior division,
just in front of the intestine, and the smaller bile duct into the central
division.

CIRCULATORY SYSTEM.

The circulatory system generally resembles that of S. strigdlatus.

As regards the structure of the gills, Dr. Ridewood remarks “ :

“The gills of the three species of Solenocurtus examined agree toler-
ably closely in their general structure. The lamellie are highly plicate,
the plice being flattened antero-posteriorly so as to resemble the leaves
of a book. The number of filaments in a plica are about 30 in the outer
and 40 in the inner demibranch in Solenocurtus strigillatus, and Soleno-
curtus (Tagelus) rufus, while in Solenocurtus (Macha) philippinarum the
numbers are about 24 and 30. In Solenocurtus rufus all the interlamellar
septa rise high up the demibranch but in the other two species alternate
septa are of small vertical extent. Solenocurtus rufus also has in the
apex of the plica, a blood tube which is not noticeable in the other two.”

NERVOUS SYSTEM.

The nervous system is very similar to that of S. strigillatus, the chief
differences being in 7’. rufus, a smaller number of branches of the posterior
pallial nerves and more particularly the absence of the large ones crossing
the siphonal retractor muscles.

REFERENCE LETTERS.

A. Anus. C.C. Caecum of the crystalline
A.A. Anterior adductor muscle. style.
A.L. Anterior or upper lip. C.D.R. Muscular ridge bordering the
A,D.R. Ridge separating the anterior central division of the

from the other portion of stomach.

the stomach. C.D. Central division of the
A.D.St. Anterior division of the stomach.

stomach. C.St. Cardiac division of the
A.Oc.St. Anterior oesophagael division stomach,

of the stomach.

4. Op. cit,

or

ig. 6,

BLOOMER : ANATOMY OF PHARELLA AND TAGELUS. Wl

Dorso-central division of the IPA Posterior adductor muscle.
stomach. P.D.St. Posterior division of the
Proximal portion of the ex- stomach.
halent siphonal chamber. PAT: Posterior or lower lip.
Free portion of the exhalent [Pile Muscles of the pallial edge.
siphonal chamber. P.D.R. Muscular ridge of the stomach
Foot. running from the oesopha-
Folded portion of the intestine gael ridge nearly around
Point where the dorsal in- the pyloric division.
tegument is connected P.L.P. Lateral processes from the
with the teeth of the shell. posterior edges of the
Intestine. mantle lobes, which en-
Proximal portion of the in- circle and are connected
halent siphonal chamber. with the siphon.
Free portion of the inhalent P.Oe.St. Posterior oesophagael division
siphonal chamber. of the stomach.
Liver. P.R.A. Retractor pedis anterior
Mouth. muscle.
Musculus eruciformis, a trans- P.R.P. Retractor pedis posterior
verse muscle, situated muscle.
ventrally to the siphon. P.SE- Pyloric division of the
Developed portion of the stomach.
muscular ridge, repre- Vix Rectum.
senting the muscular Soh Tentacles bordering the sip-
papilla of Solen. honal apertures.
Left mantle lobe. St. Stomach.
Oesophagus. S.R.M. Siphonal retractor muscle.
Ridge dividing the posterior T.P.M. Transverse pedal muscles.
oesophagael from the Ve Ventricle.
cardiac portion of the
stomach.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Pharella orientalis, Dunker. View from the right side, showing the
alimentary canal, &c., x 3.

Pharella orientalis, Dunker. Longitudinal section of the stomach, showing
the internal structure of the left side. 14.

Pharella orientalis, Dunker. Longitudinal section of the stomach, showing
the internal structure of the right side. x 13.

Tagelus rufus, Spengler. View from the right side, showing the alimentary
Canal, &e. x li.

Tagelus rufus, Spengler. Longitudinal section of the stomach, showing the
internal structure of the left side. x 2.

Tagelus rufus, Spengler. Longitudinal section of the stomach, showing the

internal structure of the right side. x 2.

=

OTTO FRANZ VON MOELLENDOPFF.
By DR. W. KOBELT.*

(Plate xi.)

There are men who, born collectors, are predestined to be systematists,
who from earliest childhood pick up anything in nature which seems
remarkable, and try and give it the right place. Such a man was Dr. Otto
Franz von Moellendorff, who on the 17th of August of this year was taken
away from science much too early by a malicious cancerous disease. Born
on the 24th of December in 1848, at Hoyerswerda, he had a leader from
the first years of his childhood in his father, who was a Commissioner of
Agriculture, and later President of the Natural History Society in Gorlitz.
The museum of that Society was the envious boy’s dearest abode, and
when in 1866 he went to the University of Halle, it was quite natural that
he should take up the study of Natural Science. As circumstances did
not permit of his taking up a scientific career, he devoted his time to the
study of Chemistry, but his heart never left Zoology, and the desire to
visit foreign countries. Therefore he seized, in 1870, the chance by accept-
ing an offer from Dr. Blau, General Consul at Serajewo, to accompany
him as a teacher for his children to Bosnia.

Bosnia, which was at that time still Turkish and uninvestigated,
found Moellendorff, besides his position, which was very suitable to his
teaching powers, and later his wife, who was an unwearied companion
in his work, a rich field for investigation.

Already at that time he was a member of the German Malacologica]
Society, and corresponded with me, an intercourse which has continued
without a break for more than thirty years. In his ‘“‘ Fauna of Bosnia,”’
written in 1872, as a thesis for his degree of Doctor of Philosophy, the land
and fresh water molluscs constitute the chief part. Dr. Blau, knowing
the teacher’s uncommon gifts, induced him to take up the Consulate’s
career. The only prospects at that time lay in the extreme East, especially
in China, so the new doctor of Philosophy reported himself for China,
and in 1873 went as Interpreter to Peking. His great talent for langu-
ages, and his capability of adapting himself to foreign circumstances and
of understanding foreigners, made him advance quickly. We find him

* Translated and communicated by Herr D, F, Heynemann, from the Nachr. Deutsch, Malak.
Gesell., 1903, pp. 161—167,

KOBELT : OTTO FRANZ VON MOELLENDORFF. 123

till 1880 in Peking, Tientsin, and Shanghai; afterwards as Consul in
Canton, Hong Kong, and again at Canton. But for higher positions
two things stood in his way—an old family failing, a too stubborn nature,
and his love for natural science, which latter seemed to competent judges
inexplicable and very suspicious—so, being a master of the Chinese langu-
age and intimate with their circumstances, he was transferred to Manila.

In China he had already collected with unwearied perseverance, and
made several converts to Malacology, increasing our knowledge in quite
an unexpected manner. In the Philippines such results were scarcely to
be expected ; for, according to the general opinion, the islands had been
thoroughly searched by Cuming, Semper, Jager, and Quadras, and small
species there were totally unknown. This, however, seemed to the new
Consul, after his experiences in the South of China, simply impossible,
in spite of the assertions of Quadras. Indeed, Moellendorff soon had the
opportunity of proving he was in the right. It gave him much pleasure
to tell how on the first trip with Quadras to Montalban, near Manila, and
face to face with the lime rocks,he said to his companion if there be no smal]
species here, he would confess that he was in the wrong, and throwing them-
selves full length on the ground at the foot of the rocks, Quadras was the
first to find a small operculate, which proved to be a new species. There-
upon, the spell was broken, and quite an unthought-of abundance of
minute forms rewarded the collecting. For eleven years, from 1886 to
1896, Moellendorff kept on, so far as his official duties permitted, and not
only Quadras as well. but some German friends also. Moellendorff added
to the molluscan fauna of the Philppines, directly or indirectly, some
eight hundred species. No sacrifice seemed too great to him, in view of
his aim—the exact knowledge of the Archipelago.

Alas! he could not escape the consequences of his lengthened stay
in a tropical climate ; anaemia and heart weakness laid hold of him, and
in the autumn of 1896 no other choice was left him but to look out for a
cooler climate. The German Empire had for a man who had spent twenty-
three years’ service in the tropics sacrificing his health, no other position
than the Consulship at Kowno. No choice was left him in consideration
of a large family, and so from 1896 until 1901 he had to remain in that
remote forlorn place, severed from any intellectual impulse. Here also
he did not rest, for he succeeded in rousing some interest for investigation
of the home country, and in founding a Natural Science Club.

Then a happier fate appeared to beckon him. The new Frankfurt
Academy of Commerce was to be inaugurated,and a man with experience
in Consular office was sought for to undertake the lectures on Consulate
business and commercial geography. As soon as attention was directed
to Moellendorff, who by reason of his great experience and wide learning
was particularly adapted for the position, he had only to accept the position
with pleasure ; and so in October, 1901, he settled at Frankfurt. The
dream of his life was accomplished, an independent scientific employment

124 KOBELT : OTTO FRANZ VON MOELLENDORFF.
was won in a place where intellect and science reigned as in few Universities.

Moellendorfi threw himself with all his might mto the new circum-
stances, not only in the Academy but also in the Senckenbergischen
Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, whose corresponding member he had
been for many years; in the Verein fiir naturwissenschaftliche Unter-
haltung, and in the Anthropological Society, established under his co-
operation, he exhibited an ardent and stimulating activity. He under-
took in my place the direction of the Malacological Department of the
Senckenherg Museum, and commenced to re-arrange the rich collections.
But only one happy year was to be granted him. Already in the autumn
of 1902 the symptoms of a mysterious disease announced themselves,
insignificant in the beginning, but becoming worse and worse. From the
first days of 1903 he was obliged to keep to his bed. It was pitiful to see
that strong man, in spite of his healthy lively mind, growing bodily weaker
and weaker. On the 17th of August a quiet death released him from his
sufferings, which had been endured with ¢xemplary patience.

The masterpiece of Moellendorfi’s life was his conchological collection.
Nine large double cabinets were filled with the treasures which he had
collected, partly himself, and partly by exchanging on a !arge scale in the
course of more than thirty years. The collection had been worked through
as few have been, and contains the types of at least 1,500 species and
local forms described and named by him; also innumerable specimens
obtained from other authors (co-types), who had very willingly exchanged
with the owner of this magnificent collection.

Success has attended the efforts to acquire this collection, as well as all
the scientific materials he left behind, for the Senckenbergische Gesells-
chaft, and thus preserve the same for science. It will thus be possible
to complete the Land Molluscan Fauna of the Philippines with the help
of the list which appeared in 1901. Likewise, I also hope to supply the
continuance of the Monograph on the Agnatha for the Conchylienkabinet
of Martini and Chemnitz. But the plans which we made together for a
Zoogeography of the Philippines on a large scale, have entirely fallen
through, for only a man who has a practical knowledge of the country
could execute it. Gone are many other intentions which we both thought
to accomplish together. For me the hope is entirely gone, that the man
eight years my junior, would one day fulfil what I myself can scarcely
expect to perform.

Moellendorff was a man of firm principles, of a straightforward and
honest nature, perhaps somewhat teo sure of his own opinion, and not easy
for everyone to get on with, but absolutely true towards his friends. His
power for work was of the first order, and his knowledge was astonishingly
many-sided ; there were few branches of knowledge he was a stranger to,
and to many men he could be a teacher. During the first decade of his
stay in China he wrote several linguistic and geographical papers of impor-
tance. His map of the North of China proved of considerable service

KOBELT : OTTO FRANZ VON MOELLENDORFF. 125s

in the campaign against Peking, and by his communications the birds and
mammals of the North of China have been more accurately made known.
Later he concentrated his attention more and more on the Land Shells, but
even in the Philippines he continued to collect all kinds of animals which did
not require a troublesome preparation, and willingly and most unselfishly
placed his material at the disposal of amateurs. Hven his investigations
of New Guinea, and later of Indo-China, have proved of great service.
His last work, during which death itself took the pen out of his hand, was
the working up of the collections made by Russian investigators in the
centre of China and Tibet. The examination of travellers’ collections
of this kind he was very fond of.

His papers appeared, for the greater part, in the “Jahrbucher” and
“ Nachrichtsblatt”’ of the German Malacological Society, as well as in the
Jahresiberichten of the Senckenberg Society, some in English periodicals,
as the Proceedings of the Zoological and Malacological Societies of London,
the Annals of the Calcutta Museum and of the East Asiatic Society, and
the Annals of the St. Petersburg Museum. Of the Molluscan Fauna of the
Philippines, a supplement to Semper’s Fauna, and as a part of Semper’s
great work, he only accomplished the Agnatha and Naninae; and only the
two first parts, containing the [?hytididae, of the monograph of the Agnatha
for the second edition of Martini and Chemnitz.

SOME NOTES ON THE SO-CALLED APPENDIX OF
HELICELLA BARBARA (1),

By H. OVERTON.

Some short time ago I communicated to the Midland Malacological
Society, a paper dealing with various points in the anatomy of Helicella
barbara (L.) = Helix acuta.

There are many points of interest, and they have formed the subject
of various papers by different writers. Thus Schmidt, in 1854 %,
described a small calcareous organ at the base of the penis; Fischer, in
1856 ®, described and figured the spermatophore ; Ashford, in 1885
gave a figure of the generative organs; as also Moss and Paulden, in
1892 , the latter authors giving a short description.

With reference to the calcareous organ described by Schmidt, I am
of opinion that this is a provision to assist in holding the organs
together during copulation, so as to ensure the transference of the
spermatozoa. As can easily be seen in dissection, the true penis is very
short.

There is no true dart-gland in this mollusc, but a small, glandular
diverticulum, which has been very differently interpreted by various
authors. Moquin-Tandon termed it a simple mucous gland, which, as
pointed out by Ashford, can scarcely be correct. Moss and Paulden
refer to this organ as a gland of doubtful function; while Mr. J. W.
Taylor © describes it as an appendix, and regards it as probable that
its affinities are with the semi-independent flagellum in Bithynia,
Buliminus, ete.

While this organ cannot be regarded as a simple mucous gland, it
certainly is not, in my opinion, homologous with the flagellum of
Bithyma, ete.

The gland in question opens into the vestibule on the left-hand
side, close to the opening of the short vagina. It is 4°5 millim. in length,
with a maximum diameter of °5 millim. and a minimum diameter of
*2 millim., and lies coiled upon the vestibule and vagina. Near to the
distal end of this organ there is a small muscle, which attaches it to the
common duct, opposite and just above the point where the vas deferens
is given off (Fig. 1).

Geschlechtsapparat der Stylommatophoren.
Journ, de Conchyl., 1856,

Journ, Conch., 1885, vol. iv, p. 270.

Trans. Manchester Micros. Soc., 1892, pp. 1-5, pl.
Monog. L. & F. Moll., 1900, vol. i, p. 363.

gue 99 bo

OVERTON : NOTES ON HELICELLA BARBARA (L.). 127

In the absence of any detailed account of the structure of this
organ, Mr. Walter E. Collinge has very kindly had prepared for me a
series of sections, which, I think, offer evidence of the relationship of
this gland with the dart gland of other Helices.

In a transverse section through the proximal end (Fig. 2), the
external wall is seen to be made up of a connective tissue sheath and a
series of circular muscle fibres, which constitute the greater portion of
the organ. Within this, at intervals, are groups of small gland cells
and a lining layer of columnar epithelial cells. The lumen in this region
has a somewhat stellate appearance, owing to the wall being thrown
into a series of large and small longitudinal ridges. Towards the middle
of the gland these ridges become less pronounced (Fig. 3); otherwise a
transverse section through this region differs very little from the condi-
tion observed in Fig. 2. In a section through the distal end the gland
cells appear to be absent, as also any indication of the longitudinal
ridges, and the lumen contains a mass of mucous (Fig. 4).

After comparing the histological structure of this gland with that
of other dart-glands, and, taking into consideration its position in
relation to the other terminal ducts of the generative organs, I am
inclined to regard it as a degenerate dart-gland rather than an appendix
or mucous gland.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.

Fig. 1 Helicella barbara (L.). The terminal ducts of the generative organs.
Reference Letters.—d.gl. Dart-gland. f.ov. Free-oviduct. ov. Oviduct.
p- Penis. pr. Prostrate. r.m. Retractor muscle. r.d. Receptacular
duct. v. Vagina. v.d. Vas deferens.

Fig. 2. Transverse section through the proximal end of the degenerate dart-gland.
e.m. Circular muscle fibres. c.t. Connective tissue. ep. Epithelium.
g.c. Gland cells.

Fig. 3. Transverse section through the middle of the gland.

Fig. 4. Transverse section through the distal end of the gland.

A CLASSIFIED LIST OF THE HELICOID LAND
SHELLS OF ASIA.

(PART VIII. *)
(Conclusion.)

BYe Gah GU DE. RS ZESe
CORRECTIONS.
VoLuME IX.

Page 4, Ist col., after Kaliella monticola, Mdff., add = raymondi,
Tryon.

Page 56, 8th line, Ist col., for towaannensis, read tourannensis.

18th line, Ist col., for bacca v. pancala, 8. and B., read
batanica v. pancala, S. and B. = bacca v. sinistrorsa, 8. and B.
Page 57, 9th line, for decent read descent.
10th line, after impossible add reference to Footnote 1.
11th line, 2nd col., for Sinicolo read Sinicola.
24th and 25th line, Ist col., for v. amperator, Gld., imperatria,
West, read wmperator, Gld., v. imperatriz, West.

Page 97, 10th line, for seven read nine.

Page 100, 19th line, for eight read nine.

Page 101, 36th line, 2nd col., for swpersonata read subpersonata.

Page 103, 20th line, Ist col., delete comma after Arabia.

Page 104, 13th line, Ist col., after semisculpta for Mart. read Mouss.

23rd and 24th line, 2nd col., delete Huparypha subdentata. This
shell has been proved to be Moroccan.

Page 112, 20th line, 2nd col., for globula, Kryn. v. nana, Boettg., read
selecta, Klika v. nana, Boettg.

Page 121, 19th line, Ist col., after pyramidata add Drap.

Page 125, 28th line, Ist col., Owing to a printer’s error Jacosta
andrew, Rolle, and J. usticensis, Calc., appear on one line. The latter
is a distinct species, and not a synonym, as might be inferred.

Page 126, 32nd line, 2nd col., for erdelli read erdelt.

Page 128, 14th line, Ist col., schotti is out of alignment.

17th line, Ist col., for onchynina read onychina.

* See ante, p. 83.

130 GUDE *: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

VoLuME X.

Page 7, 38th and 39th line, 2nd col., delete Sub-genus Angasella and
Section Trachiopsis.
Page 10, 33rd and 34th line, 2nd col., for Sub-genus Angasella, Section
Trachiopsis read Sub-genus Trachia, Alb.
Page 13, 37th line, 2nd col., after gradata, Mdff., add haiphongensis,
Dautz., Haiphong.
Page 15, 11th and 12th line, Ist col., for Sub-genus Angasella,
Section T'rachiopsis read Sub-genus Trachia, Alb.
39th line, Ist col., delete Kaliella haiphongensis, Dautz.
44th line, 2nd col., for Genus Moellendorffia, Anc., read
Genus Helicodonta, Fér., Sub-genus Moellendorffia, Anc.
Page 58, 10th line, Ist col., accepta place under Kaliella.
Page 90, 6th line, 2nd col., for Genus Dendrotrochus read Trochona-
nina, Mouss.

ADDITIONS.

Page 88, k. Alor.
Xestina rugosissima, Mdff. Is. Roma.
Chloritis romaensis, Mdff. Is. Roma.
Amphidromus laevus, Mill. vy. romaensis, Rolle. Is. Roma.
v. kissuensis, Rolle Is. Kissu.
A. inconstans v. rollei, Gude. n.n. =v. gracilis, Rolle, not of Mart. ;
and forms subsimplex, viridistriata and subporcellana, Rolle. Is. Roma.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1823.—Hasselt, J. C. van.—Uittreksel uit een’ brief van Dr. J. C. van
Hasselt aan Professor van Swinden. Algemeene Konst-en
Letter-bode, 1823, 11 Deel, p. 230.

1824.—Peron, F.—Voyage de Découvertes aux Terres Australes; sur
les Corvettes Le Geographe, Le Naturaliste, et la Goélette le
Casuarina, pendant les années 1800-04.

1824.—Quoy et Gaimard.—Voyage autour du monde, exécuté sur les
Corvettes de 8. M. l Uranie et la Physicienne pendant les années
1817-20.

1826-30.—Duperrey, L. I—Voyage autour du monde, exécuté par
ordre du Roi, sur la Corvette La Coquille, pendant les années
1822—25.

1842.—PYeiffer, L.-Symbolae ad Historiam Heliceorum, u, p. 17.

1847.—Traill, W.—A few remarks on Conchology and Malacology.
Journ. of the Indian Archipelago and EKastern Asia, 1, p. 225.

1849.—Mousson, A.—Die Land-und Susswasser-Mollusken von Java.

1839.—Beechey, F. W.—The Zoology of Captain Beechey’s Voyage,
during a voyage to the Pacific and Behring’s Straits, performed

GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 131

in H.M.S. Blossom, in the years 1825-28. Reptiles, Batra-
chians and Mollusca, by J. E. Gray.

1846-54.—Dumont d’Urville, J. 8. C.—Voyage au Pole Sud et dans
’Oceanie sur les Corvettes |’Astrolabe et la Zélée, exécuté par
ordre du Roi pendant les années 1837-40. Zoologie par
Hombron et Jacquinot.

1841-52.—Kydoux et Souleyet.—Voyage autour du Monde exécuté
pendant les années 1836 et 1837, sur la Corvette La Bonite.

1844.—Belcher, Sir E.—The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur,
during the years 1836-42. Mollusca by R. B. Hinds.

1830-33.—Dumont d’Urville, J.—Voyage de découvertes de |’ Astrolabe,
exécuté par ordre du Roi, pendant les années, 1826-29. Zoologie
par Quoy et Gaimard.

1848.—Belcher, Sir E.—The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Samarang,
during the years 1843-46. Mollusca by A. Adams and
Lovell Reeve.

1850.—Junghuhn, Frans.—Java, deszelfs Gedaante, bekleeding, en
inwendige structuur. Deel I, p. 464.

1852.—Shuttleworth, R. J.—Diagnosen neuer Mollusken. Mitth.
Naturf. Ges., Bern, 1852, p. 193.

1852.—Albers, J.—Neue Heliceen. Zeit. fiir Malak., ix, p. 186.

1854.—Pfeiffer, L.—Ueber Helix pileus, Mull., und einige nahe Verwandte
Formen. Malak. Blatt., i, p. 56.

1859.—Zollinger, H.—Nieuwe Land en Zoetwater Mollusca. Natuurk.
Tijdschr. voor Nederl. Indie, xvii, p. 423.

1862.—Martens, E. von.—Ueber lLand-und Strandschnecken der
Molukken. Malak. Blatt., x, p. 68.

1862.—Martens, E. von.—Ueber die Landschnecken der Molukken.
i. Amboinagruppe. Op. cit., p. 105. -

1862.—Martens, EK. von.—Ueber die Landschnecken der Inseln Ostlich
von Java. Op. cit., p. 169.

1864.— Martens, E. von.—Diagnosen neuer arten von Heliceen aus dem
Indischen Archipel. Mon. Ber. Kon. Akad. Wiss., Berlin, 1864,
p. 264.

1865.—Wallace, A. R.—List of the Land Shells collected by Mr. Wallace in
the Malay Archipelago, with descriptions of the New Species by
Mr. Henry Adams. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1865, p. 405.

1867.—Martens, E. von.—Die Preussische Expedition nach Ost-Asien.
Zooligischer Theil, Band ii, Die Landschnecken, p. 99.

1867.—Novara.—Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die
Erde in den Jahren 1857, 1858, 1859 ; Mollusken von G. R. von
Frauenfeld.

1873.—Stoliczka, F.—On the Land Shells of Penang Island, with descrip-
tions of the Animals and Anatomical Notes. Part 2, Helicacea.
Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xl, part 2, p. 11.

132 GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

1874.—Tapparone Canefri—Contribuzioni per una Fauna Malacologica
delle Isole Papuane. Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi, p. 548.

1874.—Issel, A.—Molluschi Borneensi. Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi., p. 336.

1877.—Martens, E. von.—Uebersicht der wahrend der Reise um die Erde
in den Jahren, 1874-1876, auf 8.M. Schiff Gazelle gesammelten
Land- und Siisswasser Mollusken. Mon. Ber. Kon. Akad. Wiss.,
Berlin, 1877, p. 261.

1879.—Crosse, H.—Mollusques Nouveaux de Perak. Journ. de Conch.,
xxvii, p. 198.

1879.—Crosse, H.—Faune Malacologique de Perak. Op. cit., p. 336.

1879.—Godwin-Austen, H. H.—Descriptions of Shells from Perak. Proc.
Zool. Soc., 1879, p. 734.

1881.—Bock, Carl.—List of Land and Freshwater Shells collected in
Sumatra and Borneo. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1881, p. 628.

1883.—Tapparone Canefri—lIntorno ad alcuni Molluschi terrestri della
Molucche, e di Selebes. Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xx, p. 143.

1883.—Martens, E. von.—Conchylien von Salanga. Conch. Mitth., i,
p. 129.

1884.—Smith, E. A.—An account of the Land and Fresh Water Mollusca
during the voyage of the “ Challenger,” from December, 1872,
to May, 1876. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1884, p. 258.

1885.—Martens, E. von.—-Einige neu erworbene Conchylien aus dem
Zoologischen Museum. Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1885,
p. 190.

1885.—Morgan, J. de.—Note sur quelques espéces nouvelles de Mollus-
ques terrestres recueillis dans la Peninsule Malaise. Le Natura-
liste, 1885, p. 68.

1885.—Morgan, J. de—Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles du Royaume
de Perak et des pays voisines. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr., x, p. 353.

1886.—Martens, E. von.—Einige Land-und Siisswasser-Schnecken von
Celebes. Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf. Fr., Berlin, 1886, p. 112.

1886.—Mollendorff, O. von.—The Land Shells of Perak. Journ. Asiat.
Soc. Bengal, lv, part 2, p. 299.

1887.—Mollendorff, O. von.—Landschnecken von der Insel Bongao, etc.
Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1887, p. 284.

1887.—Schepman, M. M.—Reisen in Midden-Sumatra, iv., p. 20, Mol-
lusea,

1887.—Smith, E. A.—Descriptions of some New Species of Land Shells
from Sumatra, Java, and Borneo. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.
(5); xx, po lou:

1887.—Smith, E. A.—Description de quelques espéces de coquilles terre-
stres de Sumatra, Java, et Borneo. Ann. Soc. Roy. Malac. Belg.,
Xx, p. 215.

1887.—Smith, E. A——Report on a Zoological Collection made by officers

GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 133

of H.M.S. “ Flying Fish,” at Christmas Island, Indian Ocean.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1887, p. 517.

1888.—Smith, E. A.—On the Terrestrial Mollusks of Christmas Island.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, p. 536.

1888.—Tenison-Woods, J. H.—Malaysian Land and Freshwater Mollusca.
Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W. (2), iu, p. 1003.

1889.—Dohrn, H.—Beitrag zur Conchylhenfauna des Philippinischen Insel
Palawan. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1889, p. 53.

1890.—Ancey, C. F.—Mollusques terrestres de Archipel Sanghir. Bull.
Soc. Malac. Fr., vu, p. 145.

1890.—Boettger, O.—Ad. Strubell’s Konchylien aus Java, i. Abh.
Senck. Naturf. Ges., 1890, p. 137.

1891.—Boettger, O.—Ad Strubell’s Konchylien aus Java, ii. und von den
Molukken. Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ges., 1891, p. 241.

1891.—Godwin-Austen, H. H.—On a Collection of Land Shells made in
Borneo, by Mr. A. Everett, with descriptions of supposed New
Species. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1891, p. 21.

1891.—Martens, E. von.—Landschnecken des Indischen Archipels ; in
“ Dr. Max Weber, Zoologische Ergebnisse einer Reise in Nieder-
landisch Ost-Indien,” 1, p. 209.

1891.—Mollendorff, O. F. von.—On the Land and Fresh Water Shells of
Perak. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1891, p. 330.

1892.—Mollendorff, O. F. von.—Die Landschnecken-fauna der Tenimber-
Inseln (Timorlaut). Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1892, p. Si.

1892.—Schepman, M. M.—Land and Fresh Water Shells collected by Dr.
H. ten Kate in Soemba, Timor, and other East Indian Islands.
Notes from the Leyden Museum, xiv, p. 145.

1892. — Strubell, Bruno. — Landschnecken aus Halmahera. Nachr.
Deutsch. Malak. Ges. 1892, p. 41.

1893.—Schepman, M. M.—On a Collection of Shells from the Moluccas.
Notes from the Leyden Museum, xv, p. 147.

1893.—Smith, EK. A.—On a small Collection of Land Shells from Palawan
and Balabac. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), xi, p. 347.

1893.—Smith, E. A.—Descriptions of new Species of Land Shells from
Borneo. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology, xxiv, p. 341.

1894.—Martens, HE. von.—Mollusken, in “Semon, Zoologische For-
schungsreisen in Australien und dem Malayischen Archipel,
v. Jenaische Denkschriften, vit, p. 83.

1894.—Mollendorff, O. F. von.—Zur Molluskenfauna der Sulu-Inseln.
Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1894, p. 205.

1894.—Mollendorff, O. F. von.—On a Collection of Land Shells from the
Samui Islands, Gulf of Siam. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1894, p. 146.

1894.—Smith, E. A.—On the Land Shells of the Sulu Archipelago. Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), xi, p. 48.

134 GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

1894.—Smith, E. A.—On the Land Shells of the Natuna Islands. Op. cit.,
p. 493.

1894.—Smith, E. A.—A visit to Damma Island. Land and Fresh Water
Shells. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), xiv, p. 59.

1895.—Collinge, W. E. and Godwin-Austen, H. H. — On the Structure
and Affinities of some New Species of Mollusca from Borneo,
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1895, p. 241.

1895.—Kobelt, W.—Helix (Phania) Kiikenthali, n. Nachr. Deutsch.
Malak. Ges., 1895, p. 34.

1895.—Schepman, M. M.—The Mollusca of the Dutch Scientific Borneo-
Expedition. Notes from the Leyden Museum, xvii, p. 145.

1895.--Smith, E. A.—On a Collection of Land Shells from Sarawak,
British North Borneo, Palawan and other neighbouring islands.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1895, p. 97.

1896.—Fulton, H.—A list of the species of Amphidromus, Alb., &e. Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), xvi, p. 66.

1896.—Fulton, H.—Descriptions of New Species of Nanina, Heliz,
Amphidromus, and Porphyrobaphe. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.
(6), xvin, p. 100.

1896.—Martens, E. von.—Land- und Susswasser-Schnecken von den
Inseln Lombok und Boneratu. Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berlin,
1896, p. 157.

1896.—Mollendorff, O. F. von.—Binnenmollusken von den Talaut Inseln.
Abh. Zool. Museums, Dresden. vi, No. 4, p. 1.

1896.—Modllendorff, O. IF. von.—Landschnecken von Celebes. Nachr.
Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1896, p. 133.

1896.—Smith, EK. A.—On a Collection of Land Shells from the Islands of
Selayar, Jampea, and Kalao. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6),
xvii, p. 144.

1896.—Smith, fh. A.—On a Collection of Land Shells from South Celebes.
Proc. Malac. Soc., ui, p. 94.

1896.—Smith, EK. A.—-A List of the Land Shells of the Islands of Batchian,
Ternate, and Gilolo. Op. cit., p. 120.

1897.-—Collinge, W. E.— Descriptions a Two New Species of Slugs of the
Genus Parmarion from Borneo. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1897, p. 778.

1897.—Dall, W. H.—Note on Land Shells from the Malay Peninsula.
Nautilus, xi, p. 37.

1897.—Fulton, H.—Descriptions of Two New Species of Amphidromus.
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), xx, p. 211.

1897.—Kobelt, W.—Schnecken von N.O. Celebes und Banggai. Abh.
Zool. Mus. Dresden, vi, No. 5, p. 1.

1897.—Kobelt, W.—Land- und Siisswasser-Konchylien ; in “ Kiikenthal
u, Reiseergebnisse.” Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ges., xxiv, p. 19.

1897.—Mollendorff, O. F. von.—Neue Landschnecken von Java. Nachr.
Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1897, p. 57.

GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 135

1898.—- Aldrich, T. H.—-Notes on some Land and Freshwater Shells from
Sumatra, with descriptions of New Species. Nautilus, xii,
p. L.

1898.—Henderson, John B., jr.—A List of Land and Freshwater Shells
of Engano, with descriptions of New Species. Nautilus, xu,
Degli:

1898.—Martens, KH. von.—Drei Neue Arten von Landschnecken. Sitz.
Ber. Ges. Naturf. Fr., Berlin, 1898, p. 160.

1898.—Mllendorff, O. von.—Verzeichniss der auf den Philippinen lebenden
Landmollusken. Abh. Naturf. Ges. Gorlitz, xxi, p. 26.

1898.—-Smith, HE. A.——A List of the Land Shells of the Island of Lombock,
with descriptions of New Species. Proc. Malac. Soc., 11, p. 26.

1898.—Wiegmann, F.—Kiikenthals Reiseergebnisse, Land Mollusken,
Zootomischer ‘Theil. Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ges., xxiv, p. 289.

1899.—Dautzenberg, Ph.—-Contribution a la Faune Malacologique de
Sumatra. Ann. Soc. Roy. Malac. Belg., xxxiv, p. 3.

1899.—Fulton, H.—A List of the Species of Land Mollusca collected by
Mr. Doherty in the Malay Archipelago, with descriptions of some
supposed New Species and Varieties. Proc. Malac. Soc., 10,”
p: 212:

1899.—Martens, EK. von.—Neue lLandschnecken aus Niederlandisch-
Indien. Arch. fiir Naturg., lxv, p. 27.

1899.—Mollendorff, O. F. von.—Landschnecken von der Insel Dammer.
Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1899, p. 155.

1899.—Ponsonby, J. H., and Sykes, E. R.—On Planispira (Cristigibba)
Buruensis, n.sp., etc., from the Island of Buru. Proc. Malac.
Soc., i, p. 307.

1899.-—Sarasin, P. and F.—Die Land-Mollusken von Celebes.

1899.—Smith, E. A.—Diagnoses of New Species of Land Shells from the
Islands of Flores, Sumbawa, and Sumba. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(7), 11, p. 409.

1899.—-Smith, FE. A.—Description of Hemiplecta Floweri, n.sp. from
Perak. Op. cit., p. 284.

1899.—Smith, E. A.—List of Mollusca from Kina-Balu. Rep. Raffles
Libr. and Mus. Straits Settlem., 1899, p. 6.

1900.—Hanitsch, R.—An Expedition to Mount Kina-Balu. Journ. Straits
Branch Roy. Asiat. Soc., xxxiv, p. 49 (Mollusea, p. 76).

1900.—Martens, EK. von.—-Ueber Land- und Siisswasser-Schnecken aus
Sumatra. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1900, p. 3.

1900.—Smith, E. A.—Mollusca, in Charles W. Andrews’ ‘“‘ A Monograph
of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean).” p. 54.

1901.—Collinge, W. E.—-On the Anatomy of a Collection of Slugs from
N.W. Borneo, etc.- Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb., xl, part i,
p. 295.

136 GUDE: LIST OF HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

1901.—F'ulton, H.—-Descriptions of New Species of Xesta, Amphidromus,
etc., from Madagascar and Perak. Journ. Malac., vin, p. 103.

1902.--- Collinge, W. E.—On the Non-Operculate Land and Freshwater
Molluscs, collected by the Members of the “ Skeat Expedition ”
in the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. Journ. Malac., ix, p. 71.

1902.—Dautzenberg, Ph.—Description de Mollusques nouveaux prove-
nant de Vile Obi (Moluques). Le Naturaliste, xxiv, (published
Nov. 1, 1902), p. 247.

1902.—Martens, E. von.—Die Mollusken (Conchylien) und die iibrigen
wirbellosen Thiere im Rumph’schen Raritéit Kammer, in “ Rum-
phius Gedenkboek,” Koloniaal Museum, Haarlem.

1902.—Mollendorff, 0. F. von.—Binnenmollusken aus Perak. Nachr.
Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1902, p. 161.

1902.—Mdllendorff, O. F. von.—Landschnecken von Kelantan. Op. cit.,
p. 135.

1902.—Mollendorff, ©. F. von.—Binnenmollusken aus Niederlandisch-
Indien: 1, Obi-Inseln. Op. cit., p. 185 (published Oct. 23rd,
1902). 2, Insel Buru. Op. cit., p. 196. 3, Insel Kaledupa und
Tomia der Tukan-Bessi-Gruppe und Insel Buton. Op. cit.,
p. 202.

1903.—Dautzenberg, Ph.— Contribution 4 la Faune Malacologique terrestre
et d’eau douce des Iles Obi et Iolo. Journ. de Conchyl., li,
p: dD:

1903.—Mollendorff, O. von.—Neue Landschnecken von Niederlandisch

Indien. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1903. p. 156.
Rolle, H.—Kinige neue Binnenmollusken von den Molukken.
Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., p. 23.

1903.—Rotle, H.—Neue Amphidromus - Formen. Nachr. Deutsch.
Malak Ges., 1903, p. 156.

1903.—Sykes, E. R.—Descriptions of New Land Shells from the Austro-
Malayan Region. Journ. Malac., x, p. 64

1903.—Sykes, E. R.—Notes on, with illustrations of, Austro-Malayan
Land Shells. Op. cit., p. 78.

1903.

ON A SMALL COLLECTION OF MARINE SHELLS
FROM SURPRISE ISLAND.

By ED R. SYKES, Bids, Bo.s.

Recently I received, through the kindness of Mr. H. Suter, some shells
which, he stated, “‘ were collected at Surprise Island (Huon Group, N.W.
of New Caledonia, 18° 31’ 8., 163° 8’ K.), where Guano is taken and brought
to Auckland.” The shells are dead, and many of them are not in good
condition ; while, therefore, a list of the species identified is of considerable
interest from the point of view of the student of molluscan distribution,
it appears wiser to refrain from describing any new forms, even though
names cannot be given to several of the species.

I have, therefore, given a bare catalogue, with a few notes at the close
of the list.

*1. Siphonaria sp. 19. Columbella plicaria, Mon-

2. Solidula suleata (Gmel.). CEA.

3. Tornatina olivula, Adams. 20. Columbella cumingi, Rve.,

4, Atys naucum (L.). var.

5. Atys debilis, Pease. 21. Columbella varians, Sby.

6. Haminea cairnsiana, M. 22. Columbella poecila, Sby.

and St. 23. Columbella discors, Gmel.

*7. Conus sp. *24. Colubraria sp.

8. Cithara apicalis (Montrz.). 25. Cypraea coffea, Sby.

9. Cithara reeveana (Desh.). 26. Cypraea limacina, Linn.
10. Cithara angiostoma, Pease. 27. Cypraea cicercula, Linn.
+11. ‘Dilla. sp. 28. Terebellum subulatum,
*12. Drillia sp. Lam.

*13. Ancilla sp. 29. Cerithium piperitum, Sby.
*14. Marginella lfouana, *30. Cerithium —_novae-hiber-
Crosse. (?) niae, Ad. (?)

*15. Marginella caledonica, *31. Cerithium zebrum, Kiener.

Jouss. (?) 32. Cerithium (?) sinon, Bayle
16. Pisania fasciculata, Reeve. (clathrata, A.Ad.).
17. Sistrum tuberculatum, 33. Planaxis cingulatus, Ad.
Blvlle., var. 34. Littorina undulata, Gray.
18. Columbella marquesana, 35. Torinia cylindraceum
Gask. (Chemn.).

* See notes at end of list.

138 SYKES: MARINE SHELLS FROM SURPRISE I.

36. Torinia variegatum(Gmel.). 44, Kuchelus ampullus, Tate.
37. Capulus incurvus (Gmel.). *45. Stomatella sanguinea, Ad.
38. Scala sp. 46. Haliotis sp. juv.
39. Nerita novae-guin ae, Les- *47. Glyphisnigriradiata (Rve.).
son. 48. Psammobia pennata, Desh.
40. Nerita albicilla (L.). 49. Cryptodon bullula, Rve.
41. Clanculus thomasi, Crosse. 50. Tellina robusta, Hanley.
42. Clanculus stigmatarius, A. 51. Tellina obliquaria, Desh.
Ad. *52. Tellina sp.

43. Chrysostoma paradoxum
(Born.). (?)
NOTES.

1. May be a young S. sipho, Sby.

7. Probably the young of C. glans, Hwass.

11, 12. Two species, in poor condition, which I am unable to identify.

13. Probably a new species, white with a chalky zone at the suture,
and smooth ; recalling in form A. sinensis, Sby., as figured in the ‘ The-
saurus. It differs from A. tricolor in co!our, and is also more elongate.

14. Worn, with no trace of the colour markings and a trifle more slender
than the typical form.

15. More compressed at the base and with a narrower mouth ; it isa
marked variety, and may prove to be a species.

24. Very close to C. reticosa, Ad., but may be a new species.

30. Only one specimen, and immature, but I am unable to separate it
from this species.

31. See Vignal’s careful study of this species (Journ. d. Conchyl., vol.
li, p. 21); the form found appears to belong to his variety attenuata.

45. Both S. notata, Ad., and S. speciosa, Ad., are mere varieties.

47. Typical specimens of this shell, which was described without any
locality being given, and is, I think, distinct from G@. riippellii, Sby., with
which it has been united.

52. A single small specimen, which appears to belong to a new species; -
allied to 7. sericata, Melvill.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ,
MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

President—Walter E. Collinge, M.Se.

Vice-President—K. R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S.

Honorary Members—Dr. Henry Fischer, Prof. L. Plate, Prof. W. C. M’Intosh,
M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., Prof. H. Simroth, Prof. H. A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., and Edgar
A. Smith, 1.8.0.

Treasurer —H. H. Bloomer.

Librarian and Curator—Guy Breeden.

Council—Guy Breeden, H. Willoughby Ellis, F.E.S., H. McClelland, and
Bromley Peebles.

39TH (ANNUAL) Meetinc, Drecremper 121TH, 1902.
>

The President in the chair.

The Annual Report of the Council and the Treasurer’s statement were read
and adopted.

The Secretary reported that, as no amendments had been received to the
Council’s nominations, the above-mentioned Council and officers were elected
tor 1903.

EXHIBITS.

On behalf of Professor T. D. A. Cockerell, the following shells were shown
and distributed amongst the members present :—Ashmunella hyporhyssa vy.
edentata, Ckll., from Cloud Croft, New Mexico; A. thomsoniana v. portere,
Pils. and Ckll. ; Vallonia cyclophorella, Ancey ; Pupa blandi, Morse ; Pyramidula
cockerelli, Pils., all from Beulah, N.M. By Mr. Breeden. Specimens of Amphi-
peplea glutinosa from the River Bann, Ireland, and sinistrose examples of Helix
nemoralis, from Belfast.

40TH MEETING, JANUARY 9TH, 1903.

The President in the chair.

Papers Reap.
Some notes on the young of Helicigona lapicida (1.). By Walter E. Collinge.
EXHIBITS.

The President exhibited a series of examples of Helicigona lapicida (L.),
illustrating the various stages of development from the very young to the adult ;
also a malformed specimen.

By Mr. Breeden: Darts of Helix nemoralis,

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

41st Mrrtine, Fepruary 137TH, 1903.

The President in the chair.
The evening was devoted to the examination of a large series of Asiatic

Land Mollusca.
42np Mretinc, Marcu 137TH, 1903.

The President in the chair.
The following nomination for membership was read :—Rey. A. Hann.

Papers READ.

Review of Dr. Ridewood’s recent paper on the Structure of the Gills of the
Lamellibranchia, by A. D. Imms ; On the Generative Organs of Helicella barbara
(L.), by H. Overton.

EXuiesits.

By Mr. Bloomer: Teredo fimbriata, Jeff., from Southport ; 7. megotara,
Han., from Guernsey, and the variety subericola, Jeff., from Jersey ; T. norvegica,
Spengler, from Torbay ; 7’. navalis, L., from Yarmouth, and its variety occlusa,
T. pedicellata, Quatref., from Alderney, and Xylophaga dorsalis, Turton, from
the West of Ireland.

By Mr. Overton: Teredo megotara, Han., from Ifracombe ; 7. norvegica,
Spengler, from Deal, and pieces of timber from Deal, with holes in made by the
latter species. He also exhibited an example of Helix aspersa with the winter
epiphragm in situ.

43rp Meretine, Aprit 17TH, 1903.

The President in the chair.
In the absence of any demand for a ballot, the Rev. A. Hann was unani-
mously elected a member of the Society.

EXHIBITS.

By Mr. H. McClelland: A very fine series of shells of Achatina zebra, Lam.,
and other land shells recently collected in South Africa.
By Mr. H. Overton: A series of banded forms of Helix pomatia, from
Charing, Kent.
44TH Meetine, May 8ru, 1903.

The President in the chair.

PapeR READ.
Classification of the British species of the genus Solen, L., by H. H. Bloomer
EXxuisits.

Mr. H. McClelland sent specimens of Veronicella natalensis, Rapp., and
Urocyclus flavescens, Kfst., from Durban.

By Mr. Overton: A series of varieties of Helix hortensis and nemoralis, from
Christchurch, Kent, etc.

By Mr. Breeden: Helix nemoralis, H. hortensis, Caecilioides acicula, Vitrea
rogersi, cellaria, nitidula, Zonitoides nitidus, and Cochlicopa lubrica var. pellucida,
all from Looe, Cornwall.

45TH MEETING, JUNE 12TH, 1903.
The President in the chair,

CURRENT LITERATURE. 141

EXutsits.

By the kindness of Professor T. W. Bridge, Sc.D., F.R.S., the members
were invited to devote the evening to an examination of a series of drawers
from the “ Archer Collection” in the University Museum. The following
families were illustrated :—WSolenidae, Clavagellidae, and Teredinidae.

46TH Meetinc, Octosper 9TH, 1903.

The President in the chair.
EXHIBITS.

By the President: Specimens (in alcohol) of Apera burnupi, E. A. Sm.,
A. gibbonsi, W. G. Binn., and two other specimens of Apera, all from Zululand ;
three species of Urocyclus and three of Veronicella, also from Zululand.

By Mr. Overton: Helix aspersa, nemoralis and hortensis, Helicigona arbus-
torum, Hygromia rufescens, Vallonia pulchella, Pyramidula rupestris, and Ena
obscura and montana, all from Birdlip.

On behalf of Mr. H. McClelland, 43 boxes of Patella, Helcion, and Fissurella,
from South Africa, were shown.

CURRENT LITERATURE.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, ser. ii, vol. xvi (pt. 61), pp.

1-64, pls. 1-18. Philadephia: Academy of Natural Sciences.

Dr. Pilsbry commences volume xvi with an account of the genus Anoma,
Albers, enumerating twenty species and twenty-two varieties, of which the fol-
lowing are new: A. adamsi, A. jarvisi, A. nitens (Chitty), v. siémpsoni, A. levis
(C.B.Ad.), v. balteata, and A. nigrescens (C.B.Ad.), v. leucostoma. There is a
useful ““ Key to Species,” and many of the forms are figured for the first time.

Passing next to the genus Brachypodella, Beck (Type B. antiperversa),
a short account is given of the anatomy. The generative organs are similar to
typical Urocoptis. In B. chemnitziana and agnesiana the penis is moderately
developed, with the vas deferens and retractor muscle apical. The vagina is
at least as long as the penis. The receptaculum seminis is sub-globular, and its
duct long and slender. In the viviparous B. chemnitziana the uterus (the ovi-
ducal portion of the common duct) is capacious. The pharynx and salivary
glands are similar to those in Urocoptis, but the radular sheath is enormously
lengthened, stretching far into the visceral cavity. The free retractor muscles are
also not unlike those in Urocoptis, only they are united further at the proximal
end.

There is no character of the shell common to all the forms of Brachypodella,
which will serve to separate the genus from all forms of Urocoptis.

A key, founded upon shell-characters, to the various sub-genera of the genus is
given, and a new sub-genus Brevipedella (type B. imitatrix, n.sp.), is described,
then follow the following sub-genera: Amphicosimia, Pils. and Van., Strophina,
Morch, with B. latterradii (Grat.), v. strophina, nov., Liparotes, Pils., Siphono-
laemus, Pils., and Gyrazis, Pils., with B. gouldiana (Pfr.), v. sericata, nov.
Kunkel, Karl.—Zuchtversuche mit linksgewundenen Weinbergschnecken

(Helix pomatia). Zool. Anz., 1903, Bd. xxvi, pp. 656-664.

142 CURRENT LITERATURE.

As a result of a series of experiments upon the propagation of sinistral Helix
pomatia, the author finds that after waking up from their winter sleep they
absorb a large quantity of water, equal to about an increase of 40-48 °%. Under
favourable conditions they then proceed to copulate, and again after the eggs
have been laid. The young snails copulate in their first year. Darts are not
absolutely necessary for copulation. As a rule H. pomatia copulates during, or
after, warm rain and under favourable conditions eggs are laid twice in the same
summer, on the other hand many do not lay eggs in the same summer. The
laying of eggs takes place from the middle of June to the middle of August, and
almost always after the warm rain. Given moderate moisture and warmth
nearly all the eggs develope after about 25 or 26 days, and for 8-10 days remain
in the earth, leaving it when rain falls. If the eggs develope under pressure, flat
forms arise, but no sinistral ones, and normal growth ensues when the pressure
ceases. Sinistral specimens produce dextral ones. Given warmth, moisture
and food, the snails are active until the end of November.

Nierstrasz, H. F.—Neue Solenogastren. Zool. Jahrb. (Abth. f. Morph.),
1903, Bd. 18, pp. 359-386, T. 35, 36.

Dr. Nierstrasz describes three new species of Chaetoderma, viz., challengeri,
normanni, and canadense, also Uncimenia neapolitana, gen. et sp. nov.

Murdoch, R.—On the Anatomy of Paryphanta busbyi, Gray. Trans. N.Z.
Inst., 1902, vol. xxxv, pp. 258-262, pl. xxvii.

An account of the anatomy of Paryphanta busbyi, Gray, has long been looked
forward to, and Mr. Murdoch is to be congratulated on having at last obtained
an example of the interesting mollusc.

The alimentary canal, so far as it is described and figured, does not appear
to differ much from that of P. hochstettert, Pfr., and the same may be said of the
kidney, lung, and pedal gland. The buccal mass and pedal retractors are fused
together posteriorly, where they unite with the columella of the shell. The buccal
retractor is a broad, powerful, band, lying on the dorsal side of the pedal muscles,
branching from the latter are the ocular retractors, which bifurcate towards the
anterior ends. The pedal retractors are continuously attached to the foot.

The generative organs differ from the condition which obtains in P. hoch-
stetteri, Pfr., P. edwardi, Suter, and P. urnula, Pfr., in the extreme reduction of
the male organs, and the absence of a receptaculum seminis, and exhibit a
remarkable resemblance to the generative organs of Schizoglossa novoseelandica,
Pir.

Melvill, J, Cosmo and Standen, R.—Descriptions of Sixty-eight new Gastro-
poda, from the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and North Arabian Sea,
dredged by Mr. F. W. Townsend, of the Indo-European Telegraph Service,
1901-1903. Ann. and Mag. N. H. (s. 7), vol. xii, pp. 289-324, pls. xx—xxiii.

Two years ago the authors published the first part of a Catalogue of the
Mollusca of the Persian Gulf, etc., enumerating 935 species, of which 77 were new ;
to this they now add 68 new Gastropoda.

Most of the specimens are of small size, though a few—e.g., Murex marjoriae,
Trichotropis pulcherrima, and the superb Plewrotoma navarchus—are more con-
spicuous. Special mention may be made of the two new species of Homalaxis, a
Fluxina, the first recorded from the Old World, a curious Rissoina (registomordes),
a new species of Metula and many Pleurotomidae, while the occurrence of Klez-
nella sympiesta, adds a new genus to this region.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 143

Sykes, E. R.—The Zoological Record, 1902, vol. xxxix. Division vii. Mol-
lusca. pp. 85. London, 1903.

Mr. Sykes, assisted by Mr. E. A. Smith, again presents us with another year’s
valuable record, and we should like to direct the attention of all Malacologists
to the fact that the Division treating of the Mollusca may now be obtained sepa-
rately, and at a trifling cost.

Kunkel, Karl.—Zur Locomotion unserer Nachtschnecken. Zool. Anz., 1903>
Bd. xxvi., pp. 560-566.

The author’s observations on the locomotion of slugs corroborate Simroth’s
view, that the species of Arion are slower and more sluggish than the species of
Limax. His experiments lead him to the following conclusions : a. In decapita-
ted slugs the wave-play does not only remain in the foot, but also in the excised
pieces. The explanation of this phenomenon is due, as pointed out by Simroth,
to the fact that, “ the ganglia in the meshwork of the pedal musculature are sym-
pathetic, and the wave-play is automatic. 6. If the wave-play has ceased in
individual pieces, it is possible to set these going again by mechanical and light
stimuli. The stimulus probably being conducted through certain nerve fibres
connecting the ganglia in the pedal nerve-network with the integumentary
nerve cells. c. In the individual pieces of Arion mechanical stimuli produced
energetic contraction, while light stimuli produced the wave-play. d. The pieces
of Limax exhibited a stronger wave-play. e. Iftheslugsare divided into three
or more parts, the middle piece exhibits less power of movement than the head
and tail-pieces. /. Pieces of the head and tail of Limax divided into smaller
pieces move more quickly than uninjured animals. g. The young Limaces
move more quickly than the adults.

Sykes, E. R.—Notes on some British Hulimidae. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond.,
1903, vol. v, pp. 348-353, pl. xiv.

All who have at any time attempted the identification of the smaller forms
of British Hulima, know how very difficult it is to arrive at a satisfactory
decision ; such will welcome Mr. Sykes’ timely notes and figures.

A new species is described and figured, 4. collinst, from Guernsey. This is
the Z. incurva var. monterosatoi of Mr. J. T. Marshall. . platyacme, n. nom.,;
for E. solida, Jeffreys, should also be noted.

Sykes, E. R.—On the Land Operculate Mollusca collected during the ‘“‘ Skeat
Expedition *. to the Malay Peninsula in 1899-1900. Proc. Zool. Soe.
Lond., 1903, pp. 194-199, pl. xx.

The author records 23 species, of which 8, and 1 variety, are new, viz., Lago-
chilus kobelti, Ditropis cavernae, Pterocyclos subalatus, Rhiostoma jalorensis,
Rhaphaulus ascendens, R. perckensis, Smith, var. jalorensis. Opisthostoma
annandalei, Diplommatina skeati, and D. laidlawi.

Baker, F. C.—Rib Variation in Cardiwm. Amer. Nat., 1903, vol. xxxvii,
481-488, figs. 1-7.

Mr. Baker has studied the rib variation of Cardiwm rodustum, isocardia and
muricatum, and finds that robustum is the least variable and muricafum the most,
C. isocardia standing midway between these two species. He is of opinion that
the number of ribs is not a safe character upon which to found species.

144 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Woodward, B. B.—List of British Non-Marine Mollusca: Journ. Conch.,
1903, vol. 10, pp. 352-367.

Mr. Woodward is to be congratulated upon the publication of, and malaco-
logists in at last possessing, a List free from personal bias, and one which
is stamped with a genuine attempt to deal in a scientific manner with the many
difficulties surrounding such a task.

Whether one agrees or disagrees with the author in all points, but few will
be found who will not welcome a List free from the burden of varieties, sub-
varieties, mutations, monstrosities, ete., and one in which the nomenclature is
at least in keeping with that adopted by malacologists throughout the world.

The List is accompanied by eleven pages of explanatory notes, and should
be in the hands of every malacologist who takes an intelligent interest in the
British Non-marine Mollusca.

Davis. J. R. A. and Fleure, H. J.—Patella (The Common Limpet.) L.M.B.C
Memoirs, 1903, vol. x, 76 pp., 4 pls.

The authors are to be congratulated on the completion of this interesting
memoir, which brings together in a very concise manner the leading structural
features of Patella vulgata. So much has been written upon the anatomy of this
species, that it was scarcely to be expected that any important discoveries would
be made, still the authors believe the following points to be new: (1) A
lateral glandular streak has been found along each side of the foot of young speci-
mens ; resembling that found in Nacel/a and its allies. (2) A muscular zone,
to which the term internal pallial zone is applied, has been found extending in
the mantle between the tips of the shell muscle. (3) The structure of the Crop,
and inferences consolidation of the visceral hump. (4) The respiratory
function of the nuchal cavity as regards damp air. (5) Discussion of the evolu-
tion of the present topographical relations of rectum, kidneys, pericardium and
heart. (6) Details of mantle innervation and pallial tentacles.

The reproduction of the figures is poor, they would prove much more useful
if in the text and if, in some cases, they were larger. An almost entire absence
of references to the literature, seriously detracts from the value of the work,
besides being scarcely fair to previous workers.

Dall, W. H.—Synopsis of the family Astartidae, with a review of the American
species. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1903, vol. xxvi, pp. 933-951, pls. Lxii-Ixiii.
The Astartidae are an ancient group of molluscs, from which the Crassatel-
litidae have diverged in the later Mesozoic and taken definite form in the Eocene.
The two families are chiefly discriminated by the character of the ligament,
which in the former family is external as well as the resilium, while in the Cras-
satellitidae it is separated from the resilium, which, excepting in Hriphyla, is deeply
immersed. It would seem that each family has an exceptional and peripheral
group. Thus in Eriphyla the process of immersion of the resilium has only
begun, but the remaining characters of the shell are so close to Crassinella, that
the two must obviously be associated in the same family. On the other hand,
in Lirodiscus of the Astartidae, the resilium is separated from the ligament, but
still remains external, while the other characters link it to Astarte similarly
to those which bind Hriphy!a to Crassinella.

Lists of the species of the Eastern and Western coasts are given and re-
viewed, and six new species described.

GENERAL REVIEWS. 145

Sturany, R.—Gastropoden des Rothen Meeres. Denk. Akad: Wien, 1903.
Bd. lxxiii, pp. 209-283. Tfn. i-vii.

In a valuable and interesting paper Dr. Sturany records 294 species, of
which the following are new: Fusus bifrons, Nassa thaumasia, steindachneri,
xesta, munda, sporadica, stiphra, lathraia, Mitra gonatophora, Columbella eryth-
raecensis, nomanensis, Conus aculeiformis, Rve. form torensis, C. planiliratus, Sby.
var. batheon, Pleurotoma potti, inchoata, siebenrocki, nannodes, beblammena, Man-
glia pertabulata, epicharis, Solariella illustris, Emarginula harmilensis, Atys lithen-
sis, Clathurella dichroma, Capulus camaranensis, Eulima muelleriae, orthophyes,
Stylifer thielei, Syrnola trivittata, Elusa halaibensis, Triforis senafirensis, and
Euchelus erythraeensis. All the new species, etc., are beautifully figured, in addi-
tion to many of the other species.

Mollendorff, O. von.—Neue lLandschnecken von Niederlandisch Indien:
Nachr. Deutsch Malak. Gesell. 1903, p. 156.

Chloritis romaensis and Xestina rugosissima, nn. spp.

Sykes, E. R.—Description of Cerastus dinshawi, n. sp. from Aden, with a note
on Otopoma clausum, Sby., and O. yemenicum. Brgt. Proc. Malac. Soe.
Lond., 1903, vol. v, pp. 338, 339, 2 figs.

Cockerell, T. D. A.—Variation in the Snail-genus Ashmunella. Proc. Ac. Nat
Sci. Philad., 1903, pp. 615, 616.

Andrussoft, N.—Studien iiber die Brackwassercardiden. Mém. l Acad. Imp:
Sci. St. Pétersb., 1903 (s. viii), T. viii, T. xiii, pp. 1-82, T. i—vii.

Perrier, E. et Gravier, Ch.—Sur les causes physiologiques qui ont déterminé
la constitution du type Mollusque. Compt. Rendus. 1903, T. cexxxvi,
pp. 727-731.

Smith, Edgar A.—On Xylophaga praestans, n. sp., from the English coast.
Proc. Malac. Soe. Lond., 1903, vol. v, pp. 328-330, figs. i-iv.

Smith, Edgar A.—Note on Macron trochlea. Journ. Conch., 1903, vol. 10,
p. 351.

Smith, Edgar A.—A new species of Modiola from Malacca. Journ. Conch.;
1903, vol. 10, p. 368 .

Smith, Edgar A.—A List of Species of Mollusca from South Africa, forming
an Appendix to G. B. Sowerby’s “ Marine Shells of South Africa.’? Proce.
Malac. Soe. Lond., 1903, vol. v, pp. 354-402, pl. xv.

GENERAL REVIEWS.

A Treatise on Zoology. Edited by E. Ray Lankester: Pt. i, seeond
fascicle. Introduction and Protozoa. By J. B. Farmer, J. J. Lister,
FE. A. Minchin, and 8. J. Hickson. 8vo, pp. vi + 451. London, 1903.
Adam and Charles Black.

We welcome a further volume of this valuable work, which forms the second
fascicle of Part i., and treats of the Structure of Animal and Vegetable Cells, the
Foraminifera, Sporozoa, and Infusoria.

In the small space of 46 pp. Dr. Farmer gives an admirable account of the
structure of animal and vegetable cells, incorporating many of the latest investi-
gations in cell mitosis, All the articles which have so far appeared have had

146 EDITOR'S NOTES.

a useful bibliographical appendix, and the absence of such to this section is
much to be regretted.

Dr. Lister’s lucid article on the Foraminifera, will be welcomed as a succinct
and clear account of this interesting class.

The most complete, and by far the most important, section is Professor
Minchin’s most timely and valuable treatise on the Sporozoa, which is far and
away the finest text-book on the subject. Finally, Professor Hickson gives an
admirable account of the Infusoria.

As in the previous volumes, the illustrations, many of which are original,
are remarkably good, and the general method of treatment leaves nothing to be
desired.

A Manual of Zoology. By Richard Hertwig, translated and edited by J. S.
Kingsley. 8vo, pp. xi + 704. London, 1903. George Bell and Sons.

This is a translation of the fifth German edition of Professor Hertwig’s
well-known ‘ Lehrbuch der Zoologie,”’ edited and modified by Professor
Kingsley.

The work is intended for beginners, and no more admirable summary of the
history and general princlples of zoology could be put in the student’s hands
than that contained ‘in the first 181 pages. If for no other reason, this alone
places the work as one of the best of its kind, and very much superior to the
majority. This section is characterised by a clearness and breadth hitherto
unknown in any English text-book, and will undoubtedly prove of great value
to the class of students for whom the work is written.

The remaining portion reviews the whole of the animal kingdom, and is
remarkably well illustrated.

EDITOR’S NOTES.

On completing the tenth volume, the Editor tenders his grateful thanks to
all who have in any way furthered the interests of the Journal during 1903.

The Journal has no permanent endowment ; and, excepting one year, there
has been an annual deficit on each volume. During the past year a number of
subscribers have been struck off the list, all reasonable efforts having failed to
obtain their subscriptions to volumes viii, ix, and x. This, of course, has
largely increased the deficit on volume x.

We have again to appeal to those subscribers whose subscriptions are in
arrear to kindly forward the same.

Byer EO

VOTE UE soc

A.
PAGE.
Ampullaria globosa, Swainson.
Description of Animal 108
Ampullavia globosa, Swainson.
Respiratory and Locomo-
tory Habits of LO
Anatomy of Ceratisolen legu-
men, L. (figs.) ‘ an
Anatomy of Collingea eranna,
n.sp. (figs.).. 80
Anatomy of Parmarion shelfor di,
n. sp. (figs.) 81
Anatomy of Pharella crientalis,
Dunker. (figs.) 114
Anatomy of Solecurtus candidus. 39
Anatomy of Solecurtus strigilla-
tus, Ie. | (figs.) 33
Anatomy of Tagelus rufus, Spen-
gler. (higss)) ee 118
Annam. Lists of the “Helicoid
Land Shells of sa ae
Arion. Onaspecies of , , from
New Zealand. a7 8
Arion empirvicorum. Varia-
tions in the Foot-fringe of 19
Aru Islands. List of the Heli-
coid Land Shells of 96
Atofos sheljordi, n.sp. (figs.) .. 82
Austro-Malayan Region. New
Land Shells from .. ee OH!
Austro-Malayan Land _ Shells.
Notes on, with illustrations
of, (figs.) 78
B.
Bibliography of the Helicoid
and ShellsmoteAsia es) 080
Bloomer, H. H.—‘‘The Ara-
tomy of Certain Species of
Ceratisolen and Solecurtus” 31
—‘‘ Classification of the
British Species | of the genus
Solen, Linné.’ : 4I
——‘ On the Origin and ~

Function of the Fourth
Aperture in some Pele-
cypoda.”’

—“ Note on a meitoaned
specimen of Cevratisolen le-
gumen, L.”’

— The Anatomy of Pha-
vella ovientalis, Dunker, and

Tagelus rufus, Spengler.”
Borneo. List of the MHelicoid
Land Shells of ma
Bulimulus (Drymaeus) nubilus,
n. sp. (figs.)
(G2
Cambodia. List of the Helicoid

Land Shells of
Cataulus. On the name
Cataulus connectens, N. sp.
Cataulus greeni v. robusta,

(fig. ) en oe aa
Celebes. List of the Helicoid

Land Shells of
Ceratisolen legumen, L. Alimen-

tary canal.

(fig.)
THN.

Ceratisolen legumen, ie Circu-
latory system. sre 0%
Ceratisolen legumen, L. Exter-
nal characters. 3 ie
Ceratisolen legumen, L. Mal-

formed specimen of :
Ceratisolen pee L. Muscula-

ture. 56 ae
Ceratisolen legumen, L. Nervous
system. 26 30
Chloritis (Ty ichochlor atts) albo-
dentata, Smith. (fig.) i
Chloritis (Tvichochlorttis) tabula-
Hiss We Ss ((i8ISs)) ob é
Chloritis unguiculina, Mart.
(figs. )

Cochin China. List of the Helicoid
Land Shells of how ae
Cochlostyla delicata, n. sp. (fig.)

43

II4

48

100

148

Collinge, Walter E.—'‘ On some
species of Slugs collected by
Mr. H. Fruhstorfer.” :
——‘‘ Notes on Slugs and
Slug-like Molluscs.”’ ne

—‘ Contributions to a
knowledge of the Mollusca

of Bormeo, Panta. sis
Collingea evanna, n. sp. (figs.) ..
Colum ella (Mutrella) calliope,
ie SPs (us) oe he
Columbellidaz of the Persian
Gulf and North Arabian

Sea. Jevision of the
Conus boubézae, ns.p. (fig.)
Coptochetlus perakensis, n. sp.

_{ig-)
Cristigibta

(figs. )

Current Literature.

1D).

albopicta, Sykes.

20, 68, 104,

Damayantia rugosa, n. sp. (figs.)

Dayamantia stmrotht, n. sp. (figs. ) ii

Description of Leptachatina hen-
shawi, n. sp. (fig.)
Description of new Land Shells
from the Austro-Malayan
Region. :
Description of new
Nassa, Purpura,
Voluta, Conus,
and Spondylus. Sis
Description of supposed new
species and _ varieties of
Ennea, Macrochlamys,
Cochlostyla, Strophocheilus
(Borus), Odontostomus (Mo-
vicandia), Leptopoma, Catau-
lus, Coptocheilus and Tropi-
dophora. :
Dyakia smithiania, n. sp. “(fi gs.)

species of
Latirus,
Stomatella

By.

Editor’s Notes.

26872
Ennea oleacea,

n. sp. (fig.)

)

FB.

Fourth Aperture. On the
Origin and Function of the
~ » 0 some,Pelecypoda. .-

Fulton, Hugh.—‘‘ Figures and
Descriptions of supposed
new species and varieties of
Ennea, Macrochlamys,
Cochlostyla, Strophocheilus
(Borus), Odontostomus (Mo-
vicandia), Leptopoma, Catau-
lus, Ccptocheilus, and Tro-
pidophora.”’

- \O
be)

146
99

43

99

INDEX.

G.
General Reviews. 145
Gude, G K—“A Classified
List of the Helicoid Land

shells sof Asian eaintaveu 5

——‘‘A Classified List of

the Helicoid Land Shells of

Asia: Part vir’ sce ALS
—‘‘A Classified List of

the Helicoid Land Shells of

ASia.. art vile ee a. (38)

—‘‘A Classified List of

the Helicoid Land Shells of

ASIA ait svi amen <a L29

ele

Helicella barbava (L.). Some
notes on the so-called Ap- 126
pendix of wis ah

Helicina gemma, n. sp. (figs.) 4

Helicina varians, n. sp. ee SY/

Helicina varians, Sykes. (figs.) 78

Helicoid Land Shells of Asia. A
Classified List of the 5, 45,83,129

Helicoid Land Shells of Asia. A
Bibliography of the 22 TRO

Helicostyla (Calocochleas) talau-

Maen Me poy = [illess)) 8 s7 | AD
Heynemann, D. F. (see Kobelt,

W.) Sie id a eee
i
Index to Islands, etc., of Asia... 98
India, Further. List of the He-
licoid Land Shells of ae 5
is
Java. List of the Helicoid Lan
Shells of . 3 53
K.

Kei or Ke Islands. List of the
Helicoid Land Shellsof .. 96

Kobelt, W. ‘‘ Otto Franz von
Moellendorff.” .. 22
Ib.
Latirus singularis, n. sp. (fig.) 74
Leptachatina henshawt, n. sp.
(disse 2
Leptopoma albicans, ny "sp. (fig.) IOI
Leptopoma diplochilus, n. sp. .. 66
Leptopoma diplochilus, Sykes.
(figs.) =e ad Boe Favs)
Leptopoma placidum, mn. sp. ~

(fig.) as gs = LOU

Leptopoma (Leucoptychia) lamel-
latum, 1. sp.

Leptopoma (Leucoptychia) lamel-
latum, Sykes. (figs.) ae

Lesser Sunda Islands. List of
the Helicoid Land _ Shells
of the - ahs :

Lima elliptica. On the name..

Lima gwyni, D. nom. .. Se

Limax umbrosus of Philippi.
On the sits Oe

M.

Macrochlamys bathycharax,
Godw.-Aust. (fig.)

Macrochlamys subconvallata, Ful-
ton.

Malacological Society. Proceed-
ings of the Midland

Malay “Archipelago. list of the
Helicoid Land Shells of the

Malay Peninsula. List of the

_ Helicoid Land Shells of the

Melvill, J. Cosmo.—‘‘A_ Re-
vision of the Columbellidae

of the Persian Gulf and
North Arabian Sea, with
description of C. calliope,
ing Se he ate
Microparmarion. “On the dis-
persal of ate se
Microparmarion bruneopatles-
cens, Cllge. (figs.)
Méllendorff. Dr. O. F. von
Moellendorff. Otto Franz von.
Moluccas. List of the Helicoid

Land Shells of
Molluscan Fauna of wanaiele

shire. Ne a
Mysol. List of the Helicoid
Land Shells of :
N.
Nassa optima, n. sp. (figs.)
O.
Odontostomus (Moricandia) tole-
vatus, N. Sp. (fig )
Omphalotropis waigtouensts, n.sp.
Omphalotroptis waigiouensts,
Sykes. (fig)
Overton, H.—‘‘ The Molluscan

Fauna of Warwickshire.”’
——‘‘ Some notes on the so-
called Appendix of Heli-
cella barbara (L.).”’

2!

Palaina ponsonbyt, n. sp.

Palaina ponsonbyt, Sykes. (fig.)

INDEX.

96

N
w

Parmarion shelfordi, n. sp. (figs.)
Papuina callosa, n. sp. .. ys
Papuina callosa, Sykes. (fig.)..
Papuina pyrgus, i. sp.

Papuina pyrgus, Sykes. (fig.)..

Papuina wallaceana, n. sp. Se

Papuina wallaceana, Sykes.
(fig.)

Pharella Srientalis:
mentary canal. be ie

Pharella orientalis, Dunker. Cir-
culatory system.

Pharella orientalis, Dunker. pe
ternal characters.

Phayvella ovienta ‘ts,
Musculature.

Pharella ortentalts, Dunker. Ner-
vous system.

Phenacohelicidaz.

| Danker. Ali

Dunker.

Ona new ge-

nus and species of the
Family ~~ 20 ae

Ph lomycus dendriticus, Cllge.
(figs.) 56 nee

Philomycus fruhstorferi, Clige.
(figs. )

Philomycus, sp. from Borneo. a4

Planispiva (Ci aces albo-
picta, N. sp. ae

Planispira (Cristigibba) albo-
picta, Sykes. (figs.) ae

Planispiva quadrifasciata, Leg.
var. halmaherica, n. var.
(figs. )

Plicavis, gen. nov.

Preston, H. B.—“ Supposed

new species of Helicina and
Bulimulus from Costa
RaGase

Proceedings of the Midland Ma-
lacological Society. .

Pulo Condore. List of the Hele
coid Land Shells of..

Purpura eudeli,n.sp. (fig)

R.

Ramanan, V. ==" (Oya que
Respiratory Bo Locomo-
tory Habits of eae
globosa, Swainson.’

Ranfurlya constancea2, gen. et sp.
nov. (figs.)
IRhodina, de Morgan. The Value

of the name

S:

Samui Group. List of the Heli-
coid Land Shells of the :
Serwatty Group. List of the
Helicoid Land Shells of the

II
74

un

150

Siam. List of the Helicoid Land
Shells of a3

Slugs and Slug-like Molluscs.
Notes 02 :

Solecurtus candidus. Extesal
characters. .. ae a

Solecurtus strigillatus, L. Ali-

mentary canal. -
Solecurtus strigiilatus, L. Circu-
latory system.

Solecurtus strigillatus, be Tie
ternal characters. .. 2,
Solecurtus strigillatus, L. Mus-
culature. ae site are
Solecurtus strigillatus, L. Ner-

vous system.

Solen, Linné. Classification of
the British species of the
genus :

Sowerby, G B—* Descriptions
of new species of Nassa,
Latirus, Voluta, Conus,

Stomatella and Spondylus.”’
Spondylus occidens, n. sp. (fig.)
Spondylus rveestanus, n. sp. (fig.)
Stomatella exquisita, n. sp. (fig.)
Seas (Borus) separabilis,

n. sp. (fig.)
Sumatra. List of the Helicoid

Land Shells of x
Surprise Island. On a small

collection of Marine Shells

from

Suter env ——. ‘On a new ge-
nus and species of the
Family Phenacohelicida2.”’

Sykes, E. R.—“ Malacological
Notes.” zt a
——Descriptions of new
Land Shells from _ the

Austro-Malayan Region.’’..
Notes on, with Illustra-
tions of, Austro-Malayan
Land Shells.”’ ot
—‘‘On the name Lima
elliptica.”’

10o

104

of the Helicoid Land Shells

INDEX.

“On a small collection
of Marine Shells from Sur-
prise Island.”

Ae

Tagelus rufus, pe eae Ali-
mentary canal. : 45
Tagelus rufus, Spengler. Circu-
latory system. as
Tagelus rufus, Spengler. Ex-
ternal characters. .. 30
Tagelus rufus, Spengler. Mus-
culature. is ae
Tagelus rufus, Spengler. Ner-
vous system. iis

| Tenimber (or Timor Laut). List

of

Thersites " (Rhagada) supracos-
tulata, Schepm. figs.)
ibs Ji at perfecta, nn. sp.

(fig. ) .
Tropidophora plurilirata n. sp.
(figs.)
V.
Veronicella fruhstorferi, Cllge.
(figs. ) 3
Veronicella himerta, Clige. (figs.)

Vertigo. A Newlrish ..

Voluta dohrni, n. sp. (fig.)

Voluta (Lyria) ee: n. a
(fig.)

W.
Waigiou Group. List of the
Helicoid Land Shells of the
Warwickshire. Molluscan Fauna
OPe Als ee

X.
Xesta sulcatula,n. sp. .. De

137

19

64

urn.of Malacology, 1903, Vol

10. xx

Huth, Lith’ London,

ASIATIC SLUGS.

Journ. of Malacology, 1903,Vol. X, pt 2. PL IL

H.H.B. del. ad nat,

: Huth Lith London,

ANATOMY OF CERATISOLEN & SOLECURTUS.

Journ. of Malacology 1903, Vol. X. ped. Pl. IL

6b.

A.S.duth, ith ad nat.

MALAYSIAN HELICOID LAND SHELLS.

enn cee a a

oo i : T—- S, an.

Journ. of Malacology, 1903, Vol X, pt 2.

PIP IN:

H.S. deLad nat.

RANFURLYA CONSTANCEA

Huth, Lith? London.

E, §en.et Sp. nov.

a)

/ourn.of Malacology,190 3, Vol X pt 3.

G.B.S.del.ad nat. 3:

Huth,Lith* London.

NEW MARINE SHELLS,

Facey ai ae tata
: Boi? [

‘ ;

os)

¢

ourn, of Malacology, 1903, Vol. X,pt 3. PLVi

16.

J.Green del et lith. Huth imp

AUSTRO-MALAYAN LAND SHELLS.

re: hate | ‘ "

"é A
Mg Ne digs
, ‘

Ls
on:
f *

P)

Nanee ys

yy ‘A (

Journ.of Malacology,1903,VoLX ps 3. Pe

Figo +8, MBP
Fig? 9-12, F J.P

Huth, Litht London.

MOLLUSCA OF BORNEO.

aotetssergees 4, RSs ae Saree peerer
Beasts sradeeesesescteiswrersaneee potreoes

P]. VII.

Huth, Litht London

Journ. of Malacolo 8y,1903,Vol.X, pt 3.
W.E.C. del. ad nat,

MOLLUSCA OF BORNEO.

A
:
~,
—
nal
>» :
wae
ae
a.
a 7
= an ft
a
a -

Journ. of Malacology, 1903,

NEW

Mls 26, joe Be

SPEGIES OF LAND

SI EES:

ell.

~"~«

»
et Ae |

pat

=
alte
ane
i

PLX,

Journ. of Malacology, 1903, Vol.X, pt 4.

SS Bree

ae

ith? London.

Huth, b

L
x

H.H.B. del.ad nat.

ANATOMY OF PHARELLA & TAGELUS.

‘

7
4

> od

rl

Journ. of Malacology, 1903, Vol. X, pt: 4. Bex:

Dr. OTTO FRANZ von MOELLENDORFF.

BORN DECEMBER 24th, 1848.
DIED AUGUST 17TH, 1908.

con

Wy : a any f
ae we shes
» P fy : +

THE

JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

ESTABLISHED IN 1890 AS “THE CONCHOLOGIST, A JOURNAL OF
MALACOLOGY,’

IDO MOIDL lems
WALTER, “i: =COLEINGE, Mise,
LECTURER ON ZOOLOGY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY IN THE UNIVERSITY
OF BIRMINGHAM ; PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL
SOCIETY ; AND PRESIDENT OF THE BIOLOGICAL SECTION

OF THE BIRMINGHAM NATURAL HISTORY AND
PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,

WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF

DR. JOSEF F. BABOR,
The University, Prague,

H. HOWARD BLOOMER,

sirmingham.

THE REV. A. H. COOKE, M.A.. F.ZS.,
Fellow of King’s College, Cambridge.

Gk GUD Ey Z.S:!
London.

CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S.,
Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.

HENRY SUTER,
The Museum, Auckland, N.Z,

1a ING ISMIBS) 18th IGS Wigl las
London.

B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.L.S.,
British Museum (South Kensington), London.

VoLuME XI.
1904.
Authors alone are responsible for the statements in their respective papers.

LONDON :
DULAU AND CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W.

TQO4.

CONTENTS ‘OF * VOLUME. XI.

Notes on Thersites (Hadra) bellendenkerensis, Braz., and beddomae,
Braz. By Hucu FuLtTon.

A Critical List of the Sphoerospira Section of Thersites. By Hucu
Futon. (Plate i.)

Notes on the Anatomy of the Generative Organs of Avriophanta
juliana, Gray By H. Overton. (Illustrations.)

Notes on Slugs and Slug-like Molluscs. By WALTER E.
COLLINGE, M.Sc.. d : : : 4 ; ‘

On a collection of Marine Shells from Port Alfred, Cape Colony.
By Epcar A. Situ, I.S.O. (Plates ii, iii.) ‘ é ;

Note on Corilla erronella, Nev.. MS. By G. K. Guns, F.Z.S.
(Illustrations. )

Description of a new species of Ariwnculus from Algeria. By
WALTER E. CoLLINGE, M.Sc.

Some Recent Slug Papers. By D. F. HEYNEMANN.

Note on Testacella haliotidea, Drap. By the Rev. A. H. Cooke,
M.A.

Note on Parmacella deshayesii, Mogq.-Vand. By WALTER E.
CoLLINGE, M.Sc.

On some new species of Melania and Jullrenia from Yunnan and
Java. By Hucu Futrown. (Plate iv, figs. r—5.)

On a collection of Land Shells from Gebi Island, Moluccas, with
descriptions of new species. By Hucu Futrton. (Plate iv,
figs. 6—11.)

PAGE,

12

14

20

49

49

Note on Leptopoma crenilabre, Strubell. By Hucu Futron.

LS -

(Plate iv, figs. 12, 13.) Sts
On certain deposits of semi-fossil shells in Hamakua district,

Hawaii, with descriptions of new species. By Professor

H. WETHERBEE HENSHAW. (Plate v, figs. 1—8.) 56
Report on semi-fossil Land Shells found in the Hamakua district

Hawaii. By C. F. Ancey. (Plate v, figs. 9—23.) 65
Descriptions of some new species of Cingalese and Indian Marine

Shells. By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. (Plates vi, vii.) mic
Descriptions of Twelve new species and one variety of Marine

Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and Arabian

Sea, collected by Mr. F. W. Townsend, t9g02—1904. By

James Cosmo MELVILL, M.A., F.L.S. (Plate viii.) 79
Note on Mitra stephanucha, Melv., with description of a proposed

new variety. By James Cosmo MELVILL, M.A., F.L.S.

(Plate vin, figs. 16, 17.) 86
On some Non-Marine Shells from the Austro- and Indo-Malayan

Regions. By E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S. (Plate ix.) . 87
The Helicoid Land Shells of Asia. Corrections and Additions.

By GK. Gupe, F.Z:38: 93
Note on Two varieties of Arion subfuscus, Drap. By WALTER E.

CoLLINGE, M.Sc. 98
Proceedings of the Midland Malacological Society.
Current Literature. . : : : > 6,8 50, s7 2a

Editor’s Notes. : : : ' ; ; 3 3 20, 100

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN VOLUME XI.

PAGE
Species and Varieties of Thersites. Plate I. : : : 10
Ariophanta juliana, Gray. Terminal ducts of the generative
organs. Ree
Ariophanta juliana, Gray. Dissection of dart-sac. : ? ‘ 14
Ariophanta juliana, Gray. Incompletely formed spermatophore. . 14
New species of South African Marine Shells. Plates IIand III. . 44
Corilla erronella, Nev., MS. : : ‘ : ; ‘ : 45
New species of Land and Freshwater Shells. Plate IV. : : 55
New semzi-fossil Hawaiian Land Shells. Plate V. : ; ; vist

New Indian and Cingalese Marine Shells, Plates VI and VII. . 78
New Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf. Plate VIII. ‘ ; 85

Non-Marine Shells from the East Indies. Plate IX. . ‘ : g2

a fil 18

POU RNAL, SOPSOMATACOLOGY.

NG: a. APRIL 25TH, I904. Vor; sole

NOTES ON THERSITES (HADRA) BELLENDENKERENSIS,
BRAZ., AND BEDDOMAE, BRAZ.

By HUGH FULTON.

Having examined an authentic specimen of leddomae, Braz, from the
collection of the late Capt. C. E. Beddome, I have no hesitation in placing
it as a variety of Vellendenkerensis, Braz., a species that is most variable in
size and form. ‘The variety be/ddomae is thinner, generally more depressed,
and the minute ziczac sculpture is more distinct, being just discernable (on
fresh specimens) without a lens.

‘The specimen mentioned above is of similar dimensions to the type,
but two other specimens before me, one of which was collected together with
hellendenkerensis in (Queensland by Emil Weiske, the cther being in Dr. Cox’s
collection and labelled bellenlenkerensis, are more depressed, viz. :

majodiam. 741 alt..30. (Coll. Weiske).

- - ao5 a7 20. (Coll, Dr. Cox)

‘The original figure of bellendenkerensis in the Proc. Zool. Soc., 1875,
t. 4, f. 4 and copied in ‘Tryon’s Manual, vol. vi, pl. 34, fig 1 does not agree
with the dimensions given in the description, viz. : Alt. 17, greater diameter
22, lines (= Alt. 36, maj. diam. 45 millim.) whereas the figure measures,
alt. 45, maj. diam. 44 millim.

Judging from specimens I have examined the figure is out of proportion,
being much too high in proportion to its diameter.

Journ. oF MatLac., 1904, vol. xi, No. 1.

A CRITICAL LIST OF

THE SPHOEROSPIRA SECTION OF THERSITES.
By HUGH FULTON.
(Plate i.)

The collections of Dr. James C. Cox of Sydney, and of the late Capt. C. E
Beddome, both rich in specimens of this group, having passed through my
hands, I have had the opportunity of examining many typical specimens, and
thought a critical list might be of some service.

One great difficulty in working out this group has hitherto been the
lack of authentic material, so many of the species having been founded
upon such slight characters, that without one had for comparison actual
types or co-types, it was quite impossible to identify specimens with any
certainty from descriptions. Fortunately, the collections mentioned above
contained many co-types, especially of the forms described by John Brazier
of Sydney, whose descriptions, often without figures, and very rarely with
comparative notes, generally indicate but characters common to the whole
group.

It is probably owing to lack of authentic material at his disposal, that
Dr. H. A. Pilsbry’s comparatively recent monograph in Tryon’s Manual
is not up to his usual excellent form; his division of the section into
perforate and imperforate species is not a natural one, for example,
andeisont, Cox, occurs both perforate and imperforate, and the same thing
occurs in other species of the group.

In this list I have endeavoured to arrange the various forms according
to their relationship and have added notes upon their distinguishing
characters.

I am greatly indebted for valuable assistance to Col. Beddome, Dr.
James C. Cox,.Chas. Hedley, Esq., John Ponsonby, Esq., and Edgar A’
Smith, Esq.

GRouP OF 7ince2, Pfr.
1 —T ince, cir,
P.Z.-S:, 1845,:p 126; Cox’s Monog: Aust) EaShepihias howe
= challisi, Cox: P.Z.S., 1873, p. 565, pl. 48, fig. 3.
= appendiculata, Pfr.: P.Z.S., 1854, p. 149; Cox: Monog. Aust. L
Shi, ply; te. wae

= thatchert, Cox: P.Z.S., 1870,-p) 170, pl To, tise 2.
hann® Braz.: Proc. Linn.Sec. N.S:W.9), 1876, p: 97.
= hth, Braz.: P.Z.S., 1875; Page. 40la4naulean
yohnstonet, Braz. : P.Z:S., 675, 9. 32,0pl a, tige 2:
= bayensis, Braz.: P.L.S., N-S.W. G), 1872, p: 2:
= prae/ermisst, Cox: Monog. Aust. L. Sh., p. 117, pl 20, fig. 13.
Loc.—Queensland.

I

I

FULTON : LIST OF SPHOEROSPIRA SECTION OF THERSITES.

is)

Types of ince? and appendiculata in British Museum.

Compared with the type of énce?, typical appendiculata is a little flatter
in form, thatcheri a little broader, Ail/i smaller and more conical ; johnstone?
same form as hi/li, but larger; bayensis is simply a thicker form of
appendiculata, praetermissi is the lighter coloured variety with no circum-
umbilical brown patch, but that character is not constant.

I have not seen a speciman of challisi, but judging from the descrip-
tion and figure, it is evidently almost identical with typical cace7.

The foregoing comparisons are made from typical specimens, but they
are closely linked together by intermediate forms, proving that they belong
10 one species.

Pilsbry, in Tryon’s Manual of the Mollusca, vol. vi, p. 167, had
evidently not a typical specimen of ¢nce? before him, but rather one of the
varieties, as he distinguishes it by the absence of the brown circum-umbilical
patch, a character that is present in the type specimen of ¢nce?.

T. incei v. yepponensis, C. E. Beddome.
Proc. Winn: Soc: N.siW:, 1897, vol..xx,~p: 123. fied.

Loe—Yeppon, near Rockhampton, Queensland.

A lighter-coloured shell, and with the umbilicus more excavately open
than in typical énce?,

2—T. lessoni, Pir.
Piz Syil., LO40; ii, pa 715 keeve :, Con. Icon, fig. 754.

= seminiyra, Morelet: Journ. de Conchyl., 1864, p. 280.

— parson, Cox: PYAS. 1872, p. 18, pl. 4, fig. 2.

Loe.—Queensland.

Types in British Museum.

The types of /essoni and parson? represent the extremes of this species, the
former being very small and somewhat depressed, whereas the latter is
larger and rather higher in the spire than usual. Although J/esson7, by
reason of its dark brown colour, white peristome, and absence of spiral
bands on the lower whorls, is readily separable from éncei ; yet it agrees so
closely in other respects, that I am doubtful as to whether it can be any-
thing more than a colour variety of that species. The earlier whorls are
lighter in colour and the middle ones have generally two or three narrow
spiral bands
T. lessoni v. aureedensis, Brazier.

P.Z.S., 1871, p. 640; Tryon’s Man. of Conch., vol. vii, p. 282, pl. 54,
figs 7-9.

Loe —Yeppon, near Rockhampton, Queensland.

Type in Australian Museum.

Very similar above to /essoni in form and coloration, but slightly flatter
below and with a broad light-yellowish circum-umbilical patch; the tri-
angular dilated portion of the peristome at the point of insertion is white,
whereas in /essoni it is of a brownish colour.

4 FULTON: LIST OF SPHOEROSPIRA SECTION OF THERSITES.

T. lessoni v. lutea, r. var.

Ply te ne
Loc.—N. Queensland.
Same form as /essoni v. aureedensis, but of a light-yellowish colour. Of
three specimens before me one is entirely bandless, but the other two have
the narrow light-brown spiral bands on earlier whorls, the same as one finds
on most specimens of awreedlensis.

38.—T. curtisiana, Pir.
P:Z,.5:, 1663, Dp. 526:
bala, Braz.: Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (iii), 1878, p. 78, pl. 8, fig. 4
Loc.—Townsville and Magnetic Is., Queensland.
Somewhat like Jessoni in form and coloration, but the whorls increase
rather more rapidly in size, it has half a whorl less, the aperture is not
quite so broad, the peristome is less dilated at the point of insertion and
of a light reddish-brown colour, not white as in /essond.

4.--T. andersoni, Cox.
PZ. 18 ftps Get. 95, tie. a
Loe.— Rockhampton, Queensland.
Type in British Museum.
This species is most variable in size; of the twenty before me the following
are the dimensions of four specimens :—
Alt. 15, maj. diam. 27 millim.
PANE Tigo) ae we ee -
Alt. 255! 55 swe 26%) -
Alte 2164 eke as

Some specimens are quite imperforate, but more commonly it is more
or less perforate.

Pilsbry in Tryon’s Manual, vol. vi, p. 172, pl. 39, figs. 82 and 83,
describes and figures perforate specimens of this species as yu/ed, but gives
a figure of the true yw/ei on plate 23, figures 65 and 66.

Andersoni can be separated gam incet by its thinner substance, -its less
oblique, less expanded, and, brown peristome, it is also less pay umbilicated
and has half a whorl less,

From yulei it can be distinguished by its lighter coloration and
narrower bands above, its narrower umbilicus and much less expanded
peristome.

5.—T. yulei, Forbes.

Appendix Voy. “ Rattlesnake,” 1852, p. 377, pl. 2, fig. 6.
= rainbird1, Cox: P Z2S., 18y7e; p: 170, pl 16, fier
Loe.—Queensland.

Types in British Museum.

FULTON : LIST OF SPHOEROSPIRA SECTION OF THERSITES. 5

The types of yulei and rainbirdi are extreme forms, the type of yulei being
a small light-coloured, and depressed form, whilst the type of rainhirdi is
large, globose, and darker-coloured ; the very large series before me closely
connects these two forms.

The broadly-expanded, dark-brown peristome and excavated umbilicus,
differentiates this form from its allies.

GROUP OF /raze/t.

6.—T. frazeri, Gray.
Zool. Beechey’s Voy. Moll., 1839, p. 143, pl. 38, fig. 6.

= mossmant, Braz.: P.Z.S., 1875, p. 33, pl. 4, fig. 6.

Loc.—New South Wales and Queensland.
This species varies greatly in size and coloration ; a specimen before me is
of a light yellowish-brown with only one colour band, situated at the suture
of the lower whorls ; another has an additional one at the periphery of the
last whorl, whilst others are nearly covered with dark brown spiral bands.
The colour of the peristome varies from black to a light bluish-grey.

Some of the larger forms approach informis, Mouss., but the latter can
be readily separated by its higher spire and more rapidly increasing whorls.

The shell described as mossmani is a rather globose form of frazeri
with a black peristome; the original figure is misleading, being much
higher in proportion to width, according to the dimensions given in the
description.

T. frazeri v. flavescens, Hedley.

I have not seen this remarkable variety said to be ‘of a uniform light
yellow, lip pure white.”

Loe.—Corumbui Creek, Queensland.

7.—T. rawnesleyi, Cox.
P.7,.5,,, 1673. p. 564; plas, fips 2.

Loc.—Mt. Elliott, Queensland

A heavy form of a uniform dark brown, with a thick and broadly
expanded peristome.

T. rawnesleyi v. mazee, Braz.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N S.W., 1878 (iii), p. 79. pl. 8, fig. 5.

Loc.—Rockingham Bay, Queensland.
From typical rawnesleyi this differs chiefly in coloration, having numerous
dark-brown spiral bands upon a light yellowish-brown ground ; it varies
greatly in size and resembles /raseri, but can be separated by the thicker
peristome and smaller aperture.

All the jraseri group have the microscopic waved striation, although it
is almost obsolete in some specimens.

In fraseri there are generally on the middle whorls more or less con-
spicuous (under a strong lens) microscopic spiral impressed lines, which I
have not seen on specimens of mazee.

6 FULTON: LIST OF SPHOEROSPIRA SECTION OF THERSITES.

8.—T. roeckhamptonensis, Cox.
P2955, 0873, 5p. B50:
= moresbyi, Angas: P.Z.S., 1876, p. 267, pl. 20, figs. 8, 9.
Loc.—Rockhampton, Port Denison, Queensland.
A solid form somewhat similar to rawnesleyi var. mazee in coloration but
readily distinguished by its flat base and its thinner and darker coloured
peristome. ;
Moresbyi was described from an elevated specimen of rockhamptonensis.
T. rockhamptonensis v. pallida, Hedley & Musson.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S W., 1891, p. 556.
Loc.—Rockhampton, Queensland.
I have not seen this shell, which is described as ‘‘bandless, of a tawny yellow
colour.” I thought my /essoni y. /utea was this variety and sent a specimen
of that to Mr. Hedley, but he writes ‘“‘ your shell is quite different, the type
specimen of pallida is an odd shell, I have seen none like it and now doubt
if it is not an abnormal individual.”
Group or whartoni.
9.—T. bebias, Brazier.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (iii), 1878, p. 78.
Loc.—Garden Is., Rockingham Bay, Queensland.
Almost identical with whartoni in general appearance, but the umbilicus is
less open, some specimens being quite imperforate; may or may not have a
circum-umbilical brown patch. The chief distinction between this and
whartoni is the difference in the microscopic sculpture, the latter consists
of closely-set, silk-like, slightly waved striae, whereas in bebias it is coarser
and more granular.
10.—T. zebina, Brazier.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.5.W., 1878, p. 78, pl. 8, fig. 2.
Loc.—WDouglas River, Queensland
‘Type in Australian Museum, Sydney.
Very close to lebias but thicker, more globose, and its microscopic -granu-
lated sculpture is more conspicuous. — It is said by Brazier to be imperforate,
but I have a slightly perforate specimen before me.
11 —T. whartoni, Cox.
P.Z:S., 187%; De 55,2p! 3 5miss. bh 5a-
= mourilyana, Braz. : P.Z.S., 1895, p. 31, pl. 4, fig. 1.
Loc.—Port Denison, Queensland.
Type in British Museum.
A thin multi-banded shell approaching some of the varieties of mulgravensis,
but distinguished by its microscopical sculpture, which consists of oblique,
closely-set, slightly waved, almost straight striae ; this sculpture is seen (under
the lens) to be quite distinct from that of bebias and its allies.

FULTON : LIST OF SPHOEROSPIRA SECTION OF THERSITES. 7

12.—T. cookensis, Brazier.

Proc, aimny Soc, N:S:W. (1); 1875, p:-r%

= tomsoni, Braz. : P.L.S.N.S.W. (i) 1876, p. 97.

= cookensis, Braz.: Tryon’s Man. of Conch., vol. vi., p. 97.

Loc.—Gould Is., Rockingham Bay, and Frazer’s Is., Queensland (not

Cooktown, fide Brazier).

This has the same microscopic sculpture as belias, but is smaller, darker-
coloured, the aperture not quite as broad and slightly less oblique. The
shell is of a somewhat thicker substance, and the colour bands do not show
clearly through the aperture as in Jebias, the interior being almost opaque
whitish ; the peristome of cookensis is also thicker and darker in colour.

13.—T. mulgravensis, Brazier.
Pints, Hea.
PoZ.5., 1572). 21.
= mulyravet, Braz. : Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, 1889, p. ror.

Loec.—Palm Is., N.E. Australia.

With regard to this species, figured here for the first time, there must, I
think, have been some error in the dimensions given, viz., alt. 1 in. 1 line ;
greater diam. 2 in. 4 lines. (Alt. 27; diam. 58 millim). A shell of these
dimensions would be a most remarkable form for this group. A specimen
from the collection of the late Capt. C. E. Beddome of Tasmania, who had
many shells named by Brazier, measuring alt. 32; maj. diam. (including
peristome) 34 millim., answers better to Brazier’s description, ‘ turbinately
globose.”

Since writing the above Mr. Charles Hedley has been kind enough to
measure the type specimen in the Australian Museum and gives the follow
ing dimensions : alt. 30 ; maj. diam. 38 millim.

I have only seen one specimen.

T. mulgravensis v. palmensis, Brazier.
Pi. 1, fgs-5,/6:
Proc. Linn. Soc. N:S.W. (1); 1876, p. £5:

].oc.—Palm Is., Queensland.

An extremely variable form, the typical specimens being solid and
globose-conic whilst others are depressed and of thin substance, resembling
whartoni. The microscopic sculpture is the same as that of belias, but
palmensis is larger, has the umbilicus more open and 1s further distinguished
by it uniformly coloured peristome (which may be dark or whitish) the colour-
bands not extending to the edge as in Lebias.

5 FULTON : LIST OF SPHOEROSPIRA SECTION OF THERSITES.

T. mulgravensis v. meridionalis, Brazier.
Pir, ie.n7, 6:
Proc. Linn. Soc. N-S:W, (1), 1880, vol.5; p: 458.

Loc.—Palm Is., Queensland.
Described from a young specimen, adult specimens being thicker, and the
peristome lighter in colour.

This uniform yellowish variety with a narrow sutural dark-brown band,
occurs also with a narrow band, at the periphery of last whorl.

Group oF blomfieldi, Cox.
14.—T. informis, Mouss.
Journ. de Conchyl., 1869, p. 59, pl. 4, fig, 3.
Loc.—Port Mackay, Queensland.
The largest species of the group (see note under /razeri). A bandless
variety occurs Of a uniform dark drown with a narrow yellowish subsutural
border.
15 —T. blomfieldi, Cox.
Catal. Aust. L. Sh., 1864, p. 19 ; Monog. Aust. L. Sh., 1868, pl 1, fig- a
= v. warroensis, Hed. & Musson: Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1891,
p. 556, Viag. Magenta, pl, 2, fig. 5.
Loc.—Port Curtis, Queensland.
A distinct species, readily distinguished by its light-coloured earlier whorls,
contrasting with the very dark-brown lower ones. Under a strong lens the
lower whorls are seen to have more or less obsolete, numerous spiral
impressed lines.
The variety arroensis is the lighter-brown variety, but specimens before
me show various degrees between that and the darker typical colour.

16.—T. concors, n. sp.
Plow, hig.73.
= parsont, Pils. (not Cox): Tryon’s Man. of Conch., vol. vi., p. 162,
pl. 35, Higs: 11, 12 (mot uz):

Shell sub-globose. solid, narrowly but deeply umbilicated, light-coloured
above, with two narrow indistinct light-brown spiral bands on the middle
whorls, last whorl of a very dark-brown, with a narrow conspicuous yellowish
band at the suture ; whorls 44, last descending in front. Aperture very
oblique, rather dark within. Peristome moderately expanded, dark brown,
triangularly dilated at point of insertion and partly covering the umbilicus.

Maj. diam. 35; alt 28 millim.

Loc.—Gayndah, Queensland.
‘This species is very like blomfieldi in coloration, but more compressed in
form, the umbilicus is more open, and the peristome not so broadly
expanded.

It is quite distinct from curtisiana, Pfr., although pgaring a superficial
resemblance to that species.

FULTON : LIST OF SPHOEROSPIRA SECTION OF THERSITES. 9

17.—T. eroftoni, Cox.
BL O72; Ds 1oy-Pindy es Te
Loe.—Hydrometer River, Queensland.
Type in British Museum.

18.—T. eoxi, Crosse.
Journ. de'Conchyl., 1866, p. 195 ; Conchyl. Cab., p. 534, pl. 163, figs. 5, 6.
Loe.— Port Molle and Port Denison, (Queensland.
Although always easily separated, almost the only difference between croftoni
and cow? is that of coloration.
GROUP OF macleayl.
19.—T. oeconnellensis, Cox.
PZ.98 TS7 Tepe 555 pl. S,, fies. 4, 42
Loc.—Vhe O’Connell River, Port Denison, (Queensland.
Type in British Museum.
A distinct form easily distinguished by its basal flatness (the spire varies
greatly in height) and broadly excavated uinbilical area.
20.—T. arthuriana, Cox.
BS S78. ps 504, pi. At. es. 1,.0a.
Loc.—L. Is., N. Queensland.
Nearest to the foregoing species, but lighter-coloured above, the last whorl
is nore rounded and the umbilicus not nearly so broadly excavated.
21.—T. gratiosa, Cox.
PAs Toys) py 53, pl. 3, figs. 2, ra.
Loe.—Whitsunday Is., Queensland.
Type in British Museum.
A distinct form, easily recognised.
22.—T. etheridgei, Brazier.
Pin, hes 2.
Proc) linn, soc. Nes W: (i), 1877, 1p. 2'5-
Loe.—Andromache River, N.E. Coast of Australia.
Type in Col. Beddome’s collection.
Differs from graticsa in haviug a white peristome and numerous yellowish
spiral bands on lower ; ait of the last whorl. It is probably only a variety
of yratiosa. I have only seen two examples.
23.—T. macleayi, Cox.
PS, 1604, p. 435, figs. 1—3-
Loc.—Whitsunday Is., and Port Denison, Queensland.
Somewhat similar to gratiosa in form, but readily separated by its very
different coloration.

ie) FULTON: LIST OF SPHOEROSPIRA SECTION OF THERSITES.

Group oF yreenhilli.
24.—T. greenhilli, Cox.
Journ. de Conchyl., 1865, p. 46, ; Monog. Aust. L. Sh., p. 40, pl. 9,
fig. 1 and pl. 18, fig. 8.
Loc.—Upper Denison River, Queensland.
Closely allied to sardalabiata, from which it differs in being generally
thinner, of a rounder form, darker in colour, and readily separated by its
conspicuous (under the lens) microscopical granular sculpture.

Pilsbry, in ‘Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, places this under Baddistes.

25.—T. sarda'abiata, Cox.
PZ.55 LOpin ps 54:0, 3, fie,
Loc.—Mt. Dryander, Port Denison, Queensland.
Type in British Museum.
A light straw-coloured shell allied to gireenhilli.

POSITION DOUBTFUL.
coarctata, Fér, Hist. Moll., pl. rob, figs. 6, 7.

Species placed under Sphoerospira by Pilsbry in Tyron’s Manual of Con-
chology, but belonging to other sections.

barneyt, Cox. (Hadra ?).
beddomae, Brazier. (Hadra).
bellendenkerensis, Brazier. (Hadra).
broadbenti, Brazier. (Sulcobasis 7).
creedi, Cox. (Section ?).

hivont, Brazier. (Papuina).
mitchellae, Cox. (Thersites).
nicomede, Brazier. (Hadra).
wesselensis, Cox. (Rhayaca. ).°

It

INDEX.

No. No.
andersoni, Cox ... ee --- 4 lutea, Fulton, =lessoni, var. 2
appendiculata, Pfr. = incei. macleayi, Cox. 23
arthuriana, Cox Se --- 20 meridionalis, Braz. = mulgraven-
aureedensis, Braz.,=lessoni, var. 2 pees ay ats
Peerage curtisiana: mitchellae, Cox. (page 10).
barneyi, Cox. (page 10). Eve Angas, = rockhampton-

eae ensis.

bayensis, Braz., = incei. mourilyana = whartoni.
bebias, Braz... Re 9 mazee, Braz, =rawnesleyl, var.
beddomae = bellendenkerensis, var. mossmani, Braz., = frazeri.
bellendenkerensis, Braz (page 10). mulgravensis, Braz... ae
blomfieldi, Cox. sh) 215 nicomede, Brar: - (page 10).
broadbenti, Braz. (page ro). oconnellensis, Cox. $2 eae (0
challisi, Cox, = incei. pallida, Hed. & Mus., =
coarctata, Fer. (page 10). rockhamptonensis, var, ee NG
concors, Fulton. don --- 16 palmensis, Braz., = mulgravensis,
cookensis, Braz. a (12 ee i- Ci) ee es
coxi, Crosse. as By. 0 ie eta a Cox, —lessoni

creedi, Cox. (page 10).

€roftoni, Cox. -.. = Reesley
curtisiana, Pfr. 3
etheridgei, Braz.... Oe ey eo
flavescens, Hedley, = fraseri, var. 6
frazeri, Gray. 6
gratiosa, Cox. ... aH Ae Oi
greenhilli, Cox. ... ee sete
hanni, Braz., = incei.

hilli, Braz., = incei.

hixoni, Braz. (page 1c).

incei, Pfr. ee Me ata ol
informis, Mouss ee ae le

Jjohnstonet, Braz., = incei.

LS)

lessoni, Pfr. Sof ae ae

praeternissi, Cox, = incei

rainbirdi, Cox, = yulei.

rawnesleyi, Cox. Gi
rockhamptonensis, Cox. 8
sardalabiata, Cox. 25
seminiyra, Morelet, =lessoni
thatchert, Cox, = incei.
tomsont, Braz., = cookensis.
warroensis, Hed. & Mus., =
blomfieldi, var.
wesselensis, Cox. (page 10),
whartoni, Cox. ... bx cergaia
yepponensis, Beddome, = incei,
Valk bans ae ne hay?
yulei, Forbes. ... a ess
zZebing. Braz, ©... sas Sees IS)

NOTES ON THE ANATOMY OF THE GENERATIVE
ORGANS OF ARIOPHANTA JULIANA, GRAY.
By H. OVERTON,

Sutton Coldheld, Warwick.

The specimens which have furnished the following account are some that were
collected by the late Mr. Oliver Collett at Galle, Ceylon.

The position of this species in the genus Ariophanta, I do not, at present,
propose to discuss ; like many other members of the genus far too little is
known of its internal structure, in fact there is a striking absence of any
thorough and detailed statement of the anatomical characters of this genus.
Semper (Reisen Arch. Philip. 1870) has given short descriptions of certain
organs in different species, and Lieut -Col. Godwin-Austen has still more
briefly referred to the generative organs of various species, but his remarks
together with the indistinct nature of the drawings illustrating them, are
almost useless for purposes of comparison, indeed, it is difficult to attach any
serious value to them whatever.

Fig, 1.—Generative Organs, as seen when separated from the external generative
orifice.

REFERENCE LETTERS.—div. Diverticulun of penis. d.g. Dart gland. d.s. Dart-sac.

e.p. Epiphallus. fiov. Free-oviduct. k.s. Kalk-sac. ov. Oviduct. #. Penis. fr. Prostate,

rm. Retractor muscle. vs, Receptuculum seminis. v. Vestibule. v.d. Vas deferens.

v.g. Vagina.

OVERTON: ANATOMY OF ARIOPHANTA JULIANA, GRAY. 13

Fig. 2,—Generative Organs, with the penis, etc., turned on one side.
Lettering as in Fig. 1.

Externally the generative orifice opens into the vestibule into which the
penis opens posteriorly and dorsally, the dart-sac anteriorly and ventrally,
and the vagina in the middle.

The vagina is a moderately long tube-like duct, having its internal wall
thrown into four longitudinal plications, which are continued into the free-
oviduct. At the opening of the receptaculum seminis they form a series of
serpentine folds, beyond which they run in a straight series for a short dis-
tance, and then in the bulbous portion of the free oviduct they become more
numerous and rise up in a very prominent manner. ‘The receptaculum
seminis is a heart-shaped sac, and sessile. ‘The penis is a large muscular
organ with a thick-walled muscular diverticulum, at the apex of which is the
retractor muscle At the junction of the penis and diverticulum the kalk-sac
is given off. ‘This sac is a large muscular body, with smooth internal walls,
and in one specimen contained a hard calcareous body measuring 2 by .7
millim., which in all probability was a spermatophore incompletely formed.
From the anterior end of this sac the epiphallus is given off, which leads to
the narrow vas deferens. The dart-sac is a large muscular tube, and contains
a small fleshy dart, which exhibits a concentric ribbing.

Judging from the generative organs this species seems to be nearer to
Euplecta, Semper, than to Ariophanta, s.s.

14 COLLINGE: NOTES ON SLUGS AND SLUG-LIKE MOLLUSCS.

wr

Fig. 3.—Dissection of dart-sac to show the fleshy dart.
Figs. 4 and 5.—Dorsal and lateral views of incompletely formed spermatophore.
REFERENCE LETTERS.—d. Dart. w.d.s. Wall of dart-sac.

NOTES ON SLUGS AND SLUG-LIKE MOLLUSCS.*
3y WALTER E. COLLINGE, M.Sc.

5.—On a new and interesting genus of Slugs.

Some short time ago I received from Professor Plate of Berlin, a very
interesting collection of slugs, numbering upwards of a hundred specimens,
mostly belonging to the genus Veronicellt, Blainville. Amongst these are
three slugs, which at first sight I thought belonged to the genus Atopos, Simr.,
but on opening the bottle in which they were contained with some specimens
of Veronicella, it was at once evident that I had before me a slug which
could not be referred to any known genus. Unfortunately Dr. Plate does
not know where the specimens were collected ; there is one large example
and two much smaller specimens.

Externally the large specimen, which measures 75 millim., in length,
looks somewhat like a unicoloured A topos ; it is a dirty sepia-brown in colour,
very slightly keeled posteriorly, the tail end attenuated and the foot-sole ex-
tending a little beyond the dorsum, On the sides of the dorsum are a Series
of seven or eight obliquely directed grooves, rising from the perinotum, and as
these pass in a backward direction on the sides of the dorsum they divide
in a dendritic manner into finer grooves. ‘The generative orifice is situated
on the right side, close to the foot-sole and 44 millim. from the posterior end
of the body. ‘The teeth of the radula are as in Veronicella.

* See ante, 1903, vol. x, p. 17.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. I

On

6.—Arion subfuseus from the Orkney Isles.

I am indebted to the kindness of Dr. Geo. E. Allan, for a peculiar specimen
of Arion subfuscus, Drap., collected by him in the Orkney Isles during the
summer of 1903. .

Externally the specimen is much darker in colour than those usually
met with, and the foot-sole and foot-fringe are a light-brown, the former
without lineoles.

Internally the chief differences from the normal condition are confined
to the generative organs. The typical appearance is so well-known that I need
not here describe it, beyond pointing out the very characteristic form which
the free-oviduct exhibits in this species. In the specimen under consideration
instead of the ]-shaped free-oviduct, and the gradually tapering sperm duct,
the former was thrown into a series of saccular dilatations and nearly twice
.as long as usual, while the sperm duct was a fine wavy tube of almost equal
dimensions throughout.

I have elsewhere “) described and figured the variations met with in the
generative organs of this species, in some hundreds of specimens dissected
during 1892—1895, and these were exceedingly few. This is the first I
have met with since, and quite distinct from any previously described.

7.—Absenece of the Male Generative Organs in Arion hortensis, Fer.
It may be of interest to record that recently when opening a specimen of
this mollusc collected in the south of England, I was somewhat surprised to
find the whole of the male portion of the generative organs absent. As in
other cases recorded for different species of this genus, the sperm duct, vas
deferens, receptaculum seminis and duct, and the prostatic canal, were all
wanting.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

47TH MEETING, NOVEMBER 13TH, 1903.
The President in the chair.
EXHIBITs.

By Mr. Guy Breeden: Series of shells of different species of Limnaea from
various localities.

By Mr. Collinge : A drawer from the HunterjBarron Collection containing British
species of Limnaea,

48TH (ANNUAL) MEETING, DECEMBER, I1TH, 1993.

The President in the chair.

The Annual Report of the Council and the Treasurer’s statement were read
and adopted.

In the absence of any amendincnts to the Council’s nominations, the following

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 441, pl. xxix, figs. 1—5.

16 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Council and officers were delared elected for 1904.

President—Walter E. Collinge, M.Sc.

Vice-President—E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.1..S.

Treasurer—H. H. Bloomer.

Secretary—H. Overton.

Librarian and Curator—Guy Breeden.

Council—Guy Breeden, H. Willoughby Ellis, F.E.S., H. McClelland, and Bromley
Peebles.

EXHIBITS.
By Mr. McClelland : A small collection of South African marine shells.
49TH MEETING, JANUARY 15TH, 1904.

The President in the chair, who delivered his Presidential Address, entitled

“ Some neglected branches of Malacology.”
50TH MEETING, MARCH IITH, 1904.

The President in the chair.

The Secretary announced and laid upon the table a number of additions to the
Library.

EXHIBITS.

On behalf of Mr. McClelland: A very small, but full grown specimen of Heliv

nemoralls.

By Messrs. Collinge, Breeden and Overton : Collections of the British species of
Pisidium from various localities.

CURRENT LITERATURE.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—Manual of Conchology, ser. ii, vol. xvi (pt. 62) pp. 65—128,
pls. 19-31, (pt. 63). pp. 129-192, pls. I—15, (pt. 64), pp. 193—329, (pt. 64a), Pp.
i—xl, pls. 16—37. Philadelphia: Academy of Natural Sciences.

Continuing the genus Brachypodella, the author describes the Jamaican species,
the sub-genera Simflicervix, Pilsbry, Mychostoma, Albers, with B. diminuta, n. sp.,
B. alba (C. B. Ad.), vars. eos, minima, striata, and occidentalis, nov., and Apoma,
Beck.

Turning next to the genus Pineria, Poey (Type P. beathiana, Poey), the four
known species are reviewed.

The genus Macroceramus, Guilding, which follows next, stands apart from all
other genera of Urocoptinae. Anatomically it has not yet been described. The
genus is represented in Haiti by three groups of species: the groups of M. tenuipli-
catus, of M. klatteanus, and of M. lineatus. In the latter group M. signatus var.
salleanus, M. richaudi, vars. lineatistrigatus and sublineatus are new, as also M. gabbi
from Santo Domingo. In the group of M. tenuiplicatus the var. swiftianus of that
species is new, andin the M. klatteanus group M. sub-cylindricus is a new species.
The East and Central Cuban species follow.

The next genus Microceramus, Pils. and Van., is also undescribed anatomically.
The following are described as new: M. gossci (Pfr.), var. providentia, and M,
fe itianus (Orb.), var. perconicus.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 17)

The Megaspiridae, Pils.. are next commenced. The author remarks that the
members of this family seem to have been differentiated from their allies, the
Clausiliidae, in the Northern Hemisphere of the Old World, during Mesozoic time.
Eomegaspira represents a branch which attained high specialisation at the dawn of
the Eocene in Western Europe, and shortly thereafter became extinct, either in con-
sequence of over-specialisaticn, or as a result of physical changes in the unstable
geography of this area. The ancestors of Perrieria and Coelocion made their way
south-eastward to Papua and Australia, while the Brazilian Megaspira traces its fore-
bears over the mid-Atlantic, like the Streptaxidae, Ampullariidae, of the same region,
from tropical Africa, whence they migrated to South America over the Cretaceous
land-bridge supposed to have spanned the Atlantic.

The following genera are reviewed, Callionepion, Pils. and Van., Megaspura,
“Lea,” Jay, Eomcegaspira, Pils., and Perrieria, Tap. Can.

An Index to the Urocoptidae and Megaspiridae follow, and the author then passes
on to the Achatinidae.

In this last mentioned family the following genera are treated of : Pseudachatina,
Albers, with P. pyramidata, Kob. v. kobeltiana, n. var., P. daillyana, n.sp., from West
Africa ; Atopocochlis, Cr. & Fisch. ; Pseuwdotrochus, H. & A. Ad., with P. moreletianus
(Desh.) v. pallidior, n. var. : Perideriopsis, Putz. ; Limicolaria, Schum., with L. tryon-
iana, L. agathina, L. lucalana, aud L. felina, Shuttl. v. zebra, all new and from West
Africa ; L. flammata (Caill.) v. smithi and L. longa, both new from East Africa ; Burtoa,
Bourg., and Metachatina, Pils.

The supplementary part (64a) is an exceedingly interesting one, and is entirely
devoted to the Urocoptidae.

Commencing with a definition of the family, the author passes at once to the
general morphology. The general structure of the pallial organs is rather that of the
Bulimulidae than of the Clausiliidac. The generative organs have been examined in
a few species of Eucalodinm, Coelocentrum, Berendtia, Anisospira, Epirobia, Holospira,
Urocoptis, and Brachypodella. In the first six genera they are characterised by a
usually very short, thick penis, with a long epiphallus, the retractor muscle is inserted
on the diaphragm, and the receptaculum seminis has a long duct arising not very
high on the vagina. In the two remaining genera, the penis is longer, the epiphallus
apparently obsolete, aud the receptacular duct arises higher. The alimentary canal
is long and varies considerably in the different genera, the pharynx or buccal mass,
however, is always short, asin the Helicidae. The jaw and radula are subject to much
variation. Respecting the free retractor muscles, in Eucalodium the pharyngeal and
left retractors branch from the root of the columellar, and then the ocular, which is
thus united for a short distance with the columellar, Anteriorly the two oculars unite
to form a muscular plate over the pharynx. In Coelocentrum the left ocular and
pharyngeal retractor are united for a third of their length, and the pharyngeal retract-
or gives off a band to each anteriorly. In Holospira the left ocular is united part way
with the pharyngeal and the right with the columellar muscles. In Urocoptis brevis
the muscles arise as in Eucalodium, but are independent distally, and the right ocular
functions also as a penial retractor. Finally in Brachypodella chemnitziana the pha-
ryngeal and ocular retractors are united for a third of their length, and the columellar
runs free of them. From the morphological right retractor a group of fibres arise
which pass to the vas deferens and vagina.

The form, colouration, sculpture, and axis of the shell are next dealt with, followed
by a consideration of the significant characters and evolution of the family. It is
pointed out that many genera are in the stage termed phylogerontic by Hyatt. They
are in the old age of the race, and Dr. Pilsbry believes that many phyla will not out-
last the present geological period. Evidences of decadence are seen in the special-
isation of the radula, the decreasing growth-power indicated by the fusiform shape of

18 CURRENT LITERATURE.

the shell, and the laxity of coil, while the structure af the axis indicates that many
phyla have passed their acme of specialisation, and are on the decline.

Parallel and convergent evolution is well illustrated by certain shell characters,
and comparisons are instituted between the shells of the different genera. The geolog-
ical and zoogeographical data bearing on the family are next reviewed, together with
historical notes on the classification and that adopted in the present work. Finally
an analytical key to genera completes this valuable and interesting work.

We have long wished to see the biological side of each family dealt with, and it
is by no means an easy task the author has had to deal with. The work has been well
done, as one would expect from an expert of such great ability, indeed no higher praise
can be given to volume xvi than to say it is worthy of the reputation of its author.

1n conclusion we must regret, with all malacologists who appreciate this magnifi-
cent monograph, the exceedingly careless manner in which the different parts of this
volume are stitched. There is no reasonable excuse for stitching nearly three-eights
of an inch into the pages and plates of any work.

Hedley, Charles.—Scientific Results of the Trawling Expedition of H.M.CS.
“Thetis.”” Mollusca, Part I]. Mem. Aus. Mus., 1903, vol. iv, pt. 6, pp. 327—
402, pls. xxxvi—xxxviii, and 53 figs. in text.
The second part of Mr. Hedley’s paper treats of the Scaphopoda and Gastropoda,
and records 4 species of the former, of which 2 are new, and 161 of the latter. 35
of which are new.
Epigrus (TypetRissoa ischnus, Tate) isanew genus allied to Scrobs, Watson, and Mywxa
(M. exesa, n. sp.) is anew genus of the Pyramellidae, umbilicate, with few whorls, no
columella fold, and the lip produced anteriorly. A new genus of the Buccinidae
related to Hindsia is described under the name of Fascinus (Type F. typicus, n, sp.).
In several points it recalls Colubraria, but lacks the varices on the upper whorls, in
other Nassa, but the pattern of the sculpture is foreign to that genus, while the large
upex and absence of columella plications separate it from Hindsia.
We note with some disappointment, the absence of anatomical details for any of
the new genera or Species.

Melvill, J. Cosmo and Ponsonby, J. H.—Descriptions of Thirty-one Terrestrial
and Fluviatile Mollusca from South Africa. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1903 (s. 7.),
vol. xii, pp. 595—609, pls. xxxi, xxxii.

This the seventeeth contribution towards the elucidation of the non-marine
Molluscan fauna of South Africa, includes descriptions of eleven species of Ennea,
cight of Traclhycystis, two of Ancylus, and One each of ten other genera.

Trachycystis scolopendra is an interesting species, and perhaps the most remark-
able South African Helicoid yet described. Faw«xulus crawfordianus is a particularly
fine and interesting dextral species, with six unusually complicated peristomatal pro-
cesses. A very handsome species of Tropidophora, and a Chondrocyclus may also be
mentioned.

Eliot, C.—On some Nudibranchs from East Africa and Zanzibar. Part II. Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond., 1903, pp. 250—257.

The author describes two new genera and five new species, none of which,
however, are figured.

Ceratophyllidia africana, gen et. sp. nov., is described from a single specimen,
possessing a buccal aparatus similar to that of Phyllidiopsis, with the back studded
with papillae. Pleurophyllidiella horatit, gen. et sp. nov., is also described froma
single specimen and appears to be intermediate between Plewuroleura and Pleuro-
phyllidia. The remaining new species are—Baeolidia major, Cerberilla africana,
and Ercolania zanztbarica.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 19

Dall, W. H.—Contributions to the Tertiary Fauna of Florida. Pt. vi. Trans.
eee Free Inst. Sci. Philad., 1903, vol. iii, pp. xiv, 121g—1654 pls. xlviii—
mR

We heartily congrutulate Dr. Dall on the completion of his great work. The
first part was issued in 1890, and further parts have been issued from time to time,
the sixth completing this invaluable monograph. In all the work comprises upwards
of seventeen hundred printed pages and sixty beautiful plates containing over eleven
hundred figures.

In the present part the author continues his review of the Teleodesmacea, follow-
ing with the Amomalodesmacea, and describes many new species in both orders.
The Brachiopoda are next treated of, and finally a most interesting and valuable
“ Discussion of the Geology” is given.

Dall, W. H. and Bartseh, P.—Synopsis of the Genera, Sub-genera and Sections
of the family Pyramidellidae. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 1904, vol. xvii,
pp. 1—6.

The authors recognise four genera, viz., Pyramidella, Lam., Turbonilla, Risso,
Odostomia, Flem., and Murchisonella, Morch. The first genus is then divided into
24 sub-genera.and sections of which the following are new: Milda, (Type Obeliscis
ventricosus, Quoy), Voluspa (Type Pyraniudella auricoma, Dall), Callolongchaeus (Type
P. jamaicensis, Dall), Ulfa (Type P. (Ulfa) cossmanni, nom. noy. = Syrnola striata,
Cossm.), Tropaeas (Type P. subulata, A. Ads.), Vagna (Type P. paumotensis, Tryon),
Cossmiannica (Type P. clandestina, Desh.), Orimella, nom, nov. (Type Orina pinguicula,
A. Ads.), Sulcorinella (Type P.(S.) dodona, n. sp.), Iphiana (Type Syrnola densistriata,
Garrett), and Syrnolina (Type Syrnola rubra, Pse.).

The second genus is divided into 21 sub-genera and sections the following being
new : Saccoina, nom. nov. (Type Spica monterosatoi, Sacco), Visma (Type Eulimella
tenuis, Sby.), Lancella, nom. nov. (Type Turbonilla (Lancea) elongata, Pse.), Asmunda
(Type Chemmnitzia turrita, C.B. Ad.) and Baldra (Type Turbonilla (B.) archeri, n.sp.).

The genus Odostomia contains 40 sub-genera, the following 10 being new: Villia
(Type O. (V.) pilsbrvi, n.sp.), Folinella (Type Amoura anguliferens, De Fol.), Besla
(Type Chrysallido convexa, Cpr.), Egila (Type C. lacunata, Cpr.), Haldra (Type C.

photis, Cpr.), Ividia (Type Parthenia armata, Cpr.), Evalina (Type O. (E.) americana,
n.sp.), Sfomega (Type O. cinspicua, Ald.) Heida (Type Syrnola caloosaensis, Dall), and
Lysacme (Type Chrysallida clausiliformis, Cpr.).

Kennard, A. S. and Woodward, B. B.—Holocene Deposits at Clifton Hampden,

near Oxford, Proc. Cotteswold Nat. Field Club, 1903, vol. xiv, pp. 1I9!—203.
The authors record 54 species of Jand and freshwater shells from threé beds on the
banks of the Thames at Clifton Hampden, of which 15 are land and 39 freshwater
forms. As the authors remark it is not often that in these recent deposits any marked
super-position of beds occurs, hence the importance of the present section, in which
Bed A. yielded 30, Bed B. 49, and Bed C. 26 species.

Knight, G. A. F.—A Visit to the Outer Hebrides in search of Mollusca. Trans.
Perthshire Soc. Nat. Sci. 1903, vol. ili, pp. 193—217.

Mr. Knight gaves an interesting account of a holiday spent in the Outer Hebrides in

search of Mollusca. He records 71 species and g varieties of marine molluscs, 8

species and 1 variety of land, and 1 species and variety of freshwater.

Collinge, Walter E.—Report on the Non-operculate Land Mollusca. Fasciculi
Malayenses, Zoology, 1904, vol. i, pp. 205—218, pl. xi—xiii.

The author describes the collection made by Messrs. Annandale and Robinson during

1901—2 in the Malay Peninsula.

EDITOR’S NOTES. 20

A new species of Damayantia is described and one of Parmarion, also one of
the genus 4d fopvs.

After examining the anatomy of the Helicarion lowi of de Morgan, Mr. Collinge is
of opinion that it can not be retained in that genus. It is closely related to certain
species of Ariophanta, and he suggests that it should be placed in the genus Ni/giria.

The variety martensi of Hemiplecta salangana is also new, as well as the variety
globosus, Fulton, of Amphidromus perakensis, Fult.

McIntosh, Prof. —The Story of a Pearl. Zool., 1904 (s. 4), vol. viii, pp. 41—56, pl. 1.
Professor McIntosh gives interesting account of the views of the earlier writers
on pearl formation, as well as those of recent times.

Lebour, Marie V.—Additions to the List of Marine Mollusca of Northumberland.
Report Northumberland Sea Fish. Comm., 1903, p. 50.
The authoress adds to her previous lists, Limapontia nigra, Johnst., Gomtodoris
nodosa, (Mont.), Doris bilamellata, L., and Trochus helicinus, Fabr.

Thiele. Joh.—Anatomisch-systematische Untersuchungen einiger Gastropoden.
Wiss. Ergeb. deutschen Tiefsee-Exped. a. d. Dampfer “ Valdivia” 1898—18g9,
1903, Bd. vii, pp. 149—174, Tfn. vi—ix.

Bavay, A. and Dautzenberg, Ph.—Description de coquilles nouvelles de I’ Indo-
Chine. Journ. de Conchyl. 1993, vol. li, pp. 201—236, pls. vii—xi.

The authors in this their third contributi»n to the mollusca of the Indo-China region,

describe and hgure numerous new species and varieties, amongst those we may number

as especially interesting : Streptavis (Odontartemon) mabillei, Sitala acutecarinata,

Boysidia messager and gereti, and Helicomorpha scalaroides. In addition to the new

species, figures are also given of some hitherto unfigured.

EDITOR’S NOTES.

The Editor again appeals to those subscribers whose subscriptions are one, two or
three years in arrear to kindly forward the same. Unless these subscriptions are paid
during the present year, the question of the continued publication of the Journal will
have to be seriously considered.

We note with much pleasure the election of our editorial colleague, Mr. E. R. Sykes,
to the Presidency of the Malacological Society of London.

THE

PeowiNAL OF MALACOLOGY:,

No. 2. JULY IITH, 1904. Vorrkt

EE BS ees anes A

ON A COLLECTION OF MARINE SHELLS FROM

PORT ALFRED, CAPE COLONY.
By EDGAR A. SMITH, LS.O.,

British Mu-eum (Natural History) London.

IN the early part of last year the British Museum received from Lieut.-Col.
W. H. Turton, R.E., a large series of shells collected by him at Port Alfred,
Cape Colony. ‘The collection is of interest, as it contains a considerable
number of new forms and also a few others which are new to the known
fauna of South Africa. It also shows how rich in species this particular
locality evidently is. It has been thought useful and interesting to give a list
of the species as all were obtained at one place and within the short period
of two or three months. Besides the species enumerated, there are numer
ous specimens which, being beach-rolled, (the whole collection having been
obtained on the shore), are beyond recognition. Others are too young to
be dealt with and a few belong to families, Vermetidlae, Ostraeidae, etc., which
are extremely difficult to determine. Probably altogether about fifty species
are comprised in this unnamed material which are not included in the follow-
ing list, and Colonel Turton writes that he has upon a second visit to Port
Alfred found a considerable number of species which were not in his first
collection. It is not therefore improbable that some four hundred and fifty
species will eventually be recorded from this one locality.

All the species about to be enumerated, excepting those new to the
fauna,“) are quoted and references given, either in Sowerby’s ‘Marine Shells
of South Africa,” or in my paper in the Proc. Malacol. Soc., vol. v, pp.
354—402.

t. Marked in the list with an asterisk.
Journ. oF Matac., 1904, vol, xi, No. 2.

22 SMITH : MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFRED.

Ae Lasr on Sererss:

Spirula peroni, Lamk.
Melampus acinoides, Morelet.
Gadinia costata, Krauss.
*Ampullarina africana, n.sp.
Siphonaria concinna, Sowb.

Siphonaria capensis, Q. & G. var.

Siphonaria aspera, Krauss.
Bulla ampulla, Linn.
Hydatina physis, Linn.
Haminea natalensis, Krauss.

Cylichna cylindracea, Pennant.

Tornatina voluta, Q. & G.
Actaeon albus, Sowb.
Retusa truncatula, Brug
Terebra capensis, Smith.
*Terebra suspensa, n.sp.
Conus infrenatus, Reeve.
Conus pictus, Reeve.
Conus bairstowi, Sowb.
Conus tinianus, Hwass.
Clionella kraussi, Smith.
Clionella bipartita, Smith.
Clionella subventricosa, Smith.
Clionella rosaria, Reeve.
Clionella sinuata, Born. var.

Chonella (?) platystoma, Smith.

Clavatula gravis, Hinds.
Pleurotoma fultoni, Sowb.
Drillia rousi, Sowb.
Drillia caffra, Smith
Drillia layardi, Sowb.
Drillia diversa, Smith.
Drillia bairstowi, Sowb.
Drillia hottentota, Smith.
*Drillia albonodulosa, n.sp.
* Drillia thetis, n.sp.
*Drillia nivosa, n.sp.
*Drillia subcontracta, n.sp.
*Drillia praetermissa, n.sp.
Clathurella capensis, Smith.
Clathurella ponsonbyi, Sowb.
Clathurella grayi, Reeve.

*Clathurella crassilirata, n.sp.
Clathurella verrucosa, Sowb.
Mangilia septangularis, Mont.
Mangilia amplexa, Gld.

*Mangilia alfredi, n.sp.
Daphnella (?) sulcata, Sowb.
Daphnella capensis, Sowb.

(=Columbella capensis. )

*Glyphostoma siren, n.sp.
Mitromorpha volva, Sowb.
Alcira elegans, H. Ad.
Columbella lightfooti, Smith.
Columbella pyramidalis, Sowb.
Columbella algoensis, Sowb.
Columbella albuginosa, Rve.
Columbella cerealis, Menke.

*Columbella adjacens, n sp.
Cancellaria semidisjuncta, Sowb.
Cancellaria foveolata, Sowb.
Ancilla obtusa, Swainson.

*Ancilla reevei, n.sp.

Ancilla obesa, Sowb.

Ancilla fasciata, Rve.

Ancilla albozonata, n.sp.

(= A. cinnamomea, Sowb. non Laink.)
Ancilla marmorata, Rve.
Marginella ornata, Redfield.
Marginella mosaica, Sowb.
Marginella piperita, Hinds.
Marginella bairstowi, Sowb.
Marginella albocincta, Sowb.
Marginella punctilineata, Smith, var.
Marginella neglecta, Sowb.
Marginella zonata, Kiener:
Marginella keeni, Marratt.

*Marginella pura, n.sp.
Marginella pellicula, Marratt ?
Marginella burnupi, Sowb.

*Marginella differens, n.sp.
Marginella cylindrica, Sowb.
Marginella algoensis, Smith.
Marginella fallax, Smith.

SMITH ; MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFRED 23

*Marginella corusca, Reeve. *Bulha trifasciata, n.sp.
*Marginella dulcis, n.sp. Bulha laevissima, Gmel.
*Marginella munda, n.sp. Bullia tenuis, Rve.
*Marginella pseutes, n.sp. Bulla annulata, Lamk.
Voluta africana, Rve. Bullia rhodostoma, Gray.
Mitra picta, Rve. Bullia semiusta, Rve.
Mitra latruncularia, Rve. Bullia diluta, Krauss.
Mitra patula, Kve. Bulla pura, Melvill.
Mitra merula, Sowb. Murex uncinarius, Lamk.
Mitra capensis, Dkr. Murex scrobiculatus, Dkr.
Mitra canaliculata, Sowb. Murex babingtoni, Sowb.
Mitra euzonata, Sowb. Murex kieneri, Rve.
Mitra bathyraphe, Sowb. Murex crawfordi, Sowb.
Mitra kowiensis, Sowb. Trophon insignis, Sowb.
Fasciolaria heynemann*‘, Dkr Purpura capensis, Petit.
Latirus rousi, Sowb. *Purpura texturata, n.sp.
Latirus bairstowi, Sowb. Purpura squamosa, Lamk.
Fusus ocelliferus, Bory, var. robustior, Purpura cataracta, Chemn.
Sowb. Purpura castanea, Kuster.
*Fusus cingulatus, n.sp. (Syn. Cominella unifasciata, Sowb.)
Melapium lineatum, Lamk. Latiaxis rosaceus, Smith.
Cominella lagenaria, Lamk. Coralliophila rubrococcinea, Melv.
Cominella tigrina, Kiener. & Standen.
Cominella porcata, Gmelin. Lotorium sauliae, Rve.
Cominella elongata, Dkr. Lotorium africanum, A. Ad.
Cominella unifasciata, Sowb. Lotorium leucostoma, Lamk. var.
Cominella puncturata, Sowb. Lotorium doliarium, Lamk.
Cominella capensis, Dkr. Lotorium klenei, Sowb.
Cominella angusta, Sowb. Lotorium olearium, Desh.
Tritonidea insculpta, Sowb. Lotorium argus, Lamk.
Euthria fuscotincta, Sowb. Ranella granifera, Lamk.
Sylvanocochlea ancilla, Hanley. Ranella anceps, Lamk.
Eburna papillaris, Sowb. Cassis achatina, Lamk.
Nassa crawfordi, Sowb. Dolium dunkeri, Hanley.
Nassa pulchella, A. Ad. Radius aurantia, Sowb. ?
Nassa poecilosticta, n.sp. Cypraea citrina, Gray. var.
(=N. coccinea (A. Ad.), Sowb.) | Cypraea edentula, Sowb.
Nassa pyramidalis, A. Ad. Cypraea minoridens, Melvill.
Nassa speciosa, A. Ad. Cypraeovula capensis, Gray.
Nassa serotina, A. Ad. var. Trivia oniscus, Lamk.
Nassa kraussiana, Dkr. Trivia vesicularis, Gaskoin.
Nassa (Demoulia) abbreviata, Gmel. ‘Trivia formosa, Gaskoin.
Nassa retusa, Lamk. Trivia oryza, Lamk.

Bullia callosa, Wood. Cerithium pingue, A. Ad.

24 SMITH: MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFRED.

Turbonilla tincta, Sowb.
Turbonilla laevicostata, Sowb.
Turbonilla tegulata, Sowb.
*Turbonilla gemmula, n.sp.
Turbonilla bathyraphe, Sowb.
*Turbonilla decora, n sp.
Cingulina circinata, A. Ad.
Odostomia robusta, Sowb. var.

*Cerithiopsis trilineata, Phil.
Cerithiopsis exquisita, Sowb.
Cerithiopsis foveolata, Sowb.
Trifora perversa, Linn.

*Trifora convexa, n.sp.

*Trifora fuscomaculata, n.sp.
Trifora cingulata, A Ad.

*Trifora fuscescens, n.sp.

Turritella carinifera, Lamk
Littorina knysnaensis, Phil.
Littorina africana, Phil
IDiala dubia, Sowb

Diala pinnae, Krauss, var ?

Assiminea bifasciata, Nevill.
Assiminea umlaasiana, Smith.

*Rissoina alfredi, n.sp.
Rissoina elegantula, Angas.
Rissoa fenestrata, Krauss.

*Rissoa perspecta, n.sp.
Rissoa argentea, Sowb.

*Rissoa conspecta, n.sp.

Rissoa (Cingula) caffra, Sowb.

Torinia dorsuosa, Hinds
Torinia variegata, Gmelin.

Crepidula (Crypta) aculeata, Gmelin.

Odostomia lavertinae, Smith.
Odostomia (Ondina) lucida, Sowb.
Miralda crispa, Sowb.

Graphis pellucida, Sowb.

Eulima distorta, Desh.

*Eulima distincta, n.sp.

Eulima dilecta, Smith.
Eulima langleyi, Sowb.
Eulima simplex, Sowb.

*Eulimella nivea, n.sp
*Eulimella minor, n.sp.

Niso balteata, Sowb.

*Niso interrupta, Sowb.

Astralium taylorianum, Smith,
‘Turbo (Ocana) cidaris, var. natalensis.
‘Turbo (Samarticus) sarmaticus, Linn.
Leptothyra sanguinea, Linn.

Crepidula (Crypta) adspersa, Dkr. | *Leptothyra armillata, A. Ad.
Crepidula (Trochita) helicoidea,Sowb. Phasianella elongata, Krauss.

Crepidula (Mitrella) chinensis, Linn.

Natica imperforata, Gray.
Natica forata, Rve.
*Natica decipiens, n.sp.
*Natica napus. n.sp.
Natica didyma, Bolten.
Ianthina globosa, Swains.
lanthina communis, Lamk.
Ianthina exigua, Lamk.
Scala aculeata, Sowb. var.
Scala coronata, Lamk.
Scala fragilis, Hanley ?
Scala lactea, Krauss.
*Acrilla gracilis, H Ad.
Syrnola capensis, Sowb.
*Mormula rissoina, A. Ad.

*Turbonilla hofmani, Angas.

Phasianella kochi, Phil.
Phasianella bicarinata, Dkr.
Phasianella capensis, Dkr.
Clanculus miniatus, Anton.
Calliostoma bicingulatum, Lamk.
Gibbula tryoni, Pilsbry.
Gibbula multicolor, Krauss.
Gibbula benzi, Krauss.
Gibbula fucata, Gld.
Gibbula cicer, Menke.
Oxystele impervia, Menke.
Oxystele tabularis, Krauss.
Oxystele tigrina, Chemn.
Oxystele merula, Chemn.

*Cynisca forticostata, n.sp.

Cyclostrema planulata, Sowb.

*Ethalia africana, n sp.

SMITH: MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFRED. 25

Haliotis sanguinea, Hanley. *Carditella laticostata, n.sp.
Haliotis midae, Linn. Neocardia angulata, Sowb.
Pupillia aperta, Sowb. Cardita elata, Sowb.
Fissurellidaea hiantula, Iamk. *Cardita minima, n.sp.
Fissurellidaea concatenata, Cr.& Fisch. Crassatella acuminata, Sowb.
Fissurella natalensis, Krauss. Cardium turtoni, Sowb.
Glyphis elizabethae, Smith Cardium natalense, Sowb
Glyphis calyculata, Sowb. Dosinia hepatica, Lamk,
Glyphis spreta, Smith. Venus verrucosa, Linn.
Glyphis elevata, Dkr. Meretrix (Tivela) compressa, Sowb.
Patella variabilis, Krauss. Meretrix (Chione) kochi, Phil.
Patella rustica, Linn. ? Sunetta ovalis, Sowb.
Patella umbella, Gmelin. Circe pectinata, Linn.
Patella granularis, Linn. Tapes corrugatus, Gmelin
Patella argenvillei, Krauss ? Venerupis 1obusta, Sowb. ?
Patella plicata, Born. Schizodesma spengleri, Gmelin.
Patella longicosta, Lamk. Mactra ovalina, Lamk.
Patella oculus, Born. Standella solandri, Gray.
Patella (Olana) cochlear, Gmelin. (Syn. Petricola lyra, Melvill).
Patella (Patina) pruinosa, Krauss. Gastrana abilgaardiana, Spengler.
Helcion pectinata Linn. Tellina rosea, Spengler.
Chiton tulipa, Q. & G. Tellina natalensis, Krauss.
Callochiton castaneus, Wood. Tellina ponsonbyi, Sowb.
Dinoplax gigas, Gmelin. TYellina triangularis, Chemn.
Acanthochites garnoti, Blainville. *Tellina regularis, n.sp.
Dentalium belcheri, Sowb. Psammotellina capensis, Sowb.
Lima rotundata, Sowb. Macoma littoralis, Krauss.
*Lima perfecta, n.sp. Macoma cumana, Costa, var. ?
Pecten tinctus, Reeve. Donax serra, Chemn.
Margaritifera capensis, Sowb. Donax sordidus, Hanley.
Mytilus (Chloromya) perna, Linn. | *Semele capensis, n.sp.
Mytilus (Aulacomya) variabilis, var? *Theora ovalis, n.sp.
*Modiola tenerrima, n.sp. Solen capensis, Fischer.
Modiola petagnae, Scacchi. var ? Cultellus decipiens, n sp.
Modiola lignea, Reeve. ( = pellucidus, Sowb. non Pennant).
Modiolaria coenobita, Vaillant. Loripes clausus. Philippi.
Arca lactea, Linn. (=L. lacteus, Sowb. non Linn).
Arca obliquata, Wood. Lucina despecta, n.sp.
Glycimeris queketti, Sowb. jun. ? (= L. columbella, Sowb.non Lamk.)
*Limopsis pumilio, n.sp. *Lucina valida, n.sp.
*Hochstetteria velaini, n.sp. Cryptodon globosus, Forsk.
*Hochstetteria limoides, n.sp. Felania subradiata, Sowb.
Thecalia concamerata, Brug. *Pholas fragilis, Sowb.

Carditella rugosa, Sowb. Nucula nucleus, Linn.

26 SMITH: MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFRED

*Tellimya similis, n.sp. Kellia rotunda, Desh.
*Montacuta macandrewi, Fischer. Kellia mactroides, Hanley.
Lasaea australis, Souverbie. *Lepton fortidentatus, n.sp.

B. Descriptions OF NEW SPECIES AND REMARKS UPON A FEW

OTHER PREVIOUSLY DESCRIBED FORMS

Drillia thetis, nsp.
i a oo

Testa parva. ovato-fusiformis, alba, rufescens, vel fuscescens ; anfractus
normales 5 convexi, costis obliquis leviter flexuosis (in anfr. penultimo
10—12) instructi, inter costas spiraliter tenuiter striati, sutura obliqua
sejuncti, ultimus infra medium contractus, costis inferne evanidis, et pone
labrum interdum plus minus obsoletis ; apertura parva, irregulariter sub-ovata,
longit. totius = fere aequans ; labrum tenue, arcuatim prominens, superne late
sed haud profunde sinuatum ; columella leviter arcuata, callo tenui induta.

Longit. ro millim., diam. 4 ; apertura 4 millim. longa, 2 lata.

The rather convex whorls, the oblique and slightly flexuous ribs and the
close fine spiral striae, are the principal features of this species. It seems to
be variable in colour, some specimens being entirely white, others reddish or
brownish. Some white examples have a brown zone below the suture and
another round the middle of the body-whorl, and one pale specimen has
some distant, obscure, reddish spots upon the upper part of the whorls.
The spiral striae are most conspicuous between the costae.

Drillia subcontracta, n.sp.
Pi. iy, tip; 2.

Testa elongata, fusca, ad apicem mamillata, anfractus 8, superiores duo
laeves, convexi, Ccaeteri supra concavi, infra convexi, costis obliquis circiter
12, supra attenuatis, instructi, inter costas spiraliter fortiter striati, ultimus
infra medium contractus, et costis obsoletis circa basim sulcatus ; apertura
sub-ovalis, supra et infra contracta, longit. totius circiter } aequans ; labrum
tenue, haud profunde sinuatum; columella oblique arcuata, callo tenui pallido
induta.

Longit. 12 millim., diam. 4.5 ; apertura 4 millim. longa, 2 lata.

The body-whorl is well rounded at the middle and then contracted
below. <A spiral striation or groove at the periphery, which also winds up
the spire just above the suture, is usually more strongly marked than the rest.

SMITH : MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFRED.

iS)
~I

Drillia albonodulosa, n. sp.
el it, figs 3:

Testa parva, rufo-fusca, serie nodulorum alborum cincta, ovato-fusiformis ;
anfractus sex, superiores rotundati, laeves, caeteri supra excavati, infra convexi,
costis nodiformibus albis obliquis infra instructi, spiraliter striati, ultimus ad
medium nodose costulatus, infra circa basim oblique et fortius striatus ;
apertura parva ; labrum ad marginem tenue, extus incrassatum, supra valde
sinuatum ; columella rectiuscula, callo tenui superne tuberculiforme induta.

Longit. 8.3 millim., diam. 4 ; apertura 3.3 millim longa, 1.5 lata.

A solid little species, well characterised by its style of colouration.

Drillia praetermissa, n. sp.
Pl, iy fig. 4.

Testa breviter subfusiformis, fuscescens, pallide costulata, rufo-fusco maculata,
lineis spiralibus albo et fusco articulatis subobscuris ornata ; anfractus 8—9,
apicales ?, caeteri supra concave declives, infra convexiusculi, costis obliquis
12—15 in concavitate obsoletis instructi, spiraliter tenuiter striati, ultimus
costis infra medium evanidis, circa basim fortius strictus ; apertura longit.
totius 44; adaequans, intus fuscescens; labrum arcuatim prominens, tenue,
supra rotunde sinuatum ; columella fere recta, callo tenui supra tuberculi-
forme induta.

Longit. 18 millim., diam. 7.

Allied to D. nivosa, but differing in colour and in its spire being
more produced.

Drillia nivosa, », sp.
Pi ihe 5:

Testa mediocriter elongata, pallide fuscescens, lineis numerosis spiralibus
albo et fusco-puncticulatis ornata ; spira elongata, ad apicem mammillata ;
anfractus 7, duo superiores rotundati, laeves, caeteri supra concavi, infra
convexi, costis obliquis (in concavitate obsoletis) 12—14 instructi, et spiraliter
leviter striati, ultimus infra medium costis evanidis, circa basim fortius striatus;
apertura longit. totius circiter $ adaequans ; labrum tenue, arcuatum, supra
subprofunde sinuatum ; columella levissime curvata, callo tenui, superne
tuberculiforme indutum.

Longit. 17 millim., diam. 6.5 ; apertura 6.5 longa, 3 lata.

Two or three of the dotted lines around the middle of the whorls are
more clearly defined than the rest. The specific name has reference to the
white specks which cover the surface.

Clathurella erassilirata, n. sp.
Pl. it, figc6:
Testa parva, fusiformis, albida, infra suturam et circa basim fuscotincta ;
anfractus 7 ?, supra declives, infra liris duobus crassis spiralibus rotundatis

28 SMITH : MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFRED.

instructi, ultimus triliratus, infra concave contractus et oblique striatus ;
apertura longit. totius circiter ¢ aequans ; labrum supra ad suturam profunde
et rotunde sinuatum, antice rufotinctum ; columella rectiuscula, vel leviter
sinuosa, callo tenui induta.

Longit. 8 millim., diam. 3.5.

Well characterised by the strong rounded spiral lirae and the deep
labral sinus.

Glyphostoma siren, n. sp.
Pi. it, fig: 7:

Testa parva, oblonga, dilute fuscescens, circa medium anfract. ultimi albo
zonata ; spira gradata, ad apicem obtusa ; anfractus 5, superiores 1} laeves,
convexi, caete:i convexiusculi, costis longitudinalibus circiter 10 et liris
spiralibus (in anfr. ultimo 3—4) cancellati, ultimus liris circiter ro cinctus ;
apertura angusta, longit. totius } haud aequans; labrum incrassatum, superne
conspicue sinuatum, intus sex-denticulatum; columella rectiuscula, callo tenui
induta, tuberculis 2—3 minutis in medio munita.

Longit. 5.5 millim., diam. 2.3 ; apertura 2.5 millim. longa, 1 lata.

A rather strongly cancellated species, of a pale brownish colour with a
zone round the middle of the body-whorl, which is also partly visible above
the suture of the spire.

Daphnella (?) suleata (Sowerby).

Cominella (?) sulcata, Sowerby: Marine Shells S. Afr., p. r1, pl. 1,
fig. 10, bad!
Hab.—Port Elizabeth (Sowb.).

The type of this species is in poor condition, so that certain features
appear to have been overlooked in the original description. Of the six whorls
the two apical ones are smooth, rounded, conspicuously large and mamilli-
form; the rest are rather convex and spirally grooved and ridged. ‘They also
exhibit lines of growth in the sulci, producing a sub-cancellated appearance,
and the spirals are also faintly sub-granose. The labrum is a little thickened,
ascends slightly upon the whorl above, and has a few minute tubercles upon
the thickening within. The spiral lirae are about seven in number on the
penultimate whorl and eighteen to twenty upon the last.

This species does not fall conveniently into any known genus, and
although placed provisionally in the genus Cominella by Mr. Sowerby, it
might with equal propriety be located in Tvitonidea. In size and some other
respects it recalls the general facies of some forms of Daphnella.

Most examples are uniformly light corneous and generally have a row
of brown spots at the middle of the body-whorl, which is also continued up
the spire.

SMITH : MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFRED.

Mangilia alfredi, n. sp.
Pl. 1, fig. 8.

Mangilia costata, Sowerby (nec Donovan) : Marine Shells. S. Afr. D: 7:

Hah.—Algoa Bay (Sowb.).

This South African species differs from VW. costata in form, the aperture
being shorter and broader, also in the six or seven ribs being more regularly
continuous up the spire, and especially in the much stronger spiral striation.
The striae are close-set, hair-like, continued on and between the costae, and
are easily observable under a simple lens — The colour is somewhat variable.
Some specimens are white with a broad band round the middle of the body-
whorl. Others are light brownish, and with or without a darker peripheral
zone.

Ancilla albozonata, n. sp.
Pio il, fig. 9:
Testa oblonga, supra acuminata, fusca, ad apicem alba, infra suturam et infra
medium anfractus ultimi et circa basim albozonata; spira convexe acuminata,
callo tenui induta ; apertura elongata, longit. totius circiter ;4, aequans, intus
fusca, antice infra columellam alba ; labrum tenue, parum arcuatum, supra
ad insertionem album, antice ad extremitatem zonae externae albo tinctum :
columella antice quasi reflexa, oblique sulcata, fuscescens.

Longit. 20 millim., diam., ro ; apertura 14 longa, 4.5 lata.

The coloration of this species is characteristic and constant. The top
of the spire is white, a white band falls round the upper part or shoulder of
the body-whorl, a narrower white zone accompanies the upper of the two
oblique grooves across the lower part of the whorl, the base of which is also
white. The surface is smooth, exhibiting only faint lines of growth.

Smaller than A cinnamomea, Lamk., from the Red Sea, and differently
coloured. It is the cérnamomea of Sowerby’s ‘ Marine Shells of S. Africa,”
Ds £6:

Aneilla reevei, n. sp.
Plu, fie. To.

Testa elongato-ovata, pallide carnicolor, infra suturam pallidior, laevis ; spira
plus minus callo pallido induta ; anfractus 5 ?, ultimus magnus, elongatus,
conyexiusculus, antice oblique bisulcatus, cingulo inter sulcos fusco maculato;
labrum pallidum, parum arcuatum ; columella antice incrassata, quasi reflexa,
oblique sulcata, alba, vel dilute rosea.

Longit. 22 millim., diam. 10; apertura 12.5 millim. longa, 4.5 lata.

The colour is a pale fleshy tint, with a whitish or brownish zone beneath
the suture, sometimes with a series of brown spots or dots upon the lower
edge of it. The oblique girdle upon the front part of the body-whorl is also
generally spotted with red. ‘The reflexed columella is margined on the left
side with an excavation or groove.

30 SMITH : MARINE SHELLS. FROM PORT ALFRED.

Fusus cingulatus, n. sp.
Pl. i, fig. 10,

Testa breviter fusiformis, rimata, aurantia, ad angulum anfractuum albo cincta;
anfractus 6, duo superiores globosi, laeves, caeteri supra oblique declives, in
medio angulati et serie nodulorum instructi, tenuiter spiraliter lirati ; ultimus
lira conspicua paulo infra medium cinctus, antice in rostrum brevem pro-
ductus ; apertura supra irregulariter ovata, antice in canalem obliquum
brevem producta ; labrum simplex, tenue ; columella arcuata, laevis, callo
tenui albo induta.

Longit. 28 millim., diam. 14; apertura cum canali 14 millim. longa,
5-5 lata.

Recognisable by its style of colouration and the infraperipheral con-
spicuous lira. The nodules at the angle of the whorls gradually increase
in size with the growth of the shell. ‘There are about nine on the body-whorl.

Terebra suspensa, n. sp.
Plu, fig. 12.

Terebra pertusa, Sowerby (nec Born): Marine Shells S. Afr., p. 24.

‘Testa parva, elongata, alba, pallide fusco maculata, ad apicem fuscescens;
anfractus t2, duo superiores (protoconcha) laeves, dilute fusci, rotundati,
mammaeformes, caeteri lente accrescentes, leviter convexi, paulo infra suturam
subconstricti, costis longitudinalibus numerosis tenuibus arcuatis instructi,
inter costas spiraliter punctati, ultimus ad peripheriam rotundatus, circa basim
zona fusca cinctus; apertura parva; columella alba, brevis, rectiuscula,
antice obliqua ; canalis brevissimus, obliquus.

Longit. 20 millim., diam. 4.5 ; apertura 4 millim. longa, 2 lata.

Hab.—Port Elizabeth (Sowb. ).

This species differs from 7. pertusa of Born in its much smaller size,
finer and more numerous spiral series of punctures, rather shorter whorls, and
in colour. The dark infrasutural band, so characteristic of 7. pertusa, is
wanting in the present species. The upper part of the whorls in Born’s
species is smooth between the riblets and is marked off by a conspicuous
row of punctures, whereas in 7’. swspensa it is punctate between the costae,
and less clearly defined.

Columbella (?) pyramidalis, Sowerby.
Columbella (Mitrella) pyramidalis, Journ. Conchol., Vol. vii, p. 370;
Marine Shells S. Afr. Append., p. 10, pl. vi, fig. 4.

Hab.—Port Elizabeth (Sowb.).

Variable in colouration, sometimes being white, streaked with brown at
intervals, and generally with an interrupted narrow opaque white line at the
periphery, sometimes bordered above with a brown line which ascends the
spire above the sutural line. Some specimens are pale brown, streaked or
mottled with white, and dotted with brown at the pale periphery and upon
the slight infrasutural margination. ‘The lower part of the body-whorl in some
of these specimens is whitish. The species has a Terebratike appearance.

SMITH : MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFRED. 31

Mitromorpha volva, Sowerby, var.
Pla, fig: 12.
Testa ovato-fusiformis, supra pallide fuscescens, infra albida, circa medium
anfract. ultimi fusco notata vel zonata ; spira conica, ad apicem mamillata ;
anfractus 6, superiores duo laeves, rotundati, caeteri spiraliter lirati (liris in
anfr. penult 4, infimo caeteris majori, albo, fusco picto, in ultimo circiter ES),
in interstitiis longitudinaliter tenuiter striati ; apertura angusta, longit. totius
4 vix aequans ; labrum tenue, vix incrassatum et supra inconspicue sinuatum;
columella rectiuscula, laevis, in medio obsolete incisa.

Longit. 7.3 millim., diam. 3 ; apertura 3.5 millim. longa, 1 lata

At once recognised by its spiral sculpture and fusiformly ovate form.
The whitish lira spotted with brown round the middle of the body-whorl,
passes up the spire above the suture and is rather thicker than the rest. The
specimens differ somewhat in colour, being of a rich brown tint, excepting
the upper part of the whorls which is white with a few brown spots.

This variety differs from the type in colour and the stronger lirae. The
typical form is uniformly very light brown, although described as white. It
usually has five lirae on the penultimate whorl, whereas there are only four
in the present variety.

Marginella punctilineata, Smith.

Two specimens differing somewhat from the type in colour. They are
dirty whitish with slender brown lines, which are indistinctly dotted as in
the normal form. ‘The lower part of the columella is more or less stained
with olive brown.

Marginella munda, n. sp.
Pion; fig. 14.

Testa parva, fusiformis, alba, lineis angustis rosaceis subundulatis picta ;
anfractus 4 —5 leviter convexi, sutura obliqua sejuncti ; labrum mediocriter
incrassatum, album, ad extremitatem posticam roseo maculatum ; columella
infra callo albo reflexo induta, quadriplicata.

Longit. 7 millim., diam. 3.3.

A small species characterised by its fusiform shape and style of colour-
ation.

Margineila pura, n. sp.
Ble i, figs rs:
Testa M. metcalfed similis, sed duplo major, antice minus contracta.

Longit. 6 millim., diam. 3.75.

This species quoted by Mr. Sowerby (Marine Shells S. Africa, p. 20)
as the M. metcalfei of Angas, differs in size and shape. The Port Jackson
shell is only 4 millim. in length, 2.5 in diameter, and is more contracted
anteriorly. It is also not so pure white as the present species. Both have
four columellar plaits. I cannot separate M. metcalfei and M. ochracea,
both of Angas, and both from New South Wales.

i)

SMITH: MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFRED.

ioe)

Marginella differens, n. sp.
Pl. 11, fig.) 29.
Testa parva, ovata, alba, nitida; spira brevis, ad apicem obtusa ; anfractus
34 celeriter accrescentes ; labrum incrassatum, intus denticulatum ; columella
callo induta, quadriplicata.

Longit. 5 millim., diam. 3.25.

This species was quoted by Mr. Sowerby (Marine Shells S. Africa, p. 20)
under the name of MW. lulbosa, Reeve. It is shorter than that species, has
coarser denticulation within the labrum, the columella callus is n ore defined,
and the second plication from the base is more produced to the left over the
whorl. The plicae are usually fourin number, but an indication of a fifth is
sometimes observable. The denticles on the labrum are in the form of short
lirae which are visible exteriorly through the transparency of the shell.

Marginella duleis, n. sp.
Pl.11; fig. 20:
Testa parva, alba, polita, subpellucida; spira brevissima alba, obtusa ;
anfractus 4; apertura angusta; labrum mediocriter incrassatum, intus laeve
vel liris minutis brevibus 16—17 denticulatum; columella quinque vel
sexplicata, plicis duobus anticis aliis majoribus.

Longit. 3.5 millim., diam. 2.2.

A very small subpellucid shell with the labrum smooth or minutely
denticulate or lirate within ; with a slight notch at the base or anterior end of
the aperture, and six columellar folds, of which the two anterior are larger
than the rest, which look more like minute denticles than plicae, and in
adult specimens may be more or less obscured by callus.

Marginella pseustes, n. sp.
Pla, dig. 20;
Testa minuta, ovata, alba, pellucida, nitida ; spira rotundata, haud exserta ;
anfractus 3, ultimus fere totam testam formans ; apertura angusta ; labrum
extus valde incrassatum, intus laeve, longit. totam testae aequans ; columella
triplicata, plica antica obliqua, maxima, inferne labro juncta.

Longit. 2 millim., diam. 1.3.

A very small species, ovate, with a rounded apex, a conspicuously
thickened lip for so smal a shell, and three folds at the anterior end of the
columella, of which the basal one is the thickest and unites with the labrum

in front.
Purpura texturata, n. sp.

Pl. 11, fig, 15:
Testa parva, ovato-turrita,pallide rufescens, supra porcas spirales rufo punctata;
anfractus 6, superiores duo lieves, convexi, mamillaeformes, caeteri supra
concavi, in medio nodose a gulati, liris minutis spiralibus, incrementique
lineis undique cancellati, ultimus porcis quaternis transversis instructus ;
apertura pallida, rufo fasciata, longit. totius $ paulo superans ; columella alba,
parum arcuata, callo tenui induta.

SMITH : MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFRED. 33

Longit. 22 millim., diam. 13 ; apertura 12 millim. longa, 6 lata.

Remarkable on account of the finely cancellated surface, the nodose
angle of the whorls and the style of colouration. The ground colour is very
light red, varied with dark brown or red dots or short lines upon the nodose
angle of the whorls, and upon the three lower transverse ridges upon the
body-whorl. Of these, that nearest the angle is also slightly nodose. The
protoconch, consisting of about two whorls, is large, smooth and yellowish.
The labrum is thin and very finely crenulated within the margin.

Quite distinct from P. capensis, Petit. The fine cancellation is quite
different from the sculpture of that species.

Purpuea eastanea, Kiister.

Purpura castanea, Krauss MSS., Kuster : Conch. Cab., p. 170, pl. xxviii,
figs. 8, 9.

Cominella unifasciata, Sowerby : Journ. Conchol., vol. v, p. 3; Marine
Shells.S. Afmea, p. rz, pl. i, fig. 11; Appendix, p. 4,
var. concolor.

Hab.—Cape Agulhas (Kuster); Port Elizabeth and Natal (Sowb.).

The variety concolor of Sowerby’s Cominella unifasciata is the same as

the typical form of castanea.

Nassa poecilosticta, n. sp.
Pi aie fies 16.

Testa acuminato-ovata, colore variabilis, aurantia vel fusca, sordide
albida fusco lineata et punctata, circa medium anfractus ultimi linea interrupta
fusca vel linea alba saepe picta; anfractus circiter 8 convexiusculi, costis
leviter obliquis 12—16 lirisque spiralibus numerosis supra et inter costas
continuis instructi, ultimus infra medium liris paucis crassioribus cinctus ;
apertura parva ; labrum mediocriter incrassatum, intus liris brevibus 1to—r1
munitum, saepe pallidum, interdum in medio macula fusca pictum ; canalis
anticus saepe fusco tinctus ; columella arcuata, callo tenui tuberculis 3—4
gerente amicta.

Longit. 14 millim., diam. 7; apertura intus 4.5 millim. longa, 3 lata.

This species is I believe the NV. coccinea of A, Adams MSS. as under-
stood by Mr. Sowerby (Marine Shells S. Africa, p. 12). As, however, I have
never seen a scarlet specimen, and its colouration is so variable, I venture
to propose the name poecilosticta for this apparently quite common shell. The
manuscript name coccinea may therefore be disregarded in future. Mr.
Sowerby in the Appendix to the above work (p. 5), has suggested that this
species is the same as J. coceinella, Lamarck. ‘This, however can scarcely
be correct, as that species by general consent is regarded as synonymous with
the common JN. incrassata of British and European coasts.

Some specimens of the present species are uniformly orange, excepting
the lip which is white within. Sometimes this variety has a white line round

34 SMITH : MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFRED.

the middle. Other specimens are uniformly rich brown. Some are dirty
whitish, transversely lineated and dotted with brown, often with a more con-
spicuous interrupted line at the periphery which also passes up the spire
above the suture. One specimen has the upper part of the shell pale, dotted
with brown, and the lower half of the body-whorl bright orange. The costae
are much more oblique in some examples than in others. In NV fuscolineata,
Smith, from Japan, a closely allied species, the ribs slope in the opposite
direction.

Bullia trifaseciata, n. sp.
PL ni hey 17

Testa oblonga, subturrita, alba, fusco fasciata; anfractus 7, vix convexi,
sutura alba callosa obliqua discreti, spiraliter sulcati, sulcis in anfr. penultimo
circiter 7, anfr. ultimus infra suturam leviter turgidus, deinde contractus,
transversim sulcatus; apertura irregulariter ovata, supra acuminata, intus
fuscescens, subfasciata; labrum tenue, arcuatum ; columella callo albo crasso
reflexo induta.

Longit. 39 millim., diam. 18.

Allied to B. annulata, Lamarck, but differently coloured, with a narrower
body-whorl, a less sharply turreted spire, and a broader columellar callosity.
Of the three brown bands upon the body-whorl, the uppermost npon the
swollen edge of the whorl is the darkest.

Natica napus, n. sp.
Pi. i; fie 22.

Testa globosa, anguste umbilicata, alba, lineis incrementi tenuibus striisque
spiralibus tenuissimus sculpta; spira brevis, obtusa, conoidea ; anfractus 6
convexiusculi, ultimus infra suturam zona opaca alba ornatus et prope aper-
turam leviter concave depressus ; apertura alba; columella incrassata, reflexa,
supra callo crassiusculo labro juncta.

Diam. maj. 31 millim., min. 24; alt. 32.

This species is rather like WV. wher, Valenciennes, from Peru, but has a
different Columellar callosity, and the columella itself is not so straight.
NV. rapulum, Reeve, is the same species as NV. uber.

Natica decipiens, ». sp.
Plu, tigre.

Testa parva, globosa, anguste umbilicata, lutescens, lineis undulatis numer-
osis luteis picta, infra suturam zona alba fusco-maculata, circa basim
anfractus ultimi maculis fuscis notata, et infra umbilicum fusco tincta ; spira
brevis. obtusa ; anfractus quatuor, convexi, lineis incrementi striati, ultimus
antice oblique descendens ; apertura albida ; columella callo fusco umbilicum
semiobtegente instructa.

SMITH : MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFRED.

Ge
on

Diam. maj. 9 millim., min. 6.5 ; alt. 8.

Allied to N. queketti, Sowb., but differently coloured, the body-whorl
descends more, and there are differences in the umbilical opening and the
columellar callus

Rissoina alfredi, r.sp.
Pleo; fig. 2.42

Testa elongata, acuminata, alba ; anfractus circiter 10, normales septem fere
plani, oblique costati, costis leviter arcuatis, circiter 14, ultimus costis infra
undulatis instructus, circa basim inter costas tenuiter liratus: apertura obliqua,
acuminate ovalis ; labrum paulo incrassatum ; columella callo tenui reflexo
induta.

Longit. 7 millim., diam. 2.5.

A pure white shell with very oblique ribs and some fine striae around
the base of the body-whorl, where the costae are slightly waved.

Rissoa perspecta, n.sp.
Bh ti, fig. 25:

Testa minuta, elongato-ovata, alba, pellucida, laevis ; spira obtusa, ad apicem
rotundata ; anfractus 4, convexiusculi, infra suturam late hyalino-marginati,
ultimus elongatus ; apertura parva, pyriformis, 3 longit. totius subaequans ;
peristoma continuum, leviter incrassatum, margine externo subpatulo, colum-
ellari, subreflexo, appresso.

Longit. 2 millim., diam. rt.

The form and colour are different in 2. conspecta and the whorls are
rounder. The peristome in the present species is thicker and a little patulous,
and the pellucid margination below the suture is broader than in conspecta.

Rissoa conspecta, nsp.
Pll aie. 26:

Testa minuta, ovato-turrita, pallide fuscescens subpellucida, nitida, lineis
incrementi tenuibus striata, imperforata ; spira ad apicem rotundata, obtusa ;
anfractus 5 convexi, infra suturam hyalino-marginati ; apertura ovato-
pyriformis, circiter } longit. totius adaequans ; peristoma continuum, margine
externo tenul, columellari leviter vel vix reflexo.

Longit. 2 millim., diam. tr.

A very small glossy shell, of a pale brownish colour, without any sculp-
ture, excepting the lines of growth. The peristome is perhaps rather paler
than the rest of the whorl.

Eulima distineta, n.sp.
Pl. i viigs a

Testa parva, breviter subulata, alba, polita, ad apicem haud acuta, varicibus
pluribus instructa ; anfractus 8 fere plani, infra suturam leviter obliquam zona
angusta pellucida ornati, ultimus ad medium obtuse vel obsolete angulatus ;

36 SMITH : MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFRED.
apertura piriformis ; labrum leviter incrassatum ; columella arcuata, anguste
reflexa.

Longit. 4.5 millim., diam. 1.5.

The slightly thickened labrum and the varices, or former labra, are ihe
peculiar features of this species.

Eulimella nivea, n.sp.
Phone afig. 2
Testa alba, elongata, subulata, nitens, minute spiraliter substriata et lineis
incrementi tenuibus sculpta ; anfractus circiter 12 fere plani, sutura profunda
leviter obliqua sejuncti, ultimus ad peripheriam rotundatus ; apertura parva,
rotunde subquadrata ; labrum tenue ; columella incrassata, reflexa.
Longit. 10 millim., diam. 2 ; apertura 1.3 longa.

A long, gradually tapering shell, consisting of numerous slowly increasing
whorls which are separated by a deep suture. All three examples have lost
the protoconch.

Eulimella minor, n.sp.
PE tig ie. 2°

Testa elongata, gracilis, alba, polita, subpellucida ; anfractus ro, duo apicales
globosi, sinistrales, transversim siti, caeteri fere plani, sutura obliqua distincta
sejuncti, infra suturam zona subopaca angusta cincti, ultimus ad peripheriam
rotundatus ; apertura subpiriformis ; labrum simplex ; columella leviter
incrassata et reflexa.

Longit. 5 millim, diam. 1 ; apertura .75 longa.

A narrower shell than #. nivea, with longer, more rapidly increasing
whorls. It is also more pellucid and exhibits an infrasutural zone.

Turbonilla gemmula, n.sp.
Pl. i, fig. 4
Testa minima, pellucida, nitens, costis numerosis flexuosis obliquis tenuibus
instructa ; anfractus norméles sex, convexi, sutura profunda obliqua sejuncti,
ultimus costis infra medium obsoletis ; apertura parva, irregulariter ovata ;
columella rectiuscula, levissime incrassata et reflexa.
Longit. 3.5 millim., diam. tr.
A very small pellucid shell with 17—18 oblique and slightly flexuous
ribs, six normal whorls and a globose protoconch, consisting of about two —
whorls. Apparently there is no spiral sculpture of any kind.

Turbonilla decora, n.sp.
Pl. ii, fig. 5.
Testa elongata, alba; anfractus normales sex convexi, longitudinaliter oblique
tenuiter costati, inter costas spiraliter striati, sutura obliqua profunda sejuncti,
ultimus costis infra medium plus minus obsoletis, lineisque spiralibus haud
interruptis ; apertura longit. totius circiter } aequans ; columella vix incrassata,
leviter reflexa, haud plicata.

SMITH: MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFRED. 37

Longit. 4 millim., diam. 1.

The embryonic sinistral shell forms a globose apex and consists of about
two and a half whorls. The ribs on the penultimate whorl are about twenty
in number and the spiral striae about ten.

Trifora fuseeseens, n. sp.
Ply i; tie 6:

Testa parva, gracilis, fuscescens, quadricingulata, cingulo supremo aliis majori,
planiusculo, caeteris subaequalibus rotundatis ; anfractus circiter 18, fere
plani, ultimus cingulis septenis. prope aperturam lineis incrementi sectis et
subgranosis cinctus ; apertura parva, rotunde quadrata, antice brevissime
oblique canaliculata ; labrum tenue, postice ad suturam sinuatum, in medio
subpatulum, ad marginem leviter crenulatum.

Longit. 11.5 millim., diam. 2.25.

Some of the specimens named 7. cinyulatus, A. Ad., by Mr. Sowerby
(Marine Shells of S. Africa, p. 36), belong to the present species. None
of them agree with Adams’ species, which was described from the Red Sea,
and has strong longitudinal sculpture between the spirals.

Trifora fusecomaculata, n. sp.
Pl. ii, fig. 7.

‘Testa elongata, gracilis, alba, fusco irregulariter maculata ; anfractus circiter 20
planiusculi, lente accrescentes, quadricingulati, cingulis tuberculatis, duobus
medianis aliis majoribus, longitudinaliter sulcati, subcancellati, ultimus infra
peripheriam cingulis tribus haud granosis ornatus ; apertura rotunde quadrata,
antice breviter oblique canaliculata ; columella supra arcuata, callo tenui
induta.

Longit. 17 millim., diam. 3.5.

Var. (PI. iii, fig. 8) Testa angustior, minor, cingulis tribus, superioribus
aequalibus, distinctius et confertim tuberculatis.

Longit. 15 millim., diam. 3

The typical form is more distinctly blotched with brown than the variety.

Trifora convexa, n. sp.
PEs fen:

Testa parva, fusca, ad apicem albida; anfractus 10 convexi, suprem1 duo
pallidi, laeves, caeteri tricingulati, cingulis granosis, duobus inferioribus magis
conspicuis, sutura filiformi sejuncti, ultimus ad peripheriam rotundatus, cin-
gulis sex instructus ; labrum subpatulum ; columella callo crasso pellucido
induta, supra incurva.

Longit. 5.5 millim., diam. fere 2.

The suture is marked by the lira which encircles the periphery of the
body-whorl, and winds up the spire at, but above the actual suture.

338 SMITH: MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFRED.

Ethalia africana, n. sp.
Pl, ii, figs: Lo, 25.
Testa minuta, depressa, orbicularis, pellucido-alba, nitens, supra et infra plus
minusve spiraliter microscopice striata ; spira depressa ; anfractus tres, celeriter
accrescentes, ultimus callo conspicuo supra instructus, et infra callo crasso
umbilicale munitus, ad peripheriam rotundatus ; apertura fere circularis,
marginibus callo columellari crasso junctis.

Diam. maj. 1.75 millim ; alt. fere 1.

Remarkable on account of the callosity upon the upper surface of the
body-whorl. Very like #. perspicuwa and E. lweida, A Ad., from China and
Japan, but with more basal callus, | esides the callosity upon the upper surface.
It is the Teinostoma lucidum of Sowerby’s ‘Marine Shells of S. Africa,” p. 13.

Cynisea forticostata, n. sp.
Plt, es 2, 13.
Testa C. yranulosae similis, sed costis spiralibus crassioribus et minus
numerosis instructa.
Diam. maj. 7.5 millim., alt. 6.
This species is of the same form as C. yranulosa, Dunker (= C yranu-
latum, A. Ad.), ut is distinguished ly its fewer and stronger spiral ridges.
They are seven in num' er on the hody-whorl and prettily granular in well-
preserved specimens, the one bordering the deep umbilicus being especially
strong. In Dunker’s species the ribs numler 4—5 on the upper surface of
the last whorl and 6—7 below. The colour of this species is white, some-
times dotted with pink above upon the ridges.
Retusa truneatula (Bruguierc).
Utriculus truncatulus, Bruguiére : Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., vol. iv, p. 421 ;
Pilsbry, Man. Conch., vol. xv, p. 205, pl. xxi, figs. 11, 12,
pl. xxiii, figs. 62—64.
Hab.—N. Europe, Mediterranean, Adnatic, Canaries.
I believe this species has been erroneously quoted by Mr. Sowerby as
Cylichna umlilicata, Mont. (Marine Shells S. Africa, p. 52).

Ampullarina afrieana, nu. sp.
Pl; ii; fig *2 4.

s

Testa minima, irregulariter ovata, perforata, pallide fuscescens ; anfractus 5,
convexi, laeves, sutura profunda sejuncti; apertura concolor, piriformis ;
peristoma continuum, margine columellari albo, reflexo, externo intus prope
insertionem incrassato.

Longit. 4 millim., diam. 3.

A small species without any striking characters. The surface is smooth,
excepting very faint lines of growth. The whorls are very convex, and the
suture almost channelled. |The upper part of the whorls is more opaque
than the lower portion, the shell being thickened within. This is seen within
the aperture at the upper part.

SMITH: MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFRED. 39

Cultellus decipiens, n.sp.

Cultellus pellucidus, Sowerby (non Pennant): Marine Shells S. Africa,
Pp. 54.
Testa C. pellucido similis, sed major, latere antico longiore.

This species is very like the well-known C. pellucidus, Pennant, of the
British coast, but attains large dimensions, the largest specimen examined
being 53 millim. in length. ‘The position of the beaks is proportionately
further back, so that the anterior portion of the shell is rather longer. The
strengthening rib within the valves, which is in front of the hinge teeth, is
longer, straighter and almost parallel with the dorsal edge.

Semele capensis, n.sp.
Pi figs! 15, 06.

Testa parva, antice latior, postice acute rotundata, fere aequilateralis, com-
pressa, albida, radiatim tenuissime striata, lineisque incrementi distantibus
lamelliformibus ornata; umbones acuti, laeves; sinus pallii profundus, rotunde
acuminatus ; cicatrix antica elongata, postica latior.

Longit. 11 millim., alt. 8, diam. 3.5

This species may attain larger dimensions than those here given. Its
sculpture (Fig. 16) recalls that of certain 7e//inae such as 7. tessellata, Desh.,
T. carnicolor, Hanley, etc.

Theora ovalis, n. sp.
Pla, He i7.

Testa parva, tenuissima, ovalis, alba, fere aequilateralis, antice subbrevior,
postice vix angustior ; valvae nitidae, increment lineis tenuissimis striatae,
mediocriter convexae ; um! ones parvi, acuti, leviter prominentes ; dens car-
dinalis unicus in utraque valva, et fossa ligamenti margine incrassato pone
limitata.

Longit. 9.5 millim, alt. 7, diam. 3.5.

There are only the faintest indications of lateral teeth on the hinder
margin in each valve, and I cannot trace any pallial sinus.

Tellina regularis, n. sp.
Pie im, hss)

Testa parva, inaequilateralis, tenuis, subpellucido-albida, vel dilutissime fus-
cescens, concentrice tenuissime striata; margo dorsi anticus rectiusculus,
leviter descendens, posticus brevior, magis declivis ; latus anterius acute
rotundatum, posterius subrostratum ; dentes cardinales valvae dextrae duo
divergentes ; dens lateralis anticus brevis, prope umbones situs, posticus
longior, tenuior ; dentes cardinales valvae sinistrae duo, laterales nulli ; sinus
pallii profundissimus.

Longit. 14 millim., alt. 10, diam. 4-5

Some specimens are marked with radiating, broken-up, hair-like pellucid
lines.

40 SMITH : MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFRED.

Macoma litoralis, Krauss.

This is the Tellina (Macoma ) calcarea of Sowerby’s Marine Shells, S. Afr.,
p. 57, and is separable from that northern species by its rather more equi-
lateral form and by the pallial line which generally extends across the valves,
reaching practically from scar to scar. The shell is sometimes white and
sometimes reddish, and attains larger dimensions than the specimen described
by Krauss. The largest example examined is 35 millim. in length.

Lucina despecta, n. sp.

Lucina columbella, Sowerby (non Lamarck): Marine Shells S. Africa,
Pp. Or.
Testa L. columbellae paulo similis, sed tenuior, liris concentricis magis con-
fertis, lunula infra umbones haud excayata, sulco obliquo postico minus
profundo, umbonibus laevibus, haud concentrice liratis, marginibus valvarum
intus laevibus, haud denticulatis.

Longit. 23 millim, diam. 16, alt. 24

Hab.—Port Elizabeth (Sowerby) ; Port Alfred (Turton).

Some specimens are white beneath the thin pale deciduous periostracum,
others are rose tinted externally and of a deeper shade within. The hinge
is more delicate than in L. colwmbella, especially the lateral teeth. It is
remarkable that so distinct a shell should have been confused with that
species.

Lueina valida, n.sp.
Pl. iu, fig. 19.

Testa parva, solida alba, subpiriformis, inaequilateralis, confertim concen-
trice lirata et radiatim striata, um' ones prominentes, acuminati, incurvati ;
valvae crassae, sulcis 2—3 remotis concentricis sculptae intus ad marginem
ventralem minute crenulatae.

Longit. 7 millim., alt. 7, diam. 4.

Belonging to the same group as L. pecten, Lamk., but smaller, and more
solid. The two or three grooves at intervals are peculiar, and apparently
indicate periods of arrested growth. ‘The radiating striae cut across the
concentyic lirae and give them a somewhat granose appearance. ‘The lirae are
closely packed, being merely separated from one another by striae-like
grooves.

Loripes clausus, Philippi.

Lucina clausa, Philippi: Abbild., vol. i, p. ror, pl. 11, fig. 2.

Loripes lacteus, Linn : Sowerty, Marine Shells S. Africa, p. 61.

This South African shell is quite distinct from the European L. /acteus,
heing rather flatter, much larger. having a deeply excavated lunule, and differ-
ing in other respects as pointed out by Phillippi.

SMITH : MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFRED. 41

Lepton fortidentatus, n.sp.
Pl ii fies, 20:

Testa parva, triangulariter ovata, aequilateralis, mediocriter convexa, alba,
undique conspicue punctata, lineisque incrementi hic illic striata; margo
dorsi utrinque declivis, vix curvatus, ventralis late arcuatus; latera acute
rotundata ; dens lateralis crassus prope umbonem in utraque valva, posticus
gracilior.

Longit. 5.5 millim., alt. 4, diam. 2.5.

Remarkable on account of the pitted surface, very like that of a finely
punctate thimble.

Tellimya similis, n.sp.
Pie i, fig. 25.

Testa parva, leviter compressa, oblonga, utrinque rotundata, inferne rectius-
cula vel in medio incurva, leviter inaequilateralis, nitida, lineis incrementi
striata ; margo dorsi utrinque declivis ; latus anticum rotundatum, posticum
paulo angustius ; dentes duo divergentes valvae sinistrae subvalidi et margo
utrinque umhonem valvae dextrae prominens; pagina interna laevis, nitida.

Longit. 6.5 millim., alt. 4.5, diam. 2.5.

Allied to Tellimya producta, Smith, from St. Helena, but less convex,
longer in proportion to the height, and with longer, stouter, and more diver-
gent teeth in the left valve.

Cargita (?) minima, n.sp.
Pisa, ties,

Testa oblique subpiriformis, minima, mediocriter compressa, laevis, incre-
menti lineis tenuibus striata, pellucido-alba, vel pallide rosea, lineis opacis,
albis, plerumque interruptis et guttatis, radiatim picta, radiis duo'us,
rufescentibus aliquando ornata ; umbones acuminati, antice curvati; margo
dorsi posticus elongatus, curvatus, anticus brevior, concavus; lunula excavata,
margine distincto circumdata ; cardo validus, dente unico in valva sinistra,
duobus in valva dextra, postico valde prominente, margine postico valvae
sinistrae et antico valvae dexrae sulco instructo ; pagina interna albida, vel
rosacea, radiata, margine ventrali leviter dentato.

Longit. 3 millim., alt. 3, diam. 2.

Provisionally placed in the genus Carita until more specimens are
available, so that the hinge-characters can be more thoroughly examined.
Allied to Cardita elata, Sowerby, but not costate like that species, and differ-
ent in colour and form.

Carditella laticosta, n-sp.
Pi iii, ie 23
Testa parva, oblonga, compressa, valde inaequilateralis, alba, interdum rufo
maculata, costis radiantibus latis curvatis 12 instructa, lineisque incrementi
striata; margo dorsi anticus brevis, valde declivis, posticus longior, vix

42 SMITH : MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFERD.

descendens, ventrali fere parallelus ; latus anticum anguste rotundatum, posti-
cum latius, oblique curvatum ; umhones parvi, acuti; lunula angusta, excavata;
pagina interna alba, radiatim fortiter sulcata, supra marginem dorsalem rufo
tincta.

Longit. 7.5 millim., alt. 4.5, diam. 3.

The hinge is normal, consisting of a single cardinal tooth in the right
valve and two in the left, with two laterals in each valve, whereof the anterior
in the right and the posterior in the left are a little stouter than the others.

Hochstetteria velaini, n.sp.
Pl. in, fig. 24.

Testa parva, obliqua, tenuis, alba, lineis pellucidis in medio radiata, inaequi-
lateralis, nitida, convexa, incrementi lineis striata, spra latus posticum lira
tenui, ab umbone usque ad marginem producta, instricta ; latus anticum
obliquum, parum arcuatum, posticum leviter incurvatum ; umbones promin-
entes, incurvati ; linea cardinis crassa, fere recta, transversim striata, in medio
fossa ligamenti triangulari sculpta; pagina interna marginibus ventrali et
postico cren: latis.

Longit. 3.5 millim., alt. 4, diam. 2.5.

The slender lira on the posterior side runs down a shallow depression in
the valves, which causes the faint sinuation in the outline. Named after
the author of the genus.

Hochstetteria limoides, n.sp.
Pl. iii, fig. 25.

Testa minima, ovato-subpiriformis, alba, fere aequilateralis, radiatim tenuis-
sime costulata ; latus anticum oblique truncatum, leviter excavatum, posticum
curvatum ; umhones prominentes ; linea cardinis crassa, transversim striata,
in medio fossa ligamenti angusta o' liqua interruy ta, ad extremitatem posticam _
infra dentibus lateralibus duobus tul erculiformibus instructa ; pagina interna
leviter radiatim sulcata, ad marginem tenuissime denticulata.
Longit. 2.6 millim., alt. 3.3, diam. 2. ;

As regards form and the radiating costae, this species has the appearance

externally of a minute Lima.

Modiola tenerrima, n.sp.
Pl. 1, figs 26;

Testa parva, oblonga tenuis, antice angustata, postice palo dilatata, pallida,
purpureo tincta, maculata et lineata, lineis incrementi tenuissimis sculpta,
antice infra umlones sulcis 2—3 radiantibus ornata; margo dorsi rectus,
pulcherrime minute denticulatus, ventralis levissime incurvatus; pagina interna
margaritacea, lineis rufo-purpureis subundulatis variegata.

Longit. 13 millim., alt. 7, diam. 4.5.

SMITH: MARINE SHELLS FROM PORT ALFRED. 43

Quite distinct from any of the other S African mussels. The most
remarka' le feature is the prettily dentate dorsal margin of the valves, the
crenulation extending on both sides the umbones. ‘The two or three radia-
ting sulci at the anterior end are visible within the valves also.

Limopsis pumilio, n.sp.
Pls ii, figs, 27,228:

Testa minima, trigona, crassa, alba vel rufo maculata, lacvis; margo dorsi
utrinque valde declivis, rectiusculus, ventralis curvatus ; umbones peculiares,
q ‘asi truncati ; cardo crassissimus, dentibus anticis tribus, posticis quaternis
munitus ; sulcus ligamenti profundus ; pagina interna radiatim striata ; cica-
trices profundae.

Longit. 3 millim., alt 3.25. diam. 2.

Remarkable for the strength of the hinge and the peculiar umbones
which have the appearance of being truncate, but, when the tip is closely
examined, appear to have a circular cap.

Lima perfecta, n.sp.
Plo iu, fig. 29.

Testa parva, convexa, alba, radiatim costata et sulcata, costis granosis, sulcis
aequanti ous, clausa, antice oblique truncata, profunde excavata, postice et
inferne regulariter curvata ; valvae crassiusculae ; area dorsalis parva, excavata,
fossa ligamentali obliqua triangulari sculpta ; pagina interna radiatim sulcata,
ad muarginem late dentata.

Longit. 12 millim, alt. 15, diam. ro.

The costae are about eighteen in number, exclusive of a few finer ones
near the posterior margin, and those in the anterior excavation which are
also finer than those on the central part of the valves.

44

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
lig.
Fig.
Figs
Figs
Fig.
Fig.

1. Drillia thetis, n. sp. Fig.
2. Drillia subconiracta, n. sp. Fig.
3. Drillia albonodutlosa, n. sp. Fig.
4. Drillia praetermissa, Nn. sp. Fig.
5. Drillia nivosa, 0. sp. Fig.
6. Clathurella crassilirata, i. sp. Fig.
7. Glyphosloma siren, n. sp. Fig.
8. Mangilia alfredi, n. sp. Fig.
g. Ancilla albozonata, n. sp. Fig.
10. Ancilla reevel, n. sp. Fig.
1. Fusus cingulatis, n. sp. Fig.
12. Terebra suspensa, n. sp. Fig.
13. Mitromorpha volva, Sowb, var. Fig.
Plate III.
1. Eulima distincta, n. sp. Fig.
2. Eulimella nivea, n. sp. Fig.
3. Eulimella minor, n. sp. Fig.
4. Turbonilla gemmuila, n. sp. Fig.
5. Turbonilla decora, n. sp. Fig
6. Trifora fuscescens, n. sp. Fig.
7. Trifora fuscomaculata, n. sp. Fig.
8, Trifora fuscomaculata, var. Fis.
9g. Trifora convexa, n. sp. Fig
.10, 11, Ethalia africana, n. sp. Fig.
.12, 13, Cymisca forticostata, n. sp. Fig
14. Ampullarina africana, n. sp. Figs
15. Semele capeisis, n. sp. Fig.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate IT.

14. Marginella munda, n. sp.
15. Purpura texturata, n. sp.
16. Nassa poecilosticta, n. sp.
Bullia trifasciata, n. sp.
18. Marginella pura, n. sp.
19. Marginella differens, n. sp.
20. Marginella dulcis, n. sp.
1. Marginella pseustes, n. sp.
22. Natica napus, n. sp.
23. Natica decipiens, n. sp.
24. Rissoina alfredi, n. sp.
25. Rissoa perspecta, n. sp.
26. Rissoa conspecta, n. sp.’

16. Semele capensis, sculpture

| magnified,
17. Theora ovalis, n. sp.
18. Tellina regularis, n. sp.

19. Lucina valida, n. sp.

. 20. Lepton fortidentatus, n. sp.

21. Telliniya similis, n. sp.

22 Cardita minima, n. sp.

23. Carditella laticostata, n. sp.
24. Hochstetteria velaini, n. sp.
Day Hochstetteria limoides, n. sp.

. 26. Modiola tenerrima, n. sp.
27,28. Limopsis pumiilio, n. sp.

29. Lima perfecta, n. sp.

_.NOTE ON CORILLA ERRONELLA, NEV., MS.
By G. K. GUDE, F.ZS.

THE collection of the late Hugh Nevill, which came under the hammer at
Stevens’ Sale Rooms on the roth of May last, contained a number of shells
of Corilla, which, at first, I was inclined to regard as a new species.

The lot was acquired by Mr. H. B. Preston, who kindly placed several
of the specimens at my disposal and upon closer examination the shell in
question appears to be identical with one which Colonel Beddome received
years ago with the manuscript name Helix erronella, Nev., Ceylon, and which
I figured and named provisionally Corilla erronea, var. erronella (Science
Gossip, (N.S.) III, (1896) p. 127, fig. 16.) The large amount of material
now at command enables one to form a more accurate estimate as to its rank,
and in view of the constant and considerable differences both in the ordinary
shell characters and in the armature, I have no hesitation in according it
specific rank. Unfortunately no record of the precise habitat has been found,
but there can be no doubt that the shells were collected in Ceylon.

I am now in a position correctly to define the species and to illustrate
the armature more fully from specimens opened for that purpose.

Corilla erronella, Nev., MS.
Shell discoid, elliptic, widely umbilicated, dark corneous, or chestnut ; a little
shining above, polished below, finely and regularly ribbed; spire plane, suture

4 5

impressed; whorls 4} to 44, slightly flattened above, rounded at the periphery,
tumid below, increasing slowly at first, the last suddenly widening and dilated
at the aperture, deflected in front, constricted behind the peristeme ; nepionic
whorls (14) almost smooth. Aperture nearly horizontal, ovate-obcordate,
margins distant, united by a sinuous fold on the parietal wall. Peristome
fuscous or pinkish, thickened and well reflexed ; upper margin very shortly
ascending at first, then descending, with a more or less strong inward inflec-
tion; outer margin curved, lower margin with a strong oblong tubercular
tooth. Parietal armature consisting of three elongated curved folds: the

46 GUDE: ON CORILLA ERRONELLA.

first (upper) shortest ; the second longest, united to the sinuous fold at the
aperture, free posteriorly ; the third—near the lower suture—slowly ascending
posteriorly. Palatal folds four: the first (upper) shortest, slightly curved,
descending posteriorly ; the second longest, the anterior half ascending, the
posterior half almost horizuntal; the third, a little longer than the first,
scarcely curved, descending very obliquely posteriorly ; the fourth nearly as
long as the second, curved parallel with, and near to, the lower suture, and
reaching nearly to the aperture.

Major diam. 16 —18, minor 12.5; alt. 5.5 millim.

Hab.—Ceylon. Type in Col. Beddome’s collection.

From Corilla erronea, Alb., its nearest ally, C. erronella differs in its more
regular contour and its smaller size. The riblets are more pronounced and
more regular and do not anastomose, while the incised spiral lines on the
lower surface, so conspicuous a feature in C. erronea and many of its allies
are usually lacking. In the armature there are considerable differences: the
the second parietal fold, which in C. evronea is united posteriorly to the first,
is here quite free posteriorly. The palatal folds are generally shorter and
much nearer the peristome, being all visible from the aperture ; while the
third fold, which in C. evronea is very short and nearly horizontal, is here
longer and obliquely descending. Figs. 1 —3 show the shell in three different
positions, while a diagrammatic view of the armature is given in figs. 4and 5,
the former showing the parietal folds and the latter exhibiting the palatal folds
as they appear within on the outer wall. A number of immature shells show
the usual five palatal folds, the first four very oblique, the fifth small and
horizontal, but no parietal barriers, which do not appear to be formed until
the shell reaches maturity.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF ARIUNCULUS
FROM ALGERIA.
By WALTER E. COLLINGE, M. Sc.,
The University, Birmingham.

SOME short time ago I received from Mr. P. Pallary a number of live
specimens of Algerian slugs, amongst which was the specimen forming the
subject of this paper. Unfortunately there was only a single specimen, but
Mr, Pallary has very kindly promised to try and procure more, in order that
a more detailed account may be given of the generative organs and a coloured
figure of the animal.

I have much pleasure in associating the name of Mr. Pallary with this
interesting species.

Ariuneculus pallaryi, n. sp.

Animal (alive) reddish-brown, darker medio-dorsally, with three faint,
ill-defined, blackish lines running from the posterior border of the mantle to
the tail, where they converge ; mantle smooth, light brown, with faint red-
dish tinge, which latter quickly disappears on placing in alcohol; head and
tentacles yellowish-brown, darker dorsally. Rugae elongated, flat, clearly
marked by definite sulci. Caudal gland well defined, but partially hidden
by the margin of the foot. Respiratory orifice situated towards the anterior
end of the mantle. Generative orifice about half way between the right
upper tentacle and the respiratory orifice. Peripodial groove sharply marked.
Foot-fringe and foot-sole lighter in colour, latter divided into median and
lateral planes.

Length (alive) 72 millim. ; (in alcohol) 50.

Shell a thick, somewhat pyriform calcareous plate.

Maj. diam. 6.2 millim., min. 4.

Hab.—Echmihl, Oran, Algeria (P. Pallary).

This, the largest known species of Ariunculus, at first sight gives one
the impression of an elongated form of Avion subfuscus, Drap. Anatom-
ically it is very distinct from any of the described species.

The vestibule of the generative organs leads into an elongated vagina,
which suddenly widens out to form a large globular sac, with a somewhat
complicated internal structure. From the posterior and outer border of this
sac the receptacular duct is given off, while ventrally and slightly anteriorly
is a large retractor muscle. On the same side at the anterior end is the
free-oviduct, and at the opposite side and posteriorly the sperm-sac arises.

The remaining organs have not yet been examined in any detail.

$F

SOME RECENT SLUG PAPERS.

By. D. F. HEYNEMANN.
Frankfort on Main.

Dr. Simroth has recently sent me tivo papers on Slugs, a group of molluscs
upon which he has been working for many years with inexhaustible zeal and
success.

The first is on the Philomycidae and Arionidae (Sitz. ber. naturf. Gesell.
Leipzig, Jan. 14th, 1902) of which, as well as the second, the reprint is just
coming to hand. A more detailed treatise of the two families is promised,
which will be published in Tokio, in the meantime a preliminary account is
given, which draws into the range of discussion, in the course of various
divisions devoted to anatomy, such genera as Oopelta, Anadenus, etc. Of the
genus Philomycus the following are treated of: P. striatus, v. Hass., from
Java, P. balius, n.sp.. and P. tonkinensis, n.sp, both from Tonkin, P.
taiwanensis, n.sp., from Formosa, P. doederleini, n.sp., from the Island of
Liu-Kiu, P. bilineatus ?, Bens., from the Japanese Islands, P. melachloros,
n.sp., from ‘T'su-shima, an island between Japan and Korea, and P. viperinus,
n.sp. from Japan.

The second paper has has the title ‘‘ Ueber die von Herrn Dr. Neumann
in Abessinien gesammelten aulacoposden Nacktschnecken (Zool. Jahrb.
(Abth. f. Syst.), 1903, Bd. 19). Of the three families discovered, viz., the
Vaginulidae, Limacidae, and Urocyclidae, the concurrence of which in the
Abessinian highlands presents a most remarkable circumstance, the Vaginw-
lidae are reserved for a later occasion and only the genera Agriolimaz,
Aftoxon, and Spirotoxon are dealt with. ‘The following are described as new -
Ayriolimas afer, uataderensis, gardullanus, yofanus, glandulosus, koschanus,
kontanus, concrementosus, kaffanus, abessinicus, deckeni, gimirranus, fuscus,
and limacoides, the latter as the link between Agriolimax, Morch, and
Lehmannia, Heyn.

After Dr. Simroth’s recent description of a similarly large number of
species of this genus from the Caucasus (Die Nacktschnecken des Russischen
Reiches, 1901), where he locates the centre of origin of the genus, it
certainly surprises me to see described such a variety of species from
a very distant district, without an example of any of those of the Palae-
arctic region. Dr. Simroth, however, does not fail to give an explanation,
he considers the difficulty to be very simply solved by the Pendulum theory,
which has been defended and perfected by him. The theory of the pole of
oscillation between Sumatra in the east, and Equador in the west; the only
points in the world which have retained their equatorial position from early
times, and from which the remains of ancient species existing then in refuge,
could spread according to the temporary changes in the formation of dry
land along the equator again, and from there northwards and southwards,
according to Dr. Simroth,

HEYNEMANN : SOME RECENT SLUG PAPERS. 49

In the Urocyclidae there are described from the Neumann collection,
Atoxon erlangeri, Spirotoxon neumanni, and from the former collection of
Stuhlmann S. stuhlmanni.

Finally the opportunity is taken to set up a new genus Varania, with
a single new species V. loennbergi, found in the stomach of a species of
Varanus in Cameroon by Mr Loennberg of Upsala.

There were also found at the same time some 60 or 70 Veronicellas.

Simroth assumes that Slugs from the Cameroons have up to the present
been unknown, but he overlooks the fact that he himself has reviewed a
work by Adolf d’Ailly (Contributions 4 la connaissance des Mollusques
terrestres et d’eau douce de Kameéroun), in which various slugs are men-
tioned, e.g. Aspidelus chaperi, Morelet, Vaginula pleuroprocta, v. Martens,
and Urocyclus buchholzi, vy. Martens, and that he declared the Urocyelus to
be very like his Dendrolimax continentalts.

NOTES.

Note on Testacella haliotidea, Drap. My garden at Aldenham abounds in this
curious slug. In digging over last year’s celery bed, the gardeners turned it up by
dozens, and I observed that it was numerous in a series of broad bands stretching across
the bed, while in other parts of the area it wasabsent. These broad bands represented
the former position of the celery trenches: doubtless the manure attracted the worms,
and the worms the Testacella. Perhaps it was for a similar reason that we found it
abundant on an old marrow bed.

As a rule, it was living at a depth of about 12 inches. On four separate occasions
I found it on the surface ; twice under large flint stones, once under a heavy elm log,
the latter being ina part of the garden never under cultivation. On the fourth occasion
I noticed a large specimen crawling across a wide gravel walk at eleven o’clock ona
fine bright morning. This seemed to me remarkable, for I have never before observed
the creature taking a voluntary walk in the upper world, and there was no indication
that my specimen had been the prey of a bird, nor had there been any disturbance of
the soil anywhere near.

Since the above was written, I have satisfied myself by repeated observation, that
the Testacella habitually crawls about on the surface of the ground.

A. H. COOKE.

Note on Parmaeella deshayesii, Moq.-Tand. In February last Mr. P. Pallary
sent me a number of living slugs from Echmihl, Oran, Algiers, amongst which were
some examples of Parmacella deshayesiti, Mog.-Tand. Some of these I turned out in
the garden beneath a mass of cabbage and lettuce leaves. On March 26th, I noticed
they were pairing, and a few days later there were two or three groups of eggs averag-
ing a dozen each. The eggs of this mollusc are oval, and when deposited have a
pearly lustre, which, however, quickly disappears leaving them a dead opaque white.
The maximum diameter is 6 millim., and the minimum 4 On April 27th, about a
third had hatched out and I was hoping I should be able to rear them, but turning
over the lettuce leaves on May, 7th, I found all had been killed by the night frosts, as
well as some adults which arrived on April 21st.

WALTER F*, COLLINGE.

CURRENT LITERATURE.

Hoyle, William E.—Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the
Tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, on the U.S. Fish Commission
Steamer ‘“ Albatross,” from August, 1889, to March, 1900, Commander Jefferson
T. Moser, U.S.N.,Commanding. Report onthe Cephalopoda. Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool. Camb., Mass., 1904, vol. xliii, pp. I—71, plts. 1—12, text figs. a—G.

The collection here described by Dr. Hoyle consists of thirty species, distributed in

nineteen genera, of which the following are new: Stauroteuthis hippocrepium,

Frockenia clara, gen. et sp. nov., Tremoctopus scalensus, Polypus oculifer, Cirrobrachium

filiferum, gen. et sp. nov., Loligo diomedeae, Rhynchoteuthis chuni, Mastigoteuthis

dentata ; in addition to these, there are a few forms to which the author has not found
it possible to affix names.

A List of Stations, with the species obtained at each is given, and an Appendix
treats of the Luminous Organs of Pterygioteuthis giardi and Abraliopsis hoylet.

The paper is beautifully illustrated. In the preparation of certain plates the
author remarks that he has “utilised a number of water-colour drawings made on the
expedition by Mr. Agassiz and Mr. Magnus Westergren whilst the animals were still
fresh and the colours of life retained. It would be well if this practice had been fol-
lowed on other expeditions, as the appearance of Cephalopoda changes very markedly
after preservation in alcohol.”

Melvill, J Cosmo.—Descriptions of twenty-three species of Gastropoda from the
Persian Gulf, etc. Proc. Malac, Soc. Lond., 1904, vol. vi, pp. 51—60, pl. v.

Melvill, J. Cosmo.—On Berthais, a proposed new genus of Marine Gastropoda from
the Gulf of Oman. Ibid., pp. 61—63, figs. 1, 11.

The type of this genus was described some short time back as Scala (Constantia)
interteva, Mely. & Stand. Since then Mr. Melvill has submitted the shell to Dr. Dall,
who regards it as belonging to a new genus. Its nearest ally, Mr. Melvill regards as
Aclis, while Constantia is not far removed.

As has already been suggested by Mr. Edgar A. Smith, Onoba egregia, A. Ad.,
also belongs to the same genus.

Melvill, J. Cosmo.—Note upon Oliva gibbosa, Born, and its limits of variation.
Ibid., pp. 64, 65.

Burne, R. H.—N >tes on the Nervous System of the Pelecypoda. Ibid., pp. 41—47,
figs. i—iii.

Collinge, Walter E.—Some Remarks on the genera Damayantia, Issel., Collingea,
Simr., and Jsselentia, Clige. Ibid., pp. g—12.

Collinge, Walter E.—Contributions to the Terrestrial Zoology of the Faroes. By
Nelson Annandale. Land and Freshwater Mollusca. Proc. Roy. Physical Soc.
Edinb., 1904, vol. xv, pp. 153, 154.

Simroth, Heinriech.— Uber Ostracolethe und einige Folgerungen fiir das System der
Gastropoden. Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., 1904, Bd. Ixxvi, pp. 612—672, T. xxxii.

Dr. Simroth here gives a more detailed account of Ostracolethe fruhstorferi described
in 1901, and which he regards as synonymous with Myotesta, Cllge.

Simroth, H.—Uber Philomyciden and Arioniden. SB. Naturf. Gesell. Leipzig, 1901
PP. 32—45.

THE

LeoreN AL. OF -MALACOLOGY.

Ny 3. | . SEPTEMBER 29TH, 1904. Vor: Xi

ON SOME NEW SPECIES OF MELANIA AND JULLIENIA

FROM YUNNAN AND JAVA.
By HUGH FULTON.
(Plate iv.)
Melania aeruginosa, ». sp.
Bis iv; fie. x,

SHELL solid, dark rusty brown, smooth, surface somewhat shining, sculptured
with a few distant oblique and rather obtuse folds, prominently channelled
at the suture, the margin of which, especially on the last whorl, is rather
prominent ; apex eroded, 53 whorls remaining, almost flat, aperture sub
ovate, bluish-grey within ; peristome thin, sinuous above.

Maj. diam. 134; alt. 33 millim.

Hab.—Soekaboem1, Java.

Strongly characterised by its canaliculate suture.

Melania dulcis, n. sp.
Pikavs fice.

Shell rather thin, dark brown, elegantly ornamented by spiral rows of small
granules, six on the last whorl, with two other less granular striae below.
Apex slightly eroded, 74 whorls remaining, slightly convex ; aperture broadly
ovate, light bluish-grey within, the interstices between the external granules
showing through as darker-coloured squarish spots ; peristome very thin.

Maj. diam. 13; alt. 44 millim.

Hab.— Yunnan-fu Lake, Yunnan.

A distinct and very elegant species.

Melania fortitudinis, n. sp.
Pini, tien:

Very solid, yellowish-olive colour, spirally striated, seven or eight spiral costae
on the last whorl, crossed by oblique folds which are prominently noduled

Journ. oF Marac., 1904, vol xi, No. 3.

52 FULTON : SOME NEW SPECIES OF MELANIA AND JULLIENIA.

above, margined at the suture by a somewhat depressed nodulous channel.
Apex somewhat eroded, 6 whorls remaining, moderately convex, aperture
narrowly ovate, bluish-grey within, peristome acute

Maj. diam. 12}; alt. 37 millim.

Hab.—Soekaboemi, Java.

This species has some superficial resemblance to the Ceylon form MM.
broti, Dohrn, but that has coarser sculpture and the whorls increase more
rapidly.

Melania lauta, un. sp.

Pl iy, fig. 4:

Shell thin, dark brown, ornamented by spiral rows of granules. Apex eroded,
4 whorls remaining, slightly convex ; aperture ovate, bluish-grey within ;
peristome rather thin.

Maj. diam, 12; alt. 28 millim.

Hab.—Yunnan-fu Lake, Yunnan.

In general character very like dulcis, but much shorter and much more
deeply depressed at the basal area of the columella

Jullienia carinata, n. sp.
Bl av, tie. 5:

Shell subglobular, whitish, covered by a light yellowish-brown periostracum,
middle whorls somewhat darker than apex and body-whorl ; slightly rimate
or excavated at the umbilical area; whorls 45, rapidly increasing, with very
fine arcuate lines of growth, otherwise smooth, with two keels, a rather thick
and prominent one at the periphery and a less developed one situated below
the suture of the latter part of the last whorl ; aperture sub-oval, very oblique ;
peristome continuous, rather thick, whitish and shining.

Maj. diam. 54; alt. 5 millim.

Hab.—Yunnan-fu Lake, Yunnan:

The nearest form known to me is Jullienia costata, Poir., but that
species is easily separated by its less globular form and spiral costae.

ON A COLLECTION OF
LAND SHELLS FROM GEBI ISLAND, MOLUCCAS,

WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.
By HUGH FULTON.
(Plate iv.)

THE species noted in this paper were collected by Mr. John Waterstradt
on the island of Gebi, which is situated about midway between Waigiou and
Halmahera Islands.

1.—Xesta auliea, Pir.
2.—Planispira kurri, Pir.

Numerous varieties occur of this species and the variation in size 1s re-
markable ; the following are the dimensions of two extreme forms :—

A. Maj. diam. (including peristome) 21 ; alt. ro millim.

B. x y » 395 » 13 ”

3.—Papuina unicolor, Pir.

Helix unicolor, Pfr.: Proc. Zool. Soc , 1845, p. 64.
Ampelita unicolor, Pils.: Tryon’s Man. Mell., vol. vi, p. 37, pl. 5,
figs. 74 —76.
An interesting discovery, as the habitat of this species was hitherto un-
known, and owing to its similarity in form to some species of Armpelita, 1t had
been thought by some to be from Madagascar.

4 —Papuina fallax, n. sp.
Pl. 2, figs. 6, 7:
Shell somewhat depressed, narrowly perforate, rather thin, apex dark brown,
following whorls yellowish-brown, the last being darker in colour and sub-
angulate at the periphery which is ornamented by a very narrow dark brown
spiral band ; umbilicus encircled by a yellowish patch ; suture well defined
by a whitish line; whorls 5, moderately convex, slowly increasing, last de-
cending ; aperture sub-oval, grey within; peristome moderately expanded,
slightly reflected, dilated at point of insertion, almost covering the umbilicus.

Maj. diam. 27; alt. 19 millim.

This species has a remarkable resemblance both in form and colouration
to the Cuban Cepolis (Coryda) alauda, v. strobilus, Fér. Quite distinct from
any other species of Papuina known to me, the nearest being P, labiwm, with
which, however, it cannot be confused.

54 FULTON : LAND SHELLS FROM GEBI ISLAND.

5.—Albersia subsphoeriea, n. sp.
Play, ties, 8.70:

Shell subglobose, moderately solid, imperforate, medium dark brown with
a darker narrow spiral band bordered below by a similar one of a yellowish
colour situated a little above the periphery of last whorl and continued for a
short distance at the suture; covered throughout | y oblique rows of close-
set hair-scars ; whorls 44, moderately convex, rapidly increasing, last shortly
descending ; aperture subcircular, outer band showing faintly through : peris-
tome slightly expanded, broadened at point of insertion, a cireum-umbilical
dark patch, inner columellar edge white, ending abruptly below with a rather
acute angular projection.

Maj. diam. 24; alt. 17 millim.

Near A. psewlocorasia, Strubell, but slightly more globose, the whorls
are more closely coiled and the hiir-scars are more numerous. ‘The lines of
growth in psew/ocorasia are rather conspicuous at the suture, giving it a some-
what crenulated appearance, whereas in swlsphoerica the suture is simple.

Of the three specimens before me one does not show the tooth-like
projection noted in the description of the type, and the third specimen only
shows it very faintly.

6.—Leptopoma gebiensis, n. sp.
Play, sigs ro, 22,

Shell umbilicated, subconic, moderately thick, colouration variable, generally
whitish ground with reddish-brown spiral bands which are often more or less
interrupted, last whorl with eight white striae, one at the periphery, four
above and three below, between these are numerous much finer striae ;
whorls 55, moderately convex, last rather acutely keeled in front ; aperture
circular, spiral striae showing through the interior; peristome expanded,
double (in adult specimens), inner edge more or less exserted, white, colum-
ellar portion narrow, broadening at lower part ; operculum normal.

Maj. diam. 17; alt. 15 millim.

” I4; 5, 12 ” :

Similar in form to L. crenilabre, Strubell, but that species is much
smoother, the peristome is less oblique and the last whorl is rounded in front,
not moderately keeled as in gebiensis.

NOTE ON LEPTOPOMA CRENILABRE, STRUBELL.
sy HUGH FULTON.
(Pl. iv. figs. 12, 13 )

THE above species was described by Bruno Strubell in the Nachr. d. d.
Malak. Gesell., 1872, p. 48. In Martini & Chemnitz, 1902, pt. clxx, p. 412,
pl. 52, figs. 1—5, Kobelt describes and figures a shell purporting to be
Strubell’s crend/abre.

Having had the opportunity of examining the type specimens of crend/abre
from the Strubell Collection, I find that they do not agree with Kobelt’s
description and figures, but do agree with the original description.

L. crenilabre is very near L. vitreum, but is of a thicker substance, and
readily distinguished by the back of the peristome being more or less
reticulated. Strubell describes it as being smooth, but by the aid of a lens
one can just discern several spiral keels standing out from the usual micro-
scopic spiral striae.

The shell figured by Kobelt 1s probably a variety ofhal/mahericuin, Strubell.

I give a figure of the type specimen (PI. iv, fig. 12), and of a banded
and larger specimen (fig. 13) from the collection of the late Bruno Strubell.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Se ie Melania aeruginosa, n. sp.
ices 92: Melania dulcis, n. sp.

Mig.) 3 Melania fortitudinis, n. sp.
Fig. 4. Melania lauta, n. sp.

See 5; Jullienia carinata, n. sp.

Fig. 6,7. Papuina fallax, n. sp.
Fig. 8,9. Albersia subsphoerica, n. sp.
Figs.10,11. Leptopoma gebiensis, n. sp.

Figs.12,13. Leptopoma crenilabre, Strubell,

ON CERTAIN DEPOSITS OF SEMI-FOSSIL SHELLS
IN HAMAKUA DISTRICT, HAWAII,

WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.
By H. WETHERBEE HENSHAW.

(Plate v.)

THE island of Hawaii, the youngest as well as the largest of the Hawaiian
group, has received comparatively little attention from conchologists. This
neglect no doubt is in no small degree due to the fact that the Achatinellidae,
which have chiefly excited the interest of students, are but sparingly repre-
sented on Hawaii, there being but three species, and these by no means the
most conspicuous of the group. The discovery, therefore, of deposits of
fossil, or rather of seini-fossil, shells in the Hamakua district, containing a
number of undescribed species, is not without interest. Before adverting to
the deposits, a brief description of the region is necessary to a proper under-
standing of their relation to the present fauna.

The districts of Kohala and Hamakua comprise the northern end of the
island of Hawaii. This is by far the oldest part of the island, and probably
it had grown ancient before the fires that resulted in the upbuilding of the
huge mountain mass of Mauna Kea to the south, and the still more recent
Mauna Loa, were yet kindled. With little doubt then the northern end of
Hawaii was first to receive its fauna from the much older islands to the
north, and it in turn served as a nursery for the rest of the island as its lavas
were upheaved from the depths of ocean, cooled, and were slowly clothed
with vegetation.*

* The extraordinary development of the Succineidae upon the island of Hawaii suggests the possible

hypothesis that this island, the present metropolis of the group, was the first of the Hawaiianislands
to receive the .Succ7/mea stock, and that the other islands have been snccessively colonized from it
rather than the converse. Even when the present comparatively extensive deforestation of the more
northerly islands of the group is taken intoaccount, the relative scarcity of the Succinefdae upon them
is difficult to understand. Dating back in origin to a vastly greater antiquity than Hawaii, tbe north-
ern islands would naturally be assumed, upon a priori grounds, to have received their Succinea stock
first ; hence they should be richer in species than the comparatively recent island ; the contrary is true.-

There is, however, one important factor of the problem not to be overlooked. The Succineidae
appear to have had the island of Hawaii pretty much to themselves from the very first. the compara-
tive scarcity of other land shells there, leaving them practically without competition. Thus favoured
by a comparatively free field, and with a general environment extremely favourable to their habits,
the Succineas, though perhaps with a long start upon the other islands, having later obtained a foot-
bald upon the big island may have attained their present rich development upon it ina comparatively
short time.

As a factor in the development of the species of a group, time would appear to be a less important
element than favourable environment and, above all, freedom from direct competition.

The principal competitors of the Succineas for food are the genera Aszastra and Leptachatina,
perhaps Carelia, and the Zonitidae. All of these, but especially Aastra, live chiefly upon
decaying vegetation and perhaps upon the fungi found thereon. The island of Hawaii is poor in
species of all these groups, Cavedia being wholly absent, nor as a rule are any of these species
strongly represented by individuals.

Upon Oahu the Acatinellidae prover, the Amastras and the genus Auricula have attained a
development equalled upon no other island although both Maui and Molokai are greatly favourad by
the former. Upon Kauai tne genus Leftachatina has differentiated an extraordinary number of
species (many yet undescribed), and this genus and Cavedia, the latter found upon no other island,
appear to have preemoted the field. Thus several of the islands seem to have favoured cne or two

groups which, having once gained the ascendency, have been able to hold it against all mollyscan
competitors,

HENSHAW: SEMI-FOSSIL SHELLS IN HAMAKUA DISTRICT, HAWAII. 57

Much of the coast line of Hamakua is very precipitous, especially near
Waipio Valley, the cliffs there rising sheer to a height of 600—800 feet.
Formerly no doubt the forest extended clear to the brink of the cliffs, but
for many years past waving sugar cane has usurped the place of the forest,
ever creeping steadily upwards, until now the cane fields have reached a
final limit of about 1,800 feet.

Above the present limit of the cane is a belt of forest. Most of this has
been fenced from cattle for the past twenty years to preserve the water supply,
and in many places the land is as densely covered as it ever was with kukui,
ohias, and with the usual variety of ferns, shrubs and plants that go to make
up the Hawaiian forest. As rare inhabitants of the depth of this forest, but
more abundant on its edges and in the partial openings, are found Succinea
inconspicua, Ancey, S. bicolorata, Ancey, S. kuhnsit, Ancey, one or two
others of the genus and a number of the minute species of land shells.

There are portions of this forest-belt where the timber is very thin, and
here live on the ahakea (Lobea elatior, Gaud.), the ohias (Metrosideros
polymorpha, Gaud.), and the koolea trees (Myrsine lissertiana, A.D. C.), the
Achatinella horneri, Baldw., and the A. haiwadiensis, Baldw., species which
seem to wholly shun the dense forest and inhabit only isolated trees where
light and warmth abound. This open forest section has been invaded by the
all-conqering ‘“ Hilo grass” (Paspalum conjugatum,) which apparently is des-
tined to materially affect the future of both the forest and the shells. It
grows here most luxuriantly ina dense mass which effectually screens the
earth from the life-giving sun, and smothers in its embrace all the seeds that
fall from the trees above. To the presence of this grass in the open district
here described, I attribute the fact, that, though fenced from cattle, there are
absolutely no young trees coming forward, the probable result being the
extinction, in the not distant future, of the trees and the shells inhabiting
them.

Above the timbered belt just mentioned, and distant from the sea some
six miles, are the so-called Waimea Plains. ‘To the north and west are the
Kohala mountains, which rise to the height of about 8,000 feet.

To-day the plains are almost entirely treeless, except here and there
for scattered pua trees which form the home of the Achatinella physa.
There still stand, however, many skeleton trunks of the ohia and koa trees,
whose naked and broken branches like outstretched arms, seem raised in
protest against the fate that has overtaken them and and their fellows lying
on the ground. Less than fifty years ago it is said to have been impossible
to ride anywhere over the present plains except by trails because of the
multitude of fallen tree trunks that everywhere blocked the way. This
brings the forest down to comparatively recent times, and there is no reason
to doubt the generally received tradition that a century ago the present plains
were covered with an impassably dense forest, a fact essential to remember
in connection with the fossil remains to be described presently.

58 HENSHAW: SEMI-FOSSIL SHELLS IN HAMAKUA DISTRICT, HAWAII.
°

That this forest was of the usual island type is certain, and it consisted
for the most part of ohia and koa together with numerous smaller trees like
the pua, kopiko, ahakea, tree lobelias and many other shrubs and berry
bearing trees, with the usual tangle of ieie vines and ferns.

The forest, proper, probably never extended in this region much, if any
above 3,000 or 3,500 feet. Above this altitude the slopes are steeper and
the soil more scanty and rocky. Here the mamani begins to be numerous,
a tree which indicates a thin and poor soil, a scanty rain supply and a con-
siderable altitude.

The region of the Waimea plains appears never to have had a large (as
compared with some other parts) rainfall. In the absence of definite data
it may be assumed to be not far from 4o inches at Mana on their upper
border, that figure being the average for several years in the town of Waimea
as given by Professor C. J. Lyons. A small rainfall would seem to be
indicated also from the fact that nowhere on the plains appear marked evi-
dences of erosion. ‘The deep gulches which gash the windward side of the
island at short intervals are on the plains conspicuous by their abence,
although nowhere are they deeper and more numerous than a few miles to
the north east in the rainy Kohala mountain district. The Kohala moun-
tains in fact, seem to intercept and rob the trades of their moisture before
they reach the plains. The surface of the plains is by no means flat, but is
gently and in places quite steeply rolling. On their upper edge and probably
on the very edge of the former forest, at an altitude of about 3,000 feet, occur
the semi-fossil deposits which form the subject of this paper. The fossils
have been found in two distinct localities, viz., at Mana and at Palihouk-
apapa. The two places, however, are only about four miles apart, and
though the latter is several hundred feet higher than the former, to all
intents they may be considered conchologically to be one and the same.
There is, however, some difference in the character of the deposits at the
two places. At Mana the shells occur in the horizontal strata, two or three
inches thick, and under a deposit of about a foot of humus. The very prim-
itive digging implements at the writer’s disposal prevented anything like a
thorough examination of the extent of the deposits, but the evidence all
goes to show in that in no one spot are they extensive. All that were found
were included within an area of a few hundred square yards, the shell-bearing
strata in some spots occupying only a few square feet, in others a few
squar yards.

At Palihoukapapa the deposits are, or seem to be, even less extensive,
and instead of being in horizontal strata are in the nature of pockets, some-
times containing a bushel or more of shells. Over how large an area here
the deposits occur there are no present means of telling.

I see no reason to doubt that the shells in both localities are entirely
local in origin, and that they were swept into their present position by water
resulting from local freshets. In certain favoured localities in the islands, shells

HENSHAW SEMI-FOSSIL SHELLS IN HAMAKUA DISTRICT, HAWAII. 59

of various species occur in extraordinary abundance. In the case of the
deposits in question it need be assumed only that an unusual mortality
occurred simultaneously among the shells of a certain district, such as in-
variably follows a forest fire, and that there shortly ensued a deluge that
washed the dead shells into their present abiding place. The gentle slope
of the land around the deposits in both localities entirely favours this
supposition.

That the shells forming the deposits cannot have been carried from any
considerable distance is proven by the condition of vast numbers of the fossil
Suecineas, many of which when cleaned from dirt might almost seem to have
been alive but yesterday. ‘The steeper slopes of Mauna Kea are not more
than four miles to the south west of the localities in question, but the
general lay of the land, and the fact that a well defined ridge intervenes,
forbids the assumption that the shells originated on the distant slopes of
the mountain and were transported to their present position, even if the
condition of the shells themselves did not prove the contrary.

The humus above the fossils in both localities is perfectly homogeneous,
and the general absence in it of shells is especially noteworthy, indicating
to the writer that the destruction of the fossils resulted from the destruction
of the forest, or at any rate occurred at about the same time, the locality
then ceasing, except in a small way, to be a shell producing one. Had the
forest persisted after the deposition of the fossils, the humus overlying the
fossils would contain evidence of the fact in the presence of shells, either of
the same or of other species, which would have re-populated the forest.
The grass in the neighbourhood still shelters a few small species like
Leptachatina and Tornatellina, and it is probable that the genera Pupa
and Microcystis are still represented here and there although none rewarded
our search. Specimens of Succinea konaensis, Sykes, were found hard by,
and the Achatinella physa, Newc., also is found in the neigbourhood.
Dead shells of the above species were found on the surface of the ground
and perhaps an inch or so below, but further down they seem to be entirely
wanting.

In connection with the question of the age of the deposits, it is to be
said that the humus everywhere presents the appearance of having been laid
down by the natural decay and deposit of the tropical vegetation. Never-
theless, I cannot think that such is the case, but believe that most of the
humus above the shells must have been washed into place subsequent to
the deposit of the shells. The deposition of a foot of humus by natural
decay, even in a luxuriant semi-tropical forest, must require several hundred
years, and the condition of the shells generally would seem to negative any
such age. It is true that in a few places the shells have been reduced to
lime, all semblance of their form and character having disappeared. On the
other hand, thousands of the frail Suceineas, Tornatellinas, and Pupas, as
well as many of the more substantial species like the Amastras and the
Achatinellas are but slightly affected by time.

60 HENSHAW: SEMI-FOSSIL SHELLS IN HAMAKUA DISTRICT, HAWAII.

That the deposits of fossils are confined to the two localities in question
is not fora moment to be believed. A well-worn trail at Palihoukapapa,
and some deep holes dug by cattle at Mana, chanced to reveal the presence
of the shells in these two localities ; but no doubt there are similar deposits
in many other places on the Waimea Plains and elsewhere in the northern
end of the island. Indeed the author has heard that in the district of
Kohala such deposits are by no means uncommon.

In a paper published in 1887 (Hawaiian Annual), Mr. D. D. Baldwin
speaks of extensive portions of the Hamakua and Kona districts at altitudes
of 3,000 to 5,000 feet, “where the soil is filled with millions of sub-fossil
shells of this [Succinea] family.” In a recent letter to the writer, Mr. Bald-
win mentions these deposits more in detail, and states that he made several
hurried trips to the region above Honakaa and in the vicinity of Waimea
in the years from 1865 to 1872 and again in 1878. In all of the open
country above the forest, the ground was “white with dead Succineas and
probably other shells. The shells were quite evenly distributed through
the light surface soil.” Later, through the agency of floods, the surface
shells here mentioned may have been swept into pockets and so formed
deposits similar to those examined by the writer.

Indeed, in several specimens of Succinea, faint traces of colour are still
visible, the original deep red or maroon having faded to pink. ‘The same
is true of some of the smaller shells.

In a climate like that of Arizona and in dry earth even frail shells
might be preserved almost intact for several hundred years; but the climate
of the Waimea plains is by no means a dry one in this extreme sense. Heavy
dews are the rule all through the year, and rains are probably frequent
enough to keep the humus damp all the time except in seasons of drought
when it is likely to dry for a few inches only from the top. ‘That frail shells
like the Sweczneas could long be preserved in damp and porous humus, even
though a foot from the surface, is not credible. All things considered, it
does not seem likely that the fossil shells date back more than a century,
and it is probable that they and the forest perished at the same, or nearly
the same time.

As to some extent confirmatory of the theory of the recent age of the
shells, the writer has recently learned that about fifty years ago, more or less,
an extensive forest fire raged in this section, and this may have’ been the
cause of the simultaneous destruction of such vast quantities of mollusca.

The following Succineas are believed to be undescribed species. All
four are without doubt extinct in the region in question.

In examing several thousand specimens of these sem1-fossil Succineas,
one cannot fail to be impressed with the considerable diversity in shape and
size of individuals, presumably of the same species. The difficulty in treating
such materials consists not in the finding of new species but rather in the
exercise of due restraint in naming forms evidently closely related to living

HENSHAW : SEMI-FOSSIL SHELLS IN HAMAKUA DISERICT, HAWAII. 61

species but exhibiting greater or less differences. Living species of this
group are difficult enough of determination, even with the aid of abundant
material and field notes. How much greater the chances of error with only
fossil material available! The author has intended to be extremely con-
servative in describing forms, preferring to leave a few for future describers
rather than to add to the number of synonyms, already too many, in this group.

Suceinea maxima, ». sp.
Pl. Ve hes: 05.2:

Shell elongate, narrow, rather thick, lines of growth fairly distinct. Spire
very small, considerably less than 4 the whole length of shell, conical, slightly
produced, apex mammilliform, suture moderate. Whorls, 3 ; ultimate whorl
very large. Aperture large, but slightly oblique, ovate, reduced above.
Columella but slightly curved. Peristome simple, acute.

Long. 24, lat. 11.5 millim. ; long. apert. 16 millim.

Hab.—Mana, Hamakua, Hawaii.

This species is without doubt the largest of the genus yet discovered in
the Hawaiian Islands, and differs also otherwise from described forms. The
axis of the shell is nearly medial, the apex forming but a very slight angle
with the body of the shell. The apex is very small in comparison with the
lest whorl, averaging less than one-third the length of the latter. A single
specimen of this species was found in the Palihoukapapa deposits, but the
species abounds in those at Mana.

Sueccinea mirabilis, n. sp.
BE yy, fess 3304:

Shell moderately thick and firm, acutely cone-shaped with very obliquely
truncated base; lines of growth distinctly marked; spire relatively large,
autish, mammilliform, composed of two convex whorls with well-defined
sutures ; aperture rather narrowly ovate, rather less than two-thirds the length
of the shell; columella decidedly curved and slightly reflexed ; peristome
simple, acute.

Long. 16, lat. 8 millim. ; long. apert. 11 millim.

Hab.—Palihoukapapa, Hamakua, Hawaii.

As regards its shape, this shell is far the most remarkable of Hawaiian
Succineas, living or extinct. The lower whorl spreads widely, and the aper-
ture is so oblique to the axis that, when the shell is placed on its base, the
apex makes a very acute angle. The apex is also very large as compared
with the lower whorl, being contained in the latter only twice. The species
appears to be only moderately abundant in the deposits.

This species bears a very remarkable resemblance to the 8. infun-
diluliformis, Gould, from ‘Tahiti.

62 HENSHAW: SEMI-FOSSIL SHELLS IN HAMAKUA DISTRICT, HAWAII.

Sueccinea pristina, nu. sp.

Pl. Vv, fiesie'5 6.
Shell elongate, moderately thick (in large individuals very thick), lines
of growth usually moderately marked (in some large specimens strongly so) ;
spire produced, nearly half the length of shell, apex acute, suture moderate ;
whorls 3}—4 ; aperture only of moderate size, narrowly ovate, but slightly
oblique to axis of shell; columella moderately curved ; peristome simple,
acute, thin.

Long. 17.5, lat. 8 millim. : long. apert. 8 millim.

Hab.—Mana, Hamakua, Hawaii

This species differs markedly from the previous one, especially in lacking
the spreading base, and in the much less oblique aperture. _ Its relations are
much closer with the S. protracta, Sykes. It appears, however, to have
been much larger than this species, and the shell is much thicker, protracta
being one of the most fragile of Hawaiian Succineas. Pristina appears to be
even more closely related to the S. procera, Gould.

One individual, considerably the largest of fifteen, measures as follows :
Long. 21, lat. 11 millim. ; Jong. apert. 13 millim.

The colouration of this species when in life probably differed much
from that of protracta, which is brown or horn colour. <A single specimen
of pristina has retained its colour sufficiently to show that the columella and
base were of a deep red or maroon like the S. thaanumi, Anc., and the
S. bicolorata, Anc. ’

Suceinea gibba, n. sp.
Ply, figs..7, 3:
Shell broadly ovate; lower whorl large and strongly convex; lines of
growth but slightly defined: spire very short, obtuse, mammilliform, of two
whorls, less than one-third whole length of shell ; suture shallow and narrow;
whorls 3 ; aperture large, broadly ovate; columella much curved, slightly
reflexed posteriorly ; peristome simple, acute.

Long. 20, lat. 12 millim. ; long. apert. 14 millim.

Hab,—Mana, Hamakua, Hawaii.

This species seems to be quite distinct from any of the insular forms.
It is chiefly remarkable for its great size and for the very marked convexity
of the lower whorl.

Below is appended a complete list of the semi-fossil shells found in the
above mentioned localities. Thorough investigation of the deposits and of
others in the northern part of Hawau, will no doubt add other species to
the list and also.reveal additional undescribed forms.

‘The smaller species have all been identified by Mr. Ancey from material
sent him, and the author is greatly indebted to this conchologist for a list
of the forms detected by him including the new species. Where Mr.
Baldwin or the author are responsible for the identifications, this fact is
indicated by the name in brackets.

HENSHAW : SEMI-FOSIL SHELLS IN HAMAKUA DISTRICT, HAWAII. 63
As will be noticed the greater number of forms from the deposits are of
species still existing, either on Hawaii or the others islands. The list con-
tains representatives of most of the genera of Hawaiian land shells, and the
number of genera as well as species sufficiently attest the former wonderful
richness in molluscan life of this particular region.
1. Achatinella physa, Newc.
Abounds in the deposits of Mana. Mr. Ancey is inclined to view
this shell as a new variety because of its size, an idea at first shared
by the author who now, however, adopts Mr. Baldwin’s opinion of
its specific identity with physa.
Achatinella horneri, Baldw. [ Henshaw].
Two or three individuals only from Mana deposits which are several

LS)

hundred feet above the present usual range of the species.

3. *Amastra senilis, Baldw. [Baldwin]. Very abundant at Palihoukapapa.
4. * ,, fossilis, Baldw [Baldwin]. Common at Palihoukapapa.
5 hs flavescens, Newce. [Henshaw]. Rare in the Mana deposits

but abundant enough living at an elevation of 2,000 feet or so.
6. *Amastra conica, Baldw. | Baldwin].
Fit ie is sinistrorsa, Baldw. [Baldwin].
8. *Pseudohyalinia meniscus, Anc.
9g. Vitrea hawatiensis, Anc.
to. *Punctum horneri, Anc.
11. Endodonta laminata, Pse.

12: a nuda, Anc.
aes 6 henshawi Anc.
ih 5 hystricella, Pfr. var. paucilamellata, Anc.
15. - lanaiensis, Sykes.
16. Nesopupa acanthinula, Anc.
Dye - sp.
18. i baldwini, Anc. var. centralis, Anc.
1g. Lyropupa perlonga, Pse.
Zon a mirabilis, Anc var. hawaiiensis, Anc
Op ws es magdalenae, Anc. var. prisca, Anc.
22. Leptachatina henshawi, Sykes.
28. S konaensis, Sykes.
24 f arborea, Baldw.
2'5: . simplex, Pse.
26. - sp.
2: a4 imitatrix, Sykes.
28. 5 sp.
29. ‘Tornatellina newcombi, Pfr. ?
20, 5 cincta, Anc.
BI. a procerula, Anc.

32. Bf macromphala, Anc.

GK (@))
aS

Nun + Ww

Oo WW GW W
coos

ISS
Sipe O ©

HENSHAW: SEMI-FOSSIL SHELLS IN HAMAKUA DISTRICT, HAWAII.

x
pb)
*
”

extincta, Anc.
oblonga, Pse.
compacta, Sykes.
fusca, Anc
rudicostata, Anc.
cyphostyla, Ane.

*Succinea maxima, Hensh. [Henshaw]. Very numerous, Mana deposits.

gibba, Hensh. [Henshaw]. Numerous, Mana deposits.

mirabilis, Hensh. [Henshaw]. Not numerous in Palihouk-
apapa depoits.

pristina, Hensh. [Henshaw] Comparatively uncommon in
Mana deposits.

inconspicua, Anc. 'Henshaw]. Abundant in Palihoukapapa
deposits and also living over much of the region.

konaensis, Sykes. [Henshaw]. Abundant in Palihoukapapa

deposits and also living in same region.

aurulenta, Anc. [Henshaw]. Numerous in Palihoukapa de-
posits Found living as yet only in Kona.

kuhnsii, Anc. [Henshaw]. Abundant in Palihoukapapa de-
posits ; also living in same region

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Figs. 1, 2. Succinea maxima, n. sp.
Figs. 3. 4. Succinea mirabilis, n. sp.
Figs. 5, 6. Succinea pristina, n. sp.

Figs. 7, 8. Succinea gibba, n. sp.

REPORT ON SEMI-FOSSIL LAND SHELLS FOUND

IN THE HAMAKUA DISTRICT, HAWAII.
By GC, he ANCE Ne
(Plate v.)

THE shells listed in the following pages were discovered at a place called
Palikoukapapa, on the Hamakua slope of Mauna-Kea, Kawaii, at an eleva-
tion of 4,000 feet. Professor Henshaw has kindly sent me some dirt in
which the minute species were found. He reports other similar localities on
the same island “ where there are extensive deposits of fossilised land shells
about a foot below the surface of humus. Nearly all the known genera of
Hawaiian land shells are represented in these deposits by species, some still
extant, others probably now extinct.”

i.—Pseudohyalinia meniscus, n.sp.
Pl SVs figs: 9, 10:

Testa perdepressa, tenuissima, emortua alba, haud nitens, latissime umbilicata,
sub lente striis obliquis incrementi, parum profundis, confertim exarata ;
spira leviter convexa vel fere plana, anfractus 35, regulariter sed subceleriter
crescentes, Convexi, sutura impressa, ultimus depressus, soepe ad aperturam
leniter deflexus, infra concavus, umbilico tertiam partem diametri superante,
apertura obliqua, transverse oblonga, parum lunata, margine supero antice
convex1 prodeunte ; peristoma simplex, rectum, ad columellam haud
dilatatum.

Diam. maj. 13, min. 14; alt. } millim.

A more depressed shell than P. /awatensis, Pft., more distinctly
sculptured and with a much larger umbilicus. It may be referable to
Charopa rather than Pseudohyalinia.

2.—Vitrea hawaiiensis, n.sp.

Differt a V. molokaiens’, Sykes, et a V. lanaiensi, Sykes, testa magis elevata,
anfractibus altius convolutis et umbilico minore; a V. paweillo, Gould, cui
peraffinis differt etiam testa minus depressa, paulo convexiore, colore luteo-
Virescente, umbilico profundiore, circulari.

Diam. maj. 43, min. 33; alt. 23 millim.

The above description is from recent specimens found on Olaa, Hawaii,
by Mr. Thaanum. A single specimen from Palihoukapapa is referable to
his species.

66 ANCEY: LAND SHELLS FOUND IN HAMAKUA DISTRICT, HAWAII.

3.—Punetum horneri, n.sp.
Plow, digs har 12.

Testa depressa, tenuis, orbicularis, emortua albida vel pallide fulvida, apice
pallidicre laevigata excepto striis exilibus incrementi subtiliter exarata ; spira
convexa, parum elevata, obtusa ; anfractus 4 convexiusculi, sutura impressa
discreti, regulariter atque lente crescentes, ultimus convexiusculus, circa
umbilicum mediocrem, quartam diametri partem paeno aequantem sub-
depressus ; aperatura subobliqua, ]unata, subrotundata ; peristoma acutum,
haud dilatatum, marginibus distantibus.

Diam. maj. 1, min. 1; alt. $ millim.

This minute shell is closely allied to the European P. pygmaeum, Drap.
It is also recent on Oahu.

4.—Endodonta laminata, Pease.
Pil. 'v, Ags: 13, 24.

Not hitherto recorded from Hawai. The specimens of this and the
following Mndodontae retain their usual coloured brown stripes on a pale
ground.

5.—Endodonta (Thaumatodon) nuda, Anc.

One or two imperfect examples seem to be referable to this species,

originally described from fresh specimens from Olaa, Hawaii.

6.—Endodonta (Thaumatodon) henshawi, n.sp.
PING, Hes... 5, @:

Testa parva, orbicularis, emortua alba, vestigiis strigarum fuscarum
plerumque, superne praesertim eleganter lateque maculata, costulis acutis
confertis (circa 45 in ultimo anfractu), radiantibus insculpta, haud_ nitida,
aperte et mediocriter umbilicata ; spira convexiuscula, parum elevata ;
anfractus 4—44 convexi, sutura impressa discreti, regulariter crescentes,
ultimus cylindricus, flexuose costulatus ; apertura parum obliqua, lunato-
circularis, in pariete laminis duabus volventibus et in interiore basis marginis
dextri denticulis 5 acutis aequidistantibus (2 superis soepe obsoletis) armata ;
peristoma simplex, ad columellam nullomodo dilatatum ; umbilicus tertiam
diametri partim haud superans.

Diam. maj. 2, min. }; alt. 1 millim.

This is the smallest member of the group of /. contorta, Fér., hitherto
described. The apertural armature is very much alike in Z. nuda, E. ringens,
and E. contorta. A similar species, also probably extinct, but with a larger
umbilicus, was detected by the Rev. E. W. Thwing, in an extinct crater of
the Kona coast ; it is undoubtedly another new species which I propose to
name E. thwingi, after its discoverer. The present one, which seems to be
abundant, is respectfully dedicated to Professor Henshaw, to whom I am
much indeted for the whole of the material now considered, and for valuable
notes on other Hawaiian shells.

ANCEY: LAND SHELLS FOUND IN HAMAKUA DISTRICT, HAWAII. 67

7.—Endodonta hystricella, Pir. var. paueilamellata, n. var.
Pity, fig 57:

Testa orbicularis, rotuliformis, convexo-depressa, aperte sed mediocriter
umbilicata (umbilicus circa 1 millim. latus), subfossilis alba, late fulvo
strigata, strigis in ultimo anfractu fulminatis; costulis acutis, subarcuatis,
dehinc flexuosis ornata ; spira convexa, parum elevata, apice planato ; anfrac-
tus 5 convexi, regulariter crescentes, sutura perimpressa, ultimus cylindricus,
in adultis supra medium ad aperturam plano-declivis: apertura obliqua,
lunato-rotundata, marginibus acutis haud expansis, pariete laminis volvent-
ibus 2, supera paulo validiore munito.

Diam. maj. vix 5, min 4; alt. 2 millim.

I have not been fortunate enough to procure authentic specimens of
E. hystricella, but refer to Pfeiffer’s species some shells from Makawao,
Maui. These have, however, three palatal laminae, while in the subfossil
form there are more. Hence these are possibly specifically distinct, as more-
over the true E. hystricella has not yet been found on Hawai. However,
I prefer to subordinate them to the latter, because besides the laminae there
are not many differences. It is right to observe that in some allied forms
the palatal laminae present in typical examples are reduced in number or
even wanting in others. I am tkerefore confident that Nesophila, Pilsbry, a
sectional name based on that feature, has no value whatever, unless it may
be retained for Helix tiara, Mighels, a large form of quite a distinct type,
from the island of Kauai. In general shape and contour this is much like
Stephanoda dissimilis, @’Orb., from Chili, but the palate is furnished with
small parallel and numerous revolving lirae.

8.—Endodonta lanaiensis, Sykes.

A single good specimen. Greatest diam. 4, high 1} millim.

9.—Nesopupa acanthinula, Anc.

Rare, but frequent in a living state in Oahu, Hawai, and probably

other islands.
10.—Nesopupa, sp.

A single broken specimen, with the teeth of Pupa newcombi, but larger
and more elongate. A similar but smaller form is found living on Oahu
and Hawaii.

11.—Nesopupa baldwini, Anc. var. eentralis, Anc.

Also found living at Olaa, Hawaii (Vhaanum). This and others men-
tioned in the present paper will be fully illustrated in other contributions to
the malacological fauna of the Hawaiian islands actually in the press. The
typical specimens, with a more produced spire of 5 whorls are from Molokai
and Maui,

68 ANCEY: LAND SHELLS EOUND IN HAMAKUA DISTRICT, HAWAII.

12.—Lyropupa perlonga, Pease.

The identification is somewhat doubtful, as I have never met with Oahu
specimens and all those I have seen from Hawaii (Palihoukapapa, Mana,
and an extinct crater on the Kona coast) are subfossil. ‘They are, however,
in fair condition and of a brown or dark colour. ‘The description and figure
given by Boettger (Conch. Mittheil., i, p. 69, pl. xii, fig. 16) apply tolerably
well to these. They measure 24 millim. in length and 1} in diameter, and
have 54 whorls. The long superior palatal lamella extends on the peristome
and forms, with a well developed angular fold a small, circular, nearly closed
sinus. There are about 15 or 16 riblets on the last whorl.

Lyropupa perlonga and L. costata, Pease (=cubana, Dall) are, I think,
the only dextral forms of the group.

13.—Lyropupa mirabilis, Anc. var. hawaiiensis, n. var.
Pl. v. fig. 18.
Differt a typo (ex montibus ‘‘ Waianae” insulae Oahu) testa plerumque paulo
inajore, robustiore, costulis pallidis, dente lamelliformi infero in fauce
aperturae magis valido et elongato ; anfract 6.

Long. 24, diam. 1}, long. apert. # millim.

There are twenty or twenty-two costulae on the last whorl, while in the
type specimen there are about twenty-two to twenty-four, and there is no
trace of a pale ill-defined zone on the last whorl. The angular lamella is
weakly developed and scarcely produced, in fact reduced to a mere tubercle.

14.—Lyropupa magdalenae, Ane. var. prisea, n. var.
Pl. y. fig. 19.

This form agrees pretty well with Boettger’s figure of Pupa lyrata, Gould,
(Conch. Mitth., i, p. 61, pl. xi, fig. 17), but I do not think it may be taken
as the true L. /yrata. Numerous sinistral species and forms, all very much
alike, have been shown to exist on the various islands of the Hawaiian group,
and one of these, from Olaa, I have referred to Pupa lyrata, although I am
by no means certain of the identity. Gould's description should equally be
applied to other things, but not to species with a strong angular fold such
as this. The diagnosis of the subfossil specimens of Palihoukapapa is
as follows :

D*ffert a typo (ex Palama ins. Oahu) habitu plerumque magis cylindrico,
costis validioribus, albescentibus, zonula pallida conspicua in parte superiore
anfractus ultimi et rima umbilicari minus aperta.

Long. 23, lat. 14 millim.

I observed about 15 to 17 ribs on the last whorl, while I counted about
15 in the examples of the typical lot from Oahu. There are 14 in number in
another new species detected at Olaa, Hawaii (ZL. clathratula), a form in
which the upper palatal lamella does not reach the outer edge of the peristome.
In L. /yrata, or rather the one I ascribe to lyrata, there are 12 strong distant

ANCEY : LAND SHELLS FOUND IN HAMAKUA DISTRICT, HAWAII. 69

ribs on the last whorl ; its palatal folds are very close to each other, the most
deeply seated (the inferior) beginning near the end of the superior. Besides,
there is a very slight point-like denticle far within the base.

15.—Achatinella physa, Newc. var. procera, Anc.

I have not seen good full-grown examples, but refer, with some doubt,
a very young shell to this.

Mr. Sykes has changed the well-known name A. physa, Newc., to
confusa, Sykes, because he supposed A. hawaziensis, Bald., to equal the true
physa. Mr. Baldwin writes that his hawaziensis, was discovered in a spot
unexplored when Newcomb described his physa, hence the latter name may
stand for what is generally distributed in collections, from the Kohala moun-
tains and the Hamakua slope of Mauna-kea.

16.—Amastra senilis, Baldw.
17.—Amastra fossilis, Baldw.
18.—Amastra, sp.

A juvenile specimen, with conic spire and keeled body-whorl, probably
distinct from the former species.

19.—Leptachatina henshawi, Sykes.
Probably referable to this species, although not so strongly sculptured.

20.—Leptachatina konaensis, Sykes.
21.—Leptachatina arborea, Baldw.
22.—Leptachatina simplex, Pease.

23.—Leptachatina. sp.
A puzzling form, somewhat like the Maui L. grana, Newc.

24.—Leptachatina imitatrix, Sykes.

25.--Leptachatina, sp.
Like the latter, but larger and with a more produced spire.

26.—Tornatellina neweombi, Pir. (°)

27.—Tornatellina cineta, Anc.
Quite identical with typical specimens found in a living state on Maui,
Oahu, and Hawaii.
28.—Tornatellina procerula, Anc.
Large examples. Also from Maui,

70 ANCEY: LAND SHELLS FOUND IN HAMAKUA DISTRICT, HAWAII.

29.—Tornatellina maecromphala, Anc.
Also from Maui.

30 —Tornatellina extineta, Anc.

Found at first subfossil in the sandy isthmus between East and West
Maui. I received later fresh specimens collected at Kaupakalua, Maui, by
Mr. Baldwin.

3! —Tornatellina oblonga, Pease.

32.—Tornatellina compacta, Sykes. (?)

33.—Tornatellina fusea, Anc.

One or two young specimens of this remarkable species.

24,—Tornatellina rudicostata, i. sp.

Pl. v iies2ef2r:

Testa oblongo-attenuata, perforata, emortua albida (statu. recenti veri-
similiter cornea), liris confertis acutis fere rectis, parum regularibus, in ultimo
subflexuosis insigniter exarata; spira sat producta, conoidea, obtusula ;
anfractus 6 convexi, regulariter crescentes, sutura impressa propter plicas
crenulata discreti ; primi laevigati, ultimus oblongus, parum attenuatus, dorso
et versus aperturam sulco mediano concentrico impressus ; apertura vix
obliqua, subirregulariter truncato-ovalis, in adultis. lamina parietali valida
excepta inermis ; columella incrassatula, arcuata ; peristoma acutum, rectum,
margine columellari dilatat>, expanso.

Obs. Apertura in junioribus, praeter laminam parietalem plicis acutis
duabus columellaribus et lamina transversa longa volventi in interiore palati
armata.

Long. 24, diam. 14; alt. apert. $ millim.

An extraordinary species, quite unlike anything described in the genus.
The general aspect is that of a very small Leptachatina henshawi, but the
plicae are coarser and irregular. The sculpture is quite unusual in the genus.
No living forms are allied to this.

35.—Tornatellina eyphostyla, n. sp.

Pl. vy, figs.22, 23,

Testa conoideo-oblonga, gracilis, laevigata, subfossilis alba, tenuis, nitida,
aperte sed minute perforata ; spira conica, elongata, lateribus rectis, summo
obtuso ; anfractus 6 parum convexiuscull, regulariter crescentes, sutura lineari,
appressa discreti, ultimus oblongus, subattenuatus ; apertura distincte obliqua.
truncato-ovalis, lamina unica volventi validiuscula in pariete armata ; colum-
ella regulariter arcuato-declivis, subincrassata, inermis ; peristoma simplex,
acutum, rectum, margine extero post insertionem arcuato, columellari
expanso, perforationem haud claudente,

ANCEY: LAND SHELLS FOUND IN HAMAKUA DISTRICT, HAWAII. 71

Obs. Columella juniorum biplicata.

Long. 23, diam. 11/3 ; alt. apert. 1 millim.

A very distinct species, of regular outline. Its principal characters are
the conic spire, barely convex whorls, appressed sutures and oblong aperture
not at all widened below and slightly oblique. The columellar margin is
gently curved and without plicae except in young specimens, and the parietal
lamella is rather strong.

36.—Sueeinea, sp.

Related to S. cepulla, but more oblong, and to S. souleyeti, Anc., which

is, I think, distinct from cepulla.

37.—Suceinea, sp.

Allied to S. kuhnsi, Anc., but not quite so oblique.

88.—Sueecinea. sp.

Like the preceding one, but more slender and more pointed spire,
39.—Sueeinea ineonspieua, Anc.

40 —Suceinea, sp.
A single specimen of a peculiar form, next to S. casta, Anc. var
henshaw?t, Anc , but smaller and more elongate.

41.—Suceinea, sp.

This groups with S. fetrayona, Anc., of Maui and S. quadrata, Anc.,
of Olaa, Hawaii. In most specimens there is a well marked angular shoulder
on the upper of the last whorl.

Although most of the Suecineae are probably new species, though in
some instances, very near to some of the recent forms, I do not wish to name
them, because they will be described and figured by Professor H. W. Henshaw.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Figs. 9, Io. Pseudohyalinia meniscus, n. sp.

Figs. 11, 12. Punctum horneri, n. sp.

Figs. 13, 14. Endodonta laminata, Pease.

Figs. 15, 16. Endodonta (Thaumatodon) henshawi, n, sp.

Mien NY) Endodonta hystricella, Pfr. var. paucilamellata, n. vat.
Fig. 18 Lyropupa mirabilis, Anc. var. hawaitensts, n. var.
Fig. 19 Lyropupa magdalenae, Anc. var. prisca, n. var.

Figs. 20, 21. Tornatellina rudicostata, n, sp,

Tornatellina cvphostyla, n. sp.

2
ire}
wg
to
to
to
Go

CURRENT LITERATURE.

Baker, F. C.—The Molluscan Fauna of the Dells of Winconsin. Trans. Ac. Se. St.
Louis, 1904, vol. xiv, pp. 99—I05.

Baker, F. C.—Notes on Planorbis (runcatus Miles. Ibid., pp. 107—I10,

The writer is of opinion, after examining several thousand specimens of P, trivolvis
and comparing them with examples of P. truncatus, that the latter is the ancestral form
of the former species, and not vice versa as he has previously stated.

Baker, F. C.—The Arrangement of the Collection of Mollusca in the Chicago Academy
of Sciences. Musems Journ., 1904, vol. iii, pp. 354—309, pl. xliv.

Girty, George H.—New Molluscan Genera from the Carboniferous. Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus., 1904, vol. xxvii, pp. 721—736, pls. xlv—xlvii.

The new genera and species described and figured are : Limipecten tevanus, Pleu-
rophorella papillosa, Clavulites howardensis, and Schuchertella, n. nom., “proposed for
shells having the type of structure for which the name Orthothetes is at present in use.”
Type S. les, White.

Hedley, C.—The Effect of the Bassian Isthmus upon the existing marine fauna: a
study in ancient geography, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1903, pp. 876 —883.

Hedley, Charles.—Additions to the Marine Molluscan fauna of New Zealand. Rec.
Aust. Mus., 1904, vol. v, pp. 86—97, figs. I4—25.

The new genera and species are: Pleurodon maorianus ; Verticiprouus mytilus,
gen. and sp nov., referred with some doubt to the Carditidae ; Schismope brevis and
S. rosea ; Incisura, nov. gen., type Scissurella lyttletonensis, Smith ; Pusncturella demissa,
Liotia polypleura,Caecum digitulum, Couthouyia corrugata, Rissoa sutert, Eulima paxillus,
and Leiostraca murdochi,

Pecten aviculoides, Smith, is transferred to the genus Cyclopecten, Carditella delta,
Tate and May, to Cuna, and Daphuella substriata, Suter, to Mitromorpha, thus adding
three genera and two species new to the New Zealand fauna.

Sykes, E. R,—Description of two new species of Melania from the New Hebrides.
Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1904, vol. vi, pp. 13, 14, figs. 1,2.
The two new species are M. morti and M. cingulifera.

Sykes, E. R.—On the Mollusca procurred during the ‘ Porcupine” Expeditions,
1869—1870. Supplemental Notes, Part I. Ibid., pp. 23—40, pl. iii.

This is an exceedingly valuable piece of work, and no one is better qualified to
undertake it than Mr. Sykes.

Numerous points in nomenclature are dealt with, two new species are described
and figured, viz., Retusa marshalli and Cylichna obscura, and figures are given of C.
hoernesit (Weinkauff), C. elongata (Jeffreys), Acteon globulinus (Forbes), Bulla striatula,
(Forbes), Retusa lactca (Jeffreys), and R. excavata (Jeffreys).

Sykes, E. R.—The Hawaiian species of Ofeas. Ibid., pp. 112, 113, figs. I—4.
Figures of O, jusceus (Gould), O. pyrgiscus (Pfr.), and descriptions and figures of
O. henshawi, n. sp., and O. prestoni, n. var. hawaiiensis.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 73

Sykes, E. R.—On the Polyplacophora. In Herdman, Report. . . onthe Pearl
Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar. Part I, Suppl. Rep. iv, pp. 177 —180,
pl. i. London, 4to, 1903.
The collection includes nine species. Of these, three are identified (one doubtfully)
with known forms; one species of Callochiton, three of Ischnochiton, and one of
Tonicia, are new.

Sykes, E. R.—Zoological Record, 1903, vol. xl. Div. vii. Mollusca. London : July 1goa.
This invaluable work reaches us considerably earlier than in previous years, and
although possibly not quite so complete as in former years, it is a great advantage to
have the same so promptly.
So far as the general Record is concerned there are no salient alterations, but the
cross references are perhaps not so complete as in previous issues.

Pallary, Paul.—Additions a la faune conchyliologique de la Méditerranée. Ann.
Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Marseille—Zoologie—1903, T. viii, pp. 5—16, pl. 1.

Pallary, Paul.—Quatrieme contribution a l’étude de la faune malacologique du Nord
-Oueste de l'Afrique. Journ. de Conchyl., 1904, vol. lii, pp. 5—58, pls. i—iii.

In this interesting memoir the author describes and figures a peculiar Parmacella-
like shell for which the genus Vaucheria is established. V. tingitana, the type, is
known from the shell only, which is dextral and larger than any known form. It is to
be hoped that Mr. Pallary will ultimately succeed in finding the living animal.

Many new species of Helix are described and hgured, as well as new species of
Limnaea, Valvata, and Melanopsis.

Hoyle, W. E.—A Diagnostic Key to the Genera of Recent Dibranchiate Cephalopoda.
Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit.and Phil. Soc., 1904, vol. xlviii, No. 21, pp, I—2o0.
What must prove a most useful aid to workers on the recent Dibranchiate Cepha-
lopoda, has been drawn up by Dr. Hoyle in preparation for a systematic account of
the recent Cephalopoda to be published in the ‘* Tierreich”’ of the German Zoological
Society and Berlin Academy.

Eliot, C.—On some Nudibranchs from East Africa and Zanzibar. Part III. Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond., 1904, pp. 354—385, pls. xxxli—xxxiv. Part IV. Ibid., pp. 380—
406, pls. Xxlii, XXiv.

The author, in these two papers, treats of the Cryptobranchiate Dorids, which are
represented by 49 species of which I genus and 25 species are new. In examining
the value of the chief points by which the sub-families and genera under consideration
can be differentiated, it is pointed out that such characters as the rhinophores and
branchial and the generative organs are disappointing as a means of classification ;
while the characters of the dorsal surface and general texture, the foot, and the mouth
parts are regarded as forming a fairly good indication of relationship. The internal
organs, in the author's opinion do not offer many features which serve for the purpose
of classification.

Bartseh, Paul.—A new dsimunella from New Mexico. Smithsonian Miscell. Coll.,
1904, vol. 47, pp. 13, 14.
Ashmunella townsendi, n. sp., is most nearly related to A. rhyssa, Dall, but is
much smaller than that form and is uniformly more strongly sculptured. Loc, Ruidoso,
New Mexico.

Hyde, Ada H.—The Nerve Distribution in the Eye of Pecten irradians. Mark
Annivers. Vol., 1903, pp. 471—482, 1 pl.

Hyde, Ada H.—The Retinal Nerve-ending in the Eye of Pecten. Biol. Bull., 1904,
Vol. .G, (9.317.

74. CURRENT LITERATURE.

Knight, G. A. F.—A Visit to the Outer Hebrides in search of Mollusca. Trans.
Perthsh. Soc. Nat. Sci., 1903, vol. 3, pp. 193—217, map.

Stenta, M.—Zur Keuntniss der Str6mungen im Mantleraum der Lamellibranchiaten.
Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien, 1903, Bd. 14, pp. 21I—240, 1 Taf.

Zugmayer, Eriech.—Uber Sinnesorgane an den Tentakeln des Genus Cardium.
Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., 1904, Bd. Ixxvi, pp. 478—508, Taf. xxix,

Sassi, M.—Zur Anatomie von Anomia ephippium. Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien, Bd. 14, pp.
81—o6, I Taf.

Thesing. C.—Beitrige zur Spermatogenese dei Cephalopoden. Zeit. f, wiss. Zool.
1904, Bd. Ixxvi, pp. 94 —136, Tin. viii, ix.

Wettstein, E.—Zur Anatomie von Crypfopflax larvacformis, Burrow. Jena. Zeitschr.,
1903, Bd. xxxviii, pp. 473—504, 3 Taf.

Riee, E., L.—Preliminary Report on the Development of the Gill in Mytilus. Ohio.
Nat., 1904, vol. iv, p. 51.

Drew, Gilman A.—The Anatomy and Embryology of Pecfen tenuicostatus, Bic.
Bull., 1904, vol. 6, p. 307.

Budington, R. A.—Nervous Regulation of the Heart of Venus mercenaria, Ibid.,
DpP skt, 312,

Smallwood, W. M.—Natural History of Hamniinea solitaria Say. Amer, Nat., 1904,

vol. 38, pp. 207—225, 16 figs.

TERE

(Oe OF MALACOLOGY,.

Nori: DECEMBER 28TH, 1904. Vous

DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES OF

CINGALESE AND INDIAN MARINE SHELLS.
3y H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S.

(Plates vi and vii.)

‘The species about to be described formed part of the collection of the
late Mr. Hugh Nevill, who was for many years resident in Ceylon, and a
portion of whose collection came into my hands upon its dispersal during the
early part of the present year. Although exact localities were often not given,
all the present species, with one exception, are undoubtedly from Ceylon,

Cythara nevilliana, np. sp.
Pl yi, fesco1, 2.

Shell subfusiform, obtuse, solid, uniformly white ; whorls 5—6, convex,
coarsely ribbed and spirally grooved, giving the shell a cancellated appear-
ance; suture impressed; aperture high and narrow; columella curved,
somewhat rough ; peristome slightly thickened and bent inwards over the
aperture, the edge being serrated by the spiral grooves.
Alt. 5 millim. ; diam. maj. 2.5. Aperture, alt. 3 millim. ; diam. .5.
Hab.—Ceylon.

Clathurella bulleni, ». sp.
PAB Sia re

Shell ovate, solid, brownish lilac, or ornamented on the last whorl with a
broad peripheral yellowish-white band, and on the earlier whorls with a very
narrow, but distinct, band of a similar hue ; whorls 8, convex, transversely
ribbed and spirally grooved, giving the shell a coarsely granulated appearance ;
suture well impressed ; aperture narrow, one third of the height of the whole
shell ; columella curved ; peristome thickened and bent inwards.
Alt. 6 millim. ; diam. maj. 3. Aperture, alt. 2 millim. ; diam. «5.
Hab.—Ceylon.

Journ. oF Matac., 1904, vol. xi, No. 4.

76 PRESTON : DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW MARINF. SHELLS.

Thala ceylanica. n. sp.
Pl yix Ges: 0,2:

Shell slender, attenuated ; whorls 7—8, sculptured with closely set transverse
ridges crossed by finer spiral lines, giving the shell a granulated appearance ;
colour pink, mottled and streaked with white and pale chestnut, the latter
colour developing into a broad peripheral band on the body-whorl ; aperture
narrow ; columella four-plaited ; peristome thickened and slightly notched
above.

Alt. 10 millim. ; diam. maj. 2.5. Aperture, alt. 4 millim. ; diam. maj. .5.

Hab.—Ceylon.

Nassa (Phrontis) siva, ». sp.
Pie hies,.3, 04:

Shell ovately conic, spirally striated, especially on the apical whorls and
lower portion of the body-whorl, and coarsely nbbed throughout except on
the last half of the body-whorl, where the lower portion of the ribs becomes
obsolete ; whorls 8—g, somewhat convex, pale brownish-yellow, ornamented
with two chestnut bands ; suture impressed ; columella distinctly plaited,
expanded and extending above into a callosity bearing a single plait near
the junction of the peristome with the whorl above ; peristome thickened
and slightly reflexed, having five denticles just inside the aperture, the
uppermost being more strongly developed than the others ; aperture obliquely
ovate ; canal short and rather broad.

Alt. 12.5 millim.; diam. maj. 6.5. Aperture, alt. 6 millim.; diam. maj. 2

Hab.—Ceylon.

Nassa (Phrontis) gangetica, n. sp,
Plevi, figs: 556:

Shell fusiform, spirally striate (at the base only) and coarsely rib'xed except on
the last half of the body-whorl, where the surface becomes quite smooth
bearing only a row of tubercles just below the suture ; whorls 8, fawn colour ;
suture impressed; columella extending into a callosity reaching to the junction |
of the peristome with the whorl above and bearing a plait in this region ;
peristome thickened, slightly reflexed having two obsolete plaits on the inner
suiface ; aperture ovate ; canal short ; operculum horny, unguiform, with
an apical nucleus.

Alt. 10.5 millim. ; diam. maj. 4.5. Aperture, alt. 3 millim. ; diam maj. 1.

Hab.—Calcutta.

Murex (Ocinebra) sykesi, 0. sp.
Pll Vig hissy pace:

Shell ovate, solid, five varicose, coarsely ribbed and cancellated on the
varices , whorls 6—7; aperture oval; peristome produced; canal only

PRESTON : DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW MARINE SHELLS. Wi

slightly recurved ; the shell is of a pinkish-white colour, having a brown band

just below the periphery ; in many specimens the region of the canal is tinged

with rose pink, but this character does not appear to be always constant.
Alt. 20 millim. ; diam. maj. 13. Aperture, alt. 5 millim. ; diam. maj. 3.
Hab.—Ceylon.

This species appears to be most nearly allied to Murer (Ocinebra)
nucula, Reeve. from the Philippines, but differs in being much more oval
in general shape and the canal being less recurved than is the case in that
species ; moreover it has only five varices on the body-whorl whereas in
M. nucula there are six.

Coralliophila dissimulans, un. sp.

Pl vit higs.755 (6.

Shell conical, exteriorly white ; whorls 5—6, obliquely ribbed, the ribs in
places being raised into tubercles ; suture impressed ; aperture ovate ; colum-
ella somewhat curved, tinged with pinkish purple ; canal short and curved ;
peristome thin, erect ; interior of shell painted with a chestnut coloured band
below the periphery and ending abruptly about two millimetres from the
edge of the peristome.

Alt. 9 millim. ; diam. maj. 6.5. Aperture, alt. 4.5 millim. ; diam. 1.5.

Hab.—Ceylon.

Mucronalia birtsi, ». sp.
Ploy tigs37, 6.

Shell fusiform, rather attenuated, smooth, polished, semi-transparent white ;
whorls 9, convex, the apex strongly mucronated; suture slightly channelled ;
aperture inversely auriform ; columella twisted ; peristome simple.

Alt. 12.5 millim. ; diam. maj. 5. Aperature, alt. 4 millim. ; diam. 2.

Hab.—Ceylon.

This species appears to be somewhat closely allied to WM. philippinarum,
Sby., but 1s easily distinguished from that species by its more elongate form,
the more transparent texture of the shell, and by the presence of the chan-
nelled suture which is not noticeable in M. philippinarum.

Styloptygma lacteola, ». sp.
Bl vis, figs: /9,. 10.

Shell attenuate, fusiform, polished, striated with lines of growth. transparent
white, encircled with an opaque milky-white band below the suture ; whorls
9—10, slightly convex, and flattened above, giving the impressed suture an
almost channelled appearance ; columella arched ; aperture obliquely ovate ;
peristome simple.
Alt. 9 millim. ; diam. maj. 2. Aperture, alt. 2 millim. ; diam. maj. 1
Hab.—Galle, Ceylon,

78 PRESTON : DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW MARINE SHELLS,

The apical whorls in many of the specimens examined are tinged with
bright pink, but as this is not apparent in all, it is probably caused by the
presence of decaying portions of the animal showing through the somewhat
transparent shell.

Mactra delicatula, n. sp.

Pl vi; fig. 11.

Shell triangular, rather oblique, thin, equilateral, somewhat flattened, greyish-
white tinged with purple deepening towards the umbonal region, striated
with lines of growth, these being rather irregular anteriorly ; anterior side
rounded into a sharp keel; posterior end flattened, sculptured with fine
striae giving a silky appearance, and produced to an obtuse angle.

Alt. 21.5 millim. ; length 25.
Hab.—Ceylon
M. deliecatula var, nivea, n. var.
Pl--vi, ig. 12:
Shell rather smaller, somewhat more lightly striate, pure white except for a
very slight tinge of purple on the umbones.

Alt. 17 millim. : length 20.5.
Hab.—Ceylon.
Mactra taprobanensis, n. sp.
Pl vii, fig...G.
Shell, ovate, convex, smooth, white painted with pale brown rays of irregular
breadth ; umbones brownish purple, small ; anterior end produced, rounded,

posterior end obtusely angled; interior sometimes pale brownish purple,
sometimes white tinged with pale brown.

Alt. 7.5 millim. ; length 1o.5.
Hab.—Ceylon.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate vi.
Figs. 1, 2. Thala ceylanica, n. sp. Figs. 9, 10. Stvloptygma lacteola, n. sp.
Figs. 3, 4. Nassa(Phrontis) siva, n.sp. Fig. 11. Mactra delicatula, n. sp.
Figs. 5, 6. Nassa (Phrontis) gangetica, Fig. 12. Mactra delicatitta var.
n. sp. nived, Nn. var.
Figs. 7, 8. Murex (Ocinebra) sykest,
n. sp.
Plate vii.
Figs. 1, 2. Cythara nevilliana, n. sp. Figs. 7, 8. Mucronalia birtsi, n. sp.
Figs. 3, 4. Clathurella bullent, ». sp. Leising: Mactra taprobanensts, n. sp.

Figs. 5. 6. Coralliophila dissimulans,
n. sp. :

DESCRIPTIONS OF TWELVE NEW SPECIES AND ONE
VARIETY OF MARINE GASTROPODA FROM THE
PERSIAN GULF, GULF OF OMAN, AND ARABIAN SEA,
COLLECTED BY MR. F. W. TOWNSEND, 1902-1904.
By JAMES COSMO MELVILL, M.A., F.L:S.

(Plate \ iii.)

I venture to offer another short instalment of descriptions of Gastropoda
from the Persian Gulf and contiguous seas, all dredged by Mr. F. W.
Townsend, during the past three years (1902 —1904).

His last consignments come principally from Dabai, in the Persian Gulf
proper, a locality that proved extremely rich, especially in Pelecypoda, though
most of the Mollusca obtained had already been catalogued as found else-
where 'n the neighbourhood.

But the majority of the following, it will :e noted, come from the one
almost inexhaustible station already descanted upon in previous papers.”
This material (excepting as far as the Scaphopoda and Pelecypoda are con-
cerned) is now thoroughly worked out, and it is hoped that a list may be
eventually drawn up of all the many forms found in it, as the results are
believed to have been rarely, if ever, eclipsed by any previous single haul of
the dredge.

Aelis thesauraria,” n. sp.
Pl. viii, fig. 1.
A testa minutissima, obtecte umbilicata, ovato-fusiformi, delicata, alba,
anfractibus 9, quorum 34 apicales, caudati, omnino laeves, pervitrei, nitentes,
caeteris apud suturas impressis, spiraliter acuticarinatis, ultimo et penultimo
quatuor, antepenultimo, tribus carinis praeditis, interstitis laevibus, super-
ficie haud nitente, apertura rotunda, peristomate paullum expanso, incrassato,
super umbilicum et apud basim columellarem squarrosé effuso.

Long. 2.50, lat. 1 millim

Hab. —Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms.

Very small, but wonderful in its perfection of form and sculpture. The
apical whorls are almost caudate, three to four of almost uniform narrow
build, quite smooth and glossy, the remainder being uniformly acutely
keeled The thickened peristome with a squarish extension of the colum-
ellar base half hides the narrow umbilicus.

In sculpture it shows kinship with A. ascaris.

1. Ann. & Mag. N. H., 1903, ser. vii, vol. 12, p. 289; Proc. Mal. Soc., vi, p. 51; ibid., p. 159.
2. Thesaurarius, treasured.

80 MELVILL: NEW GASTROPODA FYOM THE PERSIAN GULF.

Rissoina (Phosinella) phormis,") n. sp.
Pl. viii, fig. 2.

R. testa parva, ovato-oblonga, alba, solidula, anfractibus 6—7, quorum
apicales 2, vitrei, perlaeves, caeteris apud suturas impressis, undique densé
clathratulis, interstitiis squarrosis, apertura o!)lique ovata, peristomate incras-
sato extus aspero, intus laevigato, columella obliqua, simplice.

Long. 3.50, lat. 1.50 millim

Hab.—Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms.
But few examples of a small cancellately whorled A/sso’na, smaller than any
species of the subgenus Phos/nel/a that occur in the same seas. All seem
dead shells, but in all probability the shell would be colourless in life.

Ethalia earneolata, Melvy.
var. rubrostrigata, nov.
Pl. viii, fi

yr 9

& 3-

E. testa cum forma typica convenit, sed omnino laevigata, nitida, perobscure
anfractum apud ultimun bivittata, undique longitudinaliter rubris flammis et
lineis pulcherrima ornata.

Hab.—Dabai, Persian Gulf.

A very few specimens dredged in 1904 at the above locality, differing
mainly in painting from the original type of this species, but so remarkable
and conspicuous is this form, that it is considered worthy of being specially
singled out under a varietal name. For description of E. carneolata, vide
Mem. and Proc. Manch. Soc., No. 7, p. 19, pl. vii, figs. 25, 26.

Omphalius eollingei, un. sp.
Pl. vin; fiz. 4:

O. testa crassa, mediocri, conica, nigrobrunnea, anguste et profunde um-
bilicata, anfractibus 6, quorum apicales 1} laeves, informes, vitrei, caeteris
spiraliter granocostatis, costis ad regionem anfractuum superiorem juxta
suturas duabus praecipue majoribus nodulorum ordinibus decoratis, nodulis
nitidis, rotundis, laevibus, infra, antepenultimo et penultimo binis, ultimo
tribus gemmarum ordinibus usque ad peripheriam praeditis, carina periph-
eriali crassa, ordine noduloso duplicato, regione basali, circa umbilicum sex
ordinibus nodulorum parvis, symmetricis, aequidistantibus, apertura trapezoide
intus margaritacea, labro angulato, area columellari infia umbilicum bi vel
tricalloso, callo albo, nitente.

Alt. 15, diam. 16 millim.

Remarkable in its resemblance to certain South American Omphalii,
e.g. UO. 4-carinatus and 4-costatus, Wood, of which it is the Eastern exponent.
It may be distinguished by its blackish-brown colour, thickened substance,
and neat concatenaton of variously sized rows of spiral noduled gemmae, the

\
3: Poppos, a basket.

MELVILL: NEW GASTROPODA FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 81

larger rows just below the sutures, and towards the centre of the whorls,
and likewise very much expressed in thickness with doubled rows of nodules,
at the periphery on the last whorl. At the base, concentrically around the
umbilicus are spiraily ranged six uniform rows of small nodules.

I venture to dedicate this species to Mr. W. E. Collinge, as a very slight
mark of esteem and appreciation of his unwearied labours in the cause of
Malacology.

Since describing the a':ove, another specimen has come to hand, from
a second station in the Persian Gulf, through the medium of Miss M. Lebour.

Turriteila illustris, n, sp.

Rel pall wialeaaetss
T. testa gracili, attenuata, delicata, alba, violaceotincta, vel pallidissime
brunnea longitudinaliter indistinctis flammis decorata, anfractibus 17, quo-
rum apicalis parvus, laevis, caeteris apud suturas multum impressis, spiralite
acuticarinatis et tornatis, carinis irregularibus, majoribus cum minoribus alter-
nantibus, anfractus apud supernos 5, tribus ultimis 7, praeditis, apertura
ovato-trapezoide, labro tenui, paullum ad basim effuso, columella paullum
incrassata.

Long. 2:25, lat..55, une.

Hab.—Dabai, Persian Gulf.

An elegant species, its nearest congeners being firstly 7. flammulata, Kie-
ner, from West Africa, which it resembles in its spiral ornamentation, and like-
wise, to some degree, in the pale flame-like blotches on, especially the upper,
whorls: this is however,a mote delicately moulded shell. And alsoto 7. fulton,
Melv., also from the Persian Gulf, it bears a close resemblance, but differs in
the more irregular carinations, pale colouration, and the spiral blotches, from
its congener, which is always unicolorous white.

To Mr. Edgar Smith I am indebted for pointing out the salient charac-
teristics of this species.

Eulimella aeaea,") n. sp.
Plo vii, fig, o
E. testa gracillima, attenuata, irregular, alba, laevi, parum nitida, anfractibus
ad 8, quorum apicalis ipse externe revolutus et inversus, huic proximo paul-
lum abnormi et irregulari, caeteris laevibus, ad suturas rotunde impressis,
apertura oblonga, labro ad basim paullum effuso, columella fere recta.
Long. 4, lat. 1.50 millim., sp. maj.
ae eer) a sp. min.

An abnormally whorled and formed shell, most akin, so far as the
inhabitants of the Persian Gulf are concerned, to E. gedrosica, Melv., but
the revolute apical whorl is more strongly developed, and the surface per-
fectly smooth throughout, with no sign of spiral striation. The smallest
example before me has the mouth in the greater state of perfection, this
exhibiting the normal Eulimelloid character.

4. Aeaeus, magical or abnormal.

82 MELVILIL: NEW SPECIES OF MARINE GASTROPODA.

Odostomia doriea,"” n. sp.
Pl. viu, fig. 9.

O. testa ovato-fusiformi, solidula, crassa, alba, anfractibus 7, quorum
apicales 2 heterostrophi, vitrei, excavati, laeves, caeteris apud suturas canal-
iculatis, gradatis, duobus supernis longitudinaliter undique multicostulatis,
costulis arctis, tribus ultimis laevibus, apertura fere rotunda, intus spiraliter
striata, labro ad basim crassiore, plica columellari forti.

Long. 4, lat 2 millim.

Hab.—Persian Gulf, Maskat, 15 fathoms.

A solid incrassate species, somewhat rude in build, columella very
strong'y once plaited, whorls very excavate at the sutures, scalate, the apex
glassy and heterostrophe. while the two or three next uppermost whorls
exhibit longitudinal riblets, the remaining whorls being quite smooth.

Oseilla faceta, n. sp.
Pl. vii, fig. 10.

O testa pergracili, angusta, alba, delicata, anfractibus 8—g9, quorum 2
apicales, heterostrophi, vitrei, laeves, caeteris arcte spiraliter acuticarinatis et
et tornatis, carinis duabus apud supernos, tribus apud antepenultimum et
penultimum, ultimo anfractu ad sex carinas, superficie interstitiali laevigata
vel obscure sub lente alveata, apertura ovato-oblonga, labro tenu1, columella
fortiter uniplicata.

Long. 3 50, lat. 1.50 millim., sp. max.

rage Oe rat - sp. min.

Hab.—Gulf of Oman. Lat. 24° 58’ N, long. 56° 54 E., 156 fathoms.

At first deeined an attenuate variety of O. indica, Melv., a not infre-
quent species in these seas, this proposed new form differs in its far more
graceful and uniformly narrowed contour, more oval aperture, and stronger
columellar plica. Were it not for the presence of this last feature, indeed,
it might be considered a Cinyulina, near C. isseli, Tryon, which is very
abundant in many parts of the North Arabian Sea. Irawadia trochlearis,
Gould, a Rissoid, likewise has a strange superficial resemblance to this
alliance of Pyraniidellidae in these seas, as we have already mentioned.”

Oseilla jocosa, n. sp.

Ply itt, fie, ne.

‘
O. testa minuta, ovato-conica, alba, anfractibus 5—6, quorum 2 apicales
heterostrophi, vitrei, in proportione magni, caeteris tri-, ultimo anfractu sex
vel septem carinulatis, carinis paullum obtusis, superficie interstitiali sub lente

Doricus, from its severely classic build.

uw

6. Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., vol, ii, p. 112, pl. viii, f. 5.
7. Proc. Zool, Soc , roor, pt. II, p. 369,

MELVILL: NEW SPECIES OF MARINE GASTROPODA. 83

lepide alveata, ultimo ad peripheriam subangulato, apertura ovato-rotunda,
labro tenui, angulata, columella uniplicata.

Long. 2, lat. .75 millim.

Hab..—Gulf of Oman. Lat. 24° 58’ N., long 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms.

The smallest by far cf the four Oscillae yet detected as occurring in
this region, and of which very few specimens have come to light. It appears
mature, the angle at the periphery alone will distinguish it from its congeners.

Mumiola earbasea,” n. sp,
Pip vanishes 2:

M. testa ovato-oblonga, parum perforata, delicata, albo-lactea, papyracea,
anfractibus 6, quorum 14 apicales, globulosi, vitrei perlaeves, apice ipso de-
presso, caeteris gradatulis, undique tenui costatis, costis fere rectis, interstitils
arctissime spiraliter liratis, costis ulttmum apud anfractum numero circiter 18,
interdum ad basim fere evanidis, apertura ovata, labro tenui, columella sim-
plice, paullum incrassata.

Long. 3, lat. 1.30 millim.

Allied to MW spirata, Ad., found also in the Arabian Sea; but its gradate
whorls, depressed globular apex, delicate ribs, and oval mouth with simple
unplaited columella, differentiate this species from its congeners.

Eulima (Subularia) hypolysina, pn. sp.

Pl. wi, fig. 3:

E. testa vitrea, aciculata, per-attenuata, delicatissima, anfractibus 8—9,
undique albo-hyalinis, laevissimis, politis, ad suturas impressis, tumidulis,
lateribus infra fere rectis, ultimo interdum obscure spiraliter rufozonulato,
paullum producto, apertura anguste oblonga, labro superne, juxta suturas,
sinuato.

Long. 3 50, lat. 1 millim.

Hab.—Gulf of Oman. Lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54 E., 156 fathoms.

This narrow, hyaline little species, of extreme fragility and delicacy, 1s,
as pointed out to me first by Mr. ER. Sykes, chiefly remarkable for the
rounding off, and consequent sinuate appearance of the thin, flexuous and
slightly effuse outer lip, as it approaches the suture — In this respect, though
not to so great an extent, it assimilates the terrestrial Hypolysia florentiae,
M..and P., from Natal, a genus allied to Opeas, and the specific name is
proposed from that circumstance. HE. (Subularia) bivittata, H. & A. Ad.,
occurring most plentifully with it, at no stage of its existence presents the
same characteristics.

8. Cabasus, white sail-cloth, from the papyraceous texture.

84 MELVILL: NEW GASTROPODA FROM THE PERSIAN GULF.

Mangilia posidonia,” n. sp.
PL win; fig: 14:

M. testa minuta, breviter fusiformi, solidiuscula, alba, angulifera, anfractibus
8, quorum 2} inconspicul, vitrei, laeves, apicales, caeteris apud suturas mul-
tum impressis, longitudinaliter paucicostatis, costis crassis, undique spiraliter
angulato-liratis, ultimo anfractu octo liris praedito, penultimo, simul ac ante-
penultimo tribus, apertura anguste oblonga, labro incrassato sinu indistincto
sed lato, haud profundo, columella simplice.

Long. 5, lat. 2 millim.

Hab.—Gulf of Oman. Lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms.

A not infrequent species in dredged shell sand from the above locality,
its nearest congener being 1. adamantina, Melv.,"” a more squarely formed
Mangilia, with distinctly larger, globular, vitreous apical whorls.

Daphnella eulimenes, n. sp.
Pl vii, fe. 15

D. testa parva, eleganter fusiformi, alba, delicata, anfractibus 7—8, quorum
apicales decussatuli, caeteris leniter supra versus suturas angulatis, arcte sed
irregulariter cancellatis interstitiis plus minus quadratulis, apertura oblonga,
labro incrassato, sinu patulo sed nequaquam profundo, columella fere recta
paullum apud basim producto.

Long. 6. lat. 2 millim.

Hab.—Gulf of Oman. Lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 58’ E., 156 fathoms.

Of the same alliance as D. nereidum and D. amphitrites, M. & S., but
more gracefully formed, and gently slopingly angled below the sutures.
Very rare at the above locality.

* * * * *

An opportunity is here taken of figuring two species from the Persian
Gulf region, viz.,
Mathilda carystia (Fig. 7.).
Solarium admirandum (Fig. 6).

Both were described in Ann and Mag. N. H., ser. vii, pp. 221—223,
but owing to exigencies of space, have been, till now, left unpourtrayed.

g. Poseidon, Neptune.

to. Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. vi, pt, III, p. 165, pl. x, fig. 18.
ec c 4

11. KvAtpwevn—a Nereid,

oe)
on

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII,

Aclis thesauraria, un. sp.

Rissoina phormis, n. sp.

Ethalia carneolata, Melv. var. rubrostrigata, n, var.
Omphalius collinget, n. sp.

Turritella illustris, n. sp.

Solarium (Torinia) admirandum, M. & 8S.
Mathilda carystia, M. & S.

Eulimella aeaea, n. sp.

Odostomia dorica, n. sp.

Oscilla faceta, 0. sp.

Oscilla jocosa, n. sp.

Mumiola carbasea, n. sp.

Eulima (Subularia) hypolysina, n. sp.
Mangilia posidonia, n. sp.

Daphnella eulimenes, n. sp.

Mitra (Callithea) stephanucha, Melv.

var. astephana, n. var.

” ” ”)

NOTE ON MITRA STEPHANUCHA, MELV., WITH
DESCRIPTION OF A PROPOSED NEW VARIETY.
By JAMES COSMO MELVILL, M.A., F.L.S.

(Plate viii, figs. 16, 17.)

SINCE December 1896, when the first examples of this fine mollusc
were described. it has been been frequently dredged, and is now fairly gener-
ally to be found in collections.

The largest specimen we have seen, now figured, came from the neigh-
bourhood of Muscat, in rgor (this being the original and central habitat for
the species), and measures longitudinally 45 as against 42 millimetres in the
type This individual is of a warm and cinereous-brown. The whorls are
at least 15 in number, the actual apex not being quite perfect, while the
spiral row of strong echinulate coronals in the upper part of the longitudinal
ribs is extremely well developed. Below these, only traces of the usual
transverse interrupted dark line, so conspicuous as a rule, exist, and
this is followed by a plain grey and somewhat indistinct spiral band.

As a contrast to this, a remarkable form has been quite recently dredged
in the locality given below, and as it possesses so many points of similarity
to M. stephanucha it is the wisest course to deem it a marked variety, at
all events till more specimens come to hand.

I therefore characterise it thus :

Mitra (Costellaria) stephanucha, Melv.
var. astephana,!”) nov.

Shell in general form and coloration as in the type, but much smaller,
11—12 whorled, perhaps not quite full grown, the 24 apical, glassy pale
brown, the rest longitudinally ribbed. ribs shining, smooth. number on the
body whorl 13 as against 1o—11 in the normal form, when mature, upper
whorls interstitially spirally punctately sulcate, less deeply, but still conspic-
uously on the lower whorls, there being a grey central zone at the centre of
the basal, as in the type, with interrupted spiral dark line. between the ribs on
the five last whorls. The echinate and acutely-noduled coronal, on the
other hand, round the upper portion of the ribs is well nigh or quite obsolete,
giving a perfectly different character to the facies of this new variety, pro-
posed from this circumstance, to be called asfephana. Indeed, it seems
comparable with such a species as Wo (Costellaria) nodilyrata, A. Ad from
the Philippines. I would add, that Messrs. Sowerby & Fulton, in their last
issued elaborate catalogue of Mollusca (April, 1903, p. 18) classify 1/.
stephanucha as a Callithea, in which subgenus VW. stigiataria and sangursuya
are placed. The variety just described certainly bears a relationship to these
latter, and we are not sure that Ca//ithea does not therefore suit the Specie s
better than Costellaria : but the two sub-divisions run very closely tozether,
and are not well defined.

Long 20, lat. 6.50 millim.
Hab.—Gulf of Oman. Lat 26° 6’ N,, long. 56° 53’ E., 15 fathoms.

, ¢ e
12. ’ Lérépavos, without a coronal.

ON SOME NON-MARINE SHELLS FROM THE

AUSTRO- AND INDO-MALAYAN REGIONS.
lan IDs Ie ASIRIBS), TR, IPSILAS:
(Plate ix.)

THE forms dealt with in the following paper have come to me from
several sources, mainly however, from Herr Fruhstorfer.

Thanks to the kindness of Mr. Edgar Smith, to whom I owe many
thanks for his unfailing help, I have also had the advantage of seeing a series
in the possession of the British Museum.

All the actual “types” are in my own collection.

Trochomorpha gulielmi, n. sp.
Diese iat to:

Shell widely and openly umbilicate, depressed conoid, thin, horn colour ;
sculpture well-marked lines of growth, cut, on the lower surface, by numer-
ous, close-set, miscroscopic spirals ; suture well-marked ; whorls 63, regularly
increasing, plano-convex, the last whorl not descending, with an acutely
angled periphery, base moderately inflated ; mouth subquadrate, lip thin
but slightly incrassated on the columellar margin.

Diam max. 35 ; alt. (from apex to base of last whorl in front) 8 ; diam.
max. of mouth 15 millim.

Hab — Engano.
Trochomorpha dautzenbergi, n. sp.
Pivax, digs:753,. 4.

Shell moderately and openly umbilicate, subdepressed conoid, rather thin,
chestnut-brown ; sculpture lines of growth, obscurely marked on the base by
traces of microscopic spirals ; whorls 63, regularly increasing, flattened, the
last whorl not descending and a trifle concave just above the very acute
angled periphery, base flattened but a little inflated ; mouth subquadrate,
lip thin but shghtly incrassated on the columellar margin.

Diam. max. 31 ; alt. (from apex to base of last whorl in front) 7 8; diam.
max. of mouth 13 millim.

Hab.— Engano.

These two handsome forms may be separated by the following charac-
ters. In VY quffelmi the shell is larger, lighter in colour, more depressed,
and the whorls are slightly more swollen, and there is an absence of the
concavity just above the periphery on the last whorl. The spiral sculpture
on the base is also more marked, and the hase itself is a little more swollen.
I have adopted the names given to them in MS. by Herr Fruhstorfer,

88 SYKES: NON-MARINE SHELLS FROM THE EAST INDIES.

Albersia waigiouensis, ». sp.
Pi: ix, hig: a6:

The shell now under consideration appears to be widely distributed in
collections under the name of 4. granulata, (). & G., and perhaps the most
serviceable method will be to diagnose it by comparison with that species.

Shell differing from A. yranulata in the following respects: shell more
depressed in proportion to the width ; colour a little darker and a white zone
is present below the dark encircling band, with indications of another zone
above ; sculpture consisting of a very large number of minute spirals which,
cutting the lines of growth produce the effect of microscopic granulation,
this marking gradually fades out towards the apex, which is almost smooth ;
contrasted with 4. granulata the shell differs in the presence of the dense
spirals and the absence of the coarse granulation on the last whorl; the
mouth in the present species is twisted at the columellar junction and has
an obsolete tubercle.

Diam. max. 47 millim.

The habitat is Waigiou, and I believe all the records of A. granulata
from the Island belong to the present species, and not to the true A granulata
whose habitat is Port Dorey, New Guinea.

Planispira (Vulnus, n. sect.) endoptyeha, Martens.
var. depressa, n. var.

Shell somewhat more flattened.

Hab —Waigiou.

This species was described by von Martens as a Helix from Batjan,
Mareh, and Ternate ; I have a typical specimen said to have come from Obi,
and a more depressed form from Waigiou. Whether the Dorcasia compta
of Henry Adams really belongs here, as has been suggested, it is hard to
say ; the type does not appear to be in the British Museum. The species
is placed by Mr. Pilsbry under the genus Planispira in a separate group
with P. porcellana, Grateloup. P. endoptycha appears to me to be well
worthy of a separate sectional name, being characterised by a thin deciduous
periostracum, and the remarkable indentations on the last whorl at the
periphery and also on the base, but, apart from these characters resembling
Cristigibba. ‘Yo this group P. porcellana, and Helix infracta, Mrtns., probably
also belong. Vulnws also recalls the Costa Rican Averellia macneili, Crosse.

Pianispira (Cristigibba) gebiensis, n. sp.
Pl. ax, figs; 8
Shell moderately umbilicate, large, almost flat, slightly gibbous, crest behind
the lip small, closely covered with a hairy periostracum, lines of growth

obscure : whorls 5 (?), the apex broken ; colour in general dark-brown on the
last whorl, becoming lighter on the earlier whorls, with two white zones just

SYKES : NON-MARINE SHELLS FROM THE EAST INDIES. 89

above the periphery, the lower being the broader, and a third white zone at
the suture, noticeable for a whorl and a half from the mouth ; mouth broadly
ovate, large, lip well expanded, and slightly reflected on the outer margin,
more noticeably so on the columellar margin and at the base, the exter-
nal colouring of the shell is seen inside the mouth, and the colouring is
produced to the edge of the lip.

Diam. max. 30 ; alt. (to base of lip) 12 millim.

Var. a. Similar to type, but the crest stronger, the colour a pale straw
yellow with a white zone just above the periphery and narrower brown zone
just below, with indications of another white zone just above this and at the
suture ; periostracum a little more noticeable.

Diam. max. 28 ; alt. (to base of lip) 12 millim.

Hab.—Gebi Island.

Planispira (Cristigibba) fruhstorferi, n. sp.
Pl ix, figsto, no,

Shell almost flat, horn-brown, openly umbilicated ; sculpture well-marked
lines of growth and a number of closely-set, small, pits, resembling the hair-
scar markings seen on species of A/bersia, and showing that when alive the
shell is clothed with a deciduous hairy periostracum ; whorls 44—5, convex,
and separated by a deep suture, the last whorl is swollen and has a well-
marked crest behind the outer lip ; mouth descending above, ovate, with a
darker brown marking just inside, lip whitish-horn colour, lightly incrassate
and subreflexed, a very thin callus joining the margins.

Diam. max 13.8; alt 6.5 millim

Hab Obi.

A small form, whose most strikin
colour and its sculpture.

» characters are its uniform brown

o

Obba subgranulata, n. sp.
Pil oxy figs! 5; 6:

Shell perspectively umbilicated, depressed, with a very acute peripheral keel ;
pale brown, with two chestnut bands above the periphery and two below ;
those nearest the periphery being by far the wider; protoconch light
chestnut; smooth, save for radiating lines, the residue of the shell
minutely irregularly granulate, with a few scattered hairs on the last whorl,
and some wrinkles behind the lip; whorls 44—5. flattened, the last whorl much
descending at the mouth and somewhat compressed ; aperture very oblique,
outer margin acutely angled, lip moderately thick, expanded, reflected, white,
with a fairly thick callus joining the margins.

Alt. ro; diam. max. 27 millim.

Hab.— Batjan.

[eye) SYKES : NON-MARINE SHELLS FROM THE EAST INDIES.

Recalling O. marginata, Mill., but differing in the sculpture, compres-
sion of the last whorl, shape of the spire, ete. From O. kobeltiana, Pfr.,
which it appears to resemble in sculpture, the general shape, descending last
whorl, etc., should suffice to distinguish the present shell. I have seen two
specimens, agreeing entirely except in size. It is always difficult to say
whether a sculpture of the nature of that found on the present shell is formed
by close-set pits or real granules.

Papuina ecolorata, n. sp.
Plsix, fee:

Shell trochiform, umbilicate, thin, transparent, white faintly tinged with pale
yellow, protoconch large, polished, smooth, the residue of the shell lightly
marked by growth lines and, very obscurely, subgranulose ; whorls 53—6,
the earlier ones somewhat convex, the later flattened, the last whorl strongly
keeled at the periphery, flattened on the base, and somewhat compressed
behind the mouth ; aperture very slightly descending, subquadrate, white
within, the lip at the upper edge of the outer margin is not reflected, but
gradually becomes so towards the base, and the columellar margin is incras-
sated, well expanded and reflected over the umbilicus, half concealing it.

Alt. (to base of lip) 16; diam. max. 28 millim,

Hab.—Batjan.

Though this shell has no striking peculiarities still, as I have been un-
able to attach it to any form known to me, I have givenit a name. Its only
salient characters are the thin shell and entire absence of any colour pattern.

Papuina semibrunnea, n. sp.

| Wy eee Teh

Shell umbilicate, orbicular-conoid, apex somewhat acute, fairly solid, with a
thin deciduous periostracum, lines of growth moderately distinct, traces of
microscopic granulation are seen, chiefly on the base ; apex chestnut-brown,
after about the first whorl and a half a white zone appears below the suture,
gradually widening until the upper half of the last whorl is white and the
lower (basal) half chestnut-brown ; whorls 54, plano-convex, suture indistinct,
the last whorl is subcarinate and descends considerably at the mouth; mouth
elongate oval, within it is chestnut-brown with white zones at the periphery and
below the suture, lip well expanded and slightly reflected, chestnut-brown
marked with white just below the insertion of the columella, columellar
margin slanting, well reflected and almost covering the umbilicus.

Alt. (to base of lip) 15 ; diam. max. 20 millim,

Hab.—Gebi Island,

SYKES : NON-MARINE SHELLS FROM THE EAST INDIES. gI

Papuina laneeolata, Pfr.

var. pulehrizona, n. var-
Shell similar in shape to the typical form, but a trifle more elevated and the
lower margin of the peristome a little more curved. | Colour pattern of the
base precisely as in the type, but there is a broad zone of a chestnut colour
above the periphery leaving a narrow white zone both above and _ below it,
the upper white zone being seen on earlier whorls.

Hab —Obi.

I think this is only a colour mutation, but as seen from above, it looks
quite a distinct species. My specimen is not quite so beaked as the typical
form, but this is probably not a constant character.

Perrieria canefriana, n. sp.
PE ix, figs:-3, 4.

Shell sinistral, spire elongate and gradually tapering towards the apex, trun-
cate, uniform dark chestnut brown in colour, somewhat polished ; sculpture
well marked lines of growth ; whorls remaining 7, plano-convex, regularly
increasing to the last whorl, very little, if at all, ascending in front ; aperture
somewhat pyriform, dusky brown within, peristome whitish, continuous,
somewhat thickened, the outer margin a little expanded, and the columella
rather twisted and truncate.

Alt, 24.5 ; diam. max. 6.4 ; alt. apert. 7.3, diam. apert. 5 millim.
Hab.—Obi.

This interesting discovery extends the range of the genus, hitherto known
only from New Guinea. ‘The present species is by far the smallest of the
three described and may be separated from P. minor, Smith, by its darker
colour, more tapering form, and by the columella being more twisted. As
Mr. Pilsbry states “the internal structure of the shell has not been investi-
gated,” I have broken up a specimen, which is now figured. The axis is
much twisted, and I am unable to trace any armature upon it. I doubt if
Perrieria belongs to the Megaspiridae ; may it not be really referable to the
Achatinidae ?

Leptopoma ponsonbyi, n. sp.
Plvie fig. 85;

Shell turrited, moderately umbilicated, obscurely marked by lines of growth,
microscopically densely spirally striated, with a number of small filiform
carinae, five on the last whorl but one, these carinae being most numerous
in the umbilical region ; colour horny brown with a pale zone just below
the suture, this zone being marked with irregular blackish-brown blotches ;
whorls 54, convex ; aperture round, duplex, the outer portion very widely
expanded except on the columellar margin, flattened, bending a trifle back-
wards and the surface a little wrinkled.

Alt. 8.3 ; diam. max. (with lip) 8 millim.
Hab —Obi.

1. Man. Conch., ser. 2, vol. xvi, p. 189.

92 SYKES : NON-MARINE SHELLS FROM THE EAST INDIES.

The forms at present recorded from Obi are, J/atilabre, Martens
(described as a variety of witrewm, Less.), megalostoma, Mlldff., fulgurans,
Dtz., and altius, Dtz. From all these the present species may be severed
by its form (like lewcorrhaphe, Martens) and the remarkable expansion of the
lip. I much doubt if L. fulgurans really came from Obi ; I have it from the
same collector as from Batjan.

It gives me special pleasure to name this shell after Mr. J. H. Ponsonby,
by whose knowledge I have so often profited.

Leptopoma leucorrhaphe, Martens.
var. eingillus, n. var.
Shell like a dwarf leucorvhaphe, which it 1esembles in colour pattern, the
height, however, is only 9 in place of 12 millim. ; spirals more numerous and
more closely-set, there being 6 instead of 5 on the last whorl but one. The

habitat is Gebi in place of Dodinga, Halmahera, from which latter I have a
typical specimen (coll. Doherty).

Ameria plicaxis, n. sp.
Pix. lis. 17.
Shell closely related to Ameria obiana, Rolle, but it may be at once distin-
guished by the shape of the spire, which in that species 1s very short and
swollen, the upper whorls being very convex. In the present form the spire
is drawn out and is of the usual ‘‘ Physoid” shape: the columella has also
the strong twisted fold characteristic of A. oliana.

Alt. 22 ; diam. max. 11 ; alt. apert. 12 ; lat. apert. 5.5 millim.

Hab.—Obi.

It has been suggested to me that this may be the Physa moluccensis of
Lesson. His description is very brief and I fancy the species will prove to
be unidentifiable ; it must however be sought in the fauna of Amboina. The
only figure I have seen purporting to represent it. is that in the ‘‘Conch.-Cab,”
which is certainly not the present species. It may also be noted that Lesson’s
shell was 18 millim. in height.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Bice Papuina senibrunnea, n. sp.
Bigs 2- Papuina ecolorata, n. sp.
Figs. 3,4. Perrieria canefriana, n. sp.
g 6. Obba subgraniulata, n. sp.
Figs. 7,8. Planispira (Cristigibba) gebiensis, n. sp.
Figs. 9,10. Planispira (Cristigibba) fruhstorfert, n. sp.
Figs. 11, 12. Trochomorpha gulielmt, n. sp.
Trochomorpha dautzenbergi, n. sp.
53 Leptopoma ponsonbyi, n. sp.
10. Albersia waigiouensis, n. sp.
Ameria plicawis, n. sp.

=
a7)
-_
ies)
HH
=

iz)

a Oo 09
me
YU

3
7,
Lal
“I

THE HELICOID LAND SHELLS OF ASIA.

CORRECTIONS AND ADDITIONS.
By G, Ke GUDE; EZ.

THANKS chiefly to the careful and painstaking scrutiny to which Mr.
Ponsonby has subjected my lists of the Helicoid Land Shells of Asia in the
two previous volumes of this Journal, a number of slips and inaccuracies
have come to light, and I have thought it useful to tabulate these. Several
new species-have in the meantime been published, a list of which is appended.

From Mr. H. Rolle, of Berlin, I have lately received, with some other
Turkestan shells, two species which appear never to have been described,
and although he informs me he thinks they were published some years ago
in the “ Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen Malakozoologischen Gesellschaft.”
as I have been unable to trace them in this publication, I append
diagnoses.

Cathaiea (Eucathaiea) sturanyi, Rolle, n. sp.

Shell umbilicate, depressed-conoid, opaque, pale corneous above, pearly
below, slightly fuscously streaked ; finely striated, decussated with excessively
fine spiral lines. Spire depressed, apex obtuse but rather prominent, sutures
deep. Whorls 5, convex, rounded at the periphery. Last whorl not de-
cending in front, slightly dilated at the mouth. Aperture oblique, subcircu-
lar; margins convergent, united by a thin callus on the parietal wall.
Peristome whitish, scarcely thickened ; upper and outer margins straight,
basal margin slightly reflected, columellar margin slightly dilated, but not
impinging upon the wide umbilicus which distinctly shows half the penulti-
mate whorl.

Diam. maj.-19.5, min. 17; alt. rz millim.

Hab.—Osh. Prov. Ferghana, Western Turkestan.

Three specimens. ‘Type in my collection.

‘The new species resembles in shape C. middendorgi, Gerstf., but that shell
is thinner, translucent, more depressed, possesses one more whorl, and has
sometimes a peripheral band, while the aperture is less rounded, and the
lower margin is more reflected and straight. It is also more distinctly striated
and strongly sculptured spirally.

Cathaiea (Campyloecathaiea) hermanni, Mlldff., n. sp.

Shell narrowly umbilicated, conoid, pale fulvous above, whitish at the side
and below, finely irregularly ribbed, decussated by microscopic spiral lines,
which are more distinct near the aperture. Spire elevated, apex obtuse, suture
impressed. Whorls 5—5!, rounded, tumid below, last whorl slightly de-

94 GUDE: HELICOID LAND SHELLS OF ASIA.

cending in front, a little shouldered above, and scarcely dilated at the mouth.
Aperture subrotundate, margins approaching, united by a thin callus on the
parietal wall; peristome white, slightly thickened ; upper margin slightly
ascending, straight, outer and lower margins reflected, columellar margin
dilated overhanging the deep narrow umbilicus.

Diam maj. 13, min. 11.5; alt. 9 millim.

Hab.—Alexander Range, Issig Kul, Western Turkestan.

Three specimens ‘Type in my collection.

Compared with C. reffereri, Rosen, its nearest ally, C. hermanni is
smaller and more elevated in the spire. C. reffereri, moreover, has a white
peripheral band, is smoother and possesses pronounced impressed spirals.
Another closely allied species is C. mesoleuca, Mart., but that shell is still
smaller, with a much narrower umbilicus, more flattened whorls and a white
peripheral band.

CORRECTIONS.
VOLUME IX.

Page 7, 7th line, 1st col., delete = frilleyi, Cr. and Deb.

Page 7, 6th line, 2nd col., delete constantiae, H. Ad., and insert on
page 8, between Eucathaica fasciola, Drap., and E. cardiostoma, Mdff.

Page 8, 6th line from below 1st col., delete anceyi, Mdff., and insert on
page 6, between Laeocathaica filippina, Hde, and L. subsimilis, Desh.

Page 8, 4th line from below 2nd col., delete dejeana, Hde., and insert
on page 6, between Laeocathaica filippina and L. anceyi, Mdff.

Page 53, 26th line, 2nd col., for Fruticicola mesoleuca, Mart., read
Campylocathaica mesoleuca, Mart.

Page roo, 29th line, rst col., for Genus Vitrea, Fitz., read genus Polita,
Held.

Page 102, 33rd line, tst col., for Vitrea aequata, Mouss., read Polita
aequata, Mouss.

Page ro4, rst col., the three species placed under Vitrea transfer to Polita.

2nd line, rst col., for patuliformis read patulaeformis.
7th line from below, 2nd col., for lenkoreana read lenkoranea.
Page 112, 9th line, for Vitrea read Polita.
22nd line, rst col., for Genus Vitrea, Fitz., read Genus Polita, Held.
25th line, 1st col., for cyprea read cypria.

Page 115, 3rd line from below, rst col, delete v. anprazonata, Mouss.

Page 116, 6th line, 2nd col., for Mart. read Mort.

Page 117, 2nd line, 1st col, for lenkorana read lenkoranea.

Page 118, 7th line, 2nd col., for erdelli read erdellii

Page 120, 15th line, 2nd col., for asemnis, Bourg., read solida (Zglr.),
Kob., = asemnis, Bourg., =ciliciana, Bourg.

Page 120, 27th line, rst col., for Byzantum read Byzantium.

Page 121, 8th line, rst col., for Genus Vitrea, Fitz., read Genus Polita,
Held.

GUDE: HELICOID LAND SHELLS OF ASIA, 95

roth and 28th line, 2nd col., delete = rissoana, Pfr.
t2th line rst col., for Retinella aequata, Mouss., read Polita aequata,
Mouss.
2oth line, 2nd col., for asemnos read asemnis.
25th line, rst col., for Genus Vitrea, Fitz., read Genus Polita, Held.
Page 122, 3rd line, 1st col, for Genus Vitrea, Fitz., read Genus Polita,
Held.
8th line, rst col., for Retinella aequata, Mouss, read Polita aequata,
Mouss.
gth and roth lines, rst col., transfer Retinella hydatina, Rossm, and
R. sorella, Mouss., to Vitrea.
17th line, rst col., for cyprea read cypria.
Page 123, 19th line, ist col., for Vitrea protensa, Fér., read Polita
protensa, Fer.
Page 126, 22nd line, 2nd col., for Retinella aequata, Mouss., read Polita
aequata, Mouss.
25th line, 2nd col., for Retinella protensa, Fér., read Polita protensa,
Fer.
Page 128, roth line from below, rst col, for crenophila, Pfr., = mus-
cicola, Bourg., read muscicola, Bourg., = crenophila, Pfr.
Page 129, 5th line, znd col., for Borug, read Bourg.
16th line, rst col., delete beilanica, West.
18th line, rst col., asemnis, Bourg., = solida, Zglr., read solida,
Zglr.. = asemnis, Bourg.

VOLUME X.

Page 9, 8th line, 1st. col., for hupensis, Hde., read hupensis, Gredl.
Page 11, 4th line, 2nd col, for ptychostyla, Mts., read ptychostyla, Pfr.
32nd line, 1st col., for Genus Microcystina, Mérch, read Genus
Sesara, Alb., and with annamitica, Cr. and F., place below Kaliella bouyeri,
Cr and FF.
Page 12, 22nd line, 1st col, delete promiscua, Smith.
31st line, rst col,, for Hemiplecta danae, Pfr., read Euplecta danae, Pfr.
Page 13, 29th line, 1st col., for Coneuplecta globulosa, Mdff., read
Coneuplecta mollendorffi, nn. = globulosa, Mdff., Nachr. Bl., 1901, p. 112,
not globulosa, Mdff., Nachr. Bl., 1900, p. 120.
Page 50, 4th line from below, znd col., for Helicarion lowi, de Morg.,
read Nilgiria lowi, de Morgan, fide Collinge.
32 line, 2nd col., for sakayana, de Morg., read sakaya, de Morg.
Page 52, under gth line, rst col., insert section Trichochlorites, Pils.
Page 55, 24th line, rst col., delete = cryptopila, Mouss. in coll.
Page 56, 7th line, 2nd col., for helicincides, Mouss., read helicinoides
v, cryptopila, Mouss.

96 GUDE: HELICOID LAND SHELLS OF ASIA.

Page 58, 24th and 25th line, rst col., delete kinabaluensis, Smith and
v. pallida, Smith, and transfer to page 56 under Trochonanina labuanensis,
Pir

Page 59, 8th line, 1st col., for Genus Macrochlamys, Bens., read Genus
Everettia, G.-A.

Page 62, 18th line, rst col., for Mart., read Soul.

Page 83, 19th to 23rd lines, rst col., trochus, Mull., and synonyms, stuar-
tiae, Sowb., and nemorensis, Miill., transfer to 2nd col., under Hemiplecta.

Page 86, 3rd line from below, 1st col., for Genus Microcystina, Morch
read Genus Lamprocystis, Pfr.

Page 88, under 3oth line, rst col., insert section Trichochloritis, Pils.

Page 92, 19th line, 2nd col., for unicolor (Mdff.), Dautz., = pseudolan-
ceolata, read pseudolanceolata, Dautz.,= unicolor (Mdff.), Dautz., non Pfr.

Page 97, gth line, 1st col., for Genus Otesia, H. Ad., read Genus
Coneuplecta, Mdff.

ADDITIONS.

VOLUME IX.

Page 6, 1st col., under Euplecta dichromatica, Mor., insert Genus
Coneuplecta, Mdff. mecongana, Mdff., Laos.

Page 7, 1st col., after 4th line ravidula insert globosa, Preston, Shan-tung.

Page 52, under Tibet add, Euconulus fulvus, Drap. N.E. Tibet. Plio-
cathaica orithya v. conica, Andr. Baa Valley. P. pulveratrix v. strigillata,
Andr. Wan-saong

Page 53, under Eastern Turkestan add Pliocathaica orithya v. unifasciata,
Andr. Kaschgar. Under Mongolia add, Euconulus fulvus, Drap. Tarim
Basin. Zonitoides nitidus, Mull. Kuldja.

Page 99, after 5th line, 2nd col., diaphora, West., insert krynickii, Andr.
Kopet Dagh. After 19th line, rst col., insert mesoleuca, Mart. Ferghana.

Page 102, under Mesopotamia add, Levantina michoniana.

Page 104, under 17th line, 1st col., Helicidae, insert Group Haplogona, -
Genus Pyramidula, Fitz., rupestris, Drap. Schah Rud.

Page 116, under 32nd line, 2nd col., Levantina ceratomma, Pfr., insert
casta, West. In rst col., under Zonites, Montf., add, anthesi, Kob. Pergamos,
and insignis, Naeg. Gulek, Cilicia. In 2nd col., under Tachea atrolabiata,
Kryn., add the following varieties : intercedens, Ret. Batoum ; maxima, Nob.
Suchum Kaleh; decussata, Bttgr. Kutais; albolabiata, Kob.: hyrcana, Dohrn.
Rescht, and malleata, Kob. Lenkoran.

Page 118, 2nd col., under Pyramidula, Fitz., add, rupestris, Drap. Gulek,
Cilicia. Under Heliomanes derbentina, insert millepunctata, Bttgr.

Page 119, Ist col., under Jacosta rozeti, Mich., insert subcalcarata,
Naeg. Kissik.

GUDE: HELICOID LAND SHELLS OF ASIA. 97

Page 120, under roth line, rst col., atrolabiata, Kryn., insert v. inter-
cedens, Ret. Trebizond. Under 23rd line, rst col., aimophila, Bourg., insert
triangula, Naeg. Eski Schehir. Under 5th line, 2nd col, v. taurica, Kryn.,
insert salisi, Mab Lebanon. Under 14th line, 2nd col., v. anatolica, Kob ,
insert v. trojana. Kob. Trojad, and v. libanica, Kob. Lebanon — Under 15th
line, 2nd col., solida, Zglr., insert v. ionica, Mart Gulek. Under 22nd line,
2nd col., pathetica, Parr., insert pomacella v. attalus, Kob. Pergamos. Under
28th line, 2nd col., issica, Kob. and Rolle, insert blumi, Kob. Cilicia.
Under 34th line, 2nd col., escherichi, Bttgr , insert nucula v. merssinae, Kob.

Page 122, under Kalymnos, after Levantina spiriplana, Oliv., add v.
valentini, Kob.

Page 126, after 6th line, rst col., v. cypria, Kob,, insert cornarae, Kob.

Page 127, under Heliomanes derbentina insert millepunctata, Btter.

Page 129, under Helicogena add, dickhauti, Kob.? Palestine, and
pseudopomatia, Kob. Cherkh.

VOLUME X.

Page 13, 2nd col., under Helicarion siamensis, Haines, insert Genus
Microparmarion, Simr., bruneopallescens, Clige., annamica, Cllge. = andam-
anica, Cllge. Mekong Valley.

Page 50, under Perak add, Damayantia minima, Cllge.

Page 52, under Nawng Chik add, Euplecta bijuga. Stol., Macrochlamys
splendens. Phil., Dyakia salangana v. martensi, Cllge., Hemiplecta sakaya,
de Morg., Nilgiria lowi, de Morg., Ariophanta janus, Chemn., Parmarion
malayana, Cllge., Trochomorpha timorensis, Mart., Sitala infula, Bens.

Page 57, under 2oth line, 1st col., v. atrofusca, Mart., insert v. annectens,
Mart. In 2nd col., under Damayantia, Issel, add, simrothi, Clige., rugosa,
Clige. ; under Parmarion, P. Fisch., add, shelfordi, Clige. ; under Collingea,
Simr., eranna, Cllge.

Page 58, under 7th line, 2nd col., martensi, Bttgr., insert v. capistrata,
Mart. Under 16th line, 2nd col., v angulata, Fult.. insert v. obliquata, Mart.
Under 34th line, rst col, quadrivolis, Mart.. insert semiquadrivolvis, Mart.

Page 59, under 23rd line, znd col., inquieta, Dohrn, insert brachystoma,
Mart. Under 2oth line, 2nd col., v. everetti, Fult., insert waterstraati, Rolle,
and weyersi1, Dautz

Page 61 2nd col, bottom of page, insert h. 2. Doat Island. Genus
Everettia. G.-A., consul, Pfr., and jucunda, Pfr.

Page go, :st col., bottom of page, insert a. 2. Gebi. Xesta aulica, Pfr.
Planispira kurri, Pfr.. Papuina unicolor, Pfr., = Ampelita unicolor, Auct.,
P. fallax. Fult , and Albersia subsphaerica, Fult.

Page 92, after 3rd line, 2nd col., kurri v. obiensis, Dautz., insert Sub-
genus Cristigibba, Can.. albopicta, Sykes.

Page 98, add to Index, Bunguran. E. |. 1. Doat Island. E.h. 2. Dwars
in de Weg. D. f. Gebi. H. a. r- Mengalun (E. f.). Roma. G. k. 2 (see Vol. X,

p20):

98

NOTE.

Note on Two varieties of Arion subfuseus, Drap. Mr. H. Overton has
recently submitted to me for identification two examples of Arion subfuscus, Drap.,
collected by him in Sutton Park, Sutton Coldfield.

The larger of the two specim:ns, although not quite full grown is undoubtedly
referable to the variety flagellus, Cllge., described by me in 1893 (Ann. and Mag. N.
H., 18093, s. 6. vol. xii, p. 252) as Arion flagellus

The smaller specimen, when alive, exhibited two dark grey lateral bands, the
portion beneath being white as well as the foot-fringe and foot sole. The whole of
the dorsum was a light grey ; the mantle similar to the type.

WALTER E. COoLLINGE.

CURRENT LITERATURE.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—Manual of Conchology, ser. ii, vol. xvii (pt. 65), pp. I—64, pls.
1—10. Philadelphia: Academy of Natural Sciences.

With the commencement of volume xvii the genus Achatina, Lamarck, is dealt
with. After a few notes on the distribution, parasites and nomenclature, a key to the
West African species is given, and the systematic review commenced.

The following new forms are described : A. achatina, L. var monochromatica,
from Angola, and dA. occidentalis, {rom Corisco Island, West Africa. A. panthera,
Fér. var. /eucostyla, Wasin Island, northern Zanzibar, var. clirysoderma, from Mauritius,
and A. fulica, Fér. var coloba.

Jones, K. H. and Preston, H. B.—List of Mollusca collected during the commission
of H.M.S. “ Waterwitch” in the China Seas, 1g900—1903, with descriptions of
new species. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1904, vol. vi, pp. 138—I51, 7 figs. in text.

One hundred and seventeen species are listed of which the following are new :

Eulota globosa, Limnaea mars, L. (Gulnaria) whartoni, L. (G.) shantungensis, L. (G.)

pettiti, Assiminea norburyi, and Pecten (Chlamys) farrert.

Peteh, T.—The Published Records of the Land and Fresh Water Mollusca of the
East Riding [of Yorkshire ], with Additions. Trans. Hull Sci. and Field Nat.
Club, 1904, vol. 1ii, pp, 121—172, pls. xii, xiil.

Mr. Petch’s paper forms an admirable resumé of the work done in this particular
district on the Land and Freshwater Mollusca, but it is greatly to be regretted that,
at a time when malacologists are prepared to sink all petty differences as to special
views on nomenclature, in order to obtain uniformity. that the old nomenclature has
here been adhered to ; apart from this feature, the list is admirable and reflects great
credit on its author.

Sykes, E. R.—On a new species of Amastra from the Hawaiian Islands. Ann. and
Mag. N. H., 1904 (s.7), vol. xiv, pp. 159, 160, 2 figs.
Amastra (Kauaia) rex. n. sp., somewhat recalls in form and appearance Helicina
agglutinans. It belongs to the group of A. alata, Pfr., and A. heliciformis, Ancey.

Eliot, C. N. E.—On the Doris flanata of Alder & Hancock. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond.,
1904, vol. vi, pp. 180, 181.

The author has examined specimens of Platydoris flanata from Plymouth, and
finds that they have all the essential characters of the genus Gerlodoris. Whether or
not the G. complanata, Bergh, is specifically distinct is doubtful, but if the same, the
name planata (A. and H., 1855) has priority. Possibly the Platydoris flanala examined
by Garstang may be distinct from those now described,

CURRENT LITERATURE. 99

Hedley, C.—Studies on Australian Mollusca. Pt. viii. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1904,
pp. 182—211, pls. viii—x.

The author points out that the Cowella confusa, Smith, is the same as C. badgerensis
(Johnst.) which latter name has priority, and that the Bythinia richmondiana, Petterd,
must yeild to the prior Hydrobia petterdi, Smith. To the same species is referred the
Pupa anodonta of Musson and Hedley. Descriptions and figures of fourteen new
species are given and one new genus Siiva, allied to Rissoina (type S. ferruginea, n. sp.),
in addition to which many species are figured for the first time. Lima sydneyensis is
anew name for L. brinnea, Hedley non Cooke.

Smith, Edgar A.—Note on Yerebra hedleyi, Tate. Ibid., pp. 211, 212,

Mr. Smith points out that this is not a Terebra. The late Professor Tate stated
that Crngulina brazieri, Angas, belonged to the genus Terebra and as the species-name
was already in use in the latter genus, he changed it to hedleyi.

The author adds that he very much doubts whether this so-called species is any-
thing mcre than a variety of C. circinata, A, Adams.

Roebuck, W. D.—Re-establishment of Lima fenellus as a British species. Journ.
Conch., 1904, vol. ii, pp. 106—109,

All malacologists who take any interest in the Slug fauna of the British Isles will
be pleased to learn that the author has satisfactorily established this slug as a member
of our fauna. From the pine-woods of the Forest of Rothiemurchus, in the Vice-
county of Easterness many examples have been received, also from Clackmannshire,
about Inver, near Dunkeld, Perthshire, and Invercannie, near Banchory, Kincardine-
shire.

Hoyle, William E.—Report on the Cephalopoda. From Rpt. on Pearl Oyster
Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1904.

The collection of Cephalopoda obtained by Prof. Herdman, though small, con-
tains several novelties. The Octopods preponderate, and many are immature.

The new species are Polypus herdmani and P. arborescens. In this latter the sur-
face presents a number of branched papillae ; there are one or two over each eye,
about a dozen on the back, a few on the ventral surface, and in most cases one or two
on the outer aspect of each arm. The nature of these bodies is, as yet, very obscure.
The possibility of their being either glandular or phosphorescent seems to be excluded
by the fact that the fibrils come up to and give off -a radiating tuft, whilst against a
sensory function is urged the fact of the fusion of their lower portion with the sur-
rounding tissues, and as yet no nerves have been traced to them. Possible, although
it seems very doubtful, they may be parasitic,

Bartsch, Paul.—Notes on the genus Sonorella, with descriptions of new species.
Smiths. Miscell. Coll., 1904, vol. 47, pp. 187—200, pls. xxviii—xxxiii.

The author finds that a careful examination of the nuclear whorls shows varations
along several lines, and these may be utilised in grouping the species. Upon these
varations he divides the genus up into four groups, viz., i. Group of S. wolcottiana,
ii. Groupof S. hachitana, iii. Group of S. magdalensis, and iv. Group of S. fisheri.

In the second group S. ashmuni, S. nelsoni, S. goldmani, S. merrilli, S. dalli, S.
mearnsi, and S. baileyi are new species, with a new subspecies of the latter, orcutti.
In the fourth group S. fisheri is also new.

All the species are well illustrated.

Bartsch, Paul.—A new species of Amphidromus. Ibid., pp. 292, 293, pl. xlvi.
A gossi, n. sp., from Mount Kin Baloo, North Borneo, 13,000 feet.

100 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Pallary, Paul.—Addition a la faune Malacologique du Golfe de Gabés. Journ. de
Conchyl., 1904, vol. lii, pp. 212—248, pl. vii.
The author describes and figures ten new species and five subspecies from this
region,
Couturier, M.—Catalogue des Coquilles Paléarctiques de la Collection Hagenmiiller.
Ann. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Marseille-Zoology, 1903, T. viii, pp. 2I—67.

Vayssiere, A. Recherches zoologiques etanatomiques sur les Mollusques Opisto-

branches ou Golfe de Marseille. Supplement. Ibid., pp. 73—108, pls. ii, iii.

Heath, Harold.—The habits of a few Solenogastres. Zool. Anz. 1904, Bd, 27, pp.
457—40I.
Roebuck, W. D.—Radnorshire Slugs. Journ. Conch., 1904, vol. xi, p. 128.

Fiseher. H. et Dautzenberg, Ph.—Catalogue des mollusques terres et fluviatiles
de Il’ Indo-Chine orientale cités jusqu’a ce jour. Mission Pavie, 1904, pp. I— 61.

Fischer, H.—Remarques sur le Columbella terpsichore, Sow., et sur l’Euchelus eryth-
racensis, Stur. Journ. de Conchyl., 1904. vol. lii, pp. 59, 60.

Dautzenberg, Ph. et Dollfus, G. F.—Etudes critiques sur la nomenclature avec
examen des genres Pectunculus et Glycimeris, Ibid., pp. 10o9g—122.

Vayssiere, A.—Etude zoologique de l’Archidoris stellifera, H. von Ihering. Ibid.,
pp. 123—130, pl. iv.

Lamy, Edouard,—Liste des Arches conservées avec étiquettes de Lamarck dans les
collections du Muséum de Paris. Ibid., pp. 132 —167, pl. v.

Randles, W. B.—Some observations on the Anatomy and Affinities of the Trochidae.
Quart. Journ. Micros. Sci., 1904, vol. 48, pp. 33—78, pls. iv.—vi.

Melvill, J. Cosmo.—Descriptions of twenty-eight species of Gastropoda from the
Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and Arabian Sea, dredged by Mr. F. W. Townsend,
of the Indo-European Telegraph Service, 1g00—1904, Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond..
1904, vol. vi, pp. 158—169, pl. x.

Melvill, J. Cosmo.— Conus coromandelicus, Smith, its probable affinities, and system-
atic position in the family Conidae. Ibid., pp. 170—173, figs. I, 2.

EDITOR’S NOTES.

On completing another volume, the Editor tenders his grateful thanks to all who
have in any way furthered the interests of the Journal during 1904.

It is with feelings of deep regret that we learn of the death of Professor E. von
Martens.

INDEX TO VOLUME xX

A.

Aclis thesauraria, n. sp. (figs.)
Albersia subsphoerica, n. sp. (figs.)
Albersia waigiouensis, n. sp.
(figs.) ... cia ae
Ameria plicaxis, n. sp. (fig.) ..
Ampullarina africana, n. sp.
(fos) Ree
Anatomy of the Generative Or-
gans of Ariophanta ; aes
Gray. (figs.) 4
Ancey, C. F.—‘“ Report on semi-
fossil Land Shells found in
Hamakua district, Hawaii.”
Ancilla albozonata, n.sp. (fig.)
Ancilla reevei, n. sp. (fig.) .
Arion hortensis, Fér. Absence of
male Generative Organs in
Arion subfuscus from the Orkney
Tisles: =
Arion subfuscus, Drap.
two varieties of
subfuscus var.
Clige. Ks
Ariophanta juliana, Gray. Notes
on the anatomy of the gen-
erative organs of (figs.) aos
Ariunculus from Algeria. De-
scription of a new species of
Ariunculus pallaryi, n. sp.

“Note on

Arion flagellus,

183,
Bullia trifasciata, n. sp. (fig.)

C.

Cardita (?) minima, n. sp. (fig.)
Carditella laticostata, n.sp. (fig.)
Cathaica (Campylocathaica) her-
mamnni, Mildff., n. sp. :
Cathaica (Eucathaica) sturanyt,
Rolle, n.sp. .
Clathurella bulleni, n. sp. (figs.)
Clathurella crassilirata, n. sp.
Collinge, Walter E.—‘Notes on
Slugs and Slug-like Mol-
luscs.”

—“ Description of a new
species of Aviunculus from
Algeria,”

— “Note on Parmacella
deshayesii, Moq.-Tand.”

—<“Note on Two Varieties
of Arion subfuscus, Drap.”

Columbella (2) pyramidalis, Sow-
erbyz..- Ne 508 ;

I2

47

14

47
49
98
30

Io!

PAGE
Cooke, Rev. A. H.—‘‘ Note on
Testacella haliotidea, Drap.” 49
Coralliophila dissimulans, asp:
(ise): aot EZ,
Cordita (?) minima, n. sp. (fAg.) 41
Corilla erronella, Nev., MS. (figs.) 45
Cultellus decipiens, Me .Sps 39
Current Literature. 16, 50, 70, 98
Cynisca forticostata, n. sp. (figs.) 38
Cythara nevilliana, n. sp. (figs.) 75
D.
Daphnella eulimenes, n. sp. (fig.) 84
Daplinella (2) sulcata (Sowerby). 28
Description of a new species of
Ariunculus from Algeria.... 47
Descr;:tions of new species of
Land Shells from Gebi
Island, Moluccas. 53
Descriptions of new species and
remarks upon a few other
previously described forms,
of Marine Shells from Port
Alfred, Cape Colony. 26
Descriptions of new species of
semi-fossil shells in Hama-
kua district, Hawaii. 56, 65
Descriptions of some new species
of Cingalese and Indian
Marine Shells. 75
Descriptions of twelve new spe-
cies of Marine Gastropoda
from the Persian Gulf, etc. 79
Drillia albonodulosa, n. sp. (fig.) 2
Drillia nivosa, n. sp. (fig.) 2
Drillia praetermissa, n.sp. (fig.) 27
Drillia subcontacta, n. sp. (fi 8) 26
Drillia thetis, n. sp. (fig.) 26
EB.
Editor’s Notes. ... 20, I00
Endodonta (Thaumatodon) hen-
shawt, n. sp. (figs.)... OS
Endodonta, hystricella, Pfr. var.
paucilamellata, n. var. (fig) 67
Endodonta laminata, Pease. (fig.) 66
Ethalia africana, n. sp. (figs.).. 38
Ethalia carneolata, Melv., var.
rubrostrigata, n. var. (fg.)... 80
Eulima distincta, n. sp.. (fig.) . 35
Eulima (Subularia) hypolysina,
n. sp. (fig.) .. 83
Eulimella aeaea, n. sp. ‘(fig.) . 81
Eulimella minor, n. sp. (fig.) .. 30

Eulimella nivea, n. sp. (fig.) ..

102
F.

Fulton, Hugh.—“ Notes on Ther-
sites (Hadra) bellendenkeren-
SIS, Braz., and beddoniae,

Braz.”
———"* A Critical List. of the

Sphoerospira Section of
Thersites.”

——*‘ On some new "species
of Melania and Jullienia
Yunnan and Java.”

———*@n a. ‘collection of
Land Shells from Gebi
Island, Moluccas, with de-
scription of new species.”
“Note on Rn

crenilabre, Strubell.”
Fusus cingulatus, 1. sp.

(hg.)
G.
Glyphostoma siren, 1. Sp. (fig.) ..
Gude, G. K.—* Note on Corilla
erronella, Nev., MS.”
NE Helicoid Land
Shells of Asia. Corrections
and Additions.”

H.

Hawaiian Isles. Molluscan fauna
ot 550 AS ties Sat
Henshaw, H. Wetherbee.—‘‘ On
Certain deposits of semi-
fossil Shells in Hamakua
district, Hawaii, with de-
scriptions of new species.”
Heynemann, VD. F.—‘‘Some Re-
cent Slug Papers.”... —_..
Hochstetteria limoides, n. sp. (fig.
fig.

Hochstetteria velaine, n. sp. |

fe
Jullienia carinata, n. sp. (fig.)
L.
Lepton fortidentatus, n. sp. (fig.)
Leptopoma crenilabre, Strubell.
(fAg.) . -
Leptopoma sebiensis, n. sp. (fig.)

Leptopoma ieucorrhaphe, Martens
var. cimgillus, n. vat. ts

Leptopoma ponsonbyi, n. sp. (fig.)

Lima perfecta, n. sp. (fig ) oc

Limopsis pumilio, n. sp. ((figs.)...

List of semi-fossil Land Shells of
Hawaiian Isles...

List of Species of Marine Shells

from Port Alfred, Sele
Colony. :

Lucina despecta, n. sp.

Lucina valida, n. sp. (fig.)

Lyropupa magdalenae, Anc. var.
prisca, n. var. (fig.) ans
Lyropupa mirabilis, Anc. var.
hawaiiensis n. var. (fig.)...

INDEX.

PAGE

to

M.

Macomia litoralis, Krauss. ade
Mactra delicatula, n. sp. (fig.) ...
Mactra delicatula var. mivea, n.

Wars (ioe) ieee: ot 300
Mactra taprobanensis, n. Sp.
(fig.) .

Malacological Society. l'roceed-
ings of the Midiand
Mangilia alfredi, n. sp. (fig.)
Mangilia fosidonia, n. sp. (fig.)
Marginella differens, n. sp (fig.)
Marginella dulcis, n. sp. (fig.) ...
Marginella munda, n. sp. (fg.)
Marginella pseusfes, n. sp. (fig.)
Marginella pura, n. sp. (fig.)
Mathilda carystia, Melv.
Stand. (fig.) ue
Melania aeruginosa, n. sp. (fig.)
Melania dulcis, n. sp. (fig.) :
Melania fortitudinis, n. sp, (fig.)
Melania lauta, n. sp. (fig.) ie
Melvill, James Cosmo.—* Des-
criptions of Twelve new
species and one variety of
Marine Gastropoda, from
the Persian Gulf, Gulf of
Oman, and Arabian Sea,

&

collected by Mr. F. W.
Townsend. 1902-1904.”
“Note on Mitra stephanucha,

Melv., with description of
a proposed new variety.”
Mitra (Callithea) stephanucha,
Melv. (fig).
Mitra (Callithea) stephanucha,
var. astephana, n. var. (fig )
Mitromorpha DOES
(fig. } : ner
Modiola fenerrima, n. sp. ‘(fig.)...
Mucronalia birtsi, n. sp, (fi igs.) ..
Mumiola carbasea, n. sp. (fig.)
Murex (Ocinebra) sykesi, n. a
(figs.) ee Stic

N.

Nassa poecilosticta, n. sp. (fig.) ...

Nassa (Phrontis) gangetica, n. sp.
(figs.)

Nassa (Phirontis) si sivd, N. ‘Sp. (figs. )

Natica decipiens, n. sp. (fig.)

Natica napus, n. sp. (fig-)

O.

Obba subgranulata, n. sp. (Bgs.)
Odostomia dorica, nm. sp. (fig.) .
Omphalius collingei, n.sp (fig Oe
Orkney Isles. ‘Arion os
from the A 500
Oscilla faceta, n. sp. (fig.)
Oscilla jocosa, n. sp, (fig.) ace
Overton, H.—‘‘Notes on the
Anatomy of the Generative
Organs of Ariophanta juli-
ana, Gray.”

“NI
(o.2)

dW) COW &
=N= wo dbCU

Ie

Papuina ecolorata, n. sp. (fig.) ..
Papuina fallax, n. sp. (figs.)
Papuina lanceolatu, Pfr.

pulchrizona, n. var. ec
Papuina semibrunnea, n.sp. (fig.)
Papuina tnicolor, Pfr. Habitat of

Var.

Parmacella deshayesti, Mogq.-
Tand. Note on nec
Perrieria canefriana, n. sp. {fig.)

Plamspira (Cristigibba) fruhstor-
feri, n. sp. (hgs.)
Planispira (Cristigibba) gebiensis,
n. sp. (figs.)
Planispiru (Cristigibba) g sebiensis,
varicty of...
Planispira (Viulnus) endoptycha,
Maitens var. depressa, n.
var. bes a oes
Preston, H.B.—* Descriptions
of some new species of
Cingalese and Indian Ma-
rine Shells,” cap oe
Proceedings of the Midland
Malacological Society.
Psendohyalinia Ee n.
(figs.)

sp.

Punctumt horneri, n. ‘sp. (figs.) 656

Purpura texturata, n. sp. (fig-)

R.

Rissoa conspecta, n. sp. (fig.)
Rissoa perspecta, n. sp. (fig.)
Rissoima alfredi, n. sp. (fig.)
Rissoina (Phosinella) phormis, n.
sp. (fg.) 20 :
Sho
Semele capeisis, n. sp. (fgs.)
Slug Papers. Some recent
Slugs. Notes on, and Slug-
like Molluscs. :
Onanew and interesting
genus of ..
Smith, Edgar A. —On a . collec-
tion of Marine Shells from
Port Alfred, Cape Colony.
Solarium (Torinia) admirandum,
Melv. and Stand. (fig).
Sphoerospira Section of Thersites.
A critical list of the
Sphoerospira. Species
under, by Pilsbry.
Stvloptygma lacteola, n. sp. (fig. )
Succinea gibba, n. s.p. (figs.)
Succinea maxima, n. sp (fgs.)...
Succinea mirabilis, n. sp. (fig.)
Succinea pristina, n. sp. (figs.) ...

Slugs.

placed

58

Wooo WwW
Nyt

lee)
°

INDEX.

Succimeidac of Hawaii.

Sykes, E. R.—‘‘ On some Non-
Marine Shells from the
Austro and Indo-Malayan
Region.”

Uc

Telliniwa similis, n, sp. (fig.)
Tellina regularis, n, sp. (fig.)
Terebra suspensa,n, sp, (fig.) -.
Testacella haliotidea, Drap. Note
on
Thala ceylanica, n, 1. SPs (figs)
Theora ovalis, n, sp. (fig.)
Thersites. A critical list of the
Sphoerospira section of
Thersites concors, n, sp. (fg.)
Thersites ethe rider, Brazier. (fig.)
Thersites lessont v, lutea, n. var.
(fig-)
Thersites
(fig.)
Thersites mulgravensis v, palm-
cnsis, Brazier, (figs.)
Thersites mulgravensis v. merid-
tonalis, Brazier (figs.) ..
Thersites (Hadra)_ bellenudenker-

mulgravensis, Brazier.

ensis, Braz. Notes on
Thersites (Hadra) beddomae,
Braz. Notes on be
Tornatellina cyphostyla, n. sp.
(figs. ) mee
Tornatellina sudicostata, na sp:
(figs. ) : ase
Trifora convexa, n. sp. (fig. )
Trifora fuscescens, n. sp. (Ag.) ...
Trifora fuscomaculata, n. sp,
(fig.) oe 260 5c

Trochomorpla

sp. (fgs.)
Trochomorpha

(hgs.) Ge
Turbontlla decora, 1 n. sp. (fig.) ee
Turbonilla gemimula, n. sp. (fig.)
Turritella illustris, n, sp. (fig.) ...

dautzenbergi, n.

gulielimi, n. sp.

V
Vitrea hawatietisis, n. sp.
Vulvus, m. sect. sas

W.
Yunnan and Java. On some

new species of Melania
and Fullienia from

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Thersites mulgravensis, Brazier.

2. bs etheridger, Brazier.

3 is concors, Ni. Sp.

4. a lessont, Pfr. var lutea, n. var.

5: 7 mulyravensis, Brazier var. palmensis, Braz.

Typical form.

6. 2 mulyravensis, Brazier var. palmensis. Braz.
Depressed form.

7: - mulgravensis, Brazier var. meridionalis, Braz.

8. Me mulyravensis, Brazier var. meridionalis, Braz.

Banded.

The position of the figures are as under:
I 2

3 4
5 6
7 8

ourn. of Malacology, 1904, Vol. xi, pt. 1. lela IG

SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF THERSITES.

Journ. of Malacologv, 1904, Vol. XI, pt 2.

A.H.Searle, del etlith A.S Huth, imp.

NEW SPECIES OF SOUTH APRICAN MARINE SHE ELS:

is pgtesassecsanadenttas cine anon ecastces

Journ.of Malacology, 1904. Vol.XI, pt 2.

26
A.H.Searle, del et lith. ; : A.S. Huth, imp.

NEW SPECIES OF SOUTH AFRICAN MARINE SHELLS.

Journ.of Malacology, 1904, Vol XI, pt 3. PLIv.

A.H Searle,del et lith. AS Huth, imp.

NEW SPECIES OF LAND AND FRESHWATER SHELLS.

y,1904,Vol. XI, pt 3. PLY.

J

a 10. ale zs

[ |
NG 18. 19
|
ZA0), 21. . AAO
A.H.Searle del et hth AS.Huth imp.

NEW SEMI-FOSSIL HAWAIIAN LAND SHELLS.

Journ of Malacology, 1904, Vol. XI, pt 4.

PL.VI.

AF Searle, delet lith. A.S.Huth, imp

NEW INDIAN AND CINGALESE MARINE SHELLS.

Journ.of Malacology, 1904. Vol.XI. pt4. Plu.

———_—____}

AH Searle, del.el. lith. A..5.Auth, imap

NEW INDIAN AND CINGALESE MARINE SHELLS.

PL.VIIt.

Journ.of Malacology, 1904, Vol. XI, pt4.

erereeny ie. j

tia

—

\

4
=

ot

A.S. Huth, imp.

AH Searle, delet lth.

NEW GASTROPODA FROM THE PERSIAN GULF.

Journ.of Malacology, 1904, Vol_XI. p’4. Pie

AH Searle, delet lith A.5.Fuath, imp

NON-MARINE SHELLS FROM THE EAST INDIES.

vad

4 é

La

Para. ‘ . 7
: ee
oe

No. 1. MARCH 3st, 1903. Vol. X.

TE

JOURNAL

MALAGOLOGY

Gstablished in 1890 as ** The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacolo gp.”
EDITED BY

Were hed Ee GCOLCLINGE, - BoSex

The University, Birmingham,
PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY,
WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF

Dr. JOSEF F. BABOR. CHARLES HEDLEY, F.LS.

H. HOWARD BLOOMER. HENRY SUTER.

REV. A. H. COOKE, M.A., F.Z.S. E. R. SYKES, B.A., F.Z.S8., F.L.S.
G. K. GUDE, F.Z.S. B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.L.S

¢ 6 59 PRICES
FROM
>: $: 0 1T0 :
zis : 13: O BRIEF SIZE

Cash or easy payments.

in combining such essential features as :—
5 Z " 12. NO RIBBON.
BSOLUTELY — = VISIBLE WRITING.
5 REBRECT PERMANENT ALIGN-
MENT,
MONCST TYPEWRITE Rs |e Be anne e S
List No. 232, Post Free, tells all about them.
TYPEWRITER CO.
Head Office—Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Manchester Depot : 74, Market Street.
GlasgowAgency : 334 Sauchiehall Street.

RE I. PORTABILITY:
4. INTERCHANGEABLE TYPE.
LONE ahs oa
CAN BE ADJUSTED TO WRITE
| THE BLIGKENSDERFER
Only London Depot: 9, Cheapside, E.C.
And most large Towns.

EDE, SON & RAVENSOROFT,

ESTABLISHED 1689. TELEPHONE 602 HOLBORN.

ROBE MAKERS,

By gpesial aivcintnaats
To H.M. THe Kine, H.M. THE QureEN, AND H.R.H. THE PRINCE OF WALES.

Church, University, Law & Municipal Robes.

93 & 94, CHANCERY LANE, LONDON.

London es see oe Sic ras Messrs. Dutav & Co., 37, SoHo SQUARE,
Berlin... pe a Ao ie Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE II-

CONCILIUM BIBLIOGRAPHICUM,

ZURICH-NEUMUNSTER, SWITZERLAND.

(Founded in 1895 by the International Congress of Zoology. Reorganized with the
support of the Swiss Government.)

Analytical Card Bibliography of Mollusca including all publications since
1896. Price 28s. (with minor notices 38s.) Annual Subs. about 15s.—Any desired
choice of topies can also be supplied :—Pelecypoda 10s. 5d., annually about 4s.—
Amphineura Is. 5d., annually about 6d., etc. Without palaeontology cheaper.
Cheap edition correspondingly less.

Manuscript Carp CaTaLoGuE oF New SpEcIES AND GENERA SINCE 1901.
—Copies supplied at ld. per reference. Any desired combination, e.g. new species
of Helix, new genera of Tectibranchs, new Molluscs from Borneo, from Devon-
shire (it any), from Mexico, etc.

Established over 50 Years. 10, HOLLOWAY H EA D,

Also Successor to Fair
WALTER DAVIS, Bookbinder, a DOOts, Fee ee aed

for tayeeat 63, sue BIRMINGHAM,
F. W. HAWKINS & SON,

Styles—

Pin Net, beOOKbDinders.

Books Bound to any Pattern. Magazines, Music, &c.

PARCELS OF BINDING SENT FOR ON RECEIPT OF POST CARD.

Microscopical & Lantern Slides

Sllustrative of every Department of

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY,

At the uniform rate of 6/- per doz.

The Student’s Series ot 48 Preparations in Elementary and Advanced Botany
sent out packed in rack boxes at £1 Is. net, post free. This series contains 14
Type Preparations, which can only be supplied separately at 1s. to ls. 6d. per slide.

Stem Structure, Leaf Structure, Floral Structure, Ovaries, Fruits, Seeds, Plant
Hairs, Scales, and Glands, 6s. per dozen. Type Slide Preparations of the Mouse,
the Newt, the Earthworm, Peripatus, Cerianthus, and Alcyonium, Is. to ls. 6d.
per slide.

Sets Slides of Foraminifera, 9d. to Is. per Slide.
Sections of Cotton, Flax, Hemp, Jute, China Grass, Wool, Silk, &c., at 1s. per slide.
MICROSCOPICAL AND LANTERN SLIDE CIRCULATING LIBRARY.

Slides, to the number of 300 per year, supplied in sets as required by Sub-
scribers will be sent, post paid, for the Annual Subscription of £1 1s. payable in
advance.

The Slides will be sent one or two days prior to the day of the Lecture or
Exhibition, and must be returned the day following the lecture, post paid. Special
post boxes will be provided for this purpose, which will obviate the usual trouble
of packing.

The whole of our very extensive stock will be at the disposal of Subscribers,
and Lists of additions to it will be sent from time to time.

FLATTERS & GARNETT, LTD.,

48, DEANSGATE, MANCHESTER.
SEND FOR LISTS, &c., FREE PER POST.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

JOHN J. HEATH,

Established 1828S.

General Engraver, Stationer, ete.
BRASS DOOR PLATES.

Medical Account Forms Engraved & in Facsimile.

Fleet Street, Summer Row,
Birmingham.

A.S,. HUT RH, icc,
LITHOGRAPHER,

Illustrations for Scientific Publications

Carefully reproduced trom Natural Specimens or Drawings.
Estimates, and Specimens of work sent on application.

14, VILLIERS ROAD, WILLESDEN GREEN.

LONDON: N.W.

R. FIELD & Co.,

Opticians and Seientific Instrument
MAKERS,

142, Suffolk Street, Birmingham.

MAKERS OF ESTABLISHED I8I7.

WRIGHT & ANDERTON’S Striated Silver Lantern Screens.
BAYLEY’S Polarimeter.
WELDON Range Finder, &c., &c.

STUDENT’S MICROSCOPE

Of best Continental model, with best diagonal rack and pinion
course adjustment, best triangular bar screw fine adjustment,

draw tube. joint for inclination, }in. ov j-in. objective, and
I-in. (double combination) objective, and eye-piece, &c., in case,
£5-5-0.

EEE eee

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

SALT & SON, Ltd.
SURGICAL INSTRUMENT and APPLIANCE

MANUFACTURERS,
CUTLERS TO HIs "MAJESTY.
ESTABLISHED OVER 100 YEARS. Telephone No. 2655.

Instrument Makers by appointment to - - =
THE BIRMINGHAM GENERAL HOSPITAL,
THE BIRMINGHAM CHILDREN’S HOSPITAL,
THE BIRMINGHAM ORTHOPADIC HOSPITAL,
And many other Midland Infirmaries and Institutions.

Best Instruments & Terms for MICROSCOPES. DISSECTING CASES,
OSTEOLOGY, and all STUDENTS & HOSPITAL REQUISITES.
Removed to New and Enlarged Premises, specially erected to meet their requirements
5, CHERRY STREET, BIRMINGHAM.

Lighted throughout by Electricity. Machinery driven by Electric Power.
AN INSPECTION OF ESTABLISHMENT INVITED.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

THE

JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

The Subscription is 12/- for the Volume of Four Numbers ;
for this Sum (prepaid) the Journal is sent post free to any

part of the World.

BACK VOLUMES.

The Editor possesses no further copies of volumes i—vi, but
occasionally copies are to be had, and are supplied in order of

application.

Of volumes vii—ix a few sets remain, price #1 1s. od. per

volume.

TO CONTRIBUTORS.

All expenses of publication and illustration are paid by the

Proprietor.

Lithographic

plates are usually used in illustrating.

Contributors desiring separate Copies of their papers will be

furnished with

the same
ordered when returning proof.

on payment of the Printer’s Charges, if
Prepayment by P.O. is requested.

All Communications should be addressed to the Editor :

W. E, COLLINGE, THE UNIVERSITY, BIRMINGHAM.

London: Messrs. Dulau & Co., 37, Scho Square.
Berlin: Messrs. R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse II.

WANTED well preserved Specimens (in alcohol)
of the following genera of Molluscs :—

Africarion, G. A,
Anadenus, Heyn.
Apera, Heyn.
Atopos, Simr.
Ariolimax, Morch.
Aspidelus, Morel.
AUSTENIA, G. A.
Aerope, Albers.
Ariunculus, Less.

Binneya, J. G. Coop.

Cystopelta, Tate.
Collingea, Simr.

Cryptostracon, W. G.

Damayantia, Issel.
Daudebardia, Htm.
Innea, H. & A. Ad.
Istria, Poirier.
Kumilax. Btter.
GIRASIA, Gray.
Gigantomilax, Btter.
Geomalacus, Allm.
Gibbulina, Beck.

B.

Glandina, Shm.
Helicarion, Fér.
Hyalimax, H. & A. Ad.
Hesperarion, Simr.
Hemphillia, Bld. & B. =
Hyrcanolestes, Simr.
Ibycus, Heyn.
Janella, Gray.
Letourneuxia, Bet.
Lithotis, Blanf.
Lytopelte, Bttgr.
Microparmarion, Simr.
Mariaella, Gray.
Myotesta, Clige.
Neojanella, Okll.
Omalonyx, d’Orb.
Oopelta, Morch
Otoconcha, Huttn.
Paralimax, Bttgr.
Parmacochlea, Hf. A. Sm.
Parmarion, Fisch,

Parmacella, Cuvy.
Parmella, H. Ad.
Paryphanta, Albers.
Peltella, Webb, & Van B.
Phrixolestes, Simr,
Plutenia, Stab.
Prisma, Simr.
Prophysaon, Bld. & B.
Pseudomilax, Bttgr.
Rhytida, Albers.
Schizoglossa, Hedley.
Selenochlamys, Bttgr.
Tebennophorus, Binn.
Trichotoxon, Simr.
Trigonochlamys, Bttgr.
Testacella, Cuv.
Urocyclus, Gray.
Velifera, W. G. Binn.
Veronicella, Blain.
Vitrinopsis, Semp.
Zonites, Montf.

Full particulars stating names of species, number of specimens, price or

desiderata, should be addressed as under,

List of Duplicates will be forwarded on Application.

W. E. COLLINGE, THE UNIVERSITY, BIRMINGHAM.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

ALFRED H. SAUNDERS

(Editor, Optical Magic Lantern Journal),

Lanternist & Lantern Slide Maker,

(WET COLLODION PROCESS,)

By Appointment to the
University of Birmingbam.

PROJECTION AND SCIENCE LANTERNS
BUILT TO ORDER.

Prince's Chambers,6, Corporation St.,
BIRMINGHAM.

STUDIO—109, CITY ROAD.

FOR SALE

THE VALUABLE AND EXTENSIVE COLLECTION

Land, Freshwater &
Marine Shells

FORMED BY THE LATE

Mr, G. SHERRIFF TYE (of Birmingham).

Collection 1.—Unionidae. Upwards of 800 specimens, of. which about 700
are British. There are many rare and unique forms all in beautiful
condition. The collection is contained in a Cabinet 3ft. Gin. x 2ft. 3m. x
oft. 3m. high, with 28 drawers, sliding glass covers. Specimens
mounted on glass tablets. Several Monographs, Pamphlets, and late
owners MSS.

Collection 2.—British Land and Freshwater. Upwards of 4,000
specimens, including numerous varieties, kc , and series showing range
of colour variation. Contained in mahogany cabinet 3ft. Gin. x 1ft. 3in.
x 3ft. high, with 26 graduated drawers ({—2in. deep inside). Glass
covers and mounted as No. 1.

Collection 3.—British Marine Shells. A Store Cabinet 3ft. Oin. x lft. 6in.
x lft. 9in. high, 7 drawers, containing about 1,500 specimens.

Offers are invited for all or any of the collections. For further particulars,
&e., apply

Mr. Cecil Tye, 10, Richmond Road, Handsworth, Birmingham.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

Established in 1890 as ** The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.”

No. 1. MARCH, 19038. VOL. X.
Contents.
Page.
Malacological Notes. By KH. R. Syxus, B.A., F.L.S. 1

Supposed New Species of Helictna and Bulimulus from Costa Rica.
By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. 4

A Classified List of the Helicoid Land Shells of Asia. Part v.

By G. K. Gupg, F.Z.8. 5

On some species of Slugs collected by Mr. Fruhstorfer.
By Water E. Cotttnar, B.Se. 16
Notes on Slugs and Slug-like Molluses. By Water E. Conrinar, B.Se. 17
The Molluscan Fauna of Warwickshire. By H. Overton. 19

Current Literature. Reviews by Cuartes Heprey, F.L.S., A.D. Ivs.,
Pror. T. D. A. CocKERELL, and WaLTER I. COLLINGE. 20

Editor’s Notes. 26

Don't forget
to ask
your Stationer

for

BARKER & GOODRIDGE'S

(Late with HENRY STONE & SON, LTD., BANBURY.)

Letter Files, Letter Trays, Index Letter Files, Stationery
Boxes and Cabinets, Letter Filing Cabinets,
Office Pigeon Holes, &c., &c.,

Special Cabinet Boxes and Files made to order for any purpose.

ESTIMATES GIVEN.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

To Conchologists.
H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S.,

Begs to inform Collectors and others that he will be pleased to forward on
application price list of any GENERA included in his

LARGE AND VARIED STOCK OF SHELLS.

SELECTIONS SENT ON APPROVAL. MUSEUMS SUPPLIED.
A very fine series of the rarer British Marine Shells now on hand.

Address—H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S.,
38, Sydney Terrace, Fulham Road, London, S.W.

Two minutes walk from South Kensington Station.

W. HARRIS, 176, Bristol Street, Birmingham,
HORTICULTURAL BUILDER, CABINET MAKER, (ce:

Contractor for Fittings and Joinery Work to The University of Birmingham,
and the Queen’s Faculty of Medicine.
Estimates given for every description of Woodwork, Cabinet Making,
Tlouse Carpentry, &e. Repairs promptly attended to.

Living Specimens for the Microscope.

Volvox, Spirogyra, Desmids, Diatoms, Amoeba, Arcella, Actinosphzerium,
Vorticella, Stentor, Hydra. Floscularia, Stephanoceros, Melicerta, and many other
Specimens of Pond Life. Price 1/- per Tube, Post Free. Helix pomatia,
Astacus, Amphioxus, Rana, Anodon, ete., for Dissection purpeses.

THOMAS BOLTON, 25, BALSALL HEATH ROAD, Brreuincuam.

JAMES SWIFT & SON,
A, Manufacturing Opticians,

>
gd

Seven Gold Metals awarded for Optical Excellence.

Student’s Microscope fitted with 2in. and jin.
Objectives, sliding course adjustment. micrometer
screw fine adjustment for slow focussing, eye-piece

and iris diaphragm, in Cabinet - fob) 0
Double nose-piece and extra eye. piece 10 O

Vig. 2 Student’s Stand, as per illustration with
jin. and gin. Objectives, eye-piece and iris dia-
phragm, in Cabinet - : : ial ome

Double nose-piece and extra eye-piece 15 0

Prof. Delepine’s microscope, as uscd in the Birmingham University, with
course and fine adjustments, extra large stage covered with vulcanite, 2in. lin.
and ;’:in. Objectives, Abbe condenser N.A. 1-2 fitted with iris diaphram and
epecial focussing adjustment, triple nosepiece and. eyepiece, in Cabinet £15 9 O

This stand is used in all the principal laboratories throughout the kingdom.

UNIVERSITY OPTICAL WORKS,

81, TOTTENHAM COURT ROAD,
LONDON, W. |

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

Bhat ieee

No. 2. JUNE 30th, 1903. Vol. X.

THE

JOURNAL

MALACOLOGY

Gstablished in 1890 as “The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacologp.”
EDITED BY

Meer eRe Ee COLLINGE, « M.Sc.

The University, Birmingham,
PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY,
WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF

Dr. JOSEF F. RABOR. CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S.

H. HOWARD BLOOMER. HENRY SUTER.

REV. A. H. COOKE, M.A., F.Z.S. E. R. SYKES, B.A., F.Z.S., F.L.S.
G. Kk. GUDE, F.Z.S. B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.L.S.

¢ é 59 PRICES
FROM
#8 : 8:0 70
#Ht3 :13: O BRIEF SIZE

Cash or easy payments.

in combining such essential features as :—

RE 2 PORTABILITY.
NO RIBBON.

BSOLUTELY VISIBLE WRITING.

INTERCHANGEABLE TYPE.
LONE ; PERFECT PERMANENT ALIGN-
7 . ME

ITs

MONCST TYPEWRITERS !& can Be aduusteD To warirTe

List No. 232, Post Free, tells all about them.

THE BLI fF K ENSDERFER

TYPEWRITER CoO.
Head Office—Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Only London Depot: 9, Cheapside, E.C.
Manchester Depot : 74, Market Street.

GlasgowAgency : 334 Sauchiehall Street.
And most large Towns.

EDE, SON & RAVENSCROFT,

ESTABLISHED 1689. TELEPHONE 602 HOLBORN.
By Special appointments

To H.M. THe Kinc, H.M. THE QuEEN, AND H.R.H. THE Prince or WALES.
Church, University, Law & Municipal Robes.

93 & 94, CHANCERY LANE, LONDON.

London Ae on ae ne Me Messrs. Dunav & Co., 37, SoHo SQUARE.
Berlin... seh Pe er ite Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE II

CONCILIUM BIBLIOGRAPHICUM,

ZURICH-NEUMUNSTER, SWITZERLAND.

(Founded in 1895 by the International Congress of Zoology. Reorganized with the
support of the Swiss Government.)

Analytical Card Bibliography of Mollusca including all publications since
1896. Price 28s. (with minor notices 38s.) Annual Subs. about 15s.—Any desired
choice of topies can also be supplied :—Pelecypoda 10s. 5d., annually about 4s.—
Amphineura Is. 5d., annually about 6d., ete. Without palaeontology cheaper.
Cheap edition correspondingly less.

Manvuscrrer Carp CaTaLoGuE oF New SpEcrIES AND GENERA SINCE 1901.
—Copies supplied at 1d. per reference. Any desired combination, e.g. new species
of Helix, new genera of Tectibranchs, new Molluscs from Borneo, from Devon-
shire (if any), from Mexico, etc.

Established over 50 Years. 10, HOLLOWAY HEA D,

Also Successor to Fair
WALTER DAVIS, Bookbinder, +, Peo ee ee oa

ireipesat 83h Suto BIRMINGHAM.
F. W. HAWKINS & SON,

Styles—

Pian Newt, PeOOKbDinders.

Books Bound to any Pattern. Magazines, Music, &c.

PARCELS OF BINDING SENT FOR ON RECEIPT OF POST CARD.

LANTERN SLIDES. 6/-;:;

Lantern Slides of Natural History Subjects.

G/- per dozen, Send for New Catalogue, just issued, 3d. post free,
Lantern Slides prepared to order from negatives, book illustrations,
drawings &c., at special rates.

Hand-Painted Lantern Slides. From 1/8 to 5/- each.

Microscopical Slides, in Botany, Zoology, &c.
From 6/- per dozen. List Post Free.

Student’s Series of 48 Slides, in Hlementary and
Advanced Botany. In Box 21/- Post Free.
Book of Diagrams to illustrate above Slides, 1/- nett.

Mieroseopes and Aecessories, and all kinds of Disseeting Instruments,
Mounting Requisites, Stains, Chemicals, Glassware, &c.

OPTICAL LANTERNS, LENSES, SCREENS, &c.

FLATTERS & GARNETT, Ltd.
48, DEANSGATE, MANCHESTER.

Laboratories—16 & 18, Church Road, Longsight.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

JOHN J. HEATH,

Established 182s.

General Engraver, Stationer, ete.
BRASS DOOR PLATES.

Medical Account Forms Engraved & in Facsimile.

Fleet Street, Summer Row,
Birmingham.

A S H U it fa we | Of the late Firm of
R xq 5 I. Huth, Edinburgh.
LITHOGRAPHER,

Illustrations for Scientific Publications

Carefully reproduced from Natural Specimens or Drawings
Estimates, and Specimens of work sent on application.

114, VILLIERS ROAD, WILLESDEN GREEN.
LONDON: N.W.

R. FIELD & Co.,

Opticians and Scientific Instrument
MAKERS,

142, Suffoik Street, Birmingham.

MAKERS OF ESTABLISHED (817.

WRIGHT & ANDERTON’S Striated Silver Lantern Screens.
BAYLEY’S Polarimeter.
WELDON Range Finder, &¢., &e.

STUDENT’S MICROSCOPE

Of best Continental model, with best diagonal rack and pinion
course adjustment, best triangular bar screw fine adjustment,

draw tube, joint for inclination, $-in. ov }-in. objective, and
I-in. (double combination) objective, and eye-piece, &c., in case,

£5-5-0.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

WANTED well preserved Specimens (in alcohol)
of the following genera of Molluses :—

Africarion, G. A.
Anadenus, Heyn.
Apera, Heyn.
Atopos, Simr.
Ariolimax, Morch.
Aspidelus, Morel.
AUSTENIA, G. A.
Aerope, Albers.
Ariunculus, Less.
Binneya, J.
Cystopelta, Tate.
Collingea, Simr.

Cryptostracon, W. G.

Damayantia, Issel.
Daudebardia, Htm.
IEnnea, H. & A. Ad.
istria, Poirier.
Kumilax. Bttgr.
GIRASIA, Gray.
Gigantomilax, Bttgr.
Geomalacus, Allm.
Gibbulina, Beck.

G. Cor )p.

>

Glandina, Shm.
Helicarion, Kér.
Hyalimax, H. & A. Ad.
Hesperarion, Simr.
Hemphilhia, Bld. & B.
Hyrcanolestes, Simr,
Ibycus, Heyn.
Janella, Gray.
Letourneuxia, Bet.
Lithotis, Blanf.
Lytopelte, Bttgr.
Microparmarion, Sime.
Mariaella, Gray.
Myotesta, Clige.
Neojanella, Ckll.
Omalonyx, @Orb.
Oopelta, Morch
Otoconcha, Huttn.
Paralimax, Bttgr.
Parmacochlea, fh. A. Sm.
Parmarion, Fisch.

Parmacella, Cuv,
Parmella, H. Ad.
Paryphanta, Albers.
Peltella, Webb, & Van Bb.
Phrixolestes, Simr,
Plutenia, Stab.
Prisma, Simr.
Prophysaon, Bld. & B.
Pseudomilax, Bttgr.
Rhytida, Albers.
Schizoglossa, Hedley.
Selenochlamys, Bttgr.
Tebennophorus, Binn.
Trichotoxon, Simr.
Trigonochlamys, Bttgr.
Testacella, Cuv.
Urocyclus, Gray.
Velifera, W. G, Binn.
Veronicella, Blain.
Vitiinopsis, Semp.
Zonites, Montf.

Full particulars stating names of species, number of specimens, price or

desiderata, should be addressed as under,

List of Duplicates will be forwarded on Application.

W. E; COLLINGE, THE UNIVERSITY, BIRMINGHAM.

SWINDEN and SONS,

(ESTABLISHED 18285.)

RELIABLE GLOGKS AND WATCHES.

27, 28, & 29, Temple St., Birmingham.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

The Subscription is 12/- for the Volume of Four Numbers ;
for this Sum (prepaid) the Journal is sent post free to any
part of the World.

BACK VOLUMES.

The Editor possesses no further copies of volumes 1—vi, but
occasionally copies are to be had, and are supplied in order of
application.

Of volumes vii—ix a few sets remain, price 41 1s. od. per
volume.

TO CONTRIBUTORS.

All expenses of publication and illustration are paid by the
Proprietor. Lithographic plates are usually used in illustrating.

Contributors desiring separate Copies of their papers will be
furnished with the same on payment of the Printer’s Charges, if
ordered when returning proof. Prepayment by P.O. is requested.

All Communications should be addressed to the Editor :

W. E, COLLINGE, THE UNIVERSITY, BIRMINGHAM.

London: Messrs. Dulau & Co., 37, Soho Square.
Berlin: Messrs. R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse II.

Mord JNK,

BERLIN, W.5.,
Publisher & Second-hand Bookseller,

FOR CONCHOLOGY,

BUYS ALL WORKS AND JOURNALS ON

MOLLUSCS. |

JUST OUT

CATALOGUE ON MOLLUSCA,

THE MOST COMPLETE, ‘EVER PUBLISHED.

Gratis and Post Free.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

ALFRED H. SAUNDERS

(Editor, Optical Magic Lantern Journal),

Lanternist & Lantern Slide Maker,

(WET COLLODION PROCESS,)

By Appointment to the

University of Birmingbam,

PROJECTION AND SCIENCE LANTERNS
BUILT TO ORDER.

Prince’s Chambers, 6, Corporation St.,
BIRMINGHAM.

STUDIO—109, CITY ROAD.

FOR SALE

THE VALUABLE AND EXTENSIVE COLLECTION

Land, Freshwater &
Marine Shells

FORMED BY THE LATE

Mr. G. SHERRIFF TYE (of Birmingham).

Collection 1.—Unionidae. Upwards of 800 specimens, of whieh about 700"

are British. There are many rare and unique forms all in beautiful
condition, The collection is contained in a Cabinet 3ft. 6in. x 2ft. 3in. x
oft. 3m. high, with 28 drawers, sliding glass covers. Specimens

mounted on glass tablets. Several Monographs, Pamphlets, and late
owners MSS.

Collection 2.—British Land and Freshwater. Upwards of 4,000
specimens, including numerous varieties, &c , and series showing range
of colour variation. Contained in mahogany cabinet 3ft. Gin. x Ift. 3in.

x 3ft. high, with 26 graduated drawers (3—2in. deep inside). Glass
covers and mounted as No. 1.
poteenes 3.—British Marine Shells. A Store Cabinet 3ft. Oin. x 1ft, Gin.
x lft. 9in. high, 7 drawers, containing about 1,500 specimens.
Offers are invited for all or any of the collections. For further particulars,
&e., apply

Mr. Cecil Tye, 10, Richmond Road, Handsworth, Birmingham.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

Established in 1890 as ‘‘ The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.”

No. 2. JUNE, 19038. VOEL Xx

Contents.

A Revision of the Columbellidae of the Persian Gulf and North Arabian
Sea, with description of C. calliope, n. sp.
By J. Cosmo Menvinn, M.A., F.L.S.

>.
Page.

bo
~I

The Anatomy of certain species of Ceratisolen and Solecurtus.
By H. H. Broomer. 31

Classification of the British species of the genus Svlen, Linné.
By H. H. Bioomur. 41

On the Origin and Function of the Fourth Aperture. By H. H. Bioomer, 43

A Classified List of the Helicoid Land Shells of Asia. Part vi.
By G. K. Guns, F.Z.S8. 45

On the new Genus and Species of the Family Phenacohelicidae,
By Henry Svrer. 62

Descriptions of new Land Shells from the Austro-Malayan eee
By i. R. SYKEs, B. A. F.L.S. O+

Current Literature. Notes.

Kditor’s Notes.

Don’t forget
to ask
your Stationer

for

BARKER & GOODRIDGE'S

(Late with HENRY STONE & SON, LTD., BANBURY.)

Letter Files, Letter Trays, Index Letter Files, Stationery
Boxes and Cabinets, Letter Filing Cabinets,
Office Pigeon Holes, &c., &c.,

Special Cabinet Boxes and Files made to order for any purpose.

ESTIMATES GIVEN.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

To Concbhologists.
H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S.,

Begs to inform Collectors and others that he will be pleased to forward on
application price list of any GENERA included in his

LARGE AND VARIED STOCK OF SHELLS.

SELECTIONS SENT ON APPROVAL. MUSEUMS SUPPLIED.
A very fine series of the rarer British Marine Shells now on hand.

Address—H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S.,
8, Sydney Terrace, Fulham Road, London, S.W.

Two minutes walk from South Kensington Station.

W. HARRIS, 176, Bristol Street, Birmingham,
HORTICULFURAL, BUILDER, CABINE = Nia Er Row ice

Contractor for Fittings and Joinery Work to The University of Birmingham,
and the Queen’s Faculty of Medicine.
Estimates given for every description of Woodwork, Cabinet Making,
House Carpentry, &e. Lepairs promptly attended to.

Living Specimens for the Microscope.

Volvox, Spirogyra, Desmids, Diatoms, Amoeba, Arcella, Actinospherium,
Vorticella, Stentor, Hydra. Floscularia, Stephanoceros, Melicerta, and many other
Specimens of Pond Life. Price 41/- per Tube, Post Free. Helix pomatia,
Astacus, Amphioxus, Rana, Anodon, etc., for Dissection purposes.

THOMAS BOLTON, 25, BALSALL HEATH ROAD, Biruincuam.

JAMES SWIFT & SON,

Manufacturing Opticians,

Seven Gold Medals awarded for Optical Excellence.

Student’s Microscope fitted with #in. and lin.
Objectives, sliding course adjustment, micrometer
screw fine adjustment for slow focussing, eye-piece
and iris diaphragm, in Cabinet - £5 5 O

Double nose-piece and extra eye.piece 10 O
Fig. 2 Student’s Stand, as per illustration with

2in. and lin. Objectives, eye-piece and iris dia-
phragm, in Cabinet 9 *: : Biglo. O

Double nose-piece and extra eye-piece 15 0

Prof. Delepine’s microscope, as used in the Birmingham University, with
course and fine adjustments, extra large stage covered with vulcanite, #in, gin.
and ;':in. Objectives, Abbe condenser N.A. 1°2 fitted with iris diaphram and

special focussing adjustment, triple nosepiéce and eyepiece, in Cabinet £15 0 O
This stand is used in all the principal laboratories throughout the kingdom.

UNIVERSITY OPTICAL WORKS,

81, TOTTENHAM COURT ROAD,
LONDON, W.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

No. 3. OCTOBER 20th, 1903. Vol. X.

THE

JOURNAL

MALAGOLOGY

Established in 1890 as “ The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.”
EDITED BY

Paik «Ey COLLINGE@ “Misc,

The University, Birmingham,
PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL Society,
WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF

Dr. JOSEF F. RABOR. CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S.

H. HOWARD BLOOMER. HENRY SUTER.

REV. A. H. COOKE, M.A., F.Z.S. K. R. SYKES, B.A., F.Z.S., F.L
G. K. GUDE, F.Z.S. B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.L.S

C6 ag PRICES
FROM
: 8:0 T0
ee : 13: O BRIEF SIZE

Cash or easy payments.
in combining such essential features as :—

RE 2 ; é 1. PORTABILITY.
* 12. NO RIBBON.

BSOLUTELY 3. VISIBLE WRITING.

4. INTERCHANGEABLE TYPE.
LONE 5. PERFECT PERMANENT ALIGN-

MONCST TYPEWRITERS 6. CAN Sa Jo waite

: List No. 232, Post Free, tells all about them.

THE BLIG ENSDERFER

TYPEWRITER CoO.
Head Office—Newcastle-on-Tyne
Only London Depot: 9, Cheapside, E.C.
Manchester Depot : 74, Market Street.

GlasgowAgency : 334 Sauchiehall Street.
And most large Towns.

EDE, SON & Sn

ESTABLISHED 1689, TELEPHONE 602 HOLBORN.

By Special appointments

To H.M. tHe Kine, H.M. THE QUEEN, AND H.R.H. THE PRINCE oF WALES.
Church, University, Law & Municipal Robes.

93 & 94, CHANCERY LANE, LONDON.

London in Tes er pe a Messrs. Duxtau & Co., 37, SoHO SQUARE.
Berlin... Air ae fe bee Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDER & SoHN, CARLSTRASSE II.

SSS 0h

CONCILIUM BIBLIOGRAPHICUM,

ZURIGH-NEUMUNSTER, SWITZERLAND.

(Founded in 1895 by the International Congress of Zoology. Reorganized with the
support of the Swiss Government.)

Analytical Card Bibliography of Mollusca including all publications since
1896. Price 28s. (with minor notices 38s.) Annual Subs. about 15s.—Any desired
choice of topies can also be supplied :—Pelecypoda 10s. 5d., annually about 4s.—
Amphineura ls. 5d., annually about 6d., etc. Without palaeontology cheaper.
Cheap edition correspondingly less.

Manuscript Carp CaTaLoGuE oF New SpEcIES AND GENERA SINCE 1901.
—Copies supplied at ld. per reference. Any desired combination, e.g. new species
of Helix, new genera of Tectibranchs, new Molluscs from Borneo, from Devon-
shire (if any), from Mexico, etc.

Established over 50 Years. 10, HOLLOWAY HEAD,

Also Successor to e Fair
WALTER DAVIS, Bookbinder, 4 Doors from Horse Fair,

ee BIRMINGHAM.
F. W. HAWKINS: & SON,

Styles— e
itis @ Eineeae B ookbinders.
Books Bound to any Pattern. Mae azinds) Music, &c.

PARCELS OF BINDING SENT FOR ON RECEIPT OF POST CARD.

LANTERN SLIDES, 6/=;:;

Lantern Slides of Natural History Subjects.

6/- per dozen, Send for New Catalogue, just issued, 3d. post free.
Lantern Slides prepared to order from negatives, book illustrations,
drawings &c., at special rates.

Hand-Painted Lantern Slides. From 1/3 to 5/- each.

Microscopical Slides, in Botany, Zoology, &c.
From 6/- per dozen. List Post Free.

Student’s Series of 48 Slides, in Elementary and
Advanced Botany. In Box 21/- Post Free.
Book of Diagrams to illustrate above Slides, 1/- nett.

Mieroseopes and Aecessories, and all kinds of Disseeting Instruments,
Mounting Requisites, Stains, Chemicals, Glassware, &e.

OPTICAL LANTERNS, LENSES, SCREENS, &c.

FLATTERS & GARNETT, Ltd.
48, DEANSGATE, MANCHESTER.

Laboratories—16 & 18, Church Road, Longsight.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

JOHN J. HEATH,

Established 1828.

General Engraver, Stationer, ete.
BRASS DOOR PLATES.

Medical Account Forms Engraved & in Facsimile.

Fleet Street, Summer Row,
Birmingham.

A.S, HUTH, can.
LITHOGRAPHER,

Illustrations for Scientific Publications

Carefully reproduced from Natural Specimens or Drawings
Estimates, and Specimens of work sent on application.

14, VILLIERS ROAD, WILLESDEN GREEN.

LONDON; N.W.

R. FIELD & Co.,

Opticians and Scientific Instrument
MAKERS,

142, Suffoik Street, Birmingham.

MAKERS OF ESTABLISHED (I8I7.

WRIGHT & ANDERTON’S Striated Silver Lantern Screens.
BAYLEY’S Polarimeter.
WELDON Range Finder, &c., &c.

STUDENT’S MICROSCOPE

Of best Continental model, with best diagonal rack and pinion
course adjustment, best triangular bar screw fine adjustment,
draw tube, joint for inclination, {-in. or }-in. objective, and
I-in. (double combination) objective, and eye-piece, &c., in case,

£5-5-0.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

WANTED well preserved Specimens (in alcohol)
of the following genera of Molluscs :—

Africarion, G. A.
Anadenus, Heyn.
Apera, Heyn.
Atopos, Simr.
Ariolimax, Morch.
Aspidelus, Morel.
AUSTENIA, G. A.
Aerope, Albers.
Ariunculus, Less.

Binneya, J. G. Coop.

Cystopelta, Tate.
Collingea, Simr.

Cryptostracon, W. G.

Damayantia, Issel.
Daudebardia, Htm.
Ennea, H. & A. Ad.
Estria, Poirier.
Kumilax. Bttgr.
GIRASIA, Gray.
Gigantomilax, Bttgr.
Geomalacus. Allm.
Gibbulina, Beck.

Glandina, Shm.
Helicarion, Fér.
Hyalimax, H. & A. Ad.
Hesperarion, Simr.
Hemphillia, Bld. & B.
Hyreanolestes, Simr,
Ibyeus, Heyn.
Janella, Gray.
Letourneuxia, Bgt.
Lithotis, Blanf.
Lytopelte, Bttgr.
Microparmarion, Simr.
Mariaella, Gray.
Myotesta, Clige.
Neojanella, CkIL.
Omalonyx, d’Orb.
Oopelta, Morch
Otoconcha, Huttn.
Paralimax, Bttgr.
Parmacochlea, EK. A. Sm.
Parmatrion, Fisch.

Parmacella, Cuv.
Parmella, H. Ad
Paryphanta, Albers.
Peltella, Webb, & Van B.
Phrixolestes, Simr,
Plutenia, Stab.
Prisma, Simr.
Prophysaon, Bld, & B..
Pseudomilax, Bttgr.
Rhytida, Albers.
Schizoglossa, Hedley.
Selenochlamys, Bttgr.
Tebennophorus, Binn.
Trichotoxon, Simr.
Trigonochlamys, Bttgr.
Testacella, Cuv.
Urocyclus, Gray.
Velifera, W. G. Binn.
Veronicella, Blain.
Vitiinopsis, Semp.
Zonites, Montf.

Full particulars stating names of species, number of specimens, price or

desiderata, should be addressed as under.

List of Duplicates will be forwarded on Application.

W. E. COLLINGE, THE UNIVERSITY, BIRMINGHAM.

SWINDEN and SONS,

(ESTABLISHED 1825.

RELIABLE GLOCKS AND WATCHES.

27, 28, & 29, Temple St., Birmingham.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

The Subscription is 12/- for the Volume of Four Numbers ;
for this Sum (prepaid) the Journal is sent post free to any
part of the World.

BACK VOLUMES.

The Editor possesses no further copies of volumes i—vi, but
occasionally copies are to be had, and are supplied in order of
application.

Of volumes vii—ix a few sets remain, price #1 1s. od. per
volume.

TO CONTRIBUTORS.

All expenses of publication and illustration are paid by the
Proprietor. Lithographic plates are usually used in illustrating.

Contributors desiring separate Copies of their papers will be
furnished with the same on payment of the Printer’s Charges, if
ordered when returning proof. Prepayment by P.O. is requested.

All Communications should be addressed to the Editor :

W. E, COLLINGE, THE UNIVERSITY, BIRMINGHAM.

London: Messrs. Dulau & Co., 37, Soho Square.
Berlin: Messrs. R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse II.

oie INO IK,

BERLIN, W.5.,

Publisher & Second-hand Bookseller,
“FOR CONCHOLOGY,

BUYS ALL WORKS AND JOURNALS ON

MOLLUSCS.

JUST OUT

CATALOGUE ON MOLLUSCA,

THE MOST COMPLETE, EVER PUBLISHED.

Gratis and Post Free.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

WHEN FOUND, make a note of—

Dickens

To which we add . ...
DON’T LOSE YOUR NOTES,

Put them into an Alphabetical Card Index, the only
elastic system for private and business records, which
is equal to every emergency.

WRITE TO
LIBRARY BUREAU, Ltd., Inventors of the Card System,
58, The City Arcades, BIRMINGHAM.
LONDON. MANCHESTER. NEWCASTLE-ON-TYNE.

ALFRED H. SAUNDERS

(Editor, Optical Magic Lantern Journal),

Lanternist & Lantern Slide Maker,

(WET COLLODION PROCESS,)

By Appointmént to the “ }
University of Birmingbam.

PROJECTION AND SCIENCE LANTERNS
BUILT TO ORDER. |

Prince s Chambers, 6, Corporation St.,
BIRMINGHAM.

STUDIO—109, CITY ROAD.

ase mentio Lis Journal in replying to vertisements.
Please mention this Ji l plying to Advertisement

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

Established in 1890 as ‘‘ The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.”

No. 3. OCTOBER 20th, 19038. VOLO}
Contents.
Page.

Descriptions of new species of Nassa, Purpura, Latirus, Voluta,
Conus, Stomatella, ete.
By G. B, Sowrrsy, F.L.S. 73

Notes on, with Illustrations of, Austro Malayan Land Shells.
By E. R. Syxes, B.A., F.L.S. 78

Contributions to a knowledge of the Mollusca of Borneo. Part i.
By WALTER E, COLLINGE, M.Sc. 79

A Classified List of the Helicoid Land Shells of Asia. Part vii.
By G. K. Guns, F.Z.S. 83

Figures and Descriptions of supposed new species and
varieties of Hnnea, Macrochlamys, etc.
By Huey Futron. 99

On the name Lima elliptica.
By E. R. Syxss, B.A., F.L.S. 104

Note on a malformed specimen of Ceratisolen legumen, L.
By H. H. Bioomsr. 104

Current Literature.

Don’t forget
to ask
your Stationer

for

BARKER & GOODRIDGE’S

(Late with HENRY STONE & SON, LTD., BANBURY.)

Letter Files, Letter Trays, Index Letter Files, Stationery
Boxes and Cabinets, Letter Filing Cabinets,
Office Pigeon Holes, &c., &c.,

Special Cabinet Boxes and Files made to order for any purpose.

ESTIMATES GIVEN.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

To Conchologists. |
H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S.,

Begs to inform Collectors and others that he will be pleased to forward on
application price list of any GENERA included in his

LARGE AND VARIED STOCK OF SHELLS.

SELECTIONS SEWT ON APPROVAL. MUSEUMS SUPPLIED.
A very fine. series of the rarer British Marine Shells now on hand.

Address—H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S.,
8, Sydney Terrace, Fulham Road, London, S.W.

Two minutes walk from South Kensington Station.

W. HARRIS, 176, Bristol Street, Birmingham,
HORTICULTURAL BUILDER, CABINET MAKER, &c.

Contractor for Fittings and Joinery Work to The University of Birmingham,
and the Queen’s Faculty of Medicine.

Estimates given for every description of Woodwork, Cabinet Making,
House Carpentry, &c. Repairs promptly attended to.

Living Specimens for the Microscope.
Volvox, Spirogyra, Desmids, Diatoms, Amoeba, Arcella, Actinospherium,
Vorticella, Stentor, Hydra. Floscularia, Stephanoceros, Melicerta, and many other
Specimens of Pond Life. Price 1/- per Tube, Post Free. Helix pomatia,
Astacus, Amphioxus, Rana, Anodon, etc., for Dissection purposes.

THOMAS BOLTON, 25, BALSALL HEATH ROAD, Biruincuam.

JAMES SWIFT & SON,

Manufacturing Opticians,

Seven Gold Medals awarded for Optical Excellence.

Student’s Microscope fitted with #in. and tin.
Objectives, sliding course adjustment, micrometer
screw fine adjustment for slow focussing, eye-piece
and iris diaphragm, in Cabinet £5 5 0

Double nose-piece and extra eye.piece 10 0
Fig. 2 Student’s Stand, as per illustration with

fin. and din. Objectives, eye-piece and iris dia-
phragm, in Cabinet - F ole £7 15 O

Double nose-piece and extra eye-piece 15 0

Prof. Delepine’s microscope, as used in the Birmingham University, with
course and fine adjustments, extra large stage covered with vuleanite, fin. jin.
and ;';in. Objectives, Abbe condenser N.A. 1:2 fitted with iris diaphram and

special focussing adjustment, triple nosepiece and eyepiece, in Cabinet £15 0 O
This stand is used in all the principa] laboratories throughout the kingdom.

UNIVERSITY OPTICAL WORKS, .

8l, TOTTENHAM COURT ROAD,
LONDON, W.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

BNo. 4. DECEMBER 21st, 1903. Vol. X.

THE

JOURNAL

MALAGOLOGY

Established in 1890 as ‘ ‘Che Conchologist, a Journal of Mirlacolo gy.”
EDITED BY

ewe Be “COLLINGE: MSc,
The Universily, Birmingham,
PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY,
WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF

Dr. JOSEF F. BABOR. CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S.

H. HOWARD BLOOMER. ee SUTER.

REV. A. H. COOKE, M.A., F.Z.S. » B. SYKES, B.A., E:2.8., FES
G. K. GUDE, F.Z.S. B B. WOODW ARD, F.G.S., F.L.S

& f 59 PRICES
FROM
#8 : 8:0QO 170
#HiS :13: O pRikEF Size

Cash or easy payments.
in combining such essential features as :—

RE : Il. PORTABILITY.
* 12. NO RIBBON.

BSOLUTELY nen oe
LONE 5. PERFECT PERMANENT ALIGN-

MONCST TYPEWRITERS !¢ So Sere eas!

List No. 232, Post Free, tells all about them.

THE BJ |] KENSDERFER

TYPEWRITER CO.
Head Office—Newcastle-on-Tyne
Only London Depot: 9, Cheapside, E.C.
Manchester Depot : 74, Market Street.

GlasgowAgency : 334 Sauchiehall Street.
“And most large Towns.

EDE, SON & RAVENSCROFT,

ESTABLISHED 1689, TELEPHONE 602 HOLBORN.

ROBE MAKERS,

By Special appointments
To H.M. tHE Kine, H.M. THE Queen, AND H.R.H. THE Prince oF WALES.

Church, University, Law & Municipal Robes. 5
93 & 94, CHANCERY LANE, LONDON.

London ae ke = ee ae Messrs. Dunav & Co., 37, SoHo SQUARE.
Berlin... on A sols Fae Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDBR & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE IT

CONCILIUM BIBLIOGRAPHICUM,

ZURICH-NEUMUNSTER, SWITZERLAND.

(Founded in 1895 by the International Congress of Zoology. Reorganized with the
support of the Swiss Government.)

Analytical Card Bibliography of Mollusca including all publications since
1896. Price 28s. (with minor notices 38s.) Annual Subs. about 15s.—Any desired
choice of topies can also be supplied :—Pelecypoda 10s. 5d., annually about 4s.—
Amphineura 1s. 5d., annually about 6d., etc. Without palaeontology cheaper.
Cheap edition correspondingly less.

Manuscriet Carp CaTaLoGuE or New Spect&s AND GENERA SINCE 1901.
—Copies supplied at ld. per reference. Any desired combination, e.g. new species
of Helix, new genera of Tectibranchs, new Molluscs from Borneo, from Devon-
shire (if any), from Mexico, etc. :

Fstablished over 50 Years. 10, HOLLOWAY HEA D,

Also Successor to 4 from Horse Fair
WALTER DAVIS, Bookbinder, pers teeny eke 4

ameere aca BIRMINCHAM.
F. W. HAWKINS & SON,

OO Bain, Neat B oO okbinders.

Books Bound to any Pattern. Magazines, Music, &c.

PARCELS OF BINDING SENT FOR ON RECEIPT OF POST CARD.

LANTERN SLIDES, 6/=;:;

Lantern Slides of Natural History Subjects.

G6/- per dozen, Send for New Catalogue, just issued, 3d. post free.
Lantern Slides prepared to order from negatives, book illustrations,
drawings &c., at special rates.

Hand-Painted Lantern Slides. Fram 1/8 to 5/- each.

Microscopical Slides, in Botany, Zoology, &c.
From 6/- per dezen. List Post Free.

Student’s Series of 48 Slides, in Blementary and
Advanced Botany. In Box 21/- Post Free.
Book of Diagrams to illustrate above Slides, 1/- nett.

Miecroseopes and Aecessories, and all kinds of Disseeting Instruments,
Mounting Requisites, Stains, Chemicals, Glassware, &e.

OPTICAL LANTERNS, LENSES, SCREENS, &c.

FLATTERS & GARNETT, Ltd.
48, DEANSGATE, MANCHESTER.

Laboratories—16 & 718, Church Road, Lungsighkt.

Please mention this Journal in vevlying to Advertisements.

JOHN J. HEATH

Established 1828.

General Engraver, Stationer, ete.
BRASS _DOOR PLATES.

Medical Account Forms Engraved & in Facsimile.

Fleet Street, Summer Row,
Birminghawm.

A.S. HUTRH, onc.
LITHOGRAPHER,

Illustrations for Scientific Publications

Carefully reproduced from Natural Specimens or Drawings.
Estimates, and Specimens of work sent on application.

114, VILLIERS ROAD, WILLESDEN GREEN,
LONDON. N.W.

A few Copies of the Portrait

OF THE LATE

Dr. 0. F. VON MOELLENDORFF

Are being mounted on boards, suitable for framing.

Orders for same. accompanied by P.O. 2s. 6d. should be sent

to the Editor as early as possible.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

WHEN FOUND, make a note of—

To which we add .. . Dickens
DON’T LOSE YOUR NOTES,

Put them into an Alphabetical Card Index, the only
elastic system for private and business records, which
is equal to every emergency.

WRITE TO

‘LIBRARY BUREAU, Ltd., Inventors of the Card System,
58, The City Arcades, BIRMINGHAM.
LONDON. MANCHESTER. NEWCASTLE-ON-TYNE.

SWINDEN and SONS,

(ESTABLISHED 1825.

RELIABLE GLOGKS AND WATCHES.

Ayo

' : - Pa
Ze : fs
Zz BIRMINGHAM: ”
% “4 : 3

> i , + >
\ : } | i
‘ y Hb
\ *. f “
ao \ : * My.
B TOONS : f
‘ ? 35 9 . Z
i ¢ fee ete y f-
X sty ! . LF
%. te ; i * wa 4
Sc BEES Cz Pg
NS = i
ee = ; ‘

27, 28, & 29, Temple St., Birmingham.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

Established in 1890 as *‘ The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.”

No. 4. DECEMBER 2lst, 1903. VOL. X.
Contents.
Page
On the Respiratory and Locomotory Habits of Ampuilaria globosa,
Swainson.

By V. V. RAMANAN, M.A., F.Z.S. 107

The Anatomy of Pharella orientalis, Dunker, and Tagelus rufus,
Spengler.

By H. H. BLooMEr. 1i4

‘Otto Franz von Moellendorff.
By Dr. W. Kosrtr. 122

Some Notes on the so-called Appendix of Helicella barbara (L.).
By H. OvErToN. 126

A Classified List of the Helicoid Land Shells of Asia. Part viii.
(Conclusion).

By G. K. Guns, F.Z.S. 129

On a Small Collection of Marine Shells from Surprise Island.
By E. R. Syxss, B.A., F.L.S. 137

Proceedings of the Midland Malacological Society. 139

Current Literature.—General Reviews.—Editor’s Notes.—Title-page, Contents,
Index, etc.

Don’t forget
to ask
your Stationer

for

BARKER & GOODRIDGE'S

(Late with HENRY STONE & SON, LTD,, BANBURY.)

Letter Files, Letter Trays, Index Letter Files, Stationery
Boxes and Cabinets, Letter Filing Cabinets,
Office Pigeon Holes, &c., &c.,

Special Cabinet Boxes and Files made to order for any purpose.

ESTIMATES GIVEN.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

To Conchologists.
H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S.,

Begs to inform Collectors and others that he will be pleased to forward on
application price list of any GENERA included in his

LARGE AND VARIED STOCK OF SHELLS.
SELECTIONS SEWT ON APPROVAL. MUSEUMS SUPPLIED.
A very fine series of the rarer British Marine Shells now on hand.

Address—H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S.,
8, Sydney Terrace, Fulham Road, London, S.W.

Two minutes walk from South Kensington Station.

W. HARRIS, 176, Bristol Street, Birmingham,
HORTICULTURAL BUILDER, CABINET MAKER, «kc:

Contractor for Fittings and Joinery Work to The University of Birmingham,
and the Queen’s Faculty of Medicine.

Estimates given for every description of Woodwork, Cabinet Making,
House Carpentry, &c. Repairs promptly attended to.

Living Specimens for the Microscope.

Volvox, Spirogyra, Desmids, Diatoms, Amoeba, Arcella, Actinospherium,
Vorticella, Stentor, Hydra. Floscularia, Stephanoceros, Melicerta, and many other
Specimens of Pond Life. Price 1/- per Tube, Post Free. Helix pomatia,
Astacus, Amphioxus, Rana, Anodon, etc., for Dissection purposes.

THOMAS BOLTON, 25, BALSALL HEATH ROAD, Brruineuam.

JAMES SWIFT & SON,
q | Manufacturing Opticians,

Seven Gold Medals awarded for Optical Excellence.

Student’s Microscope fitted with #in. and tin.
Objectives, sliding course adjustment, micrometer
screw fine adjustment for slow focussing, eye-piece
and iris diaphragm, in Cabinet £5. 5 O

Double nose-piece and extra eye.piece 10 0
Fig. 2 Student’s Stand, as per illustration with

Zin. and iin. Objectives, eye-piece and iris dia-
phragm, in Cabinet - : £7 15 O

Double nose-piece and extra eye-piece 15 0

Prof. Delepine’s microscope, as used in the Birmingham University, with
course and fine adjustments, extra large stage covered with vulcanite, jin. jin.
and ;;in. Objectives, Abbe condenser N.A. 1:2 fitted with iris diaphram and

special focussing adjustment, triple nosepiece and eyepiece, in Cabinet £15 0 O
This stand is used in all the principal laboratories throughout the kingdom.

UNIVERSITY OPTICAL WORKS,

81, TOTTENHAM COURT ROAD,
LONDON, W.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

APRIL 25th, 1904. Vol. XI.
THE

JOURNAL |

~ MALACGOLOGY

| Established in 1890 as ‘Che Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.”
| EDITED BY

WALTER E: COLLINGE,. M.Sc.,
| The University, Birmingham,

| PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY,
| WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF

-Dr. JOSEF F. RABOR. ‘ CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S.
| H. HOWARD BLOOMER. ae SUTER.

REV. A. H. COOKE, M.A., F.Z.8.~ E. R. SYKES, B.A., F.Z.S., F.L.S,
| G. K. GUDE, F.Z.S. B B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., ELS.

¢ 4 59 PRICES
FROM
: $:@O 10
Pees : 13: O BRIEF SIZE

Cash or easy payments.
in combining such essential features as :-—

RE 3 : 2 _ | I Portasiiry.
2. NO RIBBON.

BSOLUTELY 3. VISIBLE WRITING.

4. INTERCHANGEABLE TYPE.

LONE . 3 5. = = a ecacta a) ALIGN-

MONCST TYPEWRITERS 6: OAN BE ADJUSTED TO WRITE

List No. 232, Post Free, tells all about them.

THE BL] fF KENSDERFER

TYPEWRITER CO.
Head Office—Newcastle-on-Tyne
Only London Depot: 9, Cheapside, E.C,
Manchester Depot : 74, Market Street.

Glasgow Agency : 334 Sauchiehall Street.
And most large Towns.

EDE, SON & RAVENSCROFT,

FSTABLISHED 1689, TELEPHONE 602 HOLBORN.

PRE I
By Suscul appointments

To H.M. tHe Kine, H.M. tHe Queen, AND H.R.H. THE PRINCE oF WALES.
Church, University, Law & Municipal Robes.

98 & 94, CHANCERY LANE, LONDON.

London oi bs ae ne so, Messrs. Dutav & Co., 37, SoHo SQUARE.
Berlin... Ae BY af ae Messrs. R, FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE IT,

——_—__-— — -_—— = ee

CONCILIUM BIBLIOGRAPHICUM, ©

ZURIGH-NEUMUNSTER, SWITZERLAND.

(Founded in 1895 by the International Conzress of Zoology. Reorganized with the
support of the Swiss Government.)

Analytical Card Bibliography of Mollusca including all publications since
1896. Price 28s. (with minor notices 38s.) Annual Subs. about 15s.—Any desired
choice of topics cun also be supplied :—Pelecypoda 10s. 5d., annually about 4s.—
Amphineura ls. 5d., annually about 6d., etc. Without palaeontology cheaper.
Cheap edition correspondingly less.

Manuscript Carp CatTaLoGuE or New Spect''s AND GENERA SINCE 1901.
—Copies supplied at ld. per reference. Any desired combination, e.g. new species
of //elix, new genera ot Tectibranchs, new Molluscs from Borneo, from Devon-
shire (if any), from Mexico, etc.

Established over 50 Years. 10, HOLLOWAY HEA D,

Also Successor to i
WALTER DAVIS, Bookbinder, ea eal vidal iin ch eat

bees Gorse a BIRMINGHAM.
F, W. HAWKINS & SON,

Styles —

Wis, Nest ag Bo okbind ers.

Books Bound to any Pattern. Magazines, Music, &c.

PARCELS OF BINDING SENT FOR ON RECEIPT OF POST CARD.

LANTERN SLIDES. 6/= <0;

Lantern Slides of Natural History Subjects.

6/- per dozen, Send for New Catalogue, just issued, $d. post free,
Lantern Slides prepared to order from negatives, book illustrations,
drawings &c., at special rates.

Hand-Painted Lantern Slides. From 1/8 to 5/- each.

Microscopical Slides, in Botany, Zoology, &c.
From 6/- per dozen. List Post Free.

Student’s Series of 48 Slides, in Elementary and
Advanced Botany. In Box 21/- Post Free.
Book of Diagrams to illustrate above Slides, 1/- nett.

Mieroseopes and Aecessories, and sll kinds of Disseeting Instruments,
Mounting Requisites, Stains, Chemicals, Glassware &e.

OPTICAL LANTERNS, Lo=ISES, SCREENS, &c.

FLATTERS & GARNETT, Ltd,
48, DEANSGATE, MANCHESTER.

Laborat>ries—16 & 18, Church Road, Longsight.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

Established in 18go as “The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.”

No. 1. APRIL, 1904. VOL. XI.

Contents,
Page.
Note on Vhersites (Hadra) bellendenkerensis, Braz., and beddomae,
Braz.
By HuGH FULTON, I

A Critical List of the SAloerospira Section of Thersites.

i)

By HUGH FULTON.

Notes on the Anatomy of the Generative Organs of Ariophanta juliana,

Gray.
By H. OVERTON, 12
Notes on Slugs and Slug-like Molluscs.
By WALTER E. COLLINGE, M.Sc. 14
Proceedings of the Midland Malacological Society. 15
Current Literature. 16
Editor’s Notes. 20

Don’t ferget
to ask
your Stationer
for

BARKER & COODRIDCE’S

(Late with HENRY STONE & SON Lid., Banbury.)

Letter Files, Letter Trays, Index Letter Files Stationery
Boxes and Cabinets,;:;setter Filing Cabinets,
Office Pigeon Holes, &c., &e.,

Special Cabinet Boxes and Files made to order for any purpose.

ESTIMATES GIVEN.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

To Conchologists.

H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S.,

Begs to intorm Collectors and others that he wili be pleased to forward on
application price list of any GENERA included in his

LARGE AND VARIED STOCK OF SHELLS.

SELECTIONS SENT ON APPROVAL. MUSEUMS SUPPLIED.
A very fine series of the rarer British Marine Shells now on hand.

Address—H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S.,
8, Sydney Terrace, Fulham Road, London, S.W.

Two minutes walk trom South Kensington Station

W. HARRIS, 176, Beistol Street, Birmingham,
HORTICULTURAL BUILDER, CABINET WAGER, acc;

Contractor for Fittings and Joinery Work to The University of Birmingham,
and the Queen’s Faculty of Medicine.

Estimates given for every description of Woodwork, Cabinet Making,
House Carpentry, &c. Repairs promptly attended to.

Living Specimens for the Microscope.

Volvox, Spirogyra, Desmids, Diatoms, Amoeba, Arcella, Actinospherium,
Vorticella. Stentor, Hydra. Floscularia, Stephanoceros, Melicerta, and many other
Specimens of Pond Life. Price 1/- per Tube, Post Free. Helix pomatia,
Astacus, Amphioxus, Rana, Anodon, ete., for Dissection purposes.

THOMAS BOLTON, 25, BALSALL HEATH ROAD, BirnarscHam.

JAMES SWIFT & SON,

Manufacturing Opticians,

Seven Golt Medals awarded for Optical Excellence,

Student’s Microscope fitted with jin. and jin.
Objectives, sliding course adjustment. micrometer
screw fine adjustment for slow focussing, eye-piece
and iris diaphragm, in Cabinet fs 5 0

Double nose-piece and extra eye-piece 10 0
Fig. 2 Student’ s Stand, as per illustration with

gin. and gin Objectives, eye-piece and iris dia-
phragm, i in Cabinet - : St) ey

Double nose-piece and extra eye-piece 15 0

Prof. Delepine’s microscope, as uscd in the Birmingham University, with
course and fine adjustments, extra large stage covered with vulcanite, 3in. jin.
and ,;in. Objectives, Abbe condenser N.A 1:2 fitted with iris diaphram and

special focussing adjustment, triple nosepiece and eyepiece, in Cabinet £15 0 O
This stand is used in all the principa) laboratories throughout the kingdom.

UNIVERSITY OPTICAL WORKS,

81, TOTTENHAM COURT ROAD,
LONDON, W.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

”

Established in tS8go as “ The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.

No. 4. DECEMBER, 1904. VOL. XI.

Contents,
Page.
Descriptions of some new species of Cingalese and Indian Marine
Shells. By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. 75

Descriptions of Twelve new species and one variety of Marine Gastro-
poda from the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and Arabian Sea,
collected by Mr. F. W. Townsend. 1902-1904.

By J. Cosmo MELVILL, M.A., F.L.S. 79
Note on Mitra stephanucha, Melv., with description of a proposed new
variety. By J. Cosmo MELVILL. M.A., F.L.S. 86
On some Non-Marine Shells from the Austro- and Indo-Malayan Region.
By E. R. SYKEs, B.A., F.L.S. 87
The Helicoid Land Shells of Asia. Corrections and Additions.
By G. K. GuDE, F.Z.S. 93
Note on Two varieties of Arion subfuscus, Drap.
By WALTER E. COLLINGE, M.Sc. 98
Current Literature. 98

Title Page, Contents, and Index to Volume XI.

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

Edited by WALTER. E. COLLINGE, The University, Birmingham.

TO CONTRIBUTORS.

All expenses of publication and _ iliustration are paid by the
Proprietor Lithographic Plates are usually used in illustrating.

Contributors desiring separate Copies of their papers will be
furnished with the same on payment of the Printer’s Charges, if
ordered when returning proof. Prepayment by P.O. is requested.

Plates, 2/3 per 25 if uncoloured ; if coloured at the same rate for
every colour.

BACK VOLUMES.

The Editor possesses no further copies of volumes i—vi, but
occasionally copies are to be had, and are supplied in order of
application.

TO SUBSCRIBERS.

All Subscriptions should be forwarded to the publishers. ‘The
Subscription is 12/- for the Volume of Four Numbers ; for this sum
(prepaid) the Journal is sent post free to any part of the World.

London: Messrs. Dulau & Co., 37, Soho Square.
Berlin: Messrs. R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse II.

To Concbhologists.

HH. Bu PRES LON ck ateox,

Begs to inform Collectors and others that he will be pleased to forward on
application price list of any GENERA included in his

LARGE AND VARIED STOCK OF SHELLS.

SELECTIONS SENT ON APPROVAL. MUSEUMS SUPPLIED.
A very fine series of the rarer British Marine Shells now on hand.

Address—H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S.,
3. Sydney Terrace, Fulham Road, London, S.W.

Two minutes walk from South Kensington Station

W. HARRIS, 176, Bristol Street, Birmingham,
HORTICULTURAL . BUILDER; sCABINET PAGERS Qc.

Contractor for Fittings and Joinery Work to The University of Birmingham,
and the Queen’s Faculty of Medicine.

Kstimates given for every description of Woodwork, Cabinet Making,
House Carpentry, &e. Repairs yremptir attended to.

rest tis ON 3 as
Living Specimens for the Microscope.

> Volvox, Spirogyra, Desmids, Diatoms, Amoeba, Arcella, Actinospherium,

\ orticelia, Stentor, Hydra. Floscularia, Stephanoceros, Melicerta, and many other

Specimens of Pond Life. Price 1/- per Tube, Post Free. Helix pomatia,

Astacus, Amphioxus, Rana, Anodon, ete., for Dissection purposes.

THOMAS BOLTON, 25, BALSALL HEATH ROAD, Birmincuam.

JAMES SWIFT & SON,
& \ Manufacturing Opticians,

Seven Gold Medals awarded for Optical Excellence.

This Microscope is used by the principal Bacteriologists and
Medical Officers throught the Country.

— eee

Professor Delepine’s Bacteriological
Microscope as used in the Birmingham
University, fitted with coarse adjustment,
patented slow adjustment for fine focuss-
ing, extra large stage covered with vul-
canite, 24-in , %4-in. and 7,-in. oilimmersion
lens, Panaplanatic Series, Abbe Conden-
ser with iris diaphragm and focussing ad-
justment, triple dustproof nosepiece and
eyepiece, in Cabinet. £15 0 O

UNIVERSITY OPTICAL WORKS,

81, TOTTENHAM COURT NOAD,
LONDON, W.

Please mention this Journal when replying to advertisements.

Just Published. 456 pp. Crown 8vo. 7s. 6d. net

Re-issue of Jeffreys’ ‘‘ British Conchology,” Volume I., asa
separate Work, at a reduced price, with the original plates

Land and Freshwater
Shells of Great Britain

BY
JOHN GWYN JEFFREYS, F.RS., F.G.S., &c.

LONDON
JOHN VAN VOORST, PATERNOSTER ROW
1904

Order Form enclosed
telecine rte ce Nee! mee re

PUBLISHERS. NOTE

ae first volume of John Gwyn Jeffreys’ work on

Lritish Conchology, published in five volumes,
having been out of print for some time, the publisher,
in response to numerous requests, has re-issued a
limited edition under the title of Land and Fresh-
water Shells of Great Britain.

This volume of Mr Jeffreys’ work has attained
wide popularity among Conchologists, and _ the
publisher hopes that the new issue, now published
at a reduced price, may be welcomed by many who

do not possess Mr Jeffreys’ larger work.

SOME PRESS NOTICES OF THE ORIGINAL
EDITION

The Spectator says

** Pleasantly and agreeably written, without derogation from
the accuracy and dignity befitting a contribution offered to
science by one of its accredited upholders.”

Blackwood’s Magazine says

*“*A compact and comprehensive hand-book of the subject
has been a desideratum with naturalists, which this volume
seems calculated to supply. Mr Jeffreys is well known from
his previous contributions to the science, and if his details
of the characteristics of each species are as accurate as they
are carefully and clearly put together, his book—which,
though necessarily compressed, is easily and agreeably
written—will prove a very useful one.”

The Athenz#um says

**. . . a valuable and useful addition to our zoological
literature. The descriptions are full and lucid, and the
accounts of the habits of many of the more interesting
species are well chosen, and written in a very pleasant style.
The geographical distribution of the species and their geo-
logical relations are also fully and satisfactorily treated.”

The Gardener’s Chronicle says

s*, . . an accessible, readable, reliable work on land-shells,
alike adapted to the scientific inquirer and the amateur who
is amused by collecting them. An author more competent
to fulfil his task, or more judicious in his mode of treating
it, could not have been found.”

a

|

NATURE-STUDY.

An Iilustrated Monthly for Nature Students, Teachers and General Readers.

2d.; Annual Subscription, 2/6 prepaid.
Fine paper edition, 5/- per annum.

Specimen copy free.

CHARLES MOSLEY, LOCKWOOD, HUDDERSFIELD.

LONDON: ELLIOTT STOCK, 62, Paternoster Row, E.C.

STEPHENSON & GRAY,

Tailors and Habit Makers,

9, EDMUND STREET,

(OPPOSITE THE UNIVERSITY,)

BIRMINGHAM.

Sold by
All STATIONERS
in 6d., t/- and
Gross Boxes

This series
of Pens is made of

the same material by
the same tools, by the same
process and at the same Works
as the series of ‘Waverley’ Pens which
Hinks, Wells & Co. have for 30 yearsand upwards
(prior to Sep. 1901), manufactured for and supplied to

WELLS & Go., Birmingham & London. pie Pea enor Serer

a
HINKS,

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

RECENT MOLLUSCA, GLASS-TOPPED BOXES & CONCHOLOCICAL WORKS.
SOWERBY & FULTON (Established by 6. B. SOWERBY, 1860).

SOME PARTICULARS OF THE LARGEST & FINEST STOCK OF SHELLS IN THE WORLD

At March Ist, 1904.—Number of Cabinets 64, containing 1,205 drawers,
28 glass cases.

Number of species of shells: Land (inoperculate) $5 Tiles
- (Operculate) re 2,179
Marine and Freshwater 9,777

Pelycypoda and Brachiopoda 3,309
Total 22.388

CATALOGUES CONTAINING 12,000 SPECIES.
SALE. PURCHASE. EXCHANGE.

COLLECTIONS AND SPECIMENS NAMED AND ARRANGED.
SOWERBY & FULTON, Kew Gardens, near LONDON.

ESTABLISHED hae Tay ADDRESS COMMUNICATIONS TO
1845. NORTHWOOD STREET.

BOWEN & EDWARDS,

FIRECLAY GOODS, GOAL FACTORS, &c.

s and Offices ~ - Northwood Street, Birmingham.
Coal Wharf - ~ - Snow Hill, Birmingham.

STOURBRIDCE FIRE BRIGKS & BLOCKS OF ALL DESCRIPTIONS.

Special Sizes & Shapes made to Engineers’ or Customers’ Drawings.
CROUND FIRECLAY, CANNISTER, &c. MELTING POTS FOR CLASS AND METAL,

COAL for Household and Manufacturing purposes supplied by Truck or Boat
to Customers’ Station or Wharf.

JOHN PLACE,

MAKER OF

High-Glass Electric and Lime-Light Lanterns

For Scientific purposes, and all Appartus
connected with same.

43, BULL STREET, BIRMINGHAM.

Having made and operated Lanterns upwards of 40 years for the principal
Scientists, I can guarantee satisfaction.
Sole maker of - - -

‘6 THE POWERFUL” HIGH PRESSURE LIME-LIGHT JET.

JOSEPH BARROWS & CO.,

WINE AND SPIRIT MERCHANTS,
51, SNOW HILL,
4t, HIGH ,STREET,
38, ASTON STREET,

BIRMINGHAM.

Head Offices :
58, BATH:STREET

PRINTED BY Munns & ALLEN, 314, BROAD STREET, BIRMINGHAM.

No. 2. JULY 11th, 1904. Vol. XI.

THE

JOURNAL

MALACOLOGY

Established in 1890 as ‘‘ The Conchologist, a Fournal of Malachology.”
EDITED BY

WAE TERE. COLLINGE;,. M:Sc.,

The University, Birmingham.
PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY,
WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF

Dr. JOSEF BABOR. CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L:S.

H. HOWARD BLOOMER. HENRY SUTER.

REV. ArH. COOKEYM.A, ~~ F.Z:s: be RP SYKES.BtA,, F-Z:5.,/F.L.S.,

G. K. GUDE, F.Z.S. BB. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.L.S.
eT

Reference kindly permitted to the Editor of this Fournal.

'B L_ i C ue enscerier

- TYPEWRITERS

do a deal that their rivals
do not, and all that they do

BLICKS DO BETTER
for half the money and with

£9 to £11 11s. Feap. Size.
Large cash discounts or easy time payments.

List 252 and “‘Case for The BLICKENSDERFER,”’ post free, tells all about it.

BLICKENSDERFER TYPEWRITER CO., Newcastle-on-Tyne.

quarter the weight.

London Depot: 9, CHEAPSIDE, E.C. Also Leeds, Liverpool, Bristol, Birmingham,
Manchester : 74, MARKET STREET. Belfast, Dublin, Edinburgh, Glasgow, ete.

ESTABLISHED 1689. TELEPHONE 602 HOLBORN.

ROBE S@8i% MAKERS,

To H.M. THe Kinc, H.M. THE QUEEN, AND H.R.H. THE PRINCE OF WALES.
Church, University, Law & Municipal Robes.

93 & 94, CHANCERY LANE, LONDON,

London us =e Jes a AiG Messrs, DULAU & Co., 37, SOHO SQUARE.
Berlin ois xs ae Ba Messrs. R, FRIEDLANDER & SOHN CARLSTRASSE II,

CONCILIUM BIBLIOGRAPHICUM,

ZURICH-NEUMUNSTER, SWITZERLAND.

(Founded in 1895 by the Internatioaal Coazress of Zoology. Reorganized with the
support of the Swiss Government.)

Analytical Card Bibliography of Mollusc. including all publications since
1896. Price 28s. (with minor notices 38s.) Annual Subs. about 15s.—Any desired
choice of topics can also be supplied :—Pelecypoda 1Us. 5d., annually about 4s.—
Amphineura ls, 5d., annually about 6d., ete. Without palaeontology cheaper.
Cheap edition correspondingly less.

Manuscript Carp CaraLtoGug oF New SpeEct*s AND GENERA SINCE 1901.
—Copies supplied at Id. per reference. Any desired combination, e.g. new species
of Helix, new genera ot Tectibranchs, new Molluscs from Borneo, from Devon-
shire (if any), from Mexico, ete.

Establisked over 50 Years. 10, HOLLOWAY HEA D,

Also Successor to
WALTER DAVIS, Bookbinder,

canneries BIRMINGHAM,
F, W. HAWKINS & SON,

Styles —

isto, Neat Bookbinders.

Books Bound to any Pattern. Magazines, Music, &c

PARCELS OF BINDING SENT FOR ON RECEIPT OF POST CARD.

LANTERN SLIDES. 6/-;:7

Lantern Slides of Natural History Subjects.

6/- per dozen, Send for New Catalogue, just issued, 3d. post free.
Lantern Slides prepared to order from negatives, book illustrations,
drawings %&c., st special rates,

Hand-Painted Lantern Slides. From 1/8 to 5/- each.

Microscopical Slides, in Botany, Zoology, &c.
From 6/- per dozen. List Post Free.

4 Doors from Horse F_ir,

Student’s Series of 48 Slides, in Hlementary and
Advanced Botany. In Box 21/- Post Free.

Book of Diagrams to illustrate above Slides. 1/- nett.

Mieroseopes and Accessories, and all kinds of Disseeting Instruments,
Mounting Requisites, Stains, Chemicals, Glassware &e.

OPTICAL LANTERNS, LENSES, SCREENS, &c.

FLATTERS & GARNETT, Ltd,
48, DEANSGATE, MANCHESTER.

Laboratories—16 & 18, Church Road, Longsight.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

Established in 1890 as ‘‘ The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.”

No. 2. JULY, 1904. VOE, Xi
Contents,
Page.
On a Collection of Marine Shells from Port Alfred, Cape Colony,
By EpGar A. SMIrH, I.S.O. 21
Note on Corilla erronella, Nev., M.S. By Gs KeGUpE why ZnS. 45
Description of a new species of Ariuuculus from Algeria,
By WALTER E. COLLINGE, M.Sc. 47
Some Recent Slug Papers. By D, F. HEYNEMANN. — 48
Note on Testacella haliotidea, Drap.
BY THE Rev. A. H. CooKg, M.A. 49
Note on Parmacella deshavesii, Moq.-Tand.
By WALTER E, COLLINGE, M.Sc. 49
Current Literature. 50

to ask

for

BARKER & COODRIDGE'S

(Late with HENRY STONE & SON Ltd., Banbury.)

Don’t forget

your Stationer

Letter Files, Letter Trays, Index Letter Files Stationery

Boxes and Cabinets, Letter Filing Cabinets, .

Office Pigeon Holes, &c., &c.,

Special Cabinet Boxes and Files made to order for any purpose.

ESTIMATES GIVEN.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

To Conchologists.
H. B. PRESTON, F:Z.S:,

Begs to inform Collectors and others that he will be pleased to forward on
application price list of any GENERA included in his

LARGE AND VARIED STOCK OF SHELLS.

SELECTIONS SENT ON APPROVAL. MUSEUMS SUPIELILD.
A very fine series of the rarer British Marine Shells now on hand.

Address—H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S.,
8, Sydney Terrace, Fulham Road, London, S.W.

Two minutes waik from South Kensington Station

W. HARRIS, 176, Bristol Street, Birmingham.
HORTICULTURAL “BUILDER, CABINET > “MARE RS Sc.
Contractor for Fittings and Joinery Work to The University of Birmingham,
and the Queen’s Faculty of Medicine.

Estimates given for every description of Woodwork, Cabinet Making,
House Carpentry, &c. Repairs pronptiv attended to,

Living Specimens for the Microscope.
Volvox, Spirogyra, Desmids, Diatoms, Amoeba, Arcella, Actinosphrium,
Vorticella, Stentor, Hydra Floscularia, Stephanoceros, Melicerta, and many other
Specimens of Pond Life. Price 1/- per Tube, Post Free. Welix pomatia,
Astacus, Amphioxus, Rana, Anodon, ete., for Dissection purposes.

THOMAS BOLTON, 25, BALSALL HEATH ROAD, Biruiycuam.

SWIFT & SON,

Manufacturing Opticians,

Seven Goli Medals awarded for Optic:l Hxcellence.

Student’s Microscope fitted with in. and jin.
Objectives, sliding course adjustment. micrometer
screw fine adjustment for slow focussing, eye-piece
and iris diapiragm, in Cabinet i. 5e0

Double nose-piece and extra eye-piece LONG
Wig. 2 Student’s Stand. as per illustration with

Zin. ‘and din Objectives, eye- pie and iris dia-
pliragm, in Cabinet he Sacto) 0

Double nose-piece and extra cye-piece 15 0
Prof. Delepine’s microscope, as uscd in the birmingham University, with
course an fine adjustments, extra large stage covered with vuleanite, Zin. din.
and ,;in. Objectives, Abbe condenser N.A 1:2 fitted with iris diaphram and
special focussing adjustment, triple nosepiece and eyepiece. in Cabinet £15 9 O
This stand is used in all the principal laboratories throughout the kingdom.

UNIVERSITY OPTICAL WORKS,

81, TOTTENHAM COURT ROAD,
LONDON, W.

Please mention this J-urnal in replying to Advertisements.

No. 3. SEPTEMBER 29th, 1904. Vol. XI.

THE

JOURNAL

MALAGOLOGY

Established in 1890 as *‘ The Conchologist, a Fournal of Malacology.””
EDITED BY

WALTER -E. COLBENG EWE aes

The University, Birmingham,

PRESIDENT OF THE Mipt.anD MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY,
WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF

Dr. JOSEF BABOR., CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S.

H,. HOWARD BLOOMER. HENRY SUTER.

REV. A. H. COOKE, .M.A., F.Z.S. Hoeka S VKES, Bon., EeZ:s:, Hallas
GwkeGUDE, I°Z.5. B. Bs. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F L.S.

Reference kindly permitted to the Editor of this Fournal.

e< [_ d C ensderfer

- TYPEWRITERS

do a deal that their rivals
do not, and all that they do
BLICKS DO BETTER

for half the money and with \(————— ee
quarter the weight £9 to £11 118. Feap. Size.

Large cash discounts or easy time payments.
List 232 and ‘“‘Case for The BLICKENSDERFER,” post free, tells all about it.

BLICKENSDERFER TYPEWRITER CO., Newcastile-on-Tyne.

London Depot: 9, CHEAPSIDE, E.C. Also Leeds, Liverpool, Bristol, Birmingham,
Manehester : 74, MARKET STREET. meres a rest res sity Glasgow, ete.

EDE, SON & RAVENSCROFT,

ESTABLISHED 1689. TELEPBONE 602 HOLBORN.

ROBE MAKERS,

By Special Appointments
To H.M. THE KiNG, H.M. THE QUEEN, AND H.R.H. THE PRINCE OF WALES.

Church, University, Law & Wiunicipa!l Robes.
93 & 94, CHANCERY LANE, LONDON,

London soe ah se an ne MEssrs, DuLAU & Co., 37, SOHO SQUARE,
Berlin as sr Bre ie Messrs R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN CARLSTRASSE II.

CONCILIUM BIBLIOGRAPHICUM,

ZURICH-NEUMUNSTER, SWITZERLAND.

(Founded in 1895 by the Interaational Conzress of Zoology. Reorganized with the
support of the Swiss Government.)

Analytical Card Bibliography of Mollusca including all publications since
1896. Price 28s. (with minor notices 38s.) Annual Subs. about 15s.—Any desired
choice of topics can also be supplied :—Pelecypoda 10s. 5d., annually about 4s.—
Amphineura ls. 5d., annually about 6d., etc. Without palaeontology cheaper.
Cheap edition correspondingly less.

Manuscripr CarD CaTaLoGuE oF New SpEcrks AND GENERA SINCE 1901.
—Copies supplied at ld. per reference. Any desired combination, e.g. new species
of Helix, new genera ot Tectibranchs, new Molluscs from Borneo, from Devon-
shire (if any), from Mexico, etc.

Established over 50 Years. 10, HOLLOWAY HEAD,

Also Successor to i
WALTER DAVIS, Bookbinder, pioae area ores an

aserGubotasie: BIRMINGHAM.
F, W. HAWKINS & SON,

Styles—

Pin Neat. teOOKbinders.

Books Bound to any Pattern. Magazines, Music, &c.

PARCELS OF BINDING SENT FOR ON RECEIPT OF POST CARD.

LANTERN SLIDES. 6/-;:;

Lantern Slides of Natural History Subjects.

6/- per dozen, Send for New Catalogue, just issued, 3d. post free.
Lantern Slides prepared to order from negatives, book illustrations,
jrawings &¢., at special rates.

Hand-Painted Lantern Slides. From 1/8 to 5/- each.

Microscopical Slides, in Botany, Zoology, &c.
From 6/- per dozen. List Post Free.

Student’s Series of 48 Slides, in Elementary and
Advanced Botany. In Box 21/- Post Free.

Book of Diagramis to illustrate above Slides, 1/- nett.

Mieroseopes and Aecessories, and all kinds of Disseeting Instruments,
Mounting Requisites, Stains, Chemicals, Glassware, &e.

OPTICAL LANTERNS, LENSES, SCREENS, &c.

FLATTERS & GARNETT, Ltd,
48, DEANSGATE, MANCHESTER.

Laboratories—16 & 18, Church Road, Longsight.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

Established in 1890 as “The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.”

No. 3. SEPTEMBER, 1904. VOL. XI.

Contents,

On some new species of Melania and Jullienia trom Funnan and Java.
By HUGH FULTON. 51

On a collection of Land Shells from Gebi Island, Moluccas, with de-
scriptions of new species. By HuGH FULTON. 53
Note on Leptopoma crenilabre, Strubell. By HUGH FULTON. 55

On Certain deposits of semi-fossil Shells in Hamakua District, Hawaii,

with descriptions of new species.

By H. WETHERBY HENSHAW. 50

Report on semi-fossil Land Shells found in the Hamakua District,
Hawail. BY Cy Eh. ANCEY: 65

Current Literature. 72

Don’t forget
to ask
your Stationer

for

BARKER & GOODRIDCE'S

(Late with HENRY STONE & SON Ltd, Banbury.)

Letter Files, Letter Trays, Index Letter Files, Stationery
Boxes and Cabinets, Letter Filing Cabinets,
Office Pigeon Holes, &c., &c.

Special Cabinet Boxes and Files made to order for any purpose.

ESTIMATES GIVEN.

Please mention this Journal in replytng to Advertisements.

To Conchologists.

H, B. PRESTON, F:Z.93

egs to inform Collectors and others that he will be pleased to forward on
application price list of any GENERA included in his

LARGE AND VARIED STOCK OF SHELLS.

SELECTIONS SENT ON APPROVAL. MUSEUMS SUPPLIED.
A very fine series of the rarer British Marine Shells now on hand.

Address—H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S.,
8, Sydney Terrace, Fulham Road, London, S.W.

Two minutes walk from South Kensington Station

>

\o)

W. HARRIS, 176, Bristol Street, Birmingham,
HORTICULTURAL "BUILDER; “CABINET “MAIQOER.> ae:

Contractor for Fittings and Joinery Work to The University of Birmingham,
and the Queen’s Faculty of Medicine.

Estimates given for every description of Woodwork, Cabinet Making,
House Carpentry, &c. Repairs promptly attended to.

Living Specimens for the Microscope.
Volvox, Spirogyra, Desmids, Diatoms, Amoeba, Arcella, Actinospherium,
Vorticella, Stentor, Hydra Flescularia, Stephanoceros, Melicerta, and many other
Specimens of Pond Life. Price 1/- per Tube, Post Free. Helix pomatia,
Astacus, Amphioxus, Rana, Anodon, etc., for Dissection purposes.

THOMAS BOLTON, 25, BALSALL HEATH ROAD, Brruincuam.

JAMES SWIFT & SON,
ie Manufacturing Opticians,

Seven Gold Medals awarded for Optical Excellence.

This Microscope is used by the principal Bacteriologist and
Medical Officers throught the Country.

Professor Delepine’s Bacteriological
Microscope as used in the Birmingham
University, fitted with coarse adjustment,
patented slow adjustment for fine focuss-
ing, extra large stage covered with vul-
canite, 24-in , %-in. and 7,-in. oilimmersion
lens, Panaplanatic Series, Abbe Conden-
ser with iris diaphragm and focussing ad-
~ justment, triple dustproof nosepiece and

=) eyepiece, in Cabinet. £15 0 O

UNIVERSITY OPTICAL WORKS,

81, TOTTENHAM COURT NOAD,
2 LONDON, W.

Please mention this Journal when replying to advertisements.

No. 4. DECEMBER 28th, 1904. Vol. XI.

THE

JOURNAL

MALACOLOGY

Establisbed in 1890 as ‘‘ The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.”’
EDITED BY

Werte IE igh. CC) Ee ENG OVE oe.,

The University, Birmingham.

PRESIDENT OF THE MripLaAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY,
WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF

Dr. JOSEF BABOR. CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S.

H. HOWARD BLOOMER. HENRY SUTER.

REV. A. H. COOKE, M.A., F-.Z:S. BE, RO SYKES, B.A. F-2Z.55, 2. L.S.,
G. K. GUDE, F.Z.S. B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.L.S.

Reference kindly permitted to the Editor of this Fournal.

3 L ; C A onsderter

.. TYPEWRITERS

do a deal that their rivals | a f.
do not, and all that they do |

BLICKS DO BETTER
for half the money and with

quarter the weight. £9 - £11 11s. ae Size.
Large cash discounts or easy time payments.

List 252 and ‘‘Case for The BLICKENSDERFER,”’ post free, tells all about it.

BLICKENSDERFER TYPEWRITER CO., Newcastle-on-Tyne.

London Depot: 9, CHEAPSIDE, E.C. Also Leeds, Liverpool, Bristol, Birmingham,
Manchester: 74, MARKET STREET. Belfast, Dublin, Edinburgh, Glasgow, ete.
EDE, SON & RAVENSCROFT,
ESTABLISHED 1689. TELEPHONE 602 HOLBORN.

ROBE 82. MAKERS,

To H.M. THE Kinc, H.M. THE QUEEN, AND H.R.H. THE PRINCE OF WALES.
Church, University, Law & Municipal Robes.

93 & 94, CHANCERY LANE, LONDON,

London as aa eas Soe ee MEssks, DULAU & Co., 37, SoHO SQUARE,

Berlin Paka “2 Are ad Messrs R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN CARLSTRASSE II.

CONCILIUM BIBLIOGRAPHICUM,

ZURICH-NEUMUNSTER, SWITZERLAND.

(Founded in 1895 by the International Congress of Zoology. Reorganized with the
support of the Swiss Government.)

Analytical Card Bibliography of Mollusca including all publications since
1896. Price 28s. (with minor notices 38s.) Annual Subs. about 15s.—Any desired
choice of topics can also be supplied :—Pelecypoda 10s. 5d., annually about 4s.—
Amphineura ls. 5d., annually about 6d., ete. Without palaeontology cheaper.
Cheap edition correspondingly less.

Manuscript CarRD CaTaLoGuE oF New SpECIKS AND GENERA SINCE 1901.
—Copies supplied at ld. per reference. Any desired combination, e.g. new species
of Helix, new genera of Tectibranchs, new Molluscs from Borneo, from Devon-
shire (if any), from Mexico, etc.

Established over 50 Years. 10, Ki O ru LOW A a, al E A D,

Also Successor to i
WALTER DAVIS, Bookbinder, mene trom. Hares rel

ea eR BIRMINCHAM,
F, W. HAWKINS & SON,

* tiaia, Net, €=~Rookbinders.

Books Bound to any Pattern. Magazines, Music, &c.

PARCELS OF BINDING SENT FOR ON RECEIPT OF POST CARD.

LANTERN SLIDES. 6/=;:;

Lantern Slides of Natural History Subjects.

6/- per dozen, Send for New Catalogue, just issued, 3d. post free.
Lantern Slides prepared to order from negatives, book illustrations,
irawings %c., at special rates.

Hand-Painted Lantern Slides. From 1/8 to 5/- each.

Microscopical Slides, in Botany, Zoology, &c.
From 6/- per dozen. List Post Free.

Student’s Series of 48 Slides, in Elementary and
Advanced Botany. In Box 21/- Post Free.

Book of Diagramis to illustrate above Slides, 1/- nett.

Mieroseopes and Accessories, and all kinds of Disseeting Instruments,
Mounting Requisites, Stains, Chemicals, Glassware, &e.

OPTICAL LANTERNS, LENSES, SCREENS, &c.

FLATTERS & GARNETT, Ltd,
48, DEANSGATE, MANCHESTER.

Laboratories—i6 & 18, Church Road, Longsight.

- Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

4

Lh eg
a7)
,
' Lh Ps if
ry
'

x ¥ i
pe) he
; es at

Microformed by |
Preservation 4
Services

mfm #20]! U \
3-22-94

‘ nue Uh ‘iat
d Fi yi ‘A Aaratiacs

jr x

i"

ie) z z ie z
Uji * g° E 2 =
oY, s > = Pit =
, na —- rT) ry 2 no Ce
BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS =S3 iyvuyd
Ww rp uw }\ Ce
= “3 z ZX 2
<x % fo | a -_+ * ‘S&S > <x
a” = c GS MQ «=
S o = re) Shige
a = wd 2 hae |
LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTI
a rs ES = & a |
© 2 o - >
> E > = ty Yi >
a res for
x : z EO MF >
BN ae. ee : Z a
BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SS31luY¥vug
re ge ie : Sight
AVY .
2 =z AW g z ee
co = eh > = =
a ‘ 2 a z
—NVINOSHIINS S3tYVuaiT LIBRARIES | ia
& a Ws os
: e = ¢ =
=| = 3 oc es
re) e o ae fe
a / all a al i
IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
: : 5: : 5:
= oO me o aol
5 “3 E 2 =
E ; > rm an (=
- ca = = =
=| m Zz m Z
OILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS $3 1uvud uy BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTI
é z pe we R E < WS ;
z 4 wtl fy = a 4 .
: S Gigy * 2 FE
= > i = > = ‘
; wo — ” “ ed : ” =
IBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS | Sa tyuvud
= z X
rf uw os ft)
= “3 3 Ge a
t's, = < 4 NS ~ <x
fe 4 S fod a S WN o
fae} —_ @ = . ao
a 3° = o em
po | ie aw z Ss oo
OLLNLILSNI S3tYVYUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTI
c z c ee ie
e : 3 - GY =
> + ie > = >
re) = = G/7,° 2
rae - a Ee % noes
m ” in ” m
n = wn z w
1 BRAR I ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI _NVINOSHLINS Sa Iuyvuyg

ILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYdIl LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION N¢

wo z & Y n
ne : ee e ee
ee 4 tf fg 2 WS | = SS 5
La 2 iD Le BARR D Vx oy
> = 7 NE
: aie ae ae
” ‘

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31IY¥VYdIT LI
” Zz Hi a i Nas A 2
: - 5 26S = “
e 2 = RS = fi
< 5; < SSK < :
oS & ac c N o Foal |
co = m0 s XQ oo a
lg z z =) z me =) za

ILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3S!1Yvugit SMITHSONIAN NC
me = 7 = 9 Bs Zz
wo x ow — wo =
a ie cae i i> E |
a E aa Py i
o a a = on =

RIES SMITHSONIAN

On

NSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3lyuvugit_l!

wm ?
= Z Z < z z
WE: 3 2 ats = 3
WN Z 2 B fo a oe
\ 2 = z E S =
. > = ae > = > =
a ” phd A 77) Zz rp)
ILSNI_NVINOSHLINS = S3 luvyg ee BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION oe
=z z ; > :
un a Lu Yyy Ww
= % 4 - YWy, 2 2
4 SY 2 : < ff fiz = |
= NY a _ a ? foe =) e
Nn. & E = Ee :
po |
RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IuVvVudIT_ L
Ss = 5 oe ee = =
= ‘e = o WN 2
E “ E = aa
i a, E S aS = is
z , o z o - o
JISNI_NVINOSHLIWS S3IUVYGIT_ LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | N
z ES ee = ee
i = Bij 5 = BW Zz.
2 re de Ea re) 2 \ 3S:
yp * 2 °G iS z = Z
Gos 5 CG = Vee: Se, sae
” mee ” 2 a ” : z
RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYvVeaIt_L
fe = He Sai |y dust bs fy Pan 2
oe. = [a = 0 S: a =
Mm — a8) om =*
eer) ee Z 3 ee 5 = )
= pas | a ol Pe
JISNITNVINOSHLINS. S3Iuvygit INSTITUTION. Ni
at 7 2 z “i z
we = o = © =
po) re
> = > = <= > |
= E vs ae S .
Ble = o z o Z

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3luvuagit_-!

SONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES

ATAU

3 9088 01276 5970